diff options
66 files changed, 4851 insertions, 7578 deletions
diff --git a/docs/installer/de.po b/docs/installer/de.po index 99bee976..c8066a28 100644 --- a/docs/installer/de.po +++ b/docs/installer/de.po @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# +# # Translators: # Ettore Atalan <atalanttore@googlemail.com>, 2014-2015 # Marc Lattemann, 2013 -# psyca, 2014 +# psyca, 2014-2015 # Marc Lattemann, 2013 # Marc Lattemann, 2013-2014 # psyca, 2014 @@ -16,14 +16,13 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-05 13:10+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Ettore Atalan <atalanttore@googlemail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: German (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" -"de/)\n" -"Language: de\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-04-03 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: psyca\n" +"Language-Team: German (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: de\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -34,11 +33,9 @@ msgstr "Lizenz- und Veröffentlichungshinweise" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -48,41 +45,31 @@ msgstr "Lizenzabkommen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " -"terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "" -"Bevor Sie <application>Mageia</application> installieren, lesen Sie bitte " -"sorgfälltig die Begriffe und Bedingungen in der Lizenz." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" +" terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "Bevor Sie <application>Mageia</application> installieren, lesen Sie bitte sorgfälltig die Begriffe und Bedingungen in der Lizenz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" -"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." -msgstr "" -"Diese Begriffe und Bedingungen beziehen sich auf die gesamte Distribution " -"von <application>Mageia</application> und muss akzeptiert werden, bevor Sie " -"mit der Installation weitermachen können." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " +"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " +"you can continue." +msgstr "Diese Begriffe und Bedingungen beziehen sich auf die gesamte Distribution von <application>Mageia</application> und muss akzeptiert werden, bevor Sie mit der Installation weitermachen können." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Um dies zu akzeptieren, klicken Sie einfach auf <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Akzeptieren</emphasis> und anschließend auf <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Weiter</emphasis>." +msgstr "Um dies zu akzeptieren, klicken Sie einfach auf <emphasis role=\"bold\">Akzeptieren</emphasis> und anschließend auf <emphasis role=\"bold\">Weiter</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " -"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie sich entschließen, diese Bedingungen nicht zu akzeptieren, " -"bedanken wir uns, dass Sie vorbeigeschaut haben. Mit einem Klick auf " -"<guibutton>Beenden</guibutton> wird Ihr Computer neu gestartet." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." +" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "Falls Sie sich entschließen, diese Bedingungen nicht zu akzeptieren, bedanken wir uns, dass Sie vorbeigeschaut haben. Mit einem Klick auf <guibutton>Beenden</guibutton> wird Ihr Computer neu gestartet." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -94,10 +81,7 @@ msgstr "Veröffentlichungshinweise" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "" -"Um zu sehen, was in dieser Ausgabe von <application><replaceable>Mageia</" -"replaceable></application> neu ist, klicken Sie auf den Knopf " -"<guibutton><replaceable>Veröffentlichungshinweise</replaceable></guibutton>." +msgstr "Um zu sehen, was in dieser Ausgabe von <application><replaceable>Mageia</replaceable></application> neu ist, klicken Sie auf den Knopf <guibutton><replaceable>Veröffentlichungshinweise</replaceable></guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 @@ -110,32 +94,27 @@ msgstr "de" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Medienauswahl (konfigurieren von zusätzlichen Installationsmedien)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the +#. same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ +#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " +"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " -"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" +" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Dieser Bildschirm zeigt alle bereits erkannten Medien. Sie können andere " -"Quellen für das Runterladen von Paketen auswählen, wie optische Laufwerke " -"oder Netzwerkquellen. Die Quellenauswahl bestimmt, welche Pakete während der " -"nächsten Schritte zur Verfügung stehen." +msgstr "Dieser Bildschirm zeigt alle bereits erkannten Medien. Sie können andere Quellen für das Runterladen von Paketen auswählen, wie optische Laufwerke oder Netzwerkquellen. Die Quellenauswahl bestimmt, welche Pakete während der nächsten Schritte zur Verfügung stehen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 @@ -145,9 +124,7 @@ msgstr "Für die Netzwerkquellen müssen zwei Schritte beachtet werden:" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33 msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up." -msgstr "" -"Auswählen und Aktivieren der Netzwerkverbindung, falls sie noch nicht " -"hergestellt ist" +msgstr "Auswählen und Aktivieren der Netzwerkverbindung, falls sie noch nicht hergestellt ist" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37 @@ -157,40 +134,38 @@ msgid "" "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " "installation." -msgstr "" -"Auswählen eines Servers oder die URL angeben (der allerste Eintrag). Durch " -"die Auswahl eines Servers haben Sie die Auswahl aller verfügbaren Quellen, " -"die Mageia anbietet, wie 'nonfree', 'tainted' und 'updates'. Durch die URL " -"können Sie eine bestimmte Quelle oder ihre eigene NFS Installation auswählen." +msgstr "Auswählen eines Servers oder die URL angeben (der allerste Eintrag). Durch die Auswahl eines Servers haben Sie die Auswahl aller verfügbaren Quellen, die Mageia anbietet, wie 'nonfree', 'tainted' und 'updates'. Durch die URL können Sie eine bestimmte Quelle oder ihre eigene NFS Installation auswählen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Verwaltung des Benutzers und des Superusers" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, +#. but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only +#. thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to +#. enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the +#. previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't +#. understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -202,33 +177,20 @@ msgstr "Setzen des Administrator (root) Passworts:" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " -"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" +" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " "the first password by comparing them." -msgstr "" -"Dies ist für alle Installationen von <application>Mageia</application> " -"verfügbar, um ein Passwort für den Superuser oder Administrator zu setzen, " -"normalerweise wird es unter Linux das <emphasis>root passwort</emphasis> " -"genannt. Während Sie Ihr Passwort in die obere Textbox eingeben, ändert sich " -"die Farbe des Schildes von Rot zu Gelb und Grün, abhängig von der Sicherheit " -"des Passwortes. Ein grünes Schild am Ende der Textbox zeigt Ihnen, dass Sie " -"ein schwer zu knackendes Passwort verwenden. In der darunter liegenden " -"Textbox sollten Sie das soeben eingegebene Passwort wiederholen, um zu " -"überprüfen, dass Sie sich bei der Eingabe des ersten Passwortes nicht " -"vertippt haben." +msgstr "Dies ist für alle Installationen von <application>Mageia</application> verfügbar, um ein Passwort für den Superuser oder Administrator zu setzen, normalerweise wird es unter Linux das <emphasis>root passwort</emphasis> genannt. Während Sie Ihr Passwort in die obere Textbox eingeben, ändert sich die Farbe des Schildes von Rot zu Gelb und Grün, abhängig von der Sicherheit des Passwortes. Ein grünes Schild am Ende der Textbox zeigt Ihnen, dass Sie ein schwer zu knackendes Passwort verwenden. In der darunter liegenden Textbox sollten Sie das soeben eingegebene Passwort wiederholen, um zu überprüfen, dass Sie sich bei der Eingabe des ersten Passwortes nicht vertippt haben." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:48 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." -msgstr "" -"Alle Passwörter beachten die Groß-/Kleinschreibung, so dass es am besten " -"ist, wenn Sie eine Mischung aus Groß- und Kleinbuchstaben, Zahlen und " -"Sonderzeichen in einem Passwort verwenden." +msgstr "Alle Passwörter beachten die Groß-/Kleinschreibung, so dass es am besten ist, wenn Sie eine Mischung aus Groß- und Kleinbuchstaben, Zahlen und Sonderzeichen in einem Passwort verwenden." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:56 @@ -241,41 +203,29 @@ msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " "anything else the average user does with his computer" -msgstr "" -"Hier fügen Sie einen Benutzer hinzu. Ein Benutzer hat weniger Rechte als der " -"Superuser (root), aber genügend, um im Internet zu surfen, Büroanwendungen " -"zu verwenden und noch vieles mehr, was ein durchschnittlicher Benutzer mit " -"einem Computer macht." +msgstr "Hier fügen Sie einen Benutzer hinzu. Ein Benutzer hat weniger Rechte als der Superuser (root), aber genügend, um im Internet zu surfen, Büroanwendungen zu verwenden und noch vieles mehr, was ein durchschnittlicher Benutzer mit einem Computer macht." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:65 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." -msgstr "" -"<guibutton>Symbol</guibutton>: Wenn Sie auf diesen Knopf klicken, so ändert " -"sich das Symbol für den Benutzer." +msgstr "<guibutton>Symbol</guibutton>: Wenn Sie auf diesen Knopf klicken, so ändert sich das Symbol für den Benutzer." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Vollständiger Name</guilabel>: Fügen Sie in dieser Textbox den " -"wirklichen Namen des Benutzers ein." +msgstr "<guilabel>Vollständiger Name</guilabel>: Fügen Sie in dieser Textbox den wirklichen Namen des Benutzers ein." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " -"sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Anmeldename</guilabel>: Hier geben Sie den Anmeldenamen des " -"Benutzers ein, oder lassen Sie den von <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakx</" -"emphasis> vorgeschlagenen Namen stehen und übernehmen diesen. <emphasis>Der " -"Anmeldename beachtet die Groß-/Kleinschreibung</emphasis>." +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" +" sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "<guilabel>Anmeldename</guilabel>: Hier geben Sie den Anmeldenamen des Benutzers ein, oder lassen Sie den von <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakx</emphasis> vorgeschlagenen Namen stehen und übernehmen diesen. <emphasis>Der Anmeldename beachtet die Groß-/Kleinschreibung</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 @@ -283,32 +233,22 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Passwort</guilabel>: In dieser Textbox geben Sie das Passwort für " -"den Benutzer ein. Auch hier zeigt ein Schild am Ende der Textbox an, wie " -"sicher das Passwort ist. (Siehe auch <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" +msgstr "<guilabel>Passwort</guilabel>: In dieser Textbox geben Sie das Passwort für den Benutzer ein. Auch hier zeigt ein Schild am Ende der Textbox an, wie sicher das Passwort ist. (Siehe auch <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " -"password text boxes." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Passwort (wiederholen)</guilabel>: Geben Sie wiederum das Passwort " -"des Benutzers in diese Textbox ein, und <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakx</" -"emphasis> überprüft auf Übereinstimmung der beiden Passwörter für den " -"Benutzer in den beiden Textboxen." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" +" password text boxes." +msgstr "<guilabel>Passwort (wiederholen)</guilabel>: Geben Sie wiederum das Passwort des Benutzers in diese Textbox ein, und <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakx</emphasis> überprüft auf Übereinstimmung der beiden Passwörter für den Benutzer in den beiden Textboxen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." -msgstr "" -"Jeder Nutzer, der bei der Installation von Mageia hinzugefügt wird, besitzt " -"ein home Verzeichnis, welches systemweit gelesen werden kann, aber " -"schreibgeschützt ist." +msgstr "Jeder Nutzer, der bei der Installation von Mageia hinzugefügt wird, besitzt ein home Verzeichnis, welches systemweit gelesen werden kann, aber schreibgeschützt ist." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:97 @@ -316,20 +256,14 @@ msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " "is both read and write protected." -msgstr "" -"Allerdings wird jeder Nutzer, der in <emphasis>MCC - System - Verwalte " -"Nutzer im System </emphasis>hinzugefügt wird, ein sowohl lese- als auch " -"schreibgeschütztes home Verzeichnis besitzen." +msgstr "Allerdings wird jeder Nutzer, der in <emphasis>MCC - System - Verwalte Nutzer im System </emphasis>hinzugefügt wird, ein sowohl lese- als auch schreibgeschütztes home Verzeichnis besitzen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:101 msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie kein systemweit lesbares home Verzeichnis möchten, wird empfohlen " -"nur einen temporären Nutzer zu erstellen und den / die wirklichen nach dem " -"Neustart einzurichten." +msgstr "Wenn Sie kein systemweit lesbares home Verzeichnis möchten, wird empfohlen nur einen temporären Nutzer zu erstellen und den / die wirklichen nach dem Neustart einzurichten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:105 @@ -337,17 +271,12 @@ msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie systemweit lesbare home Verzeichnisse bevorzugen, sollten Sie alle " -"zusätzlichen Nutzer in dem Schritt <emphasis>Konfiguration - " -"Zusammenfassung</emphasis> während der Installation hinzufügen. Wählen Sie " -"<emphasis>Benutzerverwaltung</emphasis>." +msgstr "Wenn Sie systemweit lesbare home Verzeichnisse bevorzugen, sollten Sie alle zusätzlichen Nutzer in dem Schritt <emphasis>Konfiguration - Zusammenfassung</emphasis> während der Installation hinzufügen. Wählen Sie <emphasis>Benutzerverwaltung</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:109 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." -msgstr "" -"Die Zugriffsrechte können auch nach der Installation abgeändert werden." +msgstr "Die Zugriffsrechte können auch nach der Installation abgeändert werden." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:116 @@ -360,12 +289,7 @@ msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." -msgstr "" -"Wird auf den Knopf <guibutton>Fortgeschrittene Optionen</guibutton> " -"geklickt, so gelangen Sie auf eine Bildschirmseite, die es Ihnen erlaubt, " -"die Einstellungen für den soeben eingefügten Benutzer zu bearbeiten. " -"Zusätzlich können Sie hier ein Gast-Benutzerkonto aktivieren oder " -"deaktivieren." +msgstr "Wird auf den Knopf <guibutton>Fortgeschrittene Optionen</guibutton> geklickt, so gelangen Sie auf eine Bildschirmseite, die es Ihnen erlaubt, die Einstellungen für den soeben eingefügten Benutzer zu bearbeiten. Zusätzlich können Sie hier ein Gast-Benutzerkonto aktivieren oder deaktivieren." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/addUser.xml:124 @@ -373,11 +297,7 @@ msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " "should save his important files to a USB key." -msgstr "" -"Jedes Gast-Benutzerkonto, das mit einem vorgegebenen <emphasis>rbash</" -"emphasis>-Gastzugang und im Ordner <emphasis>/home</emphasis> gespeichert " -"ist, wird gelöscht, wenn sich der Gast abmeldet. Der Gast sollte daher seine " -"wichtigen Daten auf einen USB-Stick sichern." +msgstr "Jedes Gast-Benutzerkonto, das mit einem vorgegebenen <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>-Gastzugang und im Ordner <emphasis>/home</emphasis> gespeichert ist, wird gelöscht, wenn sich der Gast abmeldet. Der Gast sollte daher seine wichtigen Daten auf einen USB-Stick sichern." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:131 @@ -385,11 +305,7 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " "but he has more restricted access than normal users." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Gast-Benutzerkonto</guilabel>: Hier können Sie das Gast-" -"Benutzerkonto aktivieren oder deaktivieren. Das Gast- Benutzerkonto erlaubt " -"es einem Gast, sich am System anzumelden und den PC zu verwenden. Dieser " -"Gast hat aber eingeschränktere Rechte als ein nomaler Benutzer." +msgstr "<guilabel>Gast-Benutzerkonto</guilabel>: Hier können Sie das Gast-Benutzerkonto aktivieren oder deaktivieren. Das Gast- Benutzerkonto erlaubt es einem Gast, sich am System anzumelden und den PC zu verwenden. Dieser Gast hat aber eingeschränktere Rechte als ein nomaler Benutzer." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:138 @@ -397,10 +313,7 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " "Bash, Dash and Sh" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Diese aufklappbare Liste erlaubt es Ihnen, die " -"Shell zu ändern, die der Benutzer verwendet, den Sie am Bildschirm zuvor " -"hinzugefügt haben. Zur Auswahl stehen Bash, Dash und Sh" +msgstr "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Diese aufklappbare Liste erlaubt es Ihnen, die Shell zu ändern, die der Benutzer verwendet, den Sie am Bildschirm zuvor hinzugefügt haben. Zur Auswahl stehen Bash, Dash und Sh" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:144 @@ -408,49 +321,42 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " "you know what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Benutzer-ID</guilabel>: Hier können Sie eine Benutzer- ID " -"(Benutzeridentifikation) für den Benutzer setzen, den Sie am Bildschirm " -"zuvor hinzugefügt haben. Diese ID ist eine Zahl. Lassen Sie diese Eingabe " -"solange leer, bis Sie wissen, was Sie tun." +msgstr "<guilabel>Benutzer-ID</guilabel>: Hier können Sie eine Benutzer- ID (Benutzeridentifikation) für den Benutzer setzen, den Sie am Bildschirm zuvor hinzugefügt haben. Diese ID ist eine Zahl. Lassen Sie diese Eingabe solange leer, bis Sie wissen, was Sie tun." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " -"what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Gruppen-ID</guilabel>: Dies ermöglicht Ihnen das Setzen einer " -"Gruppen-ID. Ebenfalls eine Zahl, normalerweise die gleiche Zahl wie für den " -"Benutzer. Lassen Sie diese Eingabe solange leer, bis Sie wissen was Sie tun." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" +" what you are doing." +msgstr "<guilabel>Gruppen-ID</guilabel>: Dies ermöglicht Ihnen das Setzen einer Gruppen-ID. Ebenfalls eine Zahl, normalerweise die gleiche Zahl wie für den Benutzer. Lassen Sie diese Eingabe solange leer, bis Sie wissen was Sie tun." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11 msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Einhängepunkte wählen" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least +#. ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the +#. Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I +#. removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -458,63 +364,46 @@ msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " "can change the mount points." -msgstr "" -"Hier können Sie die erkannten Linux-Partitionen auf Ihrem Computer sehen. " -"Falls Sie mit dem Vorschlag von <application>DrakX</application> nicht " -"zufrieden sind, können Sie die Einhängepunkte ändern." +msgstr "Hier können Sie die erkannten Linux-Partitionen auf Ihrem Computer sehen. Falls Sie mit dem Vorschlag von <application>DrakX</application> nicht zufrieden sind, können Sie die Einhängepunkte ändern." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie etwas ändern, stellen Sie sicher, dass Sie noch eine <literal>/</" -"literal> (root)-Partition haben." +msgstr "Falls Sie etwas ändern, stellen Sie sicher, dass Sie noch eine <literal>/</literal> (root)-Partition haben." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" -"\", \"Type\")." -msgstr "" -"Jede Partition wird wie folgt angezeigt: \"Gerät\" (\"Kapazität\", " -"\"Einhängepunkt\", \"Typ\")." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " +"point\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "Jede Partition wird wie folgt angezeigt: \"Gerät\" (\"Kapazität\", \"Einhängepunkt\", \"Typ\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." -msgstr "" -"\"Gerät\", ist gegliedert in: \"Festplatte\", [\"Festplattennummer\"(Zahl)], " -"\"Partitionsnummer\" (z.B. \"sda5\")." +msgstr "\"Gerät\", ist gegliedert in: \"Festplatte\", [\"Festplattennummer\"(Zahl)], \"Partitionsnummer\" (z.B. \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " -"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" +" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" -"literal> partition of a cauldron install." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie viele Partitionen angelegt haben, können Sie verschiedene " -"Einhängepunkte aus dem Ausklappmenü auswählen, wie z.B. <literal>/</" -"literal>, <literal>/home</literal> und <literal>/var</literal>. Sie können " -"sogar eigene Einhängepunkte erstellen, wie z.B. <literal>/video</literal> " -"für Ihre Filme, oder <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> für die <literal>/" -"home</literal> Partition einer Cauldron-Installation." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " +"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "Falls Sie viele Partitionen angelegt haben, können Sie verschiedene Einhängepunkte aus dem Ausklappmenü auswählen, wie z.B. <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> und <literal>/var</literal>. Sie können sogar eigene Einhängepunkte erstellen, wie z.B. <literal>/video</literal> für Ihre Filme, oder <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> für die <literal>/home</literal> Partition einer Cauldron-Installation." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie keinen Zugriff auf eine Partition benötigen, lassen Sie einfach " -"das Feld für den Einhängepunkt leer." +msgstr "Falls Sie keinen Zugriff auf eine Partition benötigen, lassen Sie einfach das Feld für den Einhängepunkt leer." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 @@ -522,22 +411,15 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie nicht sicher sind, was auszuwählen ist, klicken Sie auf " -"<guibutton>Zurück</guibutton> und danach auf <guilabel>Benutzerdefinierte " -"Partitionierung</guilabel>. Auf dem folgenden Bildschirm markieren Sie eine " -"Partition und schon können Sie deren Typ und Größe sehen." +msgstr "Falls Sie nicht sicher sind, was auszuwählen ist, klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Zurück</guibutton> und danach auf <guilabel>Benutzerdefinierte Partitionierung</guilabel>. Auf dem folgenden Bildschirm markieren Sie eine Partition und schon können Sie deren Typ und Größe sehen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " -"DrakX suggests, or more." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie sicher sind, dass die Einhängepunkte passen, dann klicken Sie bitte " -"auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton> und geben an, ob nur die von DrakX " -"vorgeschlagenen Partitionen formatiert werden sollen oder noch weitere." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " +"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "Wenn Sie sicher sind, dass die Einhängepunkte passen, dann klicken Sie bitte auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton> und geben an, ob nur die von DrakX vorgeschlagenen Partitionen formatiert werden sollen oder noch weitere." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 @@ -547,11 +429,9 @@ msgstr "Desktopauswahl" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " -"tune your choice." -msgstr "" -"Je nachdem, welche Auswahl Sie hier treffen, werden weitere Auswahlfenster " -"angezeigt, um Ihre Installation individuell zu gestalten." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" +" tune your choice." +msgstr "Je nachdem, welche Auswahl Sie hier treffen, werden weitere Auswahlfenster angezeigt, um Ihre Installation individuell zu gestalten." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 @@ -559,19 +439,14 @@ msgid "" "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "" -"Nach den Auswahlschritten wird während der Paketinstallation eine " -"Präsentation angezeigt. Die Präsentation kann durch Anklicken des " -"<guilabel>Details</guilabel>-Knopfes beendet werden." +msgstr "Nach den Auswahlschritten wird während der Paketinstallation eine Präsentation angezeigt. Die Präsentation kann durch Anklicken des <guilabel>Details</guilabel>-Knopfes beendet werden." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -583,30 +458,21 @@ msgid "" "default software choices for these desktop environments. The " "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie hier Ihre bevorzugte Desktopumgebung <application>KDE</" -"application> oder <application>Gnome</application>. Beide bieten einen " -"vollständigen Satz an nützlichen Programmen und Werkzeugen. Setzen Sie bei " -"<guilabel>\"Benutzerdefiniert\"</guilabel> ein Häkchen, falls Sie keine der " -"vorgegebenen Konfigurationen, sondern eine eigene Zusammenstellung benutzen " -"wollen. Der <application>LXDE</application>-Desktop benötigt weniger " -"Ressourcen als die beiden eben genannten, bietet dafür aber weniger \"Eye " -"Candy\" und es werden standardmäßig weniger Pakete installiert." +msgstr "Wählen Sie hier Ihre bevorzugte Desktopumgebung <application>KDE</application> oder <application>Gnome</application>. Beide bieten einen vollständigen Satz an nützlichen Programmen und Werkzeugen. Setzen Sie bei <guilabel>\"Benutzerdefiniert\"</guilabel> ein Häkchen, falls Sie keine der vorgegebenen Konfigurationen, sondern eine eigene Zusammenstellung benutzen wollen. Der <application>LXDE</application>-Desktop benötigt weniger Ressourcen als die beiden eben genannten, bietet dafür aber weniger \"Eye Candy\" und es werden standardmäßig weniger Pakete installiert." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Paketgruppenauswahl" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -" <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr " <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -615,12 +481,7 @@ msgid "" "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "" -"Um die Paketauswahl zu erleichtern, wurden Programmpakete in Gruppen " -"sortiert. Die Gruppen sind größtenteils selbsterklärend. Falls Sie aber " -"doch weitere Informationen zu dem Inhalt wünschen, brauchen Sie nur die " -"Minihilfen aufrufen. Sie tun das, indem Sie mit der Maus einfach über die " -"Gruppen fahren." +msgstr "Um die Paketauswahl zu erleichtern, wurden Programmpakete in Gruppen sortiert. Die Gruppen sind größtenteils selbsterklärend. Falls Sie aber doch weitere Informationen zu dem Inhalt wünschen, brauchen Sie nur die Minihilfen aufrufen. Sie tun das, indem Sie mit der Maus einfach über die Gruppen fahren." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 @@ -642,160 +503,127 @@ msgstr "Grafische Umgebung" msgid "" "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " "remove packages." -msgstr "" -"Individuelle Paketauswahl (Um händisch Pakete hinzuzufügen oder entfernen zu " -"können, wählen Sie bitte diese Option.)" +msgstr "Individuelle Paketauswahl (Um händisch Pakete hinzuzufügen oder entfernen zu können, wählen Sie bitte diese Option.)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " -"a minimal install." -msgstr "" -"Um eine minimale Installation durchzuführen, lesen Sie bitte die Anweisung " -"<xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> ." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" +" a minimal install." +msgstr "Um eine minimale Installation durchzuführen, lesen Sie bitte die Anweisung <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> ." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Wählen Sie individuelle Pakete" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -" <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr " <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." -msgstr "" -"Hier können Sie weitere Pakete aus- oder abwählen, um Ihre Installation " -"anzupassen." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " +"installation." +msgstr "Hier können Sie weitere Pakete aus- oder abwählen, um Ihre Installation anzupassen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" -"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " -"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " -"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " -"choosing to load it." -msgstr "" -"Nachdem Sie Ihre Wahl getroffen haben, können Sie auf das " -"<guibutton>Diskettensymbol</guibutton> am unteren Ende der Seite klicken, um " -"die Paketauswahl zu speichern. Ebenso funktioniert das Speichern auf einen " -"USB-Stick. In diesem Fall können Sie diese Paketauswahl nutzen, um die " -"gleichen Pakete auf einem anderen System zu installieren. Sie können dies " -"tun, indem Sie bei der Installation den selben Knopf anklicken und dann " -"diese gesicherte Auswahldatei laden." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " +"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " +"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " +"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " +"and choosing to load it." +msgstr "Nachdem Sie Ihre Wahl getroffen haben, können Sie auf das <guibutton>Diskettensymbol</guibutton> am unteren Ende der Seite klicken, um die Paketauswahl zu speichern. Ebenso funktioniert das Speichern auf einen USB-Stick. In diesem Fall können Sie diese Paketauswahl nutzen, um die gleichen Pakete auf einem anderen System zu installieren. Sie können dies tun, indem Sie bei der Installation den selben Knopf anklicken und dann diese gesicherte Auswahldatei laden." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureServices.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Konfigurieren Ihrer Dienste" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." -msgstr "" -"Hier können Sie einstellen, welche Dienste ausgeführt (oder auch nicht " -"ausgeführt) werden sollen, nachdem Ihr System gestartet wurde." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " +"system." +msgstr "Hier können Sie einstellen, welche Dienste ausgeführt (oder auch nicht ausgeführt) werden sollen, nachdem Ihr System gestartet wurde." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " -"see all services in it." -msgstr "" -"Sie finden hier vier Gruppen. Klicken Sie auf das Dreieck vor einer Gruppe, " -"um alle Dienste zu sehen, die von dieser Gruppe bereitgestellt werden." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" +" see all services in it." +msgstr "Sie finden hier vier Gruppen. Klicken Sie auf das Dreieck vor einer Gruppe, um alle Dienste zu sehen, die von dieser Gruppe bereitgestellt werden." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:34 msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good." -msgstr "" -"Normalerweise wählt <emphasis role=\"bold\">DrakX</emphasis> passende " -"Einstellungen." +msgstr "Normalerweise wählt <emphasis role=\"bold\">DrakX</emphasis> passende Einstellungen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:37 msgid "" "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " "box below." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie einen Dienst markieren, werden in einer darunter sichtbaren Infobox " -"einige Informationen zu diesem Dienst angezeigt." +msgstr "Wenn Sie einen Dienst markieren, werden in einer darunter sichtbaren Infobox einige Informationen zu diesem Dienst angezeigt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:41 msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"Ändern Sie diese Einstellungen nur dann, wenn Sie genau wissen, was Sie tun." +msgstr "Ändern Sie diese Einstellungen nur dann, wenn Sie genau wissen, was Sie tun." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Konfiguration der Zeitzone" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " -"same time zone." -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie die von Ihnen gewünschte Zeitzone, indem Sie ihr Land oder eine " -"Stadt in Ihrer Nähe aus der gleichen Zeitzone wählen." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" +" same time zone." +msgstr "Wählen Sie die von Ihnen gewünschte Zeitzone, indem Sie ihr Land oder eine Stadt in Ihrer Nähe aus der gleichen Zeitzone wählen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " -"GMT, also known as UTC." -msgstr "" -"Im nächsten Bildschirm können Sie wählen, ob ihre Hardware-Uhr auf lokale " -"Zeit oder auf GMT, auch als UTC bekannt, gesetzt wird." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" +" GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "Im nächsten Bildschirm können Sie wählen, ob ihre Hardware-Uhr auf lokale Zeit oder auf GMT, auch als UTC bekannt, gesetzt wird." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." -msgstr "" -"Besitzen Sie mehr als ein Betriebssystem, so vergewissern Sie sich, dass " -"alle Betriebssysteme entweder auf Lokalzeit oder auf UTC/GMT gesetzt sind." +msgstr "Besitzen Sie mehr als ein Betriebssystem, so vergewissern Sie sich, dass alle Betriebssysteme entweder auf Lokalzeit oder auf UTC/GMT gesetzt sind." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 @@ -805,32 +633,24 @@ msgstr "Einen X-Server auswählen (Ihre Grafikkarte einrichten)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "" -"DrakX verfügt über eine umfassende Datenbank für Grafikkarten und wird meist " -"Ihre Grafikkarte korrekt erkennen." +msgstr "DrakX verfügt über eine umfassende Datenbank für Grafikkarten und wird meist Ihre Grafikkarte korrekt erkennen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "" -"Falls der Installer Ihre Grafikkarte nicht korrekt erkannt hat und Sie nicht " -"wissen, welche Sie haben, können Sie sie folgendermaßen aus dem Baum " -"auswählen:" +msgstr "Falls der Installer Ihre Grafikkarte nicht korrekt erkannt hat und Sie nicht wissen, welche Sie haben, können Sie sie folgendermaßen aus dem Baum auswählen:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 @@ -853,10 +673,7 @@ msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " "Xorg category" -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie Ihre Karte nicht in der Herstellerliste finden, weil sie sich " -"nicht in der Datenbank befindet oder weil es sich um eine ältere Karte " -"handelt, könnten Sie einen passenden Treiber in Xorg finden." +msgstr "Falls Sie Ihre Karte nicht in der Herstellerliste finden, weil sie sich nicht in der Datenbank befindet oder weil es sich um eine ältere Karte handelt, könnten Sie einen passenden Treiber in Xorg finden." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 @@ -864,21 +681,14 @@ msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "" -"Die Xorg-Liste enthält mehr als 40 generische und quelloffene Treiber für " -"Grafikkarten. Falls Sie noch immer keinen passenden Treiber für Ihre Karte " -"finden, können Sie den VESA-Treiber verwenden, welcher grundlegende " -"Funktionalität bietet." +msgstr "Die Xorg-Liste enthält mehr als 40 generische und quelloffene Treiber für Grafikkarten. Falls Sie noch immer keinen passenden Treiber für Ihre Karte finden, können Sie den VESA-Treiber verwenden, welcher grundlegende Funktionalität bietet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "" -"Denken Sie daran, dass es durch Auswahl eines inkompatiblen Treibers " -"passieren kann, dass Sie lediglich Zugriff auf eine " -"Befehlszeilenschnittstelle erhalten." +msgstr "Denken Sie daran, dass es durch Auswahl eines inkompatiblen Treibers passieren kann, dass Sie lediglich Zugriff auf eine Befehlszeilenschnittstelle erhalten." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 @@ -886,37 +696,30 @@ msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " "the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "" -"Einige Grafikkartenhersteller bieten proprietäre Treiber für Linux an, " -"welche nur in den \"Nonfree\"-Paketquellen oder in einigen Fällen nur über " -"die Webseite des Herstellers erhältlich sind." +msgstr "Einige Grafikkartenhersteller bieten proprietäre Treiber für Linux an, welche nur in den \"Nonfree\"-Paketquellen oder in einigen Fällen nur über die Webseite des Herstellers erhältlich sind." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "" -"Die \"Nonfree\"-Paketquellen müssen ausdrücklich aktiviert werden. Falls Sie " -"dies zuvor nicht gemacht haben, sollten Sie dies nach dem ersten Neustart " -"tun." +msgstr "Die \"Nonfree\"-Paketquellen müssen ausdrücklich aktiviert werden. Falls Sie dies zuvor nicht gemacht haben, sollten Sie dies nach dem ersten Neustart tun." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration der Grafikkarte und des Bildschirms" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" +#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename +#. for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -925,31 +728,19 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " -"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" -"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " -"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " -"think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "" -"Egal, welche grafische Umgebung (auch als Desktop bekannt) Sie für die " -"Installation von <application>Mageia</application> wählen, diese basieren " -"alle auf der grafischen Benutzerschnittstelle namens <acronym>X-Window-" -"System</acronym>, oder vereinfacht <acronym>X</acronym>. Um in Folge " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> " -"oder eine andere grafische Umgebung zum Laufen zu bringen, müssen die " -"nachfolgenden Einstellungen von <acronym>X</acronym> korrekt sein. Wählen " -"Sie die korrekten Einstellungen, wenn Sie entdecken, dass " -"<application>DrakX</application> keine Auswahl trifft, oder wenn Sie " -"glauben, dass die Auswahl nicht korrekt ist." +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" +" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " +"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " +"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " +"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "Egal, welche grafische Umgebung (auch als Desktop bekannt) Sie für die Installation von <application>Mageia</application> wählen, diese basieren alle auf der grafischen Benutzerschnittstelle namens <acronym>X-Window-System</acronym>, oder vereinfacht <acronym>X</acronym>. Um in Folge <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> oder eine andere grafische Umgebung zum Laufen zu bringen, müssen die nachfolgenden Einstellungen von <acronym>X</acronym> korrekt sein. Wählen Sie die korrekten Einstellungen, wenn Sie entdecken, dass <application>DrakX</application> keine Auswahl trifft, oder wenn Sie glauben, dass die Auswahl nicht korrekt ist." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " "from the list if needed." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Grafikkarte</guibutton></emphasis>: Wählen Sie Ihre " -"Karte aus der Liste, wenn nötig." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Grafikkarte</guibutton></emphasis>: Wählen Sie Ihre Karte aus der Liste, wenn nötig." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 @@ -959,14 +750,7 @@ msgid "" "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Bildschirm</guibutton></emphasis>: Sie können " -"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> wählen, falls verfügbar, oder Ihren " -"Bildschirm aus einer der beiden Listen (<guilabel>Hersteller</guilabel> oder " -"<guilabel>Generisch</guilabel>) wählen. Wählen Sie " -"<guilabel>Benutzerdefiniert</guilabel> wenn Sie es bevorzugen, die " -"horizontale und vertikale Wiederholfrequenz Ihres Bildschirms manuell " -"einzustellen." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Bildschirm</guibutton></emphasis>: Sie können <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> wählen, falls verfügbar, oder Ihren Bildschirm aus einer der beiden Listen (<guilabel>Hersteller</guilabel> oder <guilabel>Generisch</guilabel>) wählen. Wählen Sie <guilabel>Benutzerdefiniert</guilabel> wenn Sie es bevorzugen, die horizontale und vertikale Wiederholfrequenz Ihres Bildschirms manuell einzustellen." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 @@ -978,9 +762,7 @@ msgstr "Unkorrekte Wiederholfrequenzen können Ihren Bildschirm zerstören" msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " "resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Auflösung</guibutton></emphasis>: Legen Sie hier die " -"entsprechende Auflösung und Farbtiefe für Ihren Bildschirm fest." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Auflösung</guibutton></emphasis>: Legen Sie hier die entsprechende Auflösung und Farbtiefe für Ihren Bildschirm fest." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 @@ -988,31 +770,19 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " -"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " -"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Der Test-Knopf ist während " -"der Installation nicht immer sichtbar. Ist der Knopf sichtbar, so können Sie " -"Ihre Einstellungen überprüfen, indem Sie diesen Knopf betätigen. Wenn eine " -"Frage angezeigt wird, ob Ihre Einstellungen korrekt sind, so antworten Sie " -"mit \"Ja\" und die Einstellungen werden übernommen. Wenn Sie aber nichts " -"sehen, so kehren Sie nach kurzer Zeit zum Konfigurationsbildschirm zurück " -"und erhalten die Möglichkeit, alle Einstellungen zu ändern, bis der Test " -"zufriedenstellend verläuft. <emphasis>Vergewissern Sie sich, dass Sie sich " -"mit den getätigten Einstellungen nicht außerhalb der Grenzwerte Ihres " -"Bildschirms befinden, wenn der Knopf nicht verfügbar ist.</emphasis>" +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." +" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" +" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " +"available</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Der Test-Knopf ist während der Installation nicht immer sichtbar. Ist der Knopf sichtbar, so können Sie Ihre Einstellungen überprüfen, indem Sie diesen Knopf betätigen. Wenn eine Frage angezeigt wird, ob Ihre Einstellungen korrekt sind, so antworten Sie mit \"Ja\" und die Einstellungen werden übernommen. Wenn Sie aber nichts sehen, so kehren Sie nach kurzer Zeit zum Konfigurationsbildschirm zurück und erhalten die Möglichkeit, alle Einstellungen zu ändern, bis der Test zufriedenstellend verläuft. <emphasis>Vergewissern Sie sich, dass Sie sich mit den getätigten Einstellungen nicht außerhalb der Grenzwerte Ihres Bildschirms befinden, wenn der Knopf nicht verfügbar ist.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " "enable or disable various options." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Optionen</guibutton></emphasis>: Hier können Sie " -"verschiedene Optionen aktivieren oder deaktivieren." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Optionen</guibutton></emphasis>: Hier können Sie verschiedene Optionen aktivieren oder deaktivieren." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 @@ -1024,9 +794,7 @@ msgstr "Auswahl des Monitors" msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " "correctly identify yours." -msgstr "" -"DrakX besitzt eine umfassende Datenbank von Monitoren und erkennt " -"normalerweise ihren Monitor korrekt." +msgstr "DrakX besitzt eine umfassende Datenbank von Monitoren und erkennt normalerweise ihren Monitor korrekt." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 @@ -1035,22 +803,15 @@ msgid "" "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " "documentation" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis> Die Auswahl eines Monitors mit falschen Charakteristika kann " -"Ihren Monitor oder Ihre Grafikkarte beschädigen. Bitte stellen Sie sicher, " -"dass Sie genau wissen, was Sie tun </emphasis> Im Zweifel schauen Sie doch " -"bitte in die Dokumentation des Monitors" +msgstr "<emphasis> Die Auswahl eines Monitors mit falschen Charakteristika kann Ihren Monitor oder Ihre Grafikkarte beschädigen. Bitte stellen Sie sicher, dass Sie genau wissen, was Sie tun </emphasis> Im Zweifel schauen Sie doch bitte in die Dokumentation des Monitors" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -1061,15 +822,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Benutzerdefiniert</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " -"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " -"displayed." -msgstr "" -"Die Einstellung erlaubt es Ihnen zwei kritische Einstellungen, die vertikale " -"Wiederholraten und horizontalen Synchronisationsfrequenzen, einzustellen. " -"Die vertikale Wiederholrate bestimmt, wie oft das Bild neu aufgebaut wird " -"und die horizontalen Synchronisationsfrequenz legt die Rate fest, wieviele " -"Scanlinien dargestellt werden." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" +" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" +" displayed." +msgstr "Die Einstellung erlaubt es Ihnen zwei kritische Einstellungen, die vertikale Wiederholraten und horizontalen Synchronisationsfrequenzen, einzustellen. Die vertikale Wiederholrate bestimmt, wie oft das Bild neu aufgebaut wird und die horizontalen Synchronisationsfrequenz legt die Rate fest, wieviele Scanlinien dargestellt werden." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 @@ -1078,11 +834,7 @@ msgid "" "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " "consult your monitor documentation." -msgstr "" -"Es ist <emphasis>SEHR WICHTIG</emphasis>, dass Sie keinen Monitor auswählen, " -"dessen Wiederholrate höher als die Shres Monitors liegt: dies kann zu " -"Schäden an ihrem Monitor führen. Wählen Sie im Zweifel lieber eine " -"niedrigere Einstellung und schauen Sie in die Dokumentation ihres Monitors" +msgstr "Es ist <emphasis>SEHR WICHTIG</emphasis>, dass Sie keinen Monitor auswählen, dessen Wiederholrate höher als die Shres Monitors liegt: dies kann zu Schäden an ihrem Monitor führen. Wählen Sie im Zweifel lieber eine niedrigere Einstellung und schauen Sie in die Dokumentation ihres Monitors" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 @@ -1094,9 +846,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" msgid "" "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " "monitor database." -msgstr "" -"Dies ist die Standardeinstellung und es wird versucht den Monitor anhand der " -"Datenbank zu bestimmen" +msgstr "Dies ist die Standardeinstellung und es wird versucht den Monitor anhand der Datenbank zu bestimmen" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 @@ -1108,10 +858,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Hersteller</emphasis>" msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "" -"Falls das Installationsprogramm Ihren Monitor nicht korrekt erkannt hat und " -"Sie wissen, um welchen Monitor es sich handelt, können Sie den Monitor " -"anhand folgender Optionen auswählen:" +msgstr "Falls das Installationsprogramm Ihren Monitor nicht korrekt erkannt hat und Sie wissen, um welchen Monitor es sich handelt, können Sie den Monitor anhand folgender Optionen auswählen:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 @@ -1132,16 +879,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Generisch</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " -"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " -"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " -"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "" -"Die Auswahl dieser Gruppe zeigt rund 30 Anzeigeneinstellungen wie 1024x768 @ " -"60Hz und beinhaltet auch Flachbildschirme, die in Laptops verbaut sind. Die " -"Auswahl dieser Gruppe ist ausreichend, wenn Sie den Vesa Grafikkartentreiber " -"benutzen müssen, sollte Ihre Grafikkarte nicht automatisch erkannt werden. " -"Nochmal: es ist besser eher zu niedrige Einstellungen zu wählen." +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" +" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " +"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " +"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +msgstr "Die Auswahl dieser Gruppe zeigt rund 30 Anzeigeneinstellungen wie 1024x768 @ 60Hz und beinhaltet auch Flachbildschirme, die in Laptops verbaut sind. Die Auswahl dieser Gruppe ist ausreichend, wenn Sie den Vesa Grafikkartentreiber benutzen müssen, sollte Ihre Grafikkarte nicht automatisch erkannt werden. Nochmal: es ist besser eher zu niedrige Einstellungen zu wählen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake.xml:19 @@ -1151,74 +893,52 @@ msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte Laufwerkspartitionierung mit DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " -"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" +" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." -msgstr "" -"Wünschen Sie auf Ihrer / -Partition (Wurzelverzeichnis) eine " -"Verschlüsselung, müssen Sie sicherstellen, dass Sie eine eigene <literal>/" -"boot</literal>-Partition besitzen. Die Option Verschlüsselung für die " -"<literal>/boot</literal>- Partition darf <emphasis role=\"bold\">NICHT</" -"emphasis> gesetzt werden, da sonst das System nicht gebootet werden kann." +msgstr "Wünschen Sie auf Ihrer / -Partition (Wurzelverzeichnis) eine Verschlüsselung, müssen Sie sicherstellen, dass Sie eine eigene <literal>/boot</literal>-Partition besitzen. Die Option Verschlüsselung für die <literal>/boot</literal>- Partition darf <emphasis role=\"bold\">NICHT</emphasis> gesetzt werden, da sonst das System nicht gebootet werden kann." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," +" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." -msgstr "" -"Hier können Sie das Layout Ihres Laufwerks (Ihrer Laufwerke) bestimmen. Sie " -"können Partitionen löschen oder erstellen, das Dateisystem einer Partition " -"oder dessen Größe ändern, oder auch den vorhandenen Inhalt betrachten, bevor " -"Sie daran Änderungen vornehmen." +msgstr "Hier können Sie das Layout Ihres Laufwerks (Ihrer Laufwerke) bestimmen. Sie können Partitionen löschen oder erstellen, das Dateisystem einer Partition oder dessen Größe ändern, oder auch den vorhandenen Inhalt betrachten, bevor Sie daran Änderungen vornehmen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " -"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." -msgstr "" -"Dies ist der Reiter für jedes entdeckte Laufwerk oder Speichermedium, wie " -"einem USB-Stick. So z.B. <emphasis>sda</emphasis>, <emphasis>sdb</emphasis> " -"und <emphasis>sdc</emphasis>, wenn drei Laufwerke gefunden wurden." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" +" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +msgstr "Dies ist der Reiter für jedes entdeckte Laufwerk oder Speichermedium, wie einem USB-Stick. So z.B. <emphasis>sda</emphasis>, <emphasis>sdb</emphasis> und <emphasis>sdc</emphasis>, wenn drei Laufwerke gefunden wurden." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " -"storage device" -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie <guibutton>Alles löschen</guibutton>, um alle Partitionen des " -"gewählten Laufwerks zu löschen." +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" +" storage device" +msgstr "Wählen Sie <guibutton>Alles löschen</guibutton>, um alle Partitionen des gewählten Laufwerks zu löschen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Für alle anderen Aktionen:</emphasis> Klicken Sie " -"zuerst auf die gewünschte Partition. Dann sehen Sie sich den Inhalt an " -"(falls vorhanden) oder wählen ein Dateisystem und einen Einhängepunkt, " -"ändern Sie die Größe oder löschen Sie die Partition." +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Für alle anderen Aktionen:</emphasis> Klicken Sie zuerst auf die gewünschte Partition. Dann sehen Sie sich den Inhalt an (falls vorhanden) oder wählen ein Dateisystem und einen Einhängepunkt, ändern Sie die Größe oder löschen Sie die Partition." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:49 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." -msgstr "" -"Wiederholen Sie diesen Vorgang für alle Laufwerke, bis alle Einstellungen " -"Ihren Wünschen entsprechen." +msgstr "Wiederholen Sie diesen Vorgang für alle Laufwerke, bis alle Einstellungen Ihren Wünschen entsprechen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:51 @@ -1236,28 +956,21 @@ msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " "<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "" -"Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie Ihre Festplatte(n) sehen und die " -"Einteilung, die der DrakX Partitionierungswizard für die Installation von " -"<application>Mageia</application> vorschlägt." +msgstr "Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie Ihre Festplatte(n) sehen und die Einteilung, die der DrakX Partitionierungswizard für die Installation von <application>Mageia</application> vorschlägt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." -msgstr "" -"Die in der Liste verfügbaren Optionen variieren abhängig von Ihren verbauten " -"Festplatte(n)." +msgstr "Die in der Liste verfügbaren Optionen variieren abhängig von Ihren verbauten Festplatte(n)." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center" -"\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -1269,9 +982,7 @@ msgstr "Verwende vorhandene Partitionen" msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." -msgstr "" -"Wenn diese Option verfügbar ist, dann wurden vorhandene Linux-kompatible " -"Partitionen gefunden und können für die Installation genutzt werden." +msgstr "Wenn diese Option verfügbar ist, dann wurden vorhandene Linux-kompatible Partitionen gefunden und können für die Installation genutzt werden." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 @@ -1281,11 +992,9 @@ msgstr "Nutze freien Speicherplatz" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " -"your new Mageia installation." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie nicht genutzten freien Speicherplatz auf Ihrer Festplatte haben, " -"dann wird diese Option diesen für die neue Mageia-Installation verwenden." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" +" your new Mageia installation." +msgstr "Falls Sie nicht genutzten freien Speicherplatz auf Ihrer Festplatte haben, dann wird diese Option diesen für die neue Mageia-Installation verwenden." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 @@ -1295,11 +1004,9 @@ msgstr "Nutze den freien Speicherplatz einer Windows Partition" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " -"offer to use it." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie nicht genutzen freien Speicherplatz auf einer bestehenden Windows-" -"Partition verfügbar haben, kann der Installer diesen zur Nutzung vorschlagen." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" +" offer to use it." +msgstr "Falls Sie nicht genutzen freien Speicherplatz auf einer bestehenden Windows-Partition verfügbar haben, kann der Installer diesen zur Nutzung vorschlagen." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 @@ -1307,11 +1014,7 @@ msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " "important files!" -msgstr "" -"Dies kann ein sehr nützlicher Weg sein, um Platz für eine neue Mageia-" -"Installation zu schaffen. Dies ist aber eine sehr riskante Aktion. Also " -"sollten Sie sicherstellen, dass alle wichtigen Daten auf einem externen " -"Datenträger gesichert sind." +msgstr "Dies kann ein sehr nützlicher Weg sein, um Platz für eine neue Mageia-Installation zu schaffen. Dies ist aber eine sehr riskante Aktion. Also sollten Sie sicherstellen, dass alle wichtigen Daten auf einem externen Datenträger gesichert sind." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 @@ -1322,14 +1025,7 @@ msgid "" "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " "back up your personal files." -msgstr "" -"Beachten Sie bitte, dass für diese Option eine Verkleinerung der Windows-" -"Partition durchgeführt werden muss. Die Partition muss zwingend \"sauber\" " -"sein. Das bedeutet, dass Windows bei der letzten Nutzung korrekt " -"heruntergefahren wurde. Zusätzlich muss die Partition defragmentiert worden " -"sein, obwohl es keine Garantie gibt, dass alle Dateien der Partition aus dem " -"zu nutzenden Teil verschoben wurden. Es ist also wirklich sehr zu empfehlen, " -"die persönlichen Daten vor dem Vorgang zu sichern." +msgstr "Beachten Sie bitte, dass für diese Option eine Verkleinerung der Windows-Partition durchgeführt werden muss. Die Partition muss zwingend \"sauber\" sein. Das bedeutet, dass Windows bei der letzten Nutzung korrekt heruntergefahren wurde. Zusätzlich muss die Partition defragmentiert worden sein, obwohl es keine Garantie gibt, dass alle Dateien der Partition aus dem zu nutzenden Teil verschoben wurden. Es ist also wirklich sehr zu empfehlen, die persönlichen Daten vor dem Vorgang zu sichern." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 @@ -1344,9 +1040,7 @@ msgstr "Diese Option wird das vollständige Laufwerk für Mageia nutzen." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" -msgstr "" -"Beachte! Dies wird ALLE Daten auf dem gewählten Laufwerk löschen. Bitte " -"Vorsicht walten lassen!" +msgstr "Beachte! Dies wird ALLE Daten auf dem gewählten Laufwerk löschen. Bitte Vorsicht walten lassen!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 @@ -1354,10 +1048,7 @@ msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " "this option." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie beabsichtigen, einen Teil der Platte für etwas anderes zu nutzen " -"oder Sie haben wichtige Daten auf dem Laufwerk, welche nicht verloren gehen " -"dürfen, dann nutzen Sie bitte nicht diese Option." +msgstr "Falls Sie beabsichtigen, einen Teil der Platte für etwas anderes zu nutzen oder Sie haben wichtige Daten auf dem Laufwerk, welche nicht verloren gehen dürfen, dann nutzen Sie bitte nicht diese Option." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 @@ -1367,11 +1058,9 @@ msgstr "Benutzerdefiniert" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " -"hard drive(s)." -msgstr "" -"Diese Option gibt Ihnen die vollständige Kontrolle über das Platzieren der " -"Installation auf den Festplatten." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" +" hard drive(s)." +msgstr "Diese Option gibt Ihnen die vollständige Kontrolle über das Platzieren der Installation auf den Festplatten." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 @@ -1380,17 +1069,10 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " -"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" +" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" -msgstr "" -"Einige neuere Laufwerke nutzen logische Sektoren mit 4.096 Bytes anstelle " -"der bisherigen 512 Bytes. Aufgrund fehlender Hardware wurde das " -"Partitionierungswerkzeug im Installer nicht mit solchen Laufwerken getestet. " -"Zusätzlich benutzen einige SSD Laufwerke eine 'Erase Block' Größe über 1 MB. " -"Wenn Sie solch ein Laufwerk besitzen, empfehlen wir, das Laufwerk vorher mit " -"einem alternativen Werkzeug wie <application>gparted</application> mit " -"folgende Einstellungen zu partitionieren:" +msgstr "Einige neuere Laufwerke nutzen logische Sektoren mit 4.096 Bytes anstelle der bisherigen 512 Bytes. Aufgrund fehlender Hardware wurde das Partitionierungswerkzeug im Installer nicht mit solchen Laufwerken getestet. Zusätzlich benutzen einige SSD Laufwerke eine 'Erase Block' Größe über 1 MB. Wenn Sie solch ein Laufwerk besitzen, empfehlen wir, das Laufwerk vorher mit einem alternativen Werkzeug wie <application>gparted</application> mit folgende Einstellungen zu partitionieren:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 @@ -1406,9 +1088,7 @@ msgstr "\"Vorhergehender freier Speicherplatz (MiB):\" \"2\"" #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." -msgstr "" -"Außerdem stellen sie sicher, dass alle Partitionen mit einer geraden Anzahl " -"an Megabytes erstellt werden" +msgstr "Außerdem stellen sie sicher, dass alle Partitionen mit einer geraden Anzahl an Megabytes erstellt werden" #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 @@ -1425,7 +1105,8 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Februar 2014" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#. type: Content of: +#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1448,13 +1129,10 @@ msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" +" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." -msgstr "" -"Niemand wird alle Installationsfenster sehen, die Sie in dieser Anleitung " -"sehen. Welche Fenster Sie sehen werden, hängt von Ihrer Hardware und den " -"Entscheidungen, die Sie währen der Installation treffen, ab." +msgstr "Niemand wird alle Installationsfenster sehen, die Sie in dieser Anleitung sehen. Welche Fenster Sie sehen werden, hängt von Ihrer Hardware und den Entscheidungen, die Sie währen der Installation treffen, ab." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 @@ -1465,84 +1143,64 @@ msgstr "</note>" #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "" -"Die Texte und Bildschirmfotos in dieser Anleitung sind unter der Lizens CC " -"BY-SA 3.0 verfügbar <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "Die Texte und Bildschirmfotos in dieser Anleitung sind unter der Lizens CC BY-SA 3.0 verfügbar <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "" -"Diese Anleitung wurde mit Hilfe von <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com" -"\">Calenco CMS</link> erstellt, entwickelt von <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "Diese Anleitung wurde mit Hilfe von <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> erstellt, entwickelt von <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "" -"Es wurde von Freiwilligen in ihrer Freizeit geschrieben. Bitte kontaktieren " -"Sie <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team" -"\">Documentation Team</link>, wenn Sie dazu beitragen möchten, diese " -"Anleitung zu verbessern." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " +"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " +"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "Es wurde von Freiwilligen in ihrer Freizeit geschrieben. Bitte kontaktieren Sie <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</link>, wenn Sie dazu beitragen möchten, diese Anleitung zu verbessern." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Herzlichen Glückwunsch!" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" -"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " -"your computer." -msgstr "" -"Sie haben die Installation und Konfiguration von <application>Mageia</" -"application> beendet, so dass Sie das Installationsmedium entfernen und den " -"Computer neu starten können." +"You have finished installing and configuring " +"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " +"installation medium and reboot your computer." +msgstr "Sie haben die Installation und Konfiguration von <application>Mageia</application> beendet, so dass Sie das Installationsmedium entfernen und den Computer neu starten können." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " -"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." -msgstr "" -"Nach dem Neustart können Sie am Bildschirm des Bootloaders zwischen den " -"Betriebssystemen auf Ihrem Computer wählen (falls mehr als eines vorhanden " -"ist)." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" +" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +msgstr "Nach dem Neustart können Sie am Bildschirm des Bootloaders zwischen den Betriebssystemen auf Ihrem Computer wählen (falls mehr als eines vorhanden ist)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:28 msgid "" "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " "will be automatically selected and started." -msgstr "" -"Haben Sie für den Bootloader keine Einstellungen vorgenommen, so wird das " -"von Ihnen installierte Mageia automatisch gewählt und gestartet." +msgstr "Haben Sie für den Bootloader keine Einstellungen vorgenommen, so wird das von Ihnen installierte Mageia automatisch gewählt und gestartet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:31 @@ -1554,57 +1212,43 @@ msgstr "Viel Vergnügen!" msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" -msgstr "" -"Besuchen Sie www.mageia.org, falls Sie weitere Fragen haben oder bei Mageia " -"mitarbeiten wollen." +msgstr "Besuchen Sie www.mageia.org, falls Sie weitere Fragen haben oder bei Mageia mitarbeiten wollen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Formatieren" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" +" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." -msgstr "" -"Hier können Sie wählen, welche Partition(en) formatiert werden soll(en). " -"Alle Daten auf Partitionen, die <emphasis role=\"bold\">nicht</emphasis> für " -"das Formatieren markiert sind, werden nicht angetastet." +msgstr "Hier können Sie wählen, welche Partition(en) formatiert werden soll(en). Alle Daten auf Partitionen, die <emphasis role=\"bold\">nicht</emphasis> für das Formatieren markiert sind, werden nicht angetastet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" -msgstr "" -"Normalerweise wählt DrakX zumindest die Partitionen aus, die " -"notwendigerweise formatiert werden müssen." +msgstr "Normalerweise wählt DrakX zumindest die Partitionen aus, die notwendigerweise formatiert werden müssen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf <guibutton><replaceable>Fortgeschrittene Optionen</" -"replaceable></guibutton>, um jene Partitionen zu wählen, die Sie auf " -"sogenannte <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis> (fehlerhafte Blöcke) überprüfen " -"möchten." +msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <guibutton><replaceable>Fortgeschrittene Optionen</replaceable></guibutton>, um jene Partitionen zu wählen, die Sie auf sogenannte <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis> (fehlerhafte Blöcke) überprüfen möchten." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 @@ -1613,23 +1257,14 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. " "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." -msgstr "" -"Sind Sie sich nicht sicher, die richtige Auswahl getroffen zu haben, so " -"klicken Sie auf <guibutton><replaceable>Abbrechen</replaceable></guibutton>, " -"nochmals auf <guibutton><replaceable>Abbrechen</replaceable></guibutton> und " -"dann auf <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\"><replaceable><replaceable>Benutzerdefiniert</replaceable></replaceable></" -"emphasis>, um zum Hauptbildschirm zurück zu gelangen. Auf diesem Bildschirm " -"können Sie sehen, welche Daten sich auf diesen Partitionen befinden." +msgstr "Sind Sie sich nicht sicher, die richtige Auswahl getroffen zu haben, so klicken Sie auf <guibutton><replaceable>Abbrechen</replaceable></guibutton>, nochmals auf <guibutton><replaceable>Abbrechen</replaceable></guibutton> und dann auf <emphasis role=\"bold\"><replaceable><replaceable>Benutzerdefiniert</replaceable></replaceable></emphasis>, um zum Hauptbildschirm zurück zu gelangen. Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie sehen, welche Daten sich auf diesen Partitionen befinden." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton> to continue." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie mit der Auswahl zufrieden sind, klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Weiter</" -"guibutton>, um mit der Installation fortzufahren." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." +msgstr "Wenn Sie mit der Auswahl zufrieden sind, klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>, um mit der Installation fortzufahren." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:17 @@ -1642,20 +1277,14 @@ msgid "" "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " "possible." -msgstr "" -"Egal, ob Sie ein neuer oder ein erfahrener GNU/Linux-Anwender sind, das " -"Mageia Installationsprogramm wurde so gestaltet, dass es Ihnen die " -"Installation oder eine Aktualisierung so leicht wie möglich macht." +msgstr "Egal, ob Sie ein neuer oder ein erfahrener GNU/Linux-Anwender sind, das Mageia Installationsprogramm wurde so gestaltet, dass es Ihnen die Installation oder eine Aktualisierung so leicht wie möglich macht." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:28 msgid "" "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." -msgstr "" -"Der Startbildschirm enthält verschiedene Optionen, wobei die vorgegebene " -"Option das Installationsprogramm startet. Normalerweise ist dies alles, was " -"Sie tun müssen." +msgstr "Der Startbildschirm enthält verschiedene Optionen, wobei die vorgegebene Option das Installationsprogramm startet. Normalerweise ist dies alles, was Sie tun müssen." #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:34 @@ -1670,17 +1299,15 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" -msgstr "" -"Hier ist der Standard Willkommens-Bildschirm wenn man die Mageia DVD benutzt" +msgstr "Hier ist der Standard Willkommens-Bildschirm wenn man die Mageia DVD benutzt" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:40 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:39 @@ -1691,47 +1318,38 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #: en/installer.xml:46 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" -msgstr "" -"Von diesem ersten Fenster aus, ist es möglich, einige persönliche " -"Einstellungen vorzunehmen" +msgstr "Von diesem ersten Fenster aus, ist es möglich, einige persönliche Einstellungen vorzunehmen" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:51 msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " "language for the system) by pressing the key F2" -msgstr "" -"Die Sprache (nur für die Installation, diese kann sich von der Sprache des " -"Systems unterscheiden) durch drücken der F2 Taste." +msgstr "Die Sprache (nur für die Installation, diese kann sich von der Sprache des Systems unterscheiden) durch drücken der F2 Taste." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:57 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:62 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." -msgstr "" -"Verwende die Pfeiltasten um die Sprache auszuwählen und drücke danach die " -"Enter Taste." +msgstr "Verwende die Pfeiltasten um die Sprache auszuwählen und drücke danach die Enter Taste." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" -"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " -"Tool</guilabel>." -msgstr "" +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " +"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " +"Detection Tool</guilabel>." +msgstr "Hier sehen Sie z.B. den französischen Willkommensbildschirm wenn eine Live DVD/CD verwendet wird. Beachte dass das Live DVD/CD Menü nicht die Auswahl <guilabel>Rettungssystem</guilabel>, <guilabel>Speichertest</guilabel> und <guilabel>Hardware-Erkennungswerkzeug</guilabel> enthält." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:73 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:82 @@ -1740,10 +1358,8 @@ msgstr "Ändere die Bildschirmauflösung durch drücken der F3 Taste." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:85 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:92 @@ -1756,11 +1372,7 @@ msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " "<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:" -msgstr "" -"Wenn die Installation fehlschlägt, ist es eventuell notwendig dies erneut " -"mit extra Optionen zu probieren. Das Menü zeigt durch drücken den F6 Taste " -"eine neue Zeile, welche <guilabel>Boot-Optionen</guilabel> heißt und vier " -"Einträge enthält:" +msgstr "Wenn die Installation fehlschlägt, ist es eventuell notwendig dies erneut mit extra Optionen zu probieren. Das Menü zeigt durch drücken den F6 Taste eine neue Zeile, welche <guilabel>Boot-Optionen</guilabel> heißt und vier Einträge enthält:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:99 @@ -1772,37 +1384,28 @@ msgstr "- Standard, es ändert nichts an den Standardoptionen." msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." -msgstr "" -"- Sichere Einstellungen, die priorität wird auf sichere Optionen gelegt zum " -"Nachteil der Leistung." +msgstr "- Sichere Einstellungen, die priorität wird auf sichere Optionen gelegt zum Nachteil der Leistung." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:105 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." -msgstr "" -"- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), die " -"Stromsparfunktion wird nicht berücksichtigt." +msgstr "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), die Stromsparfunktion wird nicht berücksichtigt." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:108 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." -msgstr "" -"- Kein lokales APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), es " -"geht um die CPU Unterbrechung, wähle die Option wenn Sie danach gefragt " -"werden." +msgstr "- Kein lokales APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), es geht um die CPU Unterbrechung, wähle die Option wenn Sie danach gefragt werden." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie einen dieser Einträge auswählen, werden die Standard Bootoptionen " -"in der <guilabel>Bootoptionen</guilabel> Zeile geändert." +msgstr "Wenn Sie einen dieser Einträge auswählen, werden die Standard Bootoptionen in der <guilabel>Bootoptionen</guilabel> Zeile geändert." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:116 @@ -1810,18 +1413,12 @@ msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " "however, they are really taken into account." -msgstr "" -"Bei einigen Mageia Veröffentlichungen kann es passieren, das die Einträge " -"welche mit der F6 Taste ausgewählt wurden, nicht in der " -"<guilabel>Bootoption</guilabel> Zeile erscheinen, diese werden allerdings " -"trotzdem befolgt." +msgstr "Bei einigen Mageia Veröffentlichungen kann es passieren, das die Einträge welche mit der F6 Taste ausgewählt wurden, nicht in der <guilabel>Bootoption</guilabel> Zeile erscheinen, diese werden allerdings trotzdem befolgt." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:123 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:130 @@ -1834,18 +1431,12 @@ msgid "" "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with " "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to " "go back to the welcome screen." -msgstr "" -"Durch drücken der F1 Taste erscheint ein neues Fenster mit weiteren " -"verfügbaren Optionen. Wähle eine mit den Pfeiltasten aus und drücke Enter um " -"mehr Details zu bekommen oder drücke ESC um in den Willkommensbildschirm " -"zurückzukehren." +msgstr "Durch drücken der F1 Taste erscheint ein neues Fenster mit weiteren verfügbaren Optionen. Wähle eine mit den Pfeiltasten aus und drücke Enter um mehr Details zu bekommen oder drücke ESC um in den Willkommensbildschirm zurückzukehren." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:139 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:146 @@ -1854,43 +1445,34 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. " "These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> " "line." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Die detailierte Ansicht über die splash Optionen. Drücke ESC oder wähle <guilabel>Zurück zu Boot-Optionen</guilabel> um zurück zur Opionsliste zu kommen. Diese dort aufgeführten Optionen können mit der Hand oder der <guilabel>Boot-Optionen</guilabel> Zeile hinzugefügt werden." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:152 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:160 msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." -msgstr "" -"Die Hilfe wird in der, mit der F2 Taste, ausgewählten Sprache angezeigt." +msgstr "Die Hilfe wird in der, mit der F2 Taste, ausgewählten Sprache angezeigt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:166 msgid "" "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based " "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):" -msgstr "" -"Hier sehen Sie den Standard Willkommensbildschirm, wenn eine " -"netzwerkbasierte Installations CD (Boot.iso oder Boot-Nonfree-iso) verwendet " -"wird." +msgstr "Hier sehen Sie den Standard Willkommensbildschirm, wenn eine netzwerkbasierte Installations CD (Boot.iso oder Boot-Nonfree-iso) verwendet wird." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:169 msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." -"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" -msgstr "" -"Es erlaubt Ihnen nicht die Sprache zu ändern. Die verfügbaren Optionen " -"werden auf dem Bildschirm beschrieben. Für weitere Informationen über die " -"Verwendung einer netzbasierten Installations CD, siehe <link ns2:href=" -"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">im Mageia Wiki</link>" +"based Installation CD, see <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " +"Wiki</link>" +msgstr "Es erlaubt Ihnen nicht die Sprache zu ändern. Die verfügbaren Optionen werden auf dem Bildschirm beschrieben. Für weitere Informationen über die Verwendung einer netzbasierten Installations CD, siehe <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">im Mageia Wiki</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/installer.xml:175 @@ -1900,11 +1482,9 @@ msgstr "Das Tastaturlayout ist das amerikanische." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:179 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:186 @@ -1914,30 +1494,24 @@ msgstr "Die Installationsschritte" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " -"on the side panel of the screen." -msgstr "" -"Der Installationsprozess ist in mehrere Schritte unterteilt, die an der " -"linken Seite des Bildschirms verfolgt werden können." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" +" on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "Der Installationsprozess ist in mehrere Schritte unterteilt, die an der linken Seite des Bildschirms verfolgt werden können." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." -msgstr "" -"Jeder dieser Schritte besitzt einen oder mehrere Bildschirme, die auch einen " -"Knopf <guibutton>\"Fortgeschrittene Optionen\"</guibutton> mit weiteren " -"zusätzlichen Optionen haben." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " +"options." +msgstr "Jeder dieser Schritte besitzt einen oder mehrere Bildschirme, die auch einen Knopf <guibutton>\"Fortgeschrittene Optionen\"</guibutton> mit weiteren zusätzlichen Optionen haben." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." -msgstr "" -"Die meisten Bildschirme enthalten einen <guibutton>Hilfe</guibutton>-Knopf, " -"über den Sie weitere Erklärungen zum momentan ausgeführten Schritt erhalten." +msgstr "Die meisten Bildschirme enthalten einen <guibutton>Hilfe</guibutton>-Knopf, über den Sie weitere Erklärungen zum momentan ausgeführten Schritt erhalten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:200 @@ -1947,20 +1521,10 @@ msgid "" "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" +" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie an irgendeiner Stelle entscheiden, die Installation zu stoppen, ist " -"es möglich, einen Neustart auszuführen. Überlegen Sie sich dies aber " -"zweimal, bevor Sie dies ausführen. Wurde eine Partition bereits formatiert " -"oder ein Update hat mit der Installation begonnen, so ist Ihr Computer " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">nicht mehr im gleichen Zustand</emphasis> und ein " -"Neustart kann Sie sehr leicht mit einem <emphasis role=\"bold\">nicht mehr " -"verwendbaren System</emphasis> zurücklassen. Wenn Sie trotz allem sicher " -"sind, einen Neustart auszuführen, wechseln Sie mit <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Alt+Strg+F2</emphasis>. Anschließend betätigen Sie <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Alt+Strg+Entf</emphasis>, um einen Neustart auszulösen." +msgstr "Wenn Sie an irgendeiner Stelle entscheiden, die Installation zu stoppen, ist es möglich, einen Neustart auszuführen. Überlegen Sie sich dies aber zweimal, bevor Sie dies ausführen. Wurde eine Partition bereits formatiert oder ein Update hat mit der Installation begonnen, so ist Ihr Computer <emphasis role=\"bold\">nicht mehr im gleichen Zustand</emphasis> und ein Neustart kann Sie sehr leicht mit einem <emphasis role=\"bold\">nicht mehr verwendbaren System</emphasis> zurücklassen. Wenn Sie trotz allem sicher sind, einen Neustart auszuführen, wechseln Sie mit <emphasis role=\"bold\">Alt+Strg+F2</emphasis>. Anschließend betätigen Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">Alt+Strg+Entf</emphasis>, um einen Neustart auszulösen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:214 @@ -1978,11 +1542,7 @@ msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." -msgstr "" -"Nach dem Startbildschirm gelangen Sie nicht zur Sprachauswahl. Dies kann bei " -"einigen Grafikkarten und älteren Systemen vorkommen. Versuchen Sie eine " -"niedrigere Auflösung, in dem Sie an der Eingabeaufforderung <code>vgalo</" -"code> eingeben." +msgstr "Nach dem Startbildschirm gelangen Sie nicht zur Sprachauswahl. Dies kann bei einigen Grafikkarten und älteren Systemen vorkommen. Versuchen Sie eine niedrigere Auflösung, in dem Sie an der Eingabeaufforderung <code>vgalo</code> eingeben." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:232 @@ -1990,15 +1550,9 @@ msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " -"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." -msgstr "" -"Wenn die Hardware sehr alt ist, ist eine grafische Installation eventuell " -"nicht möglich. In desem Fall ist es möglich die Installation im Textmodus zu " -"probieren. Um dies zu tun drücke ESC, im ersten Willkommensbildschirm und " -"bestätige mit Enter. Ihnen wird nun ein schwarzer Bildschirm mit dem Wort " -"\"boot:\" angezeigt. Gebe \"text\" ein und drücke Enter. Nun wird die " -"Installation im Textmodus fortgesetzt." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" +" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +msgstr "Wenn die Hardware sehr alt ist, ist eine grafische Installation eventuell nicht möglich. In desem Fall ist es möglich die Installation im Textmodus zu probieren. Um dies zu tun drücke ESC, im ersten Willkommensbildschirm und bestätige mit Enter. Ihnen wird nun ein schwarzer Bildschirm mit dem Wort \"boot:\" angezeigt. Gebe \"text\" ein und drücke Enter. Nun wird die Installation im Textmodus fortgesetzt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:244 @@ -2013,15 +1567,7 @@ msgid "" "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " "other options as necessary." -msgstr "" -"Wenn das System während der Installation einfriert, ist das möglicherweise " -"auf ein Problem mit der Erkennung der Hardware zurückzuführen. In diesem " -"Falle sollte die automatische Erkennung der Hardware umgangen und später " -"behandelt werden. Versuchen Sie Folgendes: Drücken Sie am Startbildschirm " -"die Taste <emphasis role=\"bold\">\"F6 Kernel Optionen\"</emphasis> und " -"tragen Sie den Befehl <code>noauto</code> gefolgt von ENTER ein. Diese " -"Option kann auch mit anderen Optionen kombiniert werden, falls dies nötig " -"ist." +msgstr "Wenn das System während der Installation einfriert, ist das möglicherweise auf ein Problem mit der Erkennung der Hardware zurückzuführen. In diesem Falle sollte die automatische Erkennung der Hardware umgangen und später behandelt werden. Versuchen Sie Folgendes: Drücken Sie am Startbildschirm die Taste <emphasis role=\"bold\">\"F6 Kernel Optionen\"</emphasis> und tragen Sie den Befehl <code>noauto</code> gefolgt von ENTER ein. Diese Option kann auch mit anderen Optionen kombiniert werden, falls dies nötig ist." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:256 @@ -2033,15 +1579,9 @@ msgstr "RAM Problem" msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." -"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." -msgstr "" -"Dies wird eher selten benötigt, aber in einigen Fällen kann die Hardware " -"einen falschen Wert des verfügbaren RAMs liefern oder der Rechner friert ein " -"(siehe oben). Um den Speicher manuell einzugeben, verwenden Sie den " -"Parameter <emphasis><code>mem=xxxM</code></emphasis>, wobei xxx den " -"korrekten Wert des RAM-Speichers darstellt. Z.B. <emphasis><code>mem=256M</" -"code></emphasis> bestimmt eine Größe von 256MB RAM." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " +"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "Dies wird eher selten benötigt, aber in einigen Fällen kann die Hardware einen falschen Wert des verfügbaren RAMs liefern oder der Rechner friert ein (siehe oben). Um den Speicher manuell einzugeben, verwenden Sie den Parameter <emphasis><code>mem=xxxM</code></emphasis>, wobei xxx den korrekten Wert des RAM-Speichers darstellt. Z.B. <emphasis><code>mem=256M</code></emphasis> bestimmt eine Größe von 256MB RAM." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:268 @@ -2054,8 +1594,9 @@ msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" -"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2063,29 +1604,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Updates" msgstr "Aktualisierungen (Updates)" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" +#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" +#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" +#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" +#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore +#. correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 msgid "" "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " "packages will have been updated or improved." -msgstr "" -"Seit dem Zeitpunkt, an dem diese Version von <application>Mageia</" -"application> veröffentlicht wurde, wurden einige Pakete überarbeitet oder " -"erweitert." +msgstr "Seit dem Zeitpunkt, an dem diese Version von <application>Mageia</application> veröffentlicht wurde, wurden einige Pakete überarbeitet oder erweitert." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:23 @@ -2093,91 +1634,67 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " "aren't connected to the Internet" -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie <guilabel>\"Ja\"</guilabel>, wenn Sie wünschen, diese herunter zu " -"laden und zu installieren. Wählen Sie <guilabel>\"Nein\"</guilabel>, wenn " -"Sie dies im Augenblick nicht wünschen oder nicht mit dem Internet verbunden " -"sind." +msgstr "Wählen Sie <guilabel>\"Ja\"</guilabel>, wenn Sie wünschen, diese herunter zu laden und zu installieren. Wählen Sie <guilabel>\"Nein\"</guilabel>, wenn Sie dies im Augenblick nicht wünschen oder nicht mit dem Internet verbunden sind." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:28 msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue" -msgstr "" -"Anschließend klicken Sie auf <guibutton>\"Weiter\"</guibutton>, um mit der " -"Installation fortzufahren." +msgstr "Anschließend klicken Sie auf <guibutton>\"Weiter\"</guibutton>, um mit der Installation fortzufahren." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/media_selection.xml:3 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Medienauswahl (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the +#. same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html +#. filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " -"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" +" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Hier sehen Sie die Liste aller verfügbaren Quellen. Abhängig von dem " -"ausgewählten Installationsmedium sind nicht alle Quellen vorhanden. Die " -"Auswahl der Quellen legt fest, welche Pakete während der nächsten Schritte " -"zur Verfügung stehen." +msgstr "Hier sehen Sie die Liste aller verfügbaren Quellen. Abhängig von dem ausgewählten Installationsmedium sind nicht alle Quellen vorhanden. Die Auswahl der Quellen legt fest, welche Pakete während der nächsten Schritte zur Verfügung stehen." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:25 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " "the base of the distribution." -msgstr "" -"Die <emphasis>Core</emphasis> Quelle kann nicht deaktiviert werden, da sie " -"die grundlegenden Pakete der Distribution enthält." +msgstr "Die <emphasis>Core</emphasis> Quelle kann nicht deaktiviert werden, da sie die grundlegenden Pakete der Distribution enthält." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " -"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" +" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." -msgstr "" -"Die <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> Quelle enthält Pakete, die kostenlos sind, " -"d.h. Mageia darf sie weiterverbreiten, aber sie enthalten closed-source " -"software (daher der Name 'Nonfree'). Zum Beispiel enthält diese Quelle " -"proprietäre Grafikkarten-Treiber von nVidia und ATI, Firmware für " -"verschiedene WLAN Karten, etc." +msgstr "Die <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> Quelle enthält Pakete, die kostenlos sind, d.h. Mageia darf sie weiterverbreiten, aber sie enthalten closed-source software (daher der Name 'Nonfree'). Zum Beispiel enthält diese Quelle proprietäre Grafikkarten-Treiber von NVIDIA und AMD/ATI, Firmware für verschiedene WLAN Karten, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " -"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " -"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " -"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " -"to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "" -"Die <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> Quelle enthält Pakete, die unter freien " -"Lizenzen veröffentlicht sind. Die Hauptkriterien warum diese Pakete in " -"diesen Quelle aufgenommen werden, sind eventuelle Verletzungen von Patenten " -"oder Urheberrechten in einigen Ländern, z.B. Multimedia Codecs, die zum " -"Abspielen von verschiedenen Audio- oder Videodateien benötigt werden, sowie " -"zum Abspielen von kommerziellen Video DVDs, etc." +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" +" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " +"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." +" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" +" to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "Die <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> Quelle enthält Pakete, die unter freien Lizenzen veröffentlicht sind. Die Hauptkriterien warum diese Pakete in diesen Quelle aufgenommen werden, sind eventuelle Verletzungen von Patenten oder Urheberrechten in einigen Ländern, z.B. Multimedia Codecs, die zum Abspielen von verschiedenen Audio- oder Videodateien benötigt werden, sowie zum Abspielen von kommerziellen Video DVDs, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/minimal-install.xml:3 @@ -2188,12 +1705,9 @@ msgstr "Minimale Installation" #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" -"xref>." -msgstr "" -"Durch das Abwählen aller Paketgruppen im Auswahlmenü können Sie eine " -"minimale Installation wählen, siehe <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" -"xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " +"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +msgstr "Durch das Abwählen aller Paketgruppen im Auswahlmenü können Sie eine minimale Installation wählen, siehe <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:10 @@ -2202,22 +1716,14 @@ msgid "" "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." -msgstr "" -"Eine minimale Installation ist für spezielle Einsatzgebiete gedacht. " -"<application>Mageia</application> kann also auch als Server oder auf einer " -"spezialisierten Workstation eingesetzt werden. Möglicherweise werden Sie " -"diese Option in Kombination mit der manuellen Paketauswahl nutzen, siehe " -"<xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "Eine minimale Installation ist für spezielle Einsatzgebiete gedacht. <application>Mageia</application> kann also auch als Server oder auf einer spezialisierten Workstation eingesetzt werden. Möglicherweise werden Sie diese Option in Kombination mit der manuellen Paketauswahl nutzen, siehe <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:14 msgid "" "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie diese Installationsart wählen, wird das nächste Fenster eine " -"spezielle Paketauswahl zur Installation anbieten (z.B. Dokumentation, " -"X, ...)." +msgstr "Falls Sie diese Installationsart wählen, wird das nächste Fenster eine spezielle Paketauswahl zur Installation anbieten (z.B. Dokumentation, X, ...)." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/minimal-install.xml:19 @@ -2225,37 +1731,34 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Zusammenfassung von verschiedenen Parameter" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by +#. linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, +#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -2264,12 +1767,7 @@ msgid "" "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the " "settings here and change them if you want after pressing " "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"DrakX führt eine intelligente Auswahl für die Konfiguration Ihres Systems " -"durch, abhängig von der von Ihnen getroffenen Auswahl und der von DrakX " -"entdeckten Hardware. Sie können diese Einstellungen hier nochmals überprüfen " -"und diese gegebenenfalls ändern, indem Sie auf <guibutton>Konfiguration</" -"guibutton> klicken." +msgstr "DrakX führt eine intelligente Auswahl für die Konfiguration Ihres Systems durch, abhängig von der von Ihnen getroffenen Auswahl und der von DrakX entdeckten Hardware. Sie können diese Einstellungen hier nochmals überprüfen und diese gegebenenfalls ändern, indem Sie auf <guibutton>Konfiguration</guibutton> klicken." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:45 @@ -2285,12 +1783,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Zeitzone</guilabel>" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" -">" -msgstr "" -"DrakX wählt eine Zeitzone für Sie, abhängig von der von Ihnen bevorzugten " -"Sprache. Sie können die Zeitzone ändern, falls dies nötig ist. Siehe auch " -"unter <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " +"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +msgstr "DrakX wählt eine Zeitzone für Sie, abhängig von der von Ihnen bevorzugten Sprache. Sie können die Zeitzone ändern, falls dies nötig ist. Siehe auch unter <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:58 @@ -2302,9 +1797,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Land / Region</guilabel>" msgid "" "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you " "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Befinden Sie sich nicht im gewählten Land, so ist es sehr wichtig, dass Sie " -"diese Einstellung korrigieren. Siehe <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>" +msgstr "Befinden Sie sich nicht im gewählten Land, so ist es sehr wichtig, dass Sie diese Einstellung korrigieren. Siehe <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:67 @@ -2314,24 +1807,18 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:69 msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting." -msgstr "" -"DrakX trifft normalerweise eine passende Auswahl für die Einstellungen des " -"Bootloaders." +msgstr "DrakX trifft normalerweise eine passende Auswahl für die Einstellungen des Bootloaders." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:72 msgid "" "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo" -msgstr "" -"Ändern Sie an den Einstellungen nichts, es sei denn, Sie wissen genau, wie " -"Grub und/oder Lilo zu konfigurieren sind." +msgstr "Ändern Sie an den Einstellungen nichts, es sei denn, Sie wissen genau, wie Grub und/oder Lilo zu konfigurieren sind." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:75 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></" -"xref>" +msgstr "Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:80 @@ -2341,11 +1828,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Benutzerverwaltung</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" -"literal> directories." -msgstr "" -"Hier können Sie weitere Benutzer hinzufügen. Diese werden in jeweils " -"benutzereigenen Ordnern unter <literal>/home</literal> angelegt." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " +"<literal>/home</literal> directories." +msgstr "Hier können Sie weitere Benutzer hinzufügen. Diese werden in jeweils benutzereigenen Ordnern unter <literal>/home</literal> angelegt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:89 @@ -2357,25 +1842,19 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Dienste</guilabel>:" msgid "" "System services refer to those small programs which run the background " "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks." -msgstr "" -"Systemdienste beziehen sich auf die kleinen Programme, die im Hintergrund " -"laufen (Daemons). Dieses Werkzeug erlaubt es Ihnen, verschiedene Tasks " -"(Anwendungen/Aufgaben) zu aktivieren oder zu deaktivieren." +msgstr "Systemdienste beziehen sich auf die kleinen Programme, die im Hintergrund laufen (Daemons). Dieses Werkzeug erlaubt es Ihnen, verschiedene Tasks (Anwendungen/Aufgaben) zu aktivieren oder zu deaktivieren." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:95 msgid "" "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may " "prevent your computer from operating correctly." -msgstr "" -"Sie sollten sehr sorgfältig prüfen, was Sie tun, bevor Sie hier etwas ändern " -"- ein Fehler kann Ihren Computer davon abhalten, korrekt zu funktionieren." +msgstr "Sie sollten sehr sorgfältig prüfen, was Sie tun, bevor Sie hier etwas ändern - ein Fehler kann Ihren Computer davon abhalten, korrekt zu funktionieren." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:99 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" +msgstr "Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:106 @@ -2392,9 +1871,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tastatur</guilabel>:" msgid "" "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on " "your location, language or type of keyboard." -msgstr "" -"Hier bestimmen oder ändern Sie die Belegung Ihrer Tastatur, abhängig von " -"Ihrem Standort, Ihrer Sprache oder dem Typ der Tastatur." +msgstr "Hier bestimmen oder ändern Sie die Belegung Ihrer Tastatur, abhängig von Ihrem Standort, Ihrer Sprache oder dem Typ der Tastatur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:119 @@ -2406,9 +1883,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Maus</guilabel>:" msgid "" "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs " "etc." -msgstr "" -"Hier können Sie Ihr Zeigegerät, Tablett, Ihren Trackball usw. hinzufügen " -"oder einstellen." +msgstr "Hier können Sie Ihr Zeigegerät, Tablett, Ihren Trackball usw. hinzufügen oder einstellen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:126 @@ -2418,13 +1893,10 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Soundkarte</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " -"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" +" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." -msgstr "" -"Der Installer nutzt den Standardtreiber, wenn einer installiert ist. Die " -"Option, um einen anderen Treiber zu wählen, wird nur angezeigt, wenn es " -"mehrere Treiber für ihre Karte gibt und keiner Standard ist." +msgstr "Der Installer nutzt den Standardtreiber, wenn einer installiert ist. Die Option, um einen anderen Treiber zu wählen, wird nur angezeigt, wenn es mehrere Treiber für ihre Karte gibt und keiner Standard ist." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:136 @@ -2433,27 +1905,22 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Grafikkarte</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." -msgstr "" -"Dieser Abschnitt erlaubt es Ihnen, die Grafikkarte(n) und die Anzeige " -"einzustellen." +msgid "" +"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgstr "Dieser Abschnitt erlaubt es Ihnen, die Grafikkarte(n) und die Anzeige einzustellen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:142 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser" -"\"></xref>." +msgstr "Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -2472,20 +1939,14 @@ msgid "" "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." -msgstr "" -"Sie können Ihr Netzwerk hier konfigurieren, für Netzwerkkarten mit nonfree " -"Treibern ist es besser dies nach dem Neustart im <application>Mageia " -"Kontrollzentrum</application> vorzunehmen, falls Sie das non-free media " -"Repositorium noch nicht aktiviert haben." +msgstr "Sie können Ihr Netzwerk hier konfigurieren, für Netzwerkkarten mit nonfree Treibern ist es besser dies nach dem Neustart im <application>Mageia Kontrollzentrum</application> vorzunehmen, falls Sie das non-free media Repositorium noch nicht aktiviert haben." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:171 msgid "" "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch " "that interface as well." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie eine Netzwerkkarte hinzufügen, vergessen Sie nicht, die Firewall so " -"zu setzen, dass auch diese Netzwerkkarte überwacht wird." +msgstr "Wenn Sie eine Netzwerkkarte hinzufügen, vergessen Sie nicht, die Firewall so zu setzen, dass auch diese Netzwerkkarte überwacht wird." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:178 @@ -2498,16 +1959,13 @@ msgid "" "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider " "internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a " "proxy service." -msgstr "" -"Ein Proxy-Server fungiert als Vermittler zwischen Ihrem Computer und dem " -"eigentlichen Internet. Dieser Abschnitt erlaubt es Ihnen, den Computer so zu " -"konfigurieren, dass ein Proxy-Dienst verwendet wird." +msgstr "Ein Proxy-Server fungiert als Vermittler zwischen Ihrem Computer und dem eigentlichen Internet. Dieser Abschnitt erlaubt es Ihnen, den Computer so zu konfigurieren, dass ein Proxy-Dienst verwendet wird." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " -"need to enter here" +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" +" need to enter here" msgstr "Fragen Sie Ihren Systemadministrator nach Ihren Zugangsdaten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -2523,19 +1981,14 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Sicherheitsstufe</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " -"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." -msgstr "" -"Hier setzen Sie die Sicherheitsstufe für Ihren Computer. In den meisten " -"Fällen ist die vorgegebene Einstellung (Standard) ausreichend für allgemeine " -"Zwecke." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" +" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +msgstr "Hier setzen Sie die Sicherheitsstufe für Ihren Computer. In den meisten Fällen ist die vorgegebene Einstellung (Standard) ausreichend für allgemeine Zwecke." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:206 msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage." -msgstr "" -"Überprüfen Sie die Option, die Ihnen für Ihren Verwendungzweck am " -"geeignetsten erscheint." +msgstr "Überprüfen Sie die Option, die Ihnen für Ihren Verwendungzweck am geeignetsten erscheint." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:211 @@ -2547,65 +2000,50 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:" msgid "" "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the " "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it." -msgstr "" -"Eine Firewall dient als Barriere zwischen Ihren wichtigen Daten und den " -"Spitzbuben draußen im Internet, die diese Daten gefährden oder stehlen " -"wollen." +msgstr "Eine Firewall dient als Barriere zwischen Ihren wichtigen Daten und den Spitzbuben draußen im Internet, die diese Daten gefährden oder stehlen wollen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:217 msgid "" "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your " "selections will depend on what you use your computer for." -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie die Dienste, denen Sie Zugriff auf Ihr System gestatten wollen. " -"Die von Ihnen getroffene Auswahl ist abhängig davon, wofür Sie Ihren " -"Computer verwenden wollen." +msgstr "Wählen Sie die Dienste, denen Sie Zugriff auf Ihr System gestatten wollen. Die von Ihnen getroffene Auswahl ist abhängig davon, wofür Sie Ihren Computer verwenden wollen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:222 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." -msgstr "" -"Beachten Sie aber, dass Sie ein großes Risiko eingehen, wenn Sie alles " -"erlauben (keine Firewall)." +msgstr "Beachten Sie aber, dass Sie ein großes Risiko eingehen, wenn Sie alles erlauben (keine Firewall)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " "partition" -msgstr "" -"Verändern der <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> Partition" +msgstr "Verändern der <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> Partition" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " -"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "" -"Sie haben mehr als eine <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> Partition. Bitte wählen sie, welche verkleinert werden soll, um " -"Platz für die <application>Mageia</application> Installation zu schaffen" +"You have more than one " +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " +"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " +"<application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "Sie haben mehr als eine <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> Partition. Bitte wählen Sie, welche verkleinert werden soll, um Platz für die <application>Mageia</application> Installation zu schaffen" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/securityLevel.xml:12 msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Sicherheitsstufe" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -2616,19 +2054,14 @@ msgstr "Hier können Sie die Sicherheitsstufe einstellen." #: en/securityLevel.xml:27 msgid "" "Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." -msgstr "" -"Lassen Sie diese Einstellungen, so wie sie sind, wenn Sie nicht genau " -"wissen, was Sie tun." +msgstr "Lassen Sie diese Einstellungen, so wie sie sind, wenn Sie nicht genau wissen, was sie auswählen sollen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:30 msgid "" "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." -msgstr "" -"Nach der Installation ist es jederzeit möglich, die Sicherheitseinstellungen " -"zu ändern, indem Sie im Mageia Kontrollzentrum den Abschnitt " -"<guilabel>Sicherheit</guilabel> an der linken Seite des Fensters wählen." +msgstr "Nach der Installation ist es jederzeit möglich, die Sicherheitseinstellungen zu ändern, indem Sie im Mageia Kontrollzentrum den Abschnitt <guilabel>Sicherheit</guilabel> an der linken Seite des Fensters wählen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:5 @@ -2656,11 +2089,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 msgid "" -"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" -"\">here</link>." -msgstr "" -"Sie können diese <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" -"\">hier</link> finden." +"You can find them <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." +msgstr "Sie können diese <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">hier</link> finden." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22 @@ -2673,45 +2104,46 @@ msgstr "Klassische Installationsmedien" msgid "Common features" msgstr "Grundsätzliche Eigenschaften" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:29 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." -msgstr "" -"Diese ISOs verwenden ein traditionelles Installationsprogramm namens drakx." +msgstr "Diese ISOs verwenden ein traditionelles Installationsprogramm namens drakx." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." -msgstr "" -"Sie erlauben es eine saubere Installation oder eine Aktualisierung von einer " -"vorrigen Veröffentlichung zu machen." +msgstr "Sie erlauben es eine saubere Installation oder eine Aktualisierung von einer vorrigen Veröffentlichung zu machen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:41 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "Verschiedene Medien für die 32bit oder 64bit Architektur." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." -msgstr "" -"Einige Werkzeuge sind im Willkommensbildschirm verfügbar: Rettungssystem, " -"Speichertest, Hardware-Erkennungswerkzeug." +msgstr "Einige Werkzeuge sind im Willkommensbildschirm verfügbar: Rettungssystem, Speichertest, Hardware-Erkennungswerkzeug." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:54 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "Jede DVD enthält viele verfügbare Arbeitsumgebungen und Sprachen." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:59 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." @@ -2722,28 +2154,30 @@ msgstr "" msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "Dual Arch DVD" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:70 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:75 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "Verwendet nur den Xfce-Desktop." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:79 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" -msgstr "" -"Nicht alle Sprachen sind verfügbar. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " -"pt, ru, sv, uk) MUSS ÜBERPRÜFT WERDEN!" +msgstr "Nicht alle Sprachen sind verfügbar. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) MUSS ÜBERPRÜFT WERDEN!" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "Es ist unfreie Software enthalten." @@ -2753,36 +2187,38 @@ msgstr "Es ist unfreie Software enthalten." msgid "Live media" msgstr "Live Medien" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "Jede ISO enthält nur eine Desktopumgebung (KDE oder GNOME)." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:108 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:172 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:190 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:220 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "Verschiedene Medien für 32- oder 64-Bit-Architekturen." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " -"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs können nur dazu verwendet werden, um " -"frische Installationen durchzuführen. Sie können nicht dazu verwendet werden " -"um vorrige Veröffentlichungen zu aktualisieren.</emphasis>" +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " +"releases.</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs können nur dazu verwendet werden, um frische Installationen durchzuführen. Sie können nicht dazu verwendet werden um vorrige Veröffentlichungen zu aktualisieren.</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:118 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "Sie enthält unfreie Software." @@ -2792,18 +2228,21 @@ msgstr "Sie enthält unfreie Software." msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "Live-CD KDE" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "Nur KDE Desktop-Umgebung." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:132 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:150 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:224 msgid "English language only." msgstr "Nur englische Sprache." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:154 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "Nur 32 Bit." @@ -2813,7 +2252,8 @@ msgstr "Nur 32 Bit." msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "Live-CD GNOME" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "Nur GNOME Desktop-Umgebung." @@ -2823,7 +2263,8 @@ msgstr "Nur GNOME Desktop-Umgebung." msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "Live-DVD KDE" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:168 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "Alle Sprachen sind vorhanden." @@ -2838,16 +2279,19 @@ msgstr "Live-DVD GNOME" msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:204 msgid "" -"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " -"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " -"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be " -"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet." +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to" +" start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other " +"packages that are needed to continue and complete the install. These " +"packages may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or" +" on the Internet." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " @@ -2860,28 +2304,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "boot.iso" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." -msgstr "" -"Enthält nur freie Software, für Leute die die Benutzung unfreier Software " -"ablehnen." +msgstr "Enthält nur freie Software, für Leute die die Benutzung unfreier Software ablehnen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." -msgstr "" -"Enthält unfreie Software (hauptsächlich Treiber, Codecs...), für Leute die " -"diese benötigen." +msgstr "Enthält unfreie Software (hauptsächlich Treiber, Codecs...), für Leute die diese benötigen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 @@ -2896,27 +2338,25 @@ msgstr "Herunterladen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:259 msgid "" -"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " -"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " -"mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or" +" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the" +" mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " "http is chosen, you may also see something like" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:271 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " -"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the" +" file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " "failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " @@ -2946,40 +2386,30 @@ msgstr "Öffne eine Konsole, Sie müssen hierfür nicht root sein, und:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:293 msgid "" -"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" -"file.iso</userinput>." -msgstr "" -"- Um md5sum zu verwenden, geben Sie ein: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " -"Pfad/zu/der/Abbild/Datei.iso</userinput>." +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." +msgstr "- Um md5sum zu verwenden, geben Sie ein: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum Pfad/zu/der/Abbild/Datei.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:296 msgid "" -"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" -"image/file.iso</userinput>." -msgstr "" -"- Um sha1sum zu verwenden, geben Sie ein: [sam@localhost]$ " -"<userinput>sha1sum Pfad/zu/der/Abbild/Datei.iso</userinput>." +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." +msgstr "- Um sha1sum zu verwenden, geben Sie ein: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum Pfad/zu/der/Abbild/Datei.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 msgid "" -"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " -"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" -msgstr "" -"und vergleiche die angezeigt Nummer auf deinem Computer (Sie müssen " -"wahrscheinlich eine weile warten) mit der Nummer die Sie von Mageia " -"erhalten. Beispiel:" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a" +" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +msgstr "und vergleiche die angezeigt Nummer auf deinem Computer (Sie müssen wahrscheinlich eine weile warten) mit der Nummer die Sie von Mageia erhalten. Beispiel:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:303 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 @@ -3003,8 +2433,9 @@ msgstr "ISO auf eine CD/DVD brennen" msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." -"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +"not correct. There is more information in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia" +" wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> @@ -3040,101 +2471,100 @@ msgstr "Mageia verwenden" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:346 msgid "" -"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" -msgstr "" -"Sie können ein grafisches Werkzeug verwenden, wie <link ns4:href=\"https://" -"wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</" -"link>" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +msgstr "Sie können ein grafisches Werkzeug verwenden, wie <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "Sie können auch das dd Werkzeug in der Konsole verwenden:" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "Öffnen Sie eine Konsole" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:356 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" -msgstr "" -"Werden Sie root mit dem Befehl <userinput>su -</userinput> (vergessen Sie " -"nicht das '-' am Ende)" +msgstr "Werden Sie root mit dem Befehl <userinput>su -</userinput> (vergessen Sie nicht das '-' am Ende)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata contentwidth=\"650\" fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata contentwidth=\"650\" fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:373 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "Geben Sie den Befehl <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput> ein" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." -msgstr "" -"Finde den Gerätenamen des USB Sticks (durch die Größe), zum Beispiel /dev/" -"sdb auf diesem Screenshot, ist ein 8 GB großer USB Stick." +msgstr "Finde den Gerätenamen des USB-Sticks (durch die Größe), zum Beispiel /dev/sdb auf diesem Screenshot, ist ein 8 GB großer USB-Stick." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" -msgstr "" -"Gebe den Befehl ein: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " -"bs=1M</userinput>" +msgstr "Gebe den Befehl ein: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 msgid "" -"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" -"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" -msgstr "" +"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso " +"of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +msgstr "Beispiel: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:400 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "Gebe den Befehl ein: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" -msgstr "Entferne den USB Stick, es ist fertig" +msgstr "Entferne den USB-Stick, es ist fertig" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:410 @@ -3156,9 +2586,7 @@ msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=de_DE\">Rufus</link>" msgid "" "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " "Disk Imager</link>" -msgstr "" -"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " -"Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 Disk Imager</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:425 @@ -3168,15 +2596,16 @@ msgstr "Mageia Installation" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:427 msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +"This step is detailed in <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:430 msgid "" -"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +"More information is available in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " +"wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3184,18 +2613,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Wählen des Landes / der Region" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -3203,21 +2629,14 @@ msgid "" "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie Ihr Land oder Ihre Region. Dies ist für alle Einstellungen nötig, " -"wie für die Währung und die für dieses Land gültigen Einstellungen des " -"Funknetzes. Setzen Sie das falsche Land, kann dies zu einer Fehlfunktion " -"des WLANs führen." +msgstr "Wählen Sie Ihr Land oder Ihre Region. Dies ist für alle Einstellungen nötig, wie für die Währung und die für dieses Land gültigen Einstellungen des Funknetzes. Setzen Sie das falsche Land, kann dies zu einer Fehlfunktion des WLANs führen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" -"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie Ihr Land nicht in der Liste finden, klicken Sie auf den Knopf " -"<guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel> und wählen Sie hier Ihr Land und Ihre " -"Region." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " +"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "Wenn Sie Ihr Land nicht in der Liste finden, klicken Sie auf den Knopf <guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel> und wählen Sie hier Ihr Land und Ihre Region." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:37 @@ -3226,11 +2645,7 @@ msgid "" "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " "choice." -msgstr "" -"Finden Sie Ihr Land nur in der Liste <guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel>, " -"nachdem Sie auf <guibutton>OK</guibutton> geklickt haben, so hat es den " -"Anschein, als hätten Sie ein Land aus der ersten Liste gewählt. Bitte " -"ignorieren Sie dies, DrakX befolgt die von Ihnen getroffene Auswahl." +msgstr "Finden Sie Ihr Land nur in der Liste <guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel>, nachdem Sie auf <guibutton>OK</guibutton> geklickt haben, so hat es den Anschein, als hätten Sie ein Land aus der ersten Liste gewählt. Bitte ignorieren Sie dies, DrakX befolgt die von Ihnen getroffene Auswahl." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:46 @@ -3241,24 +2656,14 @@ msgstr "Eingabemethode" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " -"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" +" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " -"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " -"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " -"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "" -"Am Bildschirm <guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel> können Sie auch eine " -"Eingabemethode wählen (am Ende der Liste). Eingabemethoden erlauben es dem " -"Benutzer, multilinguale Zeichen (Chinesisch, Japanisch, Koreanisch, usw.) " -"einzugeben. IBus ist die vorgegebene Eingabemethode der Mageia-DVDs, " -"Afrikanisch/Indischen und Asien/nicht-Indischen Live-CDs. Für Asien und " -"Afrika wird IBus als vorgegebene Eingabemethode gesetzt, so dass Benutzer " -"dies nicht händisch konfigurieren müssen. Andere Eingabemethoden (SCIM, " -"GCIN, HIME, usw.) stellen ähnliche Funktionen zur Verfügung und können " -"installiert werden, wenn Sie vor der Paketauswahl ein HTTP/FTP-Medium " -"hinzufügen." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" +" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " +"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " +"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "Am Bildschirm <guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel> können Sie auch eine Eingabemethode wählen (am Ende der Liste). Eingabemethoden erlauben es dem Benutzer, multilinguale Zeichen (Chinesisch, Japanisch, Koreanisch, usw.) einzugeben. IBus ist die vorgegebene Eingabemethode der Mageia-DVDs, Afrikanisch/Indischen und Asien/nicht-Indischen Live-CDs. Für Asien und Afrika wird IBus als vorgegebene Eingabemethode gesetzt, so dass Benutzer dies nicht händisch konfigurieren müssen. Andere Eingabemethoden (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, usw.) stellen ähnliche Funktionen zur Verfügung und können installiert werden, wenn Sie vor der Paketauswahl ein HTTP/FTP-Medium hinzufügen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:61 @@ -3266,12 +2671,7 @@ msgid "" "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "" -"Vermissen Sie während der Installation die Einstellungen der Eingabemethode, " -"so können Sie darauf zugreifen, sobald Sie mittels \"Konfigurieren Ihres " -"Computers\" -> \"System\" neu gestartet haben, oder indem Sie <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> als <emphasis role=\"bold\">root</" -"emphasis> ausführen." +msgstr "Vermissen Sie während der Installation die Einstellungen der Eingabemethode, so können Sie darauf zugreifen, sobald Sie mittels \"Konfigurieren Ihres Computers\" -> \"System\" neu gestartet haben, oder indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> als <emphasis role=\"bold\">root</emphasis> ausführen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21 @@ -3281,11 +2681,9 @@ msgstr "Installation oder Aktualisierung" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -3296,9 +2694,7 @@ msgstr "Installation" #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 msgid "" "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." -msgstr "" -"Verwenden Sie diese Option für eine frische <application>Mageia</" -"application>-Installation." +msgstr "Verwenden Sie diese Option für eine frische <application>Mageia</application>-Installation." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39 @@ -3311,10 +2707,7 @@ msgid "" "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on " "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " "latest release." -msgstr "" -"Falls sie eine oder mehrere <application>Mageia</application> Installationen " -"auf ihrem Rechner haben, können sie mit Hilfe des Installers einen auf die " -"neueste Version upgraden" +msgstr "Falls Sie eine oder mehrere <application>Mageia</application> Installationen auf ihrem Rechner haben, können Sie mit Hilfe des Installers eine davon auf die neueste Version upgraden." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45 @@ -3322,50 +2715,31 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " -"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." -msgstr "" -"Während der Veröffentlichung dieses Installers ist nur das Upgrade von der " -"letzten Mageia Version <emphasis>unterstützt</emphasis> und gründlich " -"getestet. Wenn sie eine Mageia Version upgraden möchten, die bereits das " -"Ende des Supportzeitrahmens erreicht hat, ist es besser eine Neuinstallation " -"durchzuführen und ihre <literal>/home</literal> Partition bestehen zu lassen." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" +" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +msgstr "Während der Veröffentlichung dieses Installers ist nur das Upgrade von der letzten Mageia Version <emphasis>unterstützt</emphasis> und gründlich getestet. Wenn Sie eine Mageia Version upgraden möchten, die bereits das Ende des Supportzeitrahmens erreicht hat, ist es besser eine Neuinstallation durchzuführen und ihre <literal>/home</literal> Partition bestehen zu lassen." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " -"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" +" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " -"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" -"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie während des Installationsvorgangs die Installation abbrechen " -"wollen, besteht die Möglichkeit, das System neu zu booten. Denken Sie aber " -"zweimal nach, bevor Sie das tun. Nachdem eine Partition formatiert oder " -"Aktualisierungen aufgespielt wurden, besitzt der Computer nicht mehr den " -"ursprünglichen Status und ein Neustart könnte ein instabiles System zur " -"Folge haben. Falls Sie trotz allem sicher sind, dass Sie einen Neustart " -"durchführen wollen, wechseln Sie durch das Drücken der Tastenkombination " -"<guilabel>Strg+Alt+F2</guilabel> zum Terminal. Danach drücken Sie bitte " -"<guilabel>Strg+Alt+Entf</guilabel> um den Neustart durchzuführen." +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" +" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "Falls Sie während des Installationsvorgangs die Installation abbrechen wollen, besteht die Möglichkeit, das System neu zu booten. Denken Sie aber zweimal nach, bevor Sie das tun. Nachdem eine Partition formatiert oder Aktualisierungen aufgespielt wurden, besitzt der Computer nicht mehr den ursprünglichen Status und ein Neustart könnte ein instabiles System zur Folge haben. Falls Sie trotz allem sicher sind, dass Sie einen Neustart durchführen wollen, wechseln Sie durch das Drücken der Tastenkombination <guilabel>Strg+Alt+F2</guilabel> zum Terminal. Danach drücken Sie bitte <guilabel>Strg+Alt+Entf</guilabel> um den Neustart durchzuführen." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " -"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" -"emphasis> do this later in the install." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie es versäumt haben, bei der Installation eine zusätzliche Sprache " -"hinzuzufügen, können Sie vom \"Installations- oder Upgrade-Fenster\" zum " -"Auswahlmenü der Sprachen durch das Drücken der Tastenkombination " -"<guilabel>Strg+Alt+Pos1</guilabel> zurückkehren. Tun Sie das " -"<emphasis>nicht</emphasis> später im Installationsprozess." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" +" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "Falls Sie es versäumt haben, bei der Installation eine zusätzliche Sprache hinzuzufügen, können Sie vom \"Installations- oder Upgrade-Fenster\" zum Auswahlmenü der Sprachen durch das Drücken der Tastenkombination <guilabel>Strg+Alt+Pos1</guilabel> zurückkehren. Tun Sie das <emphasis>nicht</emphasis> später im Installationsprozess." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 @@ -3377,64 +2751,43 @@ msgstr "Tastatur" msgid "" "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." -msgstr "" -"DrakX wählt eine Tastatur, die zu der von Ihnen gewählten Sprache passt. " -"Wird keine passende Tastatur gefunden, so wird die Belegung einer US-" -"Tastatur verwendet." +msgstr "DrakX wählt eine Tastatur, die zu der von Ihnen gewählten Sprache passt. Wird keine passende Tastatur gefunden, so wird die Belegung einer US-Tastatur verwendet." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center\" " -"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" +" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " -"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " -"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." -"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" -msgstr "" -"Vergewissern Sie sich, dass diese Auswahl korrekt ist, oder wählen sie eine " -"andere Tastaturbelegung. Sind Sie sich nicht sicher, welche Belegung Ihre " -"Tastatur verwendet, so sehen Sie in der Beschreibung nach, die mit Ihrem " -"System mitgeliefert wurde, oder fragen Sie den Computerhändler. " -"Möglicherweise finden Sie auch ein Etikett auf der Unterseite der Tastatur, " -"um diese zu identifizieren. Sie können aber auch hier nachsehen: <link xlink:" -"href=\"http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tastaturbelegung\">de.wikipedia.org/wiki/" -"Tastaturbelegung</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" +" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" +" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link " +"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "Vergewissern Sie sich, dass diese Auswahl korrekt ist, oder wählen Sie eine andere Tastaturbelegung. Sind Sie sich nicht sicher, welche Belegung Ihre Tastatur verwendet, so sehen Sie in der Beschreibung nach, die mit Ihrem System mitgeliefert wurde, oder fragen Sie den Computerhändler. Möglicherweise finden Sie auch ein Etikett auf der Unterseite der Tastatur, um diese zu identifizieren. Sie können aber auch hier nachsehen: <link xlink:href=\"http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tastaturbelegung\">de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tastaturbelegung</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" -"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." -msgstr "" -"Ist Ihre Tastatur nicht in der angezeigten Liste zu finden, klicken Sie auf " -"<guibutton>Mehr</guibutton>, um eine vollständige Liste zu erhalten, und " -"wählen hier Ihre Tastatur." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " +"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " +"there." +msgstr "Ist Ihre Tastatur nicht in der angezeigten Liste zu finden, klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Mehr</guibutton>, um eine vollständige Liste zu erhalten, und wählen hier Ihre Tastatur." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " -"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" +" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." -msgstr "" -"Nachdem Sie eine Tastatur aus dem Dialog <guibutton>Mehr</guibutton> gewählt " -"haben, kehren Sie in den ersten Dialog zum Auswählen der Tastatur zurück, " -"und es wird hier angezeigt, dass eine Tastatur aus diesem Dialog ausgewählt " -"wurde. Sie können ohne weiteres diese Anomalie ignorieren und mit der " -"Installation fortfahren: Ihre Tastatur ist eine, die aus der vollständigen " -"Liste gewählt wurde." +msgstr "Nachdem Sie eine Tastatur aus dem Dialog <guibutton>Mehr</guibutton> gewählt haben, kehren Sie in den ersten Dialog zum Auswählen der Tastatur zurück, und es wird hier angezeigt, dass eine Tastatur aus diesem Dialog ausgewählt wurde. Sie können ohne weiteres diese Anomalie ignorieren und mit der Installation fortfahren: Ihre Tastatur ist eine, die aus der vollständigen Liste gewählt wurde." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 @@ -3442,10 +2795,7 @@ msgid "" "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " "and non-Latin keyboard layouts" -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie eine Tastatur, die auf nicht-lateinischen Zeichen beruht, so " -"sehen Sie einen zusätzlichen Dialog, der Sie fragt, wie Sie zwischen den " -"lateinischen und nicht-lateinischen Tastaturbelegungen umschalten möchten." +msgstr "Wählen Sie eine Tastatur, die auf nicht-lateinischen Zeichen beruht, so sehen Sie einen zusätzlichen Dialog, der Sie fragt, wie Sie zwischen den lateinischen und nicht-lateinischen Tastaturbelegungen umschalten möchten." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 @@ -3458,56 +2808,38 @@ msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " "the installation and for your installed system." -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie die von Ihnen bevorzugte Sprache, indem Sie zuerst die Liste für " -"Ihren Kontinent aufklappen. Beachten Sie dabei auch, dass einige Sprachen " -"auch mehrere Dialekte enthalten können. <application>Mageia</application> " -"verwendet diese Auswahl für das Installationsprogramm und das installierte " -"System." +msgstr "Wählen Sie die von Ihnen bevorzugte Sprache, indem Sie zuerst die Liste für Ihren Kontinent aufklappen. Beachten Sie dabei auch, dass einige Sprachen auch mehrere Dialekte enthalten können. <application>Mageia</application> verwendet diese Auswahl für das Installationsprogramm und das installierte System." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " -"difficult to add extra language support after installation." -msgstr "" -"Wünschen (oder benötigen) Sie mehrere installierte Sprachen auf Ihrem " -"System, für Sie selbst und/oder andere Anwender, dann sollten Sie den Knopf " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\"><emphasis role=\"bold\">Mehrere Sprachen</emphasis></" -"emphasis> anklicken, um diese Sprachen nun hinzuzufügen. Es ist etwas " -"komplexer, erst nach der Installation weitere Sprachen hinzuzufügen." +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" +" difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "Wünschen (oder benötigen) Sie mehrere installierte Sprachen auf Ihrem System, für Sie selbst und/oder andere Anwender, dann sollten Sie den Knopf <emphasis role=\"bold\"><emphasis role=\"bold\">Mehrere Sprachen</emphasis></emphasis> anklicken, um diese Sprachen nun hinzuzufügen. Es ist etwas komplexer, erst nach der Installation weitere Sprachen hinzuzufügen." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" +" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " -"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" +" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." -msgstr "" -"Auch wenn Sie mehr als eine Sprache wählen, müssen Sie zuerst im ersten " -"Auswahlbildschirm jene Sprache wählen, die von Ihnen bevorzugt wird. Diese " -"wird dann am Bildschirm für mehrere Sprachen als gewählt markiert." +msgstr "Auch wenn Sie mehr als eine Sprache wählen, müssen Sie zuerst im ersten Auswahlbildschirm jene Sprache wählen, die von Ihnen bevorzugt wird. Diese wird dann am Bildschirm für mehrere Sprachen als gewählt markiert." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." -msgstr "" -"Ist die Tastaturbelegung nicht die gleiche wie die von Ihnen bevorzugte " -"Sprache, dann ist es empfehlenswert, auch die Sprache Ihrer Tastaturbelegung " -"zu wählen." +msgstr "Ist die Tastaturbelegung nicht die gleiche wie die von Ihnen bevorzugte Sprache, dann ist es empfehlenswert, auch die Sprache Ihrer Tastaturbelegung zu wählen." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 @@ -3515,68 +2847,52 @@ msgid "" "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." -msgstr "" -"Mageia verwendet als Vorgabe die Unterstützung von UTF-8 (Unicode). Dies " -"kann unter Umständen am Bildschirm für \"Mehrere Sprachen\" deaktiviert " -"sein, falls bekannt ist, dass für diese Sprache keine solche Unterstützung " -"vorhanden ist. Sperren von UTF-8 gilt für alle installierten Sprachen." +msgstr "Mageia verwendet als Vorgabe die Unterstützung von UTF-8 (Unicode). Dies kann unter Umständen am Bildschirm für \"Mehrere Sprachen\" deaktiviert sein, falls bekannt ist, dass für diese Sprache keine solche Unterstützung vorhanden ist. Sperren von UTF-8 gilt für alle installierten Sprachen." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " "Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." -msgstr "" -"Sie können die Systemsprache nach der Installation im <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Mageia Kontrollzentrum -> System -> Auswählen der Region und " -"Sprache</emphasis> jederzeit ändern." +msgstr "Sie können die Systemsprache nach der Installation im <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mageia Kontrollzentrum -> System -> Auswählen der Region und Sprache</emphasis> jederzeit ändern." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Maus auswählen" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right +#. place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"selectMouse-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"selectMouse-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 msgid "" "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " "different one here." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie mit dem Mausverhalten nicht zufrieden sind, können Sie hier eine " -"andere Konfiguration auswählen." +msgstr "Falls Sie mit dem Mausverhalten nicht zufrieden sind, können Sie hier eine andere Konfiguration auswählen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" -"guilabel> is a good choice." -msgstr "" -"Üblicherweise ist <guilabel>\"Universell\"</guilabel> - <guilabel>\"Einige " -"PS/2 und USB Mäuse\"</guilabel> eine gute Wahl." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " +"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." +msgstr "Üblicherweise ist <guilabel>\"Universell\"</guilabel> - <guilabel>\"Einige PS/2 und USB Mäuse\"</guilabel> eine gute Wahl." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:27 msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie <guilabel>\"Universell\"</guilabel> - <guilabel>\"Evdev erzwingen" -"\"</guilabel>, um die nicht funktionierenden zusätzlichen Tasten einer " -"Multifunktionsmaus zu konfigurieren." +msgstr "Wählen Sie <guilabel>\"Universell\"</guilabel> - <guilabel>\"Evdev erzwingen\"</guilabel>, um die nicht funktionierenden zusätzlichen Tasten einer Multifunktionsmaus zu konfigurieren." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3 @@ -3586,9 +2902,9 @@ msgstr "Hinzufügen oder ändern eines Boot Menü Eintrags" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -3597,106 +2913,84 @@ msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." -msgstr "" -"Sie können einen Eintrag hinzufügen oder den vorher gewählten ändern, indem " -"Sie den entprechenden Knopf im <emphasis>Bootloader " -"Konfigurationsbildschirm</emphasis> drücken und die Einstellungen im " -"Fenster, welches darüber erscheint, verändern." +msgstr "Sie können einen Eintrag hinzufügen oder den vorher gewählten ändern, indem Sie den entprechenden Knopf im <emphasis>Bootloader Konfigurationsbildschirm</emphasis> drücken und die Einstellungen im Fenster, welches darüber erscheint, verändern." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 msgid "" "If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " "this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " -"instead." +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code>" +" instead." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" -"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." -"png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" -"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." -"png\"/> </imageobject>" +"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." -msgstr "" -"Einige risikofreie Dinge ändern die Bezeichnung eines Eintrags und " -"aktivieren das Kästchen, welches den Eintrag als Standard setzt." +msgstr "Einige risikofreie Dinge ändern die Bezeichnung eines Eintrags und aktivieren das Kästchen, welches den Eintrag als Standard setzt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." -msgstr "" -"Sie können die korrekte Versionsnummer eines Eintrags hinzufügen, oder ihn " -"vollständig umbenennen." +msgstr "Sie können die korrekte Versionsnummer eines Eintrags hinzufügen, oder ihn vollständig umbenennen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." -msgstr "" -"Sollten Sie beim Bootvorgang keine andere Auswahl treffen, wird der " -"Standardeintrag vom System gestartet." +msgstr "Sollten Sie beim Bootvorgang keine andere Auswahl treffen, wird der Standardeintrag vom System gestartet." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"Das Verändern anderer Dinge könnte Ihren Bootvorgang verhindern. Bitte " -"probieren Sie nichts aus, ohne zu wissen, was Sie tun." +msgstr "Das Verändern anderer Dinge könnte Ihren Bootvorgang verhindern. Bitte probieren Sie nichts aus, ohne zu wissen, was Sie tun." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Haupt-Optionen des Bootloaders" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from +#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, +#. except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using +#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " -"the installer, you can change them here." -msgstr "" -"Bevorzugen Sie verschiedene Einstellungen des Bootloaders, die automatisch " -"vom Installationsprogramm gewählt werden sollen, so können Sie diese hier " -"ändern." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" +" the installer, you can change them here." +msgstr "Bevorzugen Sie verschiedene Einstellungen des Bootloaders, die automatisch vom Installationsprogramm gewählt werden sollen, so können Sie diese hier ändern." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " -"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" +" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." -msgstr "" -"Es befindet sich bereits ein anderes Betriebssystem auf Ihrem Computer, so " -"dass in diesem Falle zu entscheiden ist, ob Mageia in den bereits " -"bestehenden Bootloader eingefügt werden soll, oder ob es Mageia erlaubt " -"werden soll, einen neuen Bootloader zu erstellen." +msgstr "Es befindet sich bereits ein anderes Betriebssystem auf Ihrem Computer, so dass in diesem Falle zu entscheiden ist, ob Mageia in den bereits bestehenden Bootloader eingefügt werden soll, oder ob es Mageia erlaubt werden soll, einen neuen Bootloader zu erstellen." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 @@ -3715,18 +3009,14 @@ msgid "" "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." -msgstr "" -"Als Vorgabe schreibt Mageia einen neuen GRUB-Bootloader in den MBR (Master " -"Boot Record) Ihres ersten Laufwerks. Sind bereits andere Betriebssysteme " -"installiert, versucht Mageia, diese in das neue Mageia-Startmenü einzufügen." +msgstr "Als Vorgabe schreibt Mageia einen neuen GRUB-Bootloader in den MBR (Master Boot Record) Ihres ersten Laufwerks. Sind bereits andere Betriebssysteme installiert, versucht Mageia, diese in das neue Mageia-Startmenü einzufügen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." -msgstr "" -"Mageia bietet jetzt neben GRUB legacy optional auch GRUB2 als Bootloader an." +msgstr "Mageia bietet jetzt neben GRUB legacy optional auch GRUB2 als Bootloader an." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 @@ -3734,18 +3024,14 @@ msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." -msgstr "" -"Linux Systeme die GRUB2 als Bootloader verwenden, werden im Augenblick nicht " -"von GRUB legacy unterstützt und werden auch nicht von GRUB legacy erkannt." +msgstr "Linux Systeme die GRUB2 als Bootloader verwenden, werden im Augenblick nicht von GRUB legacy unterstützt und werden auch nicht von GRUB legacy erkannt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." -msgstr "" -"Die beste Lösung ist hier, GRUB2 als Bootloader zu verwenden wie es auf der " -"Zusammenfassungs-Seite empfohlen wird." +msgstr "Die beste Lösung ist hier, GRUB2 als Bootloader zu verwenden wie es auf der Zusammenfassungs-Seite empfohlen wird." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 @@ -3756,62 +3042,41 @@ msgstr "Verwenden eines bestehenden Bootloaders" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " -"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " -"bootloader install location." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie sich dafür entscheiden, einen bestehenden Bootloader zu verwenden, " -"dann dürfen Sie nicht vergessen, während der Installation an der Seite " -"\"Zusammenfassung\" zu STOPPEN und auf den Knopf <guibutton>Bootloader " -"einrichten</guibutton> zu klicken, der es Ihnen erlaubt, den " -"Installationsort des Bootloaders zu ändern." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" +" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" +" bootloader install location." +msgstr "Wenn Sie sich dafür entscheiden, einen bestehenden Bootloader zu verwenden, dann dürfen Sie nicht vergessen, während der Installation an der Seite \"Zusammenfassung\" zu STOPPEN und auf den Knopf <guibutton>Bootloader einrichten</guibutton> zu klicken, der es Ihnen erlaubt, den Installationsort des Bootloaders zu ändern." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " -"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." +" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie kein Gerät, z.B.\"sda\", oder Sie überschreiben Ihren bestehenden " -"MBR. Sie müssen die Wurzel-Partition wählen, die Sie zuvor während der " -"Partitionierungsphase gewählt haben. z.B. sda7." +msgstr "Wählen Sie kein Gerät, z.B.\"sda\", oder Sie überschreiben Ihren bestehenden MBR. Sie müssen die Wurzel-Partition wählen, die Sie zuvor während der Partitionierungsphase gewählt haben. z.B. sda7." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." -msgstr "" -"Um es noch einmal klar darzustellen, \"sda\" ist ein Gerät, \"sda7\" ist " -"eine Partition." +msgstr "Um es noch einmal klar darzustellen, \"sda\" ist ein Gerät, \"sda7\" ist eine Partition." #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " -"the installer screen." -msgstr "" -"Wechseln Sie mit <emphasis role=\"bold\">Strg+Alt+F2</emphasis> zu <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">tty2</emphasis> und geben Sie <literal>df</literal> ein, um zu " -"überprüfen, wo Ihre <literal>/</literal> (Wurzel)-Partition zu finden ist. " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Strg+Alt+F7</emphasis> bringt Sie wieder zum " -"Installationsbildschirm zurück." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" +" the installer screen." +msgstr "Wechseln Sie mit <emphasis role=\"bold\">Strg+Alt+F2</emphasis> zu <emphasis role=\"bold\">tty2</emphasis> und geben Sie <literal>df</literal> ein, um zu überprüfen, wo Ihre <literal>/</literal> (Wurzel)-Partition zu finden ist. <emphasis role=\"bold\">Strg+Alt+F7</emphasis> bringt Sie wieder zum Installationsbildschirm zurück." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " -"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" +" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." -msgstr "" -"Die exakte Prozedur zum Hinzufügen Ihres Mageia-Systems zu einem bestehenden " -"Bootloader finden Sie weiter unten in dieser Hilfe, wobei es in den meisten " -"Fällen nötig ist, das entsprechende Bootloader-Ladeprogramm auszuführen, das " -"dann den Eintrag für Mageia automatisch finden und hinzufügen sollte. Sehen " -"Sie dazu in der Dokumentation für das Betriebssystem nach, wenn noch Fragen " -"offen sind." +msgstr "Die exakte Prozedur zum Hinzufügen Ihres Mageia-Systems zu einem bestehenden Bootloader finden Sie weiter unten in dieser Hilfe, wobei es in den meisten Fällen nötig ist, das entsprechende Bootloader-Ladeprogramm auszuführen, das dann den Eintrag für Mageia automatisch finden und hinzufügen sollte. Sehen Sie dazu in der Dokumentation für das Betriebssystem nach, wenn noch Fragen offen sind." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 @@ -3822,57 +3087,48 @@ msgstr "Erweiterte Optionen für den Bootloader" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" -"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." -msgstr "" -"Besitzen Sie für das Wurzelverzeichnis ( / ) nur einen sehr eingeschränkten " -"Platz auf dem Laufwerk, worin <literal>/tmp</literal> enthalten ist, klicken " -"Sie auf <guibutton>Fortgeschritten</guibutton> und markieren Sie das " -"Ankreuzfeld für <guilabel>\"/tmp\" bei jedem Systemstart säubern</guilabel>. " -"Dies hilft Ihnen, mehr Platz frei zu halten." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " +"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +msgstr "Besitzen Sie für das Wurzelverzeichnis ( / ) nur einen sehr eingeschränkten Platz auf dem Laufwerk, worin <literal>/tmp</literal> enthalten ist, klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Fortgeschritten</guibutton> und markieren Sie das Ankreuzfeld für <guilabel>\"/tmp\" bei jedem Systemstart säubern</guilabel>. Dies hilft Ihnen, mehr Platz frei zu halten." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "SCSI-Laufwerke einrichten" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's +#. comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based +#. on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " -"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" +" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." -msgstr "" -"DrakX erkennt normalerweise Festplatten korrekt. Möglicherweise treten bei " -"der Erkennung alter SCSI-Controller Probleme auf. In diesem Fall könnte die " -"Installation der notwendigen Treiber fehlschlagen." +msgstr "DrakX erkennt normalerweise Festplatten korrekt. Möglicherweise treten bei der Erkennung alter SCSI-Controller Probleme auf. In diesem Fall könnte die Installation der notwendigen Treiber fehlschlagen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " "you have." -msgstr "" -"Falls dies geschieht, müssen Sie DrakX händisch mitteilen, welche SCSI-" -"Laufwerke Sie haben." +msgstr "Falls dies geschieht, müssen Sie DrakX händisch mitteilen, welche SCSI-Laufwerke Sie haben." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 @@ -3884,15 +3140,13 @@ msgstr "Danach sollte DrakX die Laufwerke korrekt konfigurieren können." msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Soundkonfiguration" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 @@ -3900,9 +3154,7 @@ msgid "" "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " "one." -msgstr "" -"In diesem Bildschirm steht der Name des Treibers, den der Installer für ihre " -"Soundkarte gewählt hat, welches der Standardtreiber ist" +msgstr "In diesem Bildschirm steht der Name des Treibers, den der Installer für ihre Soundkarte gewählt hat, welches der Standardtreiber ist" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:27 @@ -3912,23 +3164,16 @@ msgid "" "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the " "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound " "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen." -msgstr "" -"Der Standardtreiber sollte ohne Probleme funktionieren. Wenn sie jedoch nach " -"der Installation Probleme entdecken sollten, starten sie entweder " -"<command>draksound</command> oder das Werkzeug über das Mageia " -"Kontrollzentrum (MCC), unter <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> und wählen sie " -"<guilabel>Soundkonfiguration</guilabel> oben rechts in dem Fenster" +msgstr "Der Standardtreiber sollte ohne Probleme funktionieren. Wenn Sie jedoch nach der Installation Probleme entdecken sollten, starten Sie entweder <command>draksound</command> oder das Werkzeug über das Mageia Kontrollzentrum (MCC), unter <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> und wählen Sie <guilabel>Soundkonfiguration</guilabel> oben rechts in dem Fenster" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" -"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." -msgstr "" -"Dann wählen sie in draksound oder im Menü \"Soundkonfiguration\" auf " -"<guibutton>Fortgeschritten</guibutton> und dann <guibutton>Problembehebung</" -"guibutton> um hilfreiche Hinweise zu bekommen, wie das Problem zu lösen ist." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " +"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " +"to solve the problem." +msgstr "Dann wählen sie in draksound oder im Menü \"Soundkonfiguration\" auf <guibutton>Fortgeschritten</guibutton> und dann <guibutton>Problembehebung</guibutton> um hilfreiche Hinweise zu bekommen, wie das Problem zu lösen ist." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:41 @@ -3941,59 +3186,47 @@ msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." -msgstr "" -"Während der Installation ist die Auswahl von <guibutton>Fortgeschritten</" -"guibutton> in dem Fenster hilfreich, falls kein Standardtreiber vorhanden " -"ist und mehrere Treiber angezeigt werden, und sie denken, dass der Installer " -"den Falschen ausgewählt hat" +msgstr "Während der Installation ist die Auswahl von <guibutton>Fortgeschritten</guibutton> in dem Fenster hilfreich, falls kein Standardtreiber vorhanden ist und mehrere Treiber angezeigt werden, und Sie denken, dass der Installer den Falschen ausgewählt hat" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:49 msgid "" "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on " "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Im Falle, dass ein anderer Treiber ausgewählt werden soll, klicken sie auf " -"<guibutton>Soll irgendein Treiber ausgewählt werden?</guibutton>." +msgstr "Im Falle, dass ein anderer Treiber ausgewählt werden soll, klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Soll irgendein Treiber ausgewählt werden?</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Bestätigen, dass die Festplatte formatiert wird" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm +#. sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." -msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Abbrechen</guibutton>, wenn Sie sich bei der " -"Auswahl nicht sicher sind." +msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Abbrechen</guibutton>, wenn Sie sich bei der Auswahl nicht sicher sind." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " -"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." -msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>, wenn Sie sich sicher sind und " -"jede Partition, jedes Betriebssystem und alle Daten auf dem Laufwerk löschen " -"wollen." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" +" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>, wenn Sie sich sicher sind und jede Partition, jedes Betriebssystem und alle Daten auf dem Laufwerk löschen wollen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3 @@ -4017,20 +3250,20 @@ msgstr "" #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:16 msgid "" "After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select " -"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will " -"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." +"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will" +" only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:20 msgid "" "To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on " -"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -" -"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " +"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management " +"-> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " "You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled " "<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. " -"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</" -"guibutton>. The space will be freed." +"Right click on each of these partitions and select " +"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. The space will be freed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -4046,13 +3279,6 @@ msgid "" "If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the " "existing partition that is at the left of the freed space. There are other " "partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both " -"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and " -"make sure all important things have been backed up." +"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and" +" make sure all important things have been backed up." msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -#~ "imageobject>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -#~ "imageobject>" diff --git a/docs/installer/de/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/installer/de/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml index b10fc02e..daa8f796 100644 --- a/docs/installer/de/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml +++ b/docs/installer/de/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml @@ -365,8 +365,8 @@ application or file manager that could access or read it)</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Finde den Gerätenamen des USB Sticks (durch die Größe), zum Beispiel -/dev/sdb auf diesem Screenshot, ist ein 8 GB großer USB Stick.</para> + <para>Finde den Gerätenamen des USB-Sticks (durch die Größe), zum Beispiel +/dev/sdb auf diesem Screenshot, ist ein 8 GB großer USB-Stick.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ bs=1M</userinput></para> <para>Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc</para> - <para>Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso + <para>Beispiel: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput></para> </listitem> @@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput></para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Entferne den USB Stick, es ist fertig</para> + <para>Entferne den USB-Stick, es ist fertig</para> </listitem> </orderedlist> </section> diff --git a/docs/installer/de/installer.xml b/docs/installer/de/installer.xml index 8213e522..a5be73cd 100644 --- a/docs/installer/de/installer.xml +++ b/docs/installer/de/installer.xml @@ -64,10 +64,10 @@ Systems unterscheiden) durch drücken der F2 Taste.</para> <para>Verwende die Pfeiltasten um die Sprache auszuwählen und drücke danach die Enter Taste.</para> - <para>Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live -DVD/CD. Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue -System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware -Detection Tool</guilabel>.</para> + <para>Hier sehen Sie z.B. den französischen Willkommensbildschirm wenn eine Live +DVD/CD verwendet wird. Beachte dass das Live DVD/CD Menü nicht die Auswahl +<guilabel>Rettungssystem</guilabel>, <guilabel>Speichertest</guilabel> und +<guilabel>Hardware-Erkennungswerkzeug</guilabel> enthält.</para> <para/> @@ -133,10 +133,10 @@ zurückzukehren.</para> <para/> - <para>The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select -<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options -list. These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot -options</guilabel> line.</para> + <para>Die detailierte Ansicht über die splash Optionen. Drücke ESC oder wähle +<guilabel>Zurück zu Boot-Optionen</guilabel> um zurück zur Opionsliste zu +kommen. Diese dort aufgeführten Optionen können mit der Hand oder der +<guilabel>Boot-Optionen</guilabel> Zeile hinzugefügt werden.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> diff --git a/docs/installer/de/media_selection.xml b/docs/installer/de/media_selection.xml index 695a291c..05202bfa 100644 --- a/docs/installer/de/media_selection.xml +++ b/docs/installer/de/media_selection.xml @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ die grundlegenden Pakete der Distribution enthält.</para> <para>Die <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> Quelle enthält Pakete, die kostenlos sind, d.h. Mageia darf sie weiterverbreiten, aber sie enthalten closed-source software (daher der Name 'Nonfree'). Zum Beispiel enthält diese Quelle -proprietäre Grafikkarten-Treiber von nVidia und ATI, Firmware für +proprietäre Grafikkarten-Treiber von NVIDIA und AMD/ATI, Firmware für verschiedene WLAN Karten, etc.</para> </listitem> diff --git a/docs/installer/de/resizeFATChoose.xml b/docs/installer/de/resizeFATChoose.xml index f80750dc..e733ee7e 100644 --- a/docs/installer/de/resizeFATChoose.xml +++ b/docs/installer/de/resizeFATChoose.xml @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa1">Sie haben mehr als eine <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> -Partition. Bitte wählen sie, welche verkleinert werden soll, um Platz für +Partition. Bitte wählen Sie, welche verkleinert werden soll, um Platz für die <application>Mageia</application> Installation zu schaffen</para> diff --git a/docs/installer/de/securityLevel.xml b/docs/installer/de/securityLevel.xml index 5e0b14ab..72d0fc56 100644 --- a/docs/installer/de/securityLevel.xml +++ b/docs/installer/de/securityLevel.xml @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="securityLevel-im1"></imagedata> <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa1">Hier können Sie die Sicherheitsstufe einstellen.</para> <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa2">Lassen Sie diese Einstellungen, so wie sie sind, wenn Sie nicht genau -wissen, was Sie tun.</para> +wissen, was sie auswählen sollen.</para> <para revision="2" xml:id="securityLevel-pa3">Nach der Installation ist es jederzeit möglich, die Sicherheitseinstellungen zu ändern, indem Sie im Mageia Kontrollzentrum den Abschnitt diff --git a/docs/installer/de/selectInstallClass.xml b/docs/installer/de/selectInstallClass.xml index 70c069f0..976804e9 100644 --- a/docs/installer/de/selectInstallClass.xml +++ b/docs/installer/de/selectInstallClass.xml @@ -41,14 +41,14 @@ format="PNG" /> </imageobject></mediaobject> <listitem> <para>Aktualisiere Mageia</para> - <para>Falls sie eine oder mehrere <application>Mageia</application> Installationen -auf ihrem Rechner haben, können sie mit Hilfe des Installers einen auf die -neueste Version upgraden</para> + <para>Falls Sie eine oder mehrere <application>Mageia</application> Installationen +auf ihrem Rechner haben, können Sie mit Hilfe des Installers eine davon auf +die neueste Version upgraden.</para> <warning> <para>Während der Veröffentlichung dieses Installers ist nur das Upgrade von der letzten Mageia Version <emphasis>unterstützt</emphasis> und gründlich -getestet. Wenn sie eine Mageia Version upgraden möchten, die bereits das +getestet. Wenn Sie eine Mageia Version upgraden möchten, die bereits das Ende des Supportzeitrahmens erreicht hat, ist es besser eine Neuinstallation durchzuführen und ihre <literal>/home</literal> Partition bestehen zu lassen.</para> diff --git a/docs/installer/de/selectKeyboard.xml b/docs/installer/de/selectKeyboard.xml index 67ae9b91..3f939f2d 100644 --- a/docs/installer/de/selectKeyboard.xml +++ b/docs/installer/de/selectKeyboard.xml @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ US-Tastatur verwendet.</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa2">Vergewissern Sie sich, dass diese Auswahl korrekt ist, oder wählen sie eine + <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa2">Vergewissern Sie sich, dass diese Auswahl korrekt ist, oder wählen Sie eine andere Tastaturbelegung. Sind Sie sich nicht sicher, welche Belegung Ihre Tastatur verwendet, so sehen Sie in der Beschreibung nach, die mit Ihrem System mitgeliefert wurde, oder fragen Sie den Computerhändler. diff --git a/docs/installer/de/soundConfig.xml b/docs/installer/de/soundConfig.xml index 060ca78d..cd6c2661 100644 --- a/docs/installer/de/soundConfig.xml +++ b/docs/installer/de/soundConfig.xml @@ -21,10 +21,10 @@ format="PNG" xml:id="soundConfig-im1" /> </imageobject></mediaobject> <para>In diesem Bildschirm steht der Name des Treibers, den der Installer für ihre Soundkarte gewählt hat, welches der Standardtreiber ist </para> - <para>Der Standardtreiber sollte ohne Probleme funktionieren. Wenn sie jedoch nach -der Installation Probleme entdecken sollten, starten sie entweder + <para>Der Standardtreiber sollte ohne Probleme funktionieren. Wenn Sie jedoch nach +der Installation Probleme entdecken sollten, starten Sie entweder <command>draksound</command> oder das Werkzeug über das Mageia -Kontrollzentrum (MCC), unter <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> und wählen sie +Kontrollzentrum (MCC), unter <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> und wählen Sie <guilabel>Soundkonfiguration</guilabel> oben rechts in dem Fenster </para> <para>Dann wählen sie in draksound oder im Menü "Soundkonfiguration" auf @@ -40,11 +40,11 @@ wie das Problem zu lösen ist. <para>Während der Installation ist die Auswahl von <guibutton>Fortgeschritten</guibutton> in dem Fenster hilfreich, falls kein -Standardtreiber vorhanden ist und mehrere Treiber angezeigt werden, und sie +Standardtreiber vorhanden ist und mehrere Treiber angezeigt werden, und Sie denken, dass der Installer den Falschen ausgewählt hat </para> - <para>Im Falle, dass ein anderer Treiber ausgewählt werden soll, klicken sie auf + <para>Im Falle, dass ein anderer Treiber ausgewählt werden soll, klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Soll irgendein Treiber ausgewählt werden?</guibutton>. </para> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de.po b/docs/mcc-help/de.po index ff5966af..56058ea9 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de.po @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package. -# +# # Translators: # brammbles <brammbleberry@gmx.com>, 2014 # brammbles <brammbleberry@gmx.com>, 2014 @@ -19,14 +19,13 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-24 12:00+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-04-04 11:01+0000\n" "Last-Translator: psyca\n" -"Language-Team: German (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" -"de/)\n" -"Language: de\n" +"Language-Team: German (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: de\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -39,7 +38,8 @@ msgstr "Zugriff auf über WebDAV freigegebene Laufwerke und Verzeichnisse" msgid "diskdrake --dav" msgstr "diskdrake --dav" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19 msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png" @@ -47,11 +47,9 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 @@ -59,10 +57,7 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " "Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure " "WebDAV shares</guilabel>." -msgstr "" -"Das Werkzeug <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> befindet sich im " -"Mageia Kontrollzentrum im Reiter Netzwerkfreigaben und heißt " -"<guilabel>Configure WebDAV shares</guilabel>." +msgstr "Das Werkzeug <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> befindet sich im Mageia Kontrollzentrum im Reiter Netzwerkfreigaben und heißt <guilabel>Configure WebDAV shares</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21 @@ -82,12 +77,7 @@ msgid "" "appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a " "WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV " "server." -msgstr "" -"<link xlink:href=\"http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> ist " -"ein Protokoll, welches erlaubt, Verzeichnisse auf einem Webserver lokal " -"einzubinden, sodass es wie ein lokales Verzeichnis erscheint. Dazu ist es " -"notwendig, das auf dem Remote-Computer ein WebDAV-Server läuft. Ziel dieses " -"Werkzeugs ist nicht die Konfiguration eines WebDAV Servers." +msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> ist ein Protokoll, welches erlaubt, Verzeichnisse auf einem Webserver lokal einzubinden, sodass es wie ein lokales Verzeichnis erscheint. Dazu ist es notwendig, das auf dem Remote-Computer ein WebDAV-Server läuft. Ziel dieses Werkzeugs ist nicht die Konfiguration eines WebDAV Servers." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40 @@ -100,11 +90,7 @@ msgid "" "The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if " "any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. " "Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen." -msgstr "" -"Das erste Fenster von dem Werkzeug zeigt die bereits konfigurierten Einträge " -"an, wenn welche vorhanden sind und einen <guibutton>Neu</guibutton> Knopf. " -"Benutze diesen, um eine neuen Eintrag zu erstellen. Gib in das Feld von dem " -"neuen Fenster die Server-URL ein." +msgstr "Das erste Fenster von dem Werkzeug zeigt die bereits konfigurierten Einträge an, wenn welche vorhanden sind und einen <guibutton>Neu</guibutton> Knopf. Benutze diesen, um eine neuen Eintrag zu erstellen. Gib in das Feld von dem neuen Fenster die Server-URL ein." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46 @@ -112,11 +98,12 @@ msgid "" "Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions. Continue " "with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking " "<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the " -"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct " -"it, if needed." +"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct" +" it, if needed." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54 msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png" @@ -133,12 +120,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other " "options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen." -msgstr "" -"Geben sie in dem nächsten Schritt ihren Benutzernamen und ihr Passwort an. " -"Wenn sie weitere Optionen benötigen, können sie diese im " -"<guibutton>Erweitert</guibutton> Bildschirm angeben" +msgstr "Geben Sie in dem nächsten Schritt ihren Benutzernamen und ihr Passwort an. Wenn Sie weitere Optionen benötigen, können Sie diese im <guibutton>Erweitert</guibutton> Bildschirm angeben." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67 msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png" @@ -148,19 +133,18 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png" msgid "" "The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the " "access." -msgstr "" -"Die Option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> erlaubt dir sofortigen Zugriff zu " -"mounten." +msgstr "Die Option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> erlaubt dir sofortigen Zugriff zu mounten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74 msgid "" -"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</" -"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is " -"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether " -"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose " -"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. " -"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it." +"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button " +"<guibutton>Done</guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your " +"new mount point is listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you" +" are asked whether or not to save the modifications in " +"<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose this option if you want that the " +"remote directory is available at each boot. If your configuration is for " +"one-time usage, do not save it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -173,7 +157,8 @@ msgstr "Festplattenpartitionen im Netzwerk freigeben" msgid "diskdrake --fileshare" msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11 msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png" msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png" @@ -181,11 +166,9 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 @@ -194,19 +177,14 @@ msgid "" "administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home " "subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have " "computers running either Linux or Windows operating system." -msgstr "" -"Mit diesem Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> können sie " -"Benutzern erlauben, Teile ihres /home Unterverzeichnisses mit anderen Linux " -"oder Windows Benutzern im selben Netzwerk zu teilen." +msgstr "Mit diesem Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> können Sie Benutzern erlauben, Teile ihres /home Unterverzeichnisses mit anderen Linux oder Windows Benutzern im selben Netzwerk zu teilen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20 msgid "" -"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled " -"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"." -msgstr "" -"Sie finden es im Mageia Kontrollzentrum unter dem 'Lokale Festplatten' Tab " -"unter \"Festplattenpartitionen im Netzwerk freigeben\"" +"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled" +" \"Share your hard disk partitions\"." +msgstr "Sie finden es im Mageia Kontrollzentrum unter dem 'Lokale Festplatten' Tab unter \"Festplattenpartitionen im Netzwerk freigeben\"" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23 @@ -215,9 +193,9 @@ msgid "" "share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No " "sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on " "<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on " -"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for " -"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their " -"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically " +"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for" +" the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their" +" directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically " "created by the system. You will be asked about this later." msgstr "" @@ -240,8 +218,8 @@ msgid "" "you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare " "group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, " "then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the " -"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information " -"about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>" +"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information" +" about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> @@ -249,20 +227,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and " "reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account." -msgstr "" -"Wenn sie einen neuen Benutzer zur fileshare Gruppe hinzufügen müssen sie das " -"Netzwerk erneut verbinden, um die Änderungen anzuwenden." +msgstr "Wenn Sie einen neuen Benutzer zur fileshare Gruppe hinzufügen müssen Sie das Netzwerk erneut verbinden, um die Änderungen anzuwenden." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55 msgid "" -"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her " -"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers " +"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her" +" file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers " "have this facility." -msgstr "" -"Ab jetzt kann jeder Benutzer, der in der Gruppe fileshare ist, in ihrem/" -"seinem Dateimanager die zu teilenden Verzeichnisse auswählen. Allerdings ist " -"dies nicht mit jedem Dateimanager möglich." +msgstr "Ab jetzt kann jeder Benutzer, der in der Gruppe fileshare ist, in ihrem/seinem Dateimanager die zu teilenden Verzeichnisse auswählen. Allerdings ist dies nicht mit jedem Dateimanager möglich." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1 @@ -280,7 +253,8 @@ msgstr "Zugriff auf über NFS freigegebene Laufwerke und Verzeichnisse" msgid "diskdrake --nfs" msgstr "diskdrake --nfs" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11 msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png" @@ -293,11 +267,9 @@ msgstr "." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24 @@ -306,8 +278,8 @@ msgid "" "some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " "protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix " "systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. " -"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a " -"user with tools such as file browsers." +"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a" +" user with tools such as file browsers." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -329,7 +301,8 @@ msgid "" "shared directories and select the directory you want to access." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47 msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png" @@ -337,11 +310,12 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51 msgid "" -"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have " -"to specify where to mount the directory." +"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have" +" to specify where to mount the directory." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56 msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png" @@ -354,12 +328,14 @@ msgid "" "mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67 msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73 msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png" @@ -369,12 +345,13 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png" msgid "" "On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, " "a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab " -"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the " -"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " +"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the" +" network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " "browser, for example in Dolphin." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85 msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png" @@ -389,7 +366,8 @@ msgstr "CD/DVD Brenner" msgid "diskdrake --removable" msgstr "diskdrake --removable" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10 msgid "diskdrake--removable.png" msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png" @@ -397,11 +375,9 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14 @@ -409,11 +385,7 @@ msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab " "Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your " "removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)." -msgstr "" -"Dieses Werkzeug <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>finden sie in dem " -"'Lokale Festplatten' Tab im Mageia Kontrollzentrum und ist abhängig von " -"ihren wechselbaren Hardware bezeichnet (nur CD/DVD-Brenner und " -"Diskettenlaufwerke)" +msgstr "Dieses Werkzeug <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>finden Sie in dem 'Lokale Festplatten' Tab im Mageia Kontrollzentrum und ist abhängig von ihren wechselbaren Hardware bezeichnet (nur CD/DVD-Brenner und Diskettenlaufwerke)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20 @@ -438,9 +410,7 @@ msgstr "Einhängepunkt" #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30 msgid "" "Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom." -msgstr "" -"Wählen sie dies aus, um den Einhängepunkt zu veränden. Standardmäßig ist er /" -"media/cdrom." +msgstr "Wählen sie dies aus, um den Einhängepunkt zu veränden. Standardmäßig ist er /media/cdrom." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66 @@ -450,8 +420,8 @@ msgstr "Optionen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39 msgid "" -"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the " -"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:" +"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the" +" <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> @@ -470,8 +440,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11 msgid "Access Windows (SMB) shared drives and directories" -msgstr "" -"Zugriff auf über SMB (für Windows) freigegebene Laufwerke und Verzeichnisse" +msgstr "Zugriff auf über SMB (für Windows) freigegebene Laufwerke und Verzeichnisse" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:14 @@ -481,11 +450,9 @@ msgstr "diskdrake --smb" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23 @@ -494,16 +461,9 @@ msgid "" "which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " "protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) " "systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared " -"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with " -"tools such as file browsers." -msgstr "" -"Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> erlaubt es ihnen " -"festzulegen, welche geteilten Verzeichnisse für alle Benutzer auf dem " -"Rechner aufrufbar sein sollen. Dafür wird das Protokoll SMB verwendet, was " -"auf Windows(R) Systemen Bekanntheit erlangte. Das geteilte Verzeichnis wird " -"direkt beim Start verwendbar sein. Geteilte Verzeichnisse können auch direkt " -"in einer Einzelsitzung von einem Nutzer mit Werkzeugen wie Dateibrowsern " -"aufgerufen werden." +"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with" +" tools such as file browsers." +msgstr "Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> erlaubt es ihnen festzulegen, welche geteilten Verzeichnisse für alle Benutzer auf dem Rechner aufrufbar sein sollen. Dafür wird das Protokoll SMB verwendet, was auf Windows(R) Systemen Bekanntheit erlangte. Das geteilte Verzeichnis wird direkt beim Start verwendbar sein. Geteilte Verzeichnisse können auch direkt in einer Einzelsitzung von einem Nutzer mit Werkzeugen wie Dateibrowsern aufgerufen werden." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33 @@ -515,8 +475,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40 msgid "" -"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who " -"share directories." +"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who" +" share directories." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -533,7 +493,8 @@ msgid "" "have to specify where to mount the directory." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52 msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png" @@ -554,12 +515,14 @@ msgid "" "with the same button." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66 msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72 msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png" @@ -570,10 +533,12 @@ msgid "" "After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask " "\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow " "directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The " -"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin." +"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in " +"dolphin." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84 msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png" @@ -588,7 +553,8 @@ msgstr "3D-Desktop-Effekte" msgid "drak3d" msgstr "drak3d" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:10 msgid "drak3d.png" msgstr "drak3d.png" @@ -596,11 +562,9 @@ msgstr "drak3d.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:18 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:17 @@ -621,35 +585,30 @@ msgid "" "To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the " "package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can " "start." -msgstr "" -"Um dieses Werkzeug zu verwenden, muss das glxinfo Paket installiert sein. " -"Falls das Paket nicht installiert ist, werden Sie aufgefordert dies zu tun, " -"bevor drak3d gestartet werden kann." +msgstr "Um dieses Werkzeug zu verwenden, muss das glxinfo Paket installiert sein. Falls das Paket nicht installiert ist, werden Sie aufgefordert dies zu tun, bevor drak3d gestartet werden kann." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:31 msgid "" "After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window. Here you " "can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or " -"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/" -"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your " -"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on." +"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a " +"composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special " +"effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn " +"it on." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:38 msgid "" "If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of " -"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be " -"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</" -"guibutton> button to continue." -msgstr "" -"Wenn sie dieses Programm zum ersten Mal nach einer Neuinstallation starten, " -"werden sie eine Warnmeldung bekommen, sie sagt, welche Pakete " -"nachinstalliert werden müssen, um Compiz Fusion zu benutzen. Klicken sie auf " -"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton>, um fortzufahren." +"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be" +" installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the " +"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue." +msgstr "Wenn Sie dieses Programm zum ersten Mal nach einer Neuinstallation starten, werden Sie eine Warnmeldung bekommen, die sagt, welche Pakete nachinstalliert werden müssen, um Compiz Fusion zu benutzen. Klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>, um fortzufahren." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:45 msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" @@ -687,7 +646,8 @@ msgid "" "screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:71 msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" @@ -697,8 +657,8 @@ msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" msgid "" "When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be " "prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login " -"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the " -"log in problem." +"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the" +" log in problem." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -711,7 +671,8 @@ msgstr "Authentifizierung" msgid "drakauth" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakauth.xml:16 msgid "drakauth.png" msgstr "drakauth.png" @@ -719,17 +680,15 @@ msgstr "drakauth.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:21 msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the " -"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net." +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the" +" manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -750,7 +709,8 @@ msgstr "Bootmanager einrichten " msgid "drakboot --boot" msgstr "drakboot --boot" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:10 msgid "drakboot--boot.png" msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" @@ -758,11 +718,9 @@ msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14 @@ -777,9 +735,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set " "up boot system\"." -msgstr "" -"Sie finden es im Systemstart Tab im Mageia Kontrollzentrum unter " -"'Bootmanager einrichten'" +msgstr "Sie finden es im Systemstart Tab im Mageia Kontrollzentrum unter 'Bootmanager einrichten'" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:23 @@ -791,13 +747,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:28 msgid "" -"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to " -"choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " +"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to" +" choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " "with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question of taste, there are " -"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot device</" -"guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The boot " -"device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can prevent " -"you machine from booting." +"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot " +"device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The" +" boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can " +"prevent you machine from booting." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -805,8 +761,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set " "the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. " -"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating " -"systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the " +"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating" +" systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the " "bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses." msgstr "" @@ -853,15 +809,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual " "processor and enable SMP." -msgstr "" -"Wenn sie einen Prozessor mit HyperThreading besitzen, wird Mageia ihn als " -"dualen Prozessor anzeigen und SMP aktivieren." +msgstr "Wenn Sie einen Prozessor mit HyperThreading besitzen, wird Mageia ihn als dualen Prozessor anzeigen und SMP aktivieren." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66 msgid "" -"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</" -"guibutton>" +"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local " +"APIC:</guibutton>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -873,11 +827,12 @@ msgid "" "to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful " "for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC " "system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message " -"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local " -"APIC." +"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local" +" APIC." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:80 msgid "drakboot1.png" msgstr "drakboot1.png" @@ -886,15 +841,16 @@ msgstr "drakboot1.png" #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:84 msgid "" "In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the " -"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the " -"order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the " +"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the" +" order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the " "selected item. If you click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or " "<guibutton>Modify </guibutton>buttons, a new window appears to add a new " -"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar " -"with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools." +"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar" +" with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94 msgid "drakboot2.png" msgstr "drakboot2.png" @@ -905,10 +861,7 @@ msgid "" "The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want " "to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For " "example: Mageia3." -msgstr "" -"Das <guilabel>Bezeichung</guilabel> ist ein Freitextfeld. Schreiben sie " -"hier hinein, was im Menü angezeigt werden soll. Es stimmt mit dem Grub " -"Kommando 'title' überein, zum Beispiel Mageia3" +msgstr "Das <guilabel>Bezeichung</guilabel> ist ein Freitextfeld. Schreiben Sie hier hinein, was im Menü angezeigt werden soll. Es stimmt mit dem Grub Kommando 'title' überein, zum Beispiel Mageia3" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:102 @@ -956,7 +909,8 @@ msgstr "Autologin einrichten zur automatischen Anmeldung" msgid "drakboot" msgstr "drakboot" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot.xml:11 msgid "drakboot.png" msgstr "drakboot.png" @@ -964,11 +918,9 @@ msgstr "drakboot.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:15 @@ -984,10 +936,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the " "Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"." -msgstr "" -"Sie finden es im Mageia Kontrollzentrum in dem <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Systemstart</emphasis> Tab unter \"Autologin einrichten zur automatischen " -"Anmeldung\"" +msgstr "Sie finden es im Mageia Kontrollzentrum in dem <emphasis role=\"bold\">Systemstart</emphasis> Tab unter \"Autologin einrichten zur automatischen Anmeldung\"" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:26 @@ -997,19 +946,19 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:28 msgid "" -"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</" -"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If " -"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible " -"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the " -"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'." +"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system " +"starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the " +"boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be " +"possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by " +"launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:34 msgid "" "If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either " -"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to " -"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check " +"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to" +" continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check " "<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if " "needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default " "username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>." @@ -1028,35 +977,31 @@ msgstr "drakbug_report" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line." -msgstr "" -"Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kann nur über die " -"Kommandozeile gestartet und verwendet werden." +msgstr "Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kann nur über die Kommandozeile gestartet und verwendet werden." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:20 msgid "" -"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by " -"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, " -"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be " -"several GBs large." +"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by" +" doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > " +"drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, but make sure you have enough disk space " +"first: the file can easily be several GBs large." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:24 msgid "" -"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing " -"the unneeded parts." +"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing" +" the unneeded parts." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1234,11 +1179,11 @@ msgstr "df" msgid "" "At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this " "command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to " -"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" " -"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</" -"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take " -"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." +"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\"" +" by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > " +"journalctl.txt</emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, " +"for instance, take the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1251,7 +1196,8 @@ msgstr "Mageia Bugreport-Werkzeug" msgid "drakbug" msgstr "drakbug" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakbug.xml:15 msgid "drakbug.png" msgstr "drakbug.png" @@ -1259,37 +1205,29 @@ msgstr "drakbug.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." +msgstr "Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:19 msgid "" "Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts " -"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, " -"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of " -"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report." -msgstr "" -"Normalerweise startet dies Programm automatisch, wenn ein Mageia Werkzeug " -"abstürzt. Es ist aber auch möglich, das nach dem Ausfüllen eines Bugreports, " -"sie gefragt werden, dieses Programm zu starten, um weitere Informationen zu " -"liefern, als solche, die schon im Report stehen" +"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that," +" after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some " +"of the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug " +"report." +msgstr "Normalerweise startet dies Programm automatisch, wenn ein Mageia Werkzeug abstürzt. Es ist aber auch möglich, das nach dem Ausfüllen eines Bugreports, Sie gefragt werden, dieses Programm zu starten, um weitere Informationen zu liefern, als solche, die schon im Report stehen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:21 msgid "" "If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, " -"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> " -"before clicking on the \"Report\" button." -msgstr "" -"Wenn ein neuer Bug gemeldet werden soll, und sie sich noch nicht sicher " -"fühlen, lesen sie bitte <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> " -"(englisch), bevor sie auf 'Bericht' klicken" +"then please read <link " +"xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How " +"to report a bug report properly</link> before clicking on the \"Report\" " +"button." +msgstr "Wenn ein neuer Bug gemeldet werden soll und Sie sich noch nicht sicher fühlen, lesen Sie bitte <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> (englisch), bevor Sie auf 'Bericht' klicken" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:23 @@ -1297,11 +1235,7 @@ msgid "" "In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message " "that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to " "that existing report that you saw the bug, too." -msgstr "" -"Im Fall, das der Fehler bereits von jemand anderen gemeldet wurde (die " -"Fehlermeldung die drakbug gibt wird dann die selbe sein), ist es nützlich " -"ein Kommentar zu dem bestehenden Report zu geben, das Sie den Fehler auch " -"bemerkt haben." +msgstr "Im Fall, das der Fehler bereits von jemand anderen gemeldet wurde (die Fehlermeldung die drakbug gibt wird dann die selbe sein), ist es nützlich ein Kommentar zu dem bestehenden Report zu geben, das Sie den Fehler auch bemerkt haben." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakclock.xml:3 @@ -1313,7 +1247,8 @@ msgstr "Datum und Uhrzeit einstellen" msgid "drakclock" msgstr "drakclock" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakclock.xml:10 msgid "drakclock.png" msgstr "drakclock.png" @@ -1321,19 +1256,17 @@ msgstr "drakclock.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab " -"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time" -"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right " -"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray." +"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and " +"time\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a " +"right click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1345,8 +1278,8 @@ msgstr "Es ist ein sehr einfaches Werkzeug" #: en/drakclock.xml:23 msgid "" "On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. " -"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on " -"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue) and it is a Sunday. Select the month " +"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on" +" the upper right), the 2nd (in blue) and it is a Sunday. Select the month " "(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or " "2012). Select the day by clicking on its number." msgstr "" @@ -1354,9 +1287,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:29 msgid "" -"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</" -"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by " -"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time " +"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time " +"Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on " +"time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time " "Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server." msgstr "" @@ -1365,9 +1298,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's " "useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, " -"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows " -"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see " -"your desktop environment settings for that." +"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows" +" to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see" +" your desktop environment settings for that." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1381,8 +1314,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:45 msgid "" -"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they " -"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation " +"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they" +" will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation " "settings." msgstr "" @@ -1396,7 +1329,8 @@ msgstr "Eine Verbindung entfernen" msgid "drakconnect --del" msgstr "drakconnect --del" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8 msgid "drakconnect--del.png" msgstr "drakconnect--del.png" @@ -1404,17 +1338,15 @@ msgstr "drakconnect--del.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 msgid "" -"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 msgid "" -"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" -"\"0\"/>." +"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" " +"id=\"0\"/>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1441,7 +1373,8 @@ msgstr "Eine Netzwerkschnittstelle erstellen (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)" msgid "drakconnect" msgstr "drakconnect" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:11 msgid "drakconnect.png" msgstr "drakconnect.png" @@ -1449,11 +1382,9 @@ msgstr "drakconnect.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:18 @@ -1480,74 +1411,79 @@ msgstr "Eine neue kabelgebundene Verbindung (Ethernet)" msgid "" "The first window lists the interfaces which are available. Select the one " "to configure." -msgstr "" -"Das erste Fenster listet die verfügbaren Geräte auf. Wähle das Gerät aus, " -"das eingerichtet werden soll." +msgstr "Das erste Fenster listet die verfügbaren Geräte auf. Wähle das Gerät aus, das eingerichtet werden soll." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167 msgid "" "At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP " "address." -msgstr "" -"An diesem Punkt können Sie zwischen einer automatisch generierten oder " -"manuell eingegebenen IP Adresse wählen." +msgstr "An diesem Punkt können Sie zwischen einer automatisch generierten oder manuell eingegebenen IP Adresse wählen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557 msgid "Automatic IP" msgstr "Automatische IP" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:48 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers " -"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " +"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers" +" are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " -"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. " -"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " -"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers " -"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," +" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." +" The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " +"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers" +" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:62 msgid "drakconnect5.png" msgstr "drakconnect5.png" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572 msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576 msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581 msgid "the DHCP client" msgstr "der DHCP-Client" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585 msgid "DHCP timeout" msgstr "DHCP Zeitüberschreitung" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594 msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599 msgid "" "the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server " @@ -1555,7 +1491,8 @@ msgid "" "This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241 msgid "" "After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection " @@ -1567,7 +1504,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Manual configuration" msgstr "Manuelle Konfiguration" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:115 msgid "" "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS " @@ -1576,27 +1514,30 @@ msgid "" "attributed by default." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258 msgid "" "For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like " -"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</" -"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service " -"provider's website." +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is " +"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are " +"available from your service provider's website." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:126 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" -"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is " -"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", " -"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need " -"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need " -"this setting." +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " +"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your " +"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is " +"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". " +"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, " +"domestic ADSL would not need this setting." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:136 msgid "drakconnect30.png" msgstr "drakconnect30.png" @@ -1617,9 +1558,10 @@ msgstr "Eine neue Satelliten-Verbindung (DVB)" #: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203 msgid "" -"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " -"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance." +"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you" +" can write this help, please contact <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc " +"team.</link> Thanking you in advance." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -1632,53 +1574,59 @@ msgstr "Eine neue Modem-Verbindung" msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:176 msgid "None" msgstr "Keine" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:180 msgid "" -"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name " -"and password." +"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name" +" and password." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:191 msgid "" "<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers " "are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " -"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. " -"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " -"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers " -"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," +" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." +" The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " +"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers" +" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:252 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers " -"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME " +"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers" +" to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME " "is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is " "attributed by default." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:263 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" -"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is " -"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", " -"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need " -"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not " -"need this setting." +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " +"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your " +"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is " +"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". " +"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, " +"domestic connection would not need this setting." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:273 msgid "drakconnect32.png" msgstr "drakconnect32.png" @@ -1699,8 +1647,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663 msgid "" "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" -"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " +"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1708,27 +1656,32 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select one of the protocols available:" msgstr "Wählen Sie eins der verfügbaren Protokolle aus:" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:307 msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)" msgstr "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:311 msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration" msgstr "Manuelle TCP/IP Konfiguration" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:315 msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)" msgstr "PPP über ADSL (PPPoA)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:319 msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)" msgstr "PPP über Ethernet (PPPoE)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:323 msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)" msgstr "Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)" @@ -1738,22 +1691,26 @@ msgstr "Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)" msgid "Access settings" msgstr "Zugangseinstellungen" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678 msgid "Account Login (user name)" msgstr "Benutzername (Login)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682 msgid "Account password" msgstr "Passwort" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:341 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)" msgstr "(Fortgeschrittener) Virtuelle Pfad-ID (VPI):" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:345 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)" msgstr "(Fortgeschrittener) Virtuelle Circuit-ID (VCI):" @@ -1773,12 +1730,14 @@ msgstr "Eine neue ISDN-Verbindung" msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:365 msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)" msgstr "Manuelle Auswahl (Interne ISDN-Karte)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:369 msgid "External ISDN modem" msgstr "Externes ISDN-Modem" @@ -1790,12 +1749,14 @@ msgid "" "Select your card." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:384 msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:389 msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)" msgstr "Protokoll für Europa (EDSS1)" @@ -1804,27 +1765,31 @@ msgstr "Protokoll für Europa (EDSS1)" #: en/drakconnect.xml:395 msgid "" "A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" -"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is " -"asked for parameters:" +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " +"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave " +"you. Then it is asked for parameters:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:402 msgid "Connection name" msgstr "Name der Verbindung" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:406 msgid "Phone number" msgstr "Telefonnummer" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:410 msgid "Login ID" msgstr "Login-ID" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:418 msgid "Authentication method" msgstr "Authentifizierungsmethode" @@ -1840,21 +1805,24 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakconnect.xml:430 msgid "" "The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by " -"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to " -"put:" +"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to" +" put:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:436 msgid "Domain name" msgstr "Name der Domäne" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:440 msgid "First and second DNS Server" msgstr "Erster und zweiter DNS Server" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:444 msgid "" "Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you " @@ -1864,9 +1832,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:452 msgid "" -"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic " -"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the " -"IP address." +"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic" +" or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter " +"the IP address." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -1894,76 +1862,89 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:484 msgid "drakconnect31.png" msgstr "drakconnect31.png" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:490 msgid "Operating mode:" msgstr "Betriebsmodus" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:494 msgid "Managed" msgstr "Geführt" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:497 msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:503 msgid "Ad-Hoc" msgstr "Direkt" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:506 msgid "To configure direct connection between computers." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:514 msgid "Network Name (ESSID)" msgstr "Netzwerkname (ESSID)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:518 msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:523 msgid "WPA/WPA2" msgstr "WPA/WPA2" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:526 msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it." -msgstr "" -"Dieses Verschlüsselungsverfahren wird empfohlen, wenn es Ihre Hardware " -"unterstützt." +msgstr "Dieses Verschlüsselungsverfahren wird empfohlen, wenn es Ihre Hardware unterstützt." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:532 msgid "WEP" msgstr "WEP" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:535 msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method." msgstr "Einige alte Hardware unterstützt nur dieses Verschlüsselungsverfahren." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:543 msgid "Encryption key" msgstr "Schlüssel" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:545 -msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point." +msgid "" +"It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1973,7 +1954,8 @@ msgid "" "manual IP address." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:561 msgid "" "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are " @@ -1985,41 +1967,46 @@ msgid "" "DHCP server</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:589 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:608 msgid "" "After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all " "connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:619 msgid "" "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " -"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," +" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:625 msgid "" "For a residential network, the IP address always looks like " -"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</" -"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers " -"website." +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is " +"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are " +"available from your providers website." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:630 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" -"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the " -"period." +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " +"domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, " +"before the period." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -2051,7 +2038,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Provide access settings" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:674 msgid "Access Point Name" msgstr "Access-Point-Name" @@ -2066,12 +2054,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:710 msgid "Manual choice" msgstr "Manuelle Auswahl" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:714 msgid "Detected hardware, if any." msgstr "Gefundene Hardware, falls vorhanden" @@ -2092,57 +2082,67 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakconnect.xml:729 msgid "" "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" -"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked " -"for Dialup options:" +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " +"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." +" Then it is asked for Dialup options:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:736 msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Verbindungs Name</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:740 msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Telefon Number</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:744 msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:748 msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Passwort</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:752 msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:" msgstr "<emphasis>Authentikation</emphasis>, Auswahl:" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:756 msgid "PAP/CHAP" msgstr "PAP/CHAP" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:760 msgid "Script-based" msgstr "Skript-basiert" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:764 msgid "PAP" msgstr "PAP" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:768 msgid "Terminal-based" msgstr "Terminal-basiert" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:772 msgid "CHAP" msgstr "CHAP" @@ -2218,7 +2218,8 @@ msgid "" "immediately or not." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:841 msgid "drakconnect9.png" msgstr "drakconnect9.png" @@ -2233,7 +2234,8 @@ msgstr "Eine Konsole mit Administratorrechten öffnen" msgid "drakconsole" msgstr "drakconsole" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconsole.xml:10 msgid "drakconsole.png" msgstr "drakconsole.png" @@ -2241,18 +2243,16 @@ msgstr "drakconsole.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconsole.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconsole.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a " -"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more " -"information about that." +"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more" +" information about that." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2265,7 +2265,8 @@ msgstr "Partitionen verwalten" msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake" msgstr "drakdisk oder diskdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:15 msgid "drakdiskBackup.png" msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png" @@ -2273,13 +2274,10 @@ msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> " -"as root." -msgstr "" -"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> oder <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</" -"emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> oder <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:20 @@ -2287,8 +2285,8 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny " "error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a " "partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll " -"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</" -"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue." +"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on " +"<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2296,12 +2294,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you " "want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie mehr als ein Laufwerk haben, können Sie durch anklicken des " -"jeweiligen Tab (sda, sdb, sdc, etc.), auf das Laufwerk wechseln, das sie " -"bearbeiten möchten." +msgstr "Falls Sie mehr als ein Laufwerk haben, können Sie durch anklicken des jeweiligen Tab (sda, sdb, sdc, etc.), auf das Laufwerk wechseln, welches Sie bearbeiten möchten." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:35 msgid "drakdisk.png" msgstr "drakdisk.png" @@ -2311,10 +2307,11 @@ msgstr "drakdisk.png" msgid "" "You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your " "preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, " -"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a " -"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</" -"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, " -"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition." +"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a" +" partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear " +"all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete " +"disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a " +"partition." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2342,11 +2339,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:58 msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created." -msgstr "" -"Sie können auch einen Einhängepunkt wählen der nicht existiert, er wird " -"erstellt." +msgstr "Sie können auch einen Einhängepunkt wählen der nicht existiert, er wird erstellt." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:63 msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png" msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png" @@ -2359,7 +2355,8 @@ msgid "" "seen in the screenshot below." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:73 msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" @@ -2374,7 +2371,8 @@ msgstr "Display-Manager einrichten" msgid "drakedm" msgstr "drakedm" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakedm.xml:12 msgid "drakedm.png" msgstr "drakedm.png" @@ -2382,22 +2380,17 @@ msgstr "drakedm.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:16 msgid "" "Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display " -"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available " -"on your system will be shown." -msgstr "" -"Hier<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> können Sie auswählen welcher " -"Display-Manager verwendet werden soll, um sich in Ihre Bildschirmumgebung " -"anzumelden. Nur die auf dem System verfügbaren werden angezeigt." +"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available" +" on your system will be shown." +msgstr "Hier<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> können Sie auswählen welcher Display-Manager verwendet werden soll, um sich in Ihre Bildschirmumgebung anzumelden. Nur die auf dem System verfügbaren werden angezeigt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:24 @@ -2405,11 +2398,7 @@ msgid "" "Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. " "However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a " "lightweight display manager, KDM and GDM have more extras." -msgstr "" -"Die meisten Nutzer werden nur bemerken, das die mitgelieferten " -"Anmeldebildschirme anders aussehen. Es gibt allerdings auch Unterschiede in " -"den unterstützten Eigenschaften. LXDM ist ein leichtgewichtiger Display-" -"Manager, KDM und GDM haben einige Extras." +msgstr "Die meisten Nutzer werden nur bemerken, das die mitgelieferten Anmeldebildschirme anders aussehen. Es gibt allerdings auch Unterschiede in den unterstützten Eigenschaften. LXDM ist ein leichtgewichtiger Display-Manager, KDM und GDM haben einige Extras." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:3 @@ -2421,7 +2410,8 @@ msgstr "Persönliche Firewall einrichten" msgid "drakfirewall" msgstr "drakfirewall" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:10 msgid "drakfirewall.png" msgstr "drakfirewall.png" @@ -2429,11 +2419,9 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:14 @@ -2449,8 +2437,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming " "connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the " -"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection " -"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - " +"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection" +" attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - " "<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable " "the firewall, and only check the needed services." msgstr "" @@ -2486,7 +2474,8 @@ msgid "" "checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:44 msgid "drakfirewall2.png" msgstr "drakfirewall2.png" @@ -2507,9 +2496,9 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second " "box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure " "somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards " -"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot " -"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be " -"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports." +"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot" +" below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to " +"be warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2517,12 +2506,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:69 msgid "drakfirewall3.png" msgstr "drakfirewall3.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:75 msgid "drakfirewall4.png" msgstr "drakfirewall4.png" @@ -2531,8 +2522,8 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall4.png" #: en/drakfirewall.xml:79 msgid "" "In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the " -"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary " -"packages are downloaded." +"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary" +" packages are downloaded." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> @@ -2545,16 +2536,15 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakfont.xml:3 msgid "Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts" -msgstr "" -"Schriften verwalten, hinzufügen und entfernen. Import von Windows(TM)-" -"Schriften" +msgstr "Schriften verwalten, hinzufügen und entfernen. Import von Windows(TM)-Schriften" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakfont.xml:6 msgid "drakfont" msgstr "drakfont" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfont.xml:11 msgid "drakfont.png" msgstr "drakfont.png" @@ -2562,11 +2552,9 @@ msgstr "drakfont.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:15 @@ -2600,8 +2588,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:38 msgid "" -"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You " -"must have Microsoft Windows installed." +"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You" +" must have Microsoft Windows installed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2612,8 +2600,8 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Optionen:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:43 msgid "" -"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly) able " -"to use the fonts." +"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly) able" +" to use the fonts." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2639,10 +2627,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import:</emphasis>" msgid "" "Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The " "supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the " -"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when " -"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts." +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select " +"the fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> " +"when done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2662,7 +2650,8 @@ msgstr "Kindersicherungen" msgid "drakguard" msgstr "drakguard" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakguard.xml:10 msgid "drakguard.png" msgstr "drakguard.png" @@ -2670,19 +2659,17 @@ msgstr "drakguard.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " -"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</" -"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard " -"package (not installed by default)." +"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental " +"Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the " +"drakguard package (not installed by default)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -2708,17 +2695,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:35 msgid "" -"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can " -"only execute what you accept them to execute." +"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can" +" only execute what you accept them to execute." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:40 msgid "" -"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/" -"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To " -"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker " -"DansGuardian." +"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through " +"blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the " +"website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental " +"control blocker DansGuardian." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -2733,18 +2720,18 @@ msgid "" "Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on " "your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel " "feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named " -"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by " -"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this " -"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will " -"then suggest you reboot." +"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by" +" an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to " +"this prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and" +" will then suggest you reboot." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:61 msgid "" "<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental " -"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab " -"is opened." +"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab" +" is opened." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -2796,8 +2783,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:92 msgid "" -"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to " -"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the " +"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to" +" restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the " "applications you wish to block." msgstr "" @@ -2818,7 +2805,8 @@ msgstr "Die Internetverbindung mit anderen lokalen Rechnern teilen" msgid "drakgw" msgstr "drakgw" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:17 msgid "drakgw.png" msgstr "drakgw.png" @@ -2828,11 +2816,11 @@ msgstr "drakgw.png" msgid "Principles" msgstr "Prinzipien" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:29 -#, fuzzy msgid "../drakgw-net.png" -msgstr "drakgw-net.png" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:27 @@ -2861,11 +2849,9 @@ msgstr "Gateway-Assistent" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:48 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:47 @@ -2892,16 +2878,16 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:66 msgid "" -"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes " -"one, check that this is correct." +"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes" +" one, check that this is correct." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:71 msgid "" -"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask " -"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual " -"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values." +"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask" +" and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual" +" configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2916,8 +2902,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakgw.xml:84 msgid "" "specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard " -"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure " -"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range." +"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure" +" it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2953,8 +2939,8 @@ msgid "" "If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to " "specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address " "automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting " -"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is " -"using." +"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is" +" using." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -2974,7 +2960,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakgw.xml:125 msgid "" "If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch " -"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing." +"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the " +"sharing." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2987,7 +2974,8 @@ msgstr "Hosts Definitionen" msgid "drakhosts" msgstr "drakhosts" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakhosts.xml:10 msgid "drakhosts.png" msgstr "drakhosts.png" @@ -2995,11 +2983,9 @@ msgstr "drakhosts.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:14 @@ -3045,7 +3031,8 @@ msgstr "Erweiterte Einstellungen für Netzwerkschnittstellen und Firewall" msgid "drakinvictus" msgstr "drakinvictus" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:8 msgid "drakinvictus.png" msgstr "drakinvictus.png" @@ -3055,18 +3042,17 @@ msgstr "drakinvictus.png" #: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12 msgid "" "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " -"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance." +"can write this help, please contact <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc " +"team.</link> Thanking you in advance." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:10 @@ -3078,7 +3064,8 @@ msgstr "Netzwerkzentrum" msgid "draknetcenter" msgstr "draknetcenter" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:17 msgid "draknetcenter.png" msgstr "draknetcenter.png" @@ -3086,11 +3073,9 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:21 @@ -3104,74 +3089,73 @@ msgstr "" #: en/draknetcenter.xml:31 msgid "" "When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks " -"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, " -"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending " -"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its " -"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a " -"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, " -"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab." +"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite," +" etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, " +"depending on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, " +"change its settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to " +"create a network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface " +"(LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:43 -#, fuzzy msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" -msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" +msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:47 -#, fuzzy msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" -msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" +msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:52 -#, fuzzy msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png" -msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png" +msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:56 -#, fuzzy msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png" -msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:39 msgid "" "In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the " "first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows " -"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type=" -"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type=" -"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, " -"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not " -"connected." +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder" +" type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows " +"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network " +"types, the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not" +" connected." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:62 msgid "" "In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected " -"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</" -"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the " -"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either " -"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or " -"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to " -"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window " -"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in " -"particular)." +"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal " +"strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and " +"the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then " +"either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> " +"or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network " +"to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings " +"window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption " +"key in particular)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:72 msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen." -msgstr "" -"Klicken sie auf <guibutton>Aktualisieren</guibutton> um das Fenster neu zu " -"laden" +msgstr "Klicken sie auf <guibutton>Aktualisieren</guibutton> um das Fenster neu zu laden" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:76 msgid "draknetcenter1.png" msgstr "draknetcenter1.png" @@ -3181,7 +3165,8 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter1.png" msgid "The Monitor button" msgstr "Der Monitor Knopf" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:88 msgid "draknetcenter4.png" msgstr "draknetcenter4.png" @@ -3191,8 +3176,8 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter4.png" msgid "" "This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the " "PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is " -"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray " -"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>." +"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray" +" -> Monitor Network</guimenu>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3206,8 +3191,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:102 msgid "" -"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</" -"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section." +"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic " +"accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -3218,10 +3203,10 @@ msgstr "Die Konfigurationsschaltfläche" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:110 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - Für ein drahtgebundenes Netzwerk</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - Für ein drahtgebundenes Netzwerk</emphasis>" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:114 msgid "draknetcenter2.png" msgstr "draknetcenter2.png" @@ -3231,8 +3216,8 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter2.png" msgid "" "It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. " "Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> " -"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual " -"configuration may give better results." +"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual" +" configuration may give better results." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3256,8 +3241,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:133 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:" -"</emphasis>" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network " +"Manager:</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3265,7 +3250,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Die Schaltfläche Erweitert:</guibutton>" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:148 msgid "draknetcenter5.png" msgstr "draknetcenter5.png" @@ -3280,7 +3266,8 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - Für ein drahtloses Netzwerk</emphasis>" msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:158 msgid "draknetcenter3.png" msgstr "draknetcenter3.png" @@ -3303,8 +3290,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:170 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Verschlüsselungsmodus und -schlüssel:</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Verschlüsselungsmodus und -schlüssel:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:173 @@ -3314,8 +3300,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:175 msgid "" -"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a " -"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA " +"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a" +" passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA " "personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used " "in private networks." msgstr "" @@ -3332,7 +3318,8 @@ msgid "" "point while remaining connected to the network." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:193 msgid "draknetcenter6.png" msgstr "draknetcenter6.png" @@ -3342,7 +3329,8 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter6.png" msgid "The Advanced Settings button" msgstr "Die Erweiterte Einstellungen-Schaltfläche" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:209 msgid "draknetcenter7.png" msgstr "draknetcenter7.png" @@ -3357,7 +3345,8 @@ msgstr "Verwalten unterschiedlicher Netzwerkprofile" msgid "draknetprofile" msgstr "draknetprofile" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:8 msgid "draknetprofile.png" msgstr "draknetprofile.png" @@ -3365,11 +3354,9 @@ msgstr "draknetprofile.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:9 @@ -3381,7 +3368,8 @@ msgstr "Laufwerke und Verzeichnisse mit NFS freigeben" msgid "draknfs" msgstr "draknfs" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:16 msgid "draknfs.png" msgstr "draknfs.png" @@ -3394,22 +3382,21 @@ msgstr "Voraussetzungen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:27 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:26 msgid "" -"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the " -"first time, it may display the following message:" +"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the" +" first time, it may display the following message:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:33 -msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?" +msgid "" +"The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3444,7 +3431,8 @@ msgid "" "available." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:58 msgid "draknfs4.png" msgstr "draknfs4.png" @@ -3517,24 +3505,24 @@ msgstr "Benutzer-ID-Abbildung" msgid "" "<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid " "0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client " -"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on " -"the server itself." +"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on" +" the server itself." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:103 msgid "" -"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. " -"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)." +"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing." +" This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:107 msgid "" -"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids " -"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP " -"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID " -"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting." +"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids" +" to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP " +"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID" +" mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> @@ -3553,8 +3541,8 @@ msgstr "Erweiterte Einstellungen" #: en/draknfs.xml:120 msgid "" "<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests " -"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). This option " -"is on by default." +"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). This option" +" is on by default." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> @@ -3592,7 +3580,8 @@ msgstr "Menü Einträge" msgid "So far the list has at least one entry." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:147 msgid "draknfs5.png" msgstr "draknfs5.png" @@ -3626,7 +3615,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229 msgid "" -"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files." +"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration " +"files." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3639,7 +3629,8 @@ msgstr "Proxy" msgid "drakproxy" msgstr "drakproxy" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakproxy.xml:17 msgid "drakproxy.png" msgstr "drakproxy.png" @@ -3647,27 +3638,25 @@ msgstr "drakproxy.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:22 msgid "" "If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use " -"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net " -"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify " +"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net" +" administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify " "some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:30 msgid "" -"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a " -"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts as " -"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other " +"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a" +" proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts " +"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other " "servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, " "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a " "different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to " @@ -3684,7 +3673,8 @@ msgstr "Medien konfigurieren" msgid "drakrpm-edit-media" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png" @@ -3692,16 +3682,11 @@ msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22 msgid "" -"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as " -"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources " -"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button " -"below)." -msgstr "" -"Das erste was nach der Installation gemacht werden sollte ist, die " -"Softwarequellen (auch Repositories, Medien, Spiegelserver genannt) " -"einzurichten. Das bedeutet das Sie die Medienquellen auswählen müssen, " -"welche für die Installation und Aktualisierung der Pakete und Anwendungen " -"verwendet werden soll (siehe den hinzufügen Button)." +"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as" +" repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources" +" to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button" +" below)." +msgstr "Das erste was nach der Installation gemacht werden sollte ist, die Softwarequellen (auch Repositorys, Medien, Spiegelserver genannt) einzurichten. Das bedeutet, dass Sie die Medienquellen auswählen müssen, welche für die Installation und Aktualisierung der Pakete und Anwendungen verwendet werden soll (siehe den hinzufügen Button)." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27 @@ -3711,7 +3696,7 @@ msgid "" "used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new " "packages, you should disable (or delete) this media. (It will have the " "media type CD-Rom)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Falls Sie Mageia von einem optischen Medium (CD oder DVD) oder einem USB-Stick installieren, wird das jeweilige Medium als Softwarequelle eingerichtet. Um zu verhindern dass Sie dazu aufgefordert werden das Medium einzulegen wenn Sie neue Pakete installieren, sollten Sie diese Medien deaktivieren (oder löschen). (Es wird als Medientyp CD-Rom gelistet)." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33 @@ -3721,21 +3706,14 @@ msgid "" "your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They " "don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both " "the i586 and the x86_64 media." -msgstr "" -"Ihr System läuft womöglich auf einer 32-Bit (i586 genannt) oder 64-Bit " -"(x86_64 genannt) Architektur. Einige Pakete sind unabhängig davon ob ihr " -"System nun 32-Bit oder 64-Bit verwendet; diese werden noarch Pakete genannt. " -"Diese haben zwar kein eigenes noarch Verzeichnis auf den Spiegelservern, " -"befinden sich aber sowohl auf den i586 sowie auf den x86_64 Medien." +msgstr "Ihr System läuft womöglich auf einer 32-Bit (i586 genannt) oder 64-Bit (x86_64 genannt) Architektur. Einige Pakete sind unabhängig davon ob ihr System nun 32-Bit oder 64-Bit verwendet; diese werden noarch Pakete genannt. Diese haben zwar kein eigenes noarch Verzeichnis auf den Spiegelservern, befinden sich aber sowohl auf den i586 sowie auf den x86_64 Medien." #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40 @@ -3743,10 +3721,7 @@ msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" " "id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Dieses Werkzeug ist im Mageia Kontrollzentrum verfügbar, unter dem Tab " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Software verwalten.</emphasis><placeholder type=" -"\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "Dieses Werkzeug ist im Mageia Kontrollzentrum verfügbar, unter dem Tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software verwalten.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46 @@ -3763,10 +3738,7 @@ msgstr "Spalte Aktiviert:" msgid "" "The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with " "some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable." -msgstr "" -"Die ausgewählten Medien werden verwendet um neue Pakete zu installieren. Sei " -"vorsichtig mit bestimmten Medien wie Testing oder Debug, diese könnten dein " -"System unbrauchbar machen." +msgstr "Die ausgewählten Medien werden verwendet um neue Pakete zu installieren. Sei vorsichtig mit bestimmten Medien wie Testing oder Debug, diese könnten dein System unbrauchbar machen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54 @@ -3780,12 +3752,7 @@ msgid "" "media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, " "this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root " "and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Die ausgewählten Medien werden verwendet um Pakete zu aktualisieren, diese " -"müssen aktiviert werden. Nur Medien mit \"Update\" im Namen sollten " -"ausgewählt werden. Aus Sicherheitsgründen kann man diese Zeile nicht in " -"diesem Werkzeug verändern. Du musst hierfür die Konsole als root öffnen und " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis> eingeben." +msgstr "Die ausgewählten Medien werden verwendet um Pakete zu aktualisieren, diese müssen aktiviert werden. Nur Medien mit \"Update\" im Namen sollten ausgewählt werden. Aus Sicherheitsgründen kann man diese Zeile nicht in diesem Werkzeug verändern. Sie müssen hierfür die Konsole als root öffnen und <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis> eingeben." #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62 @@ -3797,36 +3764,28 @@ msgstr "Spalte Medium:" msgid "" "Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release " "versions contain at least:" -msgstr "" -"Zeigt den Namen der Medien an. Die offiziellen Mageia Repositories für die " -"finalen Veröffentlichungen enthalten:" +msgstr "Zeigt den Namen der Medien an. Die offiziellen Mageia Repositorys für die finalen Veröffentlichungen enthalten:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs " "available supported by Mageia." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> welches die meisten Programme " -"enthalten die von Mageia unterstützt werden." +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> welches die meisten Programme enthalten die von Mageia unterstützt werden." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs " "which are not free" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> enthält einige Programme die " -"nicht unter einer freien Lizenz stehen." +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> enthält einige Programme die nicht unter einer freien Lizenz stehen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there " "might be patent claims in some countries." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> enthält freie Software welche " -"allerdings in einigen Ländern Patente verletzen könnten." +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> enthält freie Software welche allerdings in einigen Ländern Patente verletzen könnten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82 @@ -3838,9 +3797,7 @@ msgstr "Jedes Medium hat 4 Untersektionen:" msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the " "this version of Mageia was released." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> enthält die Pakete vom Tag der " -"Veröffentlichung der Mageia Version." +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> enthält die Pakete vom Tag der Veröffentlichung der Mageia Version." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91 @@ -3848,32 +3805,22 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since " "release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium " "enabled, even with a very slow internet connection." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> enthält Pakete die seit der " -"Veröffentlichung aktualisiert wurden aufgrund von Sicherheits- oder " -"Fehlerbehebungen. Jeder sollte dieses Medium aktiviert haben, selbst wenn " -"man eine langsame Internetverbindung verwendet." +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> enthält Pakete die seit der Veröffentlichung aktualisiert wurden aufgrund von Sicherheits- oder Fehlerbehebungen. Jeder sollte dieses Medium aktiviert haben, selbst wenn man eine langsame Internetverbindung verwendet." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions " "backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> enthält einige Pakete von " -"neueren Mageia Versionen welche von Cauldron (die nächste Version die in " -"Arbeit ist) zurückportiert wurden." +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> enthält einige Pakete von neueren Mageia Versionen welche von Cauldron (die nächste Version die in Arbeit ist) zurückportiert wurden." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests " -"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests" +" of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " "corrections." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> wird dazu verwendet um neue " -"Aktualisierungen zu testen, damit die Melder eines Fehlers und das QA Team " -"die beseitigung dessen prüfen können." +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> wird dazu verwendet um neue Aktualisierungen zu testen, damit die Melder eines Fehlers und das QA Team die Beseitigung dessen prüfen können." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111 @@ -3891,11 +3838,7 @@ msgid "" "To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to " "remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example) since " "all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium." -msgstr "" -"Um ein Medium zu entfernen, klicke auf das Medium und anschließend diesen " -"Knopf. Es wird empfohlen das Medium, welches für die Installation verwendet " -"wurde (z.B. CD oder DVD) zu entfernen, da alle Pakete in den offizellen Core " -"Medien enthalten sind." +msgstr "Um ein Medium zu entfernen, klicke auf das Medium und anschließend diesen Knopf. Es wird empfohlen das Medium, welches für die Installation verwendet wurde (z.B. CD oder DVD) zu entfernen, da alle Pakete in den offizellen Core Medien enthalten sind." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121 @@ -3907,9 +3850,7 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Bearbeiten:</guibutton>" msgid "" "Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and " "proxy)." -msgstr "" -"Erlaubt dir das Ändern der Einstellungen des ausgewählten Mediums (URL, " -"downloader und Proxy)." +msgstr "Erlaubt Ihnen das ändern der Einstellungen des ausgewählten Mediums (URL, downloader und Proxy)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126 @@ -3922,18 +3863,10 @@ msgid "" "Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories " "contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button " "adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that " -"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a " -"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" " +"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a" +" specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" " "from the drop-down \"File\" menu." -msgstr "" -"Fügt die offiziellen Repositories die im Internet verfügbar sind hinzu. " -"Diese Repositories enthalten nur sichere und gut getestete Software. Durch " -"klicken des \"Hinzufügen\" Knopfs, wird die Spiegelliste in den Einstellung " -"hinzugefügt. Es ist so eingerichtet, das es nur installationen und " -"Aktualisierungen von einem Spiegelserver in ihrer Nähe verwendet. Falls sie " -"einen spezifischen Spiegelserver auswählen möchten, dann sollte er über " -"\"Einen bestimmten Spiegelserver hinzufügen\" über das Drop-Down Menü \"Datei" -"\" ausgewählt werden." +msgstr "Fügt die offiziellen Repositorys die im Internet verfügbar sind hinzu. Diese Repositorys enthalten nur sichere und gut getestete Software. Durch klicken des \"Hinzufügen\" Knopfs, wird die Spiegelliste in den Einstellung hinzugefügt. Es ist so eingerichtet, dass es nur installationen und Aktualisierungen von einem Spiegelserver in ihrer Nähe verwendet. Falls Sie einen spezifischen Spiegelserver auswählen möchten, dann sollte er über \"Einen bestimmten Spiegelserver hinzufügen\" über das Drop-Down Menü \"Datei\" ausgewählt werden." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135 @@ -3944,15 +3877,10 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Nach oben und unten zeigende Pfeile:</guibutton>" #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137 msgid "" "Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list " -"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same " -"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will " -"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top." -msgstr "" -"Ändert die Listenordnung. Wenn Drakrpm nach Paketen sucht, liest es die " -"Listen in der angezeigten Reihenfolge und installiert das erste Paket, das " -"mit der passenden Veröffentlichungsnummer gefunden wurde - sollte es einen " -"Versionsunterschied geben, wird die neuste Veröffentlichung installiert. Aus " -"diesem Grund sollten die schnellsten Repositories am Anfang stehen." +"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same" +" release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release " +"will be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top." +msgstr "Ändert die Listenordnung. Wenn Drakrpm nach Paketen sucht, liest es die Listen in der angezeigten Reihenfolge und installiert das erste Paket, das mit der passenden Veröffentlichungsnummer gefunden wurde - sollte es einen Versionsunterschied geben, wird die neuste Veröffentlichung installiert. Aus diesem Grund sollten die schnellsten Repositories am Anfang stehen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64 @@ -3967,12 +3895,9 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Datei -> Aktualisieren:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149 msgid "" -"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and " -"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." -msgstr "" -"Ein Fenster mit der Medienliste erscheint. Wähle die aus, welche sie " -"aktualisieren möchten und klicke anschließend auf den " -"<guibutton>Aktualisieren</guibutton> Knopf." +"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and" +" click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." +msgstr "Ein Fenster mit der Medienliste erscheint. Wähle die aus, welche Sie aktualisieren möchten und klicke anschließend auf den <guibutton>Aktualisieren</guibutton> Knopf." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152 @@ -3983,15 +3908,16 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Datei -> Einen bestimmten Spiegelserver hinzufügen:</guimenu>" #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154 msgid "" "Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's " -"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the " -"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. " +"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the" +" actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. " "Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose " "between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the " "<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by " "clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Falls Sie mit den Spiegelserver nicht zufrieden sind, weil dieser z. B. zu langsam oder häufig nicht erreichbar ist, können Sie einen anderen Server auswählen. Wählen Sie alle gegenwärtigen Medien und klicke auf <guibutton>Entfernen</guibutton> um diese aus der Liste zu nehmen. Klicke anschließend auf <guimenu>Datei -> Einen bestimmten Spiegelserver hinzufügen</guimenu> und wähle zwischen nur aktualisieren oder kompletter Set (wenn Sie nicht wissen, was Sie auswählen sollen, klicken Sie auf <guibutton>kompletter Set</guibutton>) und bestätigen Sie dne Verbinungsaufbau mit <guibutton>Ja</guibutton>. Folgendes Fenster wird daraufhin geöffnet:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165 msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" @@ -4002,11 +3928,7 @@ msgid "" "You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very " "close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available " "mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Sie können auf der linken Seite eine Liste von Ländern sehen, von denen sie " -"ihr Land oder eines in ihrer Nähe auswählen. Durch das Klicken auf das > " -"Symbol, werden die verfügbaren Server in diesem Land gelistet. Wähle einen " -"aus und klicke auf <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." +msgstr "Sie können auf der linken Seite eine Liste von Ländern sehen, von denen Sie ihr Land oder eines in ihrer Nähe auswählen können. Durch das Klicken auf das > Symbol, werden die verfügbaren Server in diesem Land gelistet. Wähle einen aus und klicke auf <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174 @@ -4018,11 +3940,10 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Datei -> Hinzufügen eines Benutzer Mediums:</guimenu>" msgid "" "It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that " "isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:" -msgstr "" -"Es ist möglich ein neues Medium (z.B. von einem Drittanbieter) hinzuzufügen, " -"welches von Mageia nicht unterstützt wird. Ein neues Fenster erscheint:" +msgstr "Es ist möglich ein neues Medium (z.B. von einem Drittanbieter) hinzuzufügen, welches von Mageia nicht unterstützt wird. Ein neues Fenster erscheint:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181 msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" @@ -4033,26 +3954,21 @@ msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a " "smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, " "according to the medium type)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Wähle den Medientyp, gebe ihm einen guten Namen welchen das Medium beschreibt undgib die URL (oder den Pfad zum Medientyp) ein." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>" -msgstr "<guimenu>Optionen -> Globale optionen:</guimenu>" +msgstr "<guimenu>Optionen -> Globale Optionen:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 msgid "" -"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed" -"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to " -"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by " +"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed\" " +"(always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define " +"the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by " "default-, update only, always or never)." -msgstr "" -"Dieser Eintrag erlaubt es ihnen auszuwählen ob zu installierende RPMs " -"verifiziert werden sollen (immer oder niemals), welches Downloadprogramm " -"verwendet werden soll (curl, wget oder aria2) und ob Paketinformationen im " -"XML Format heruntergeladen werden sollen (Auf Nachfrage -standard-, Nur " -"Aktualisieren, Immer oder Niemals)." +msgstr "Dieser Eintrag erlaubt es Ihnen auszuwählen, ob zu installierende RPMs verifiziert werden sollen (immer oder niemals), welches Downloadprogramm verwendet werden soll (curl, wget oder aria2) und ob Paketinformationen im XML Format heruntergeladen werden sollen (Auf Nachfrage -Standard-, Nur Aktualisieren, Immer oder Niemals)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194 @@ -4062,24 +3978,17 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Optionen -> Schlüssel verwalten:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196 msgid "" -"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate " -"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the " -"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</" -"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on " -"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key." -msgstr "" -"Um einen hohen Sicherheitsstandard zu garantieren, werden zur " -"Authentifikation der Medien digitale Schlüssel verwendet. Es ist für jedes " -"Medium möglich, einen Schlüssel zu erlauben oder abzulehnen. Im Fenster das " -"erscheint, wähle ein Medium aus und klicke auf <guibutton>Hinzufügen</" -"guibutton> um einen neuen Schlüssel zu erlauben oder wähle einen Schlüssel " -"und klicke auf <guibutton>Entfernen</guibutton> um einen Schlüssel " -"abzulehnen." +"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate" +" the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In " +"the window that appear, select a medium and then click on " +"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click " +"on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key." +msgstr "Um einen hohen Sicherheitsstandard zu garantieren, werden zur Authentifikation der Medien digitale Schlüssel verwendet. Es ist für jedes Medium möglich einen Schlüssel zu erlauben oder abzulehnen. Im Fenster das erscheint, wähle ein Medium aus und klicke auf <guibutton>Hinzufügen</guibutton> um einen neuen Schlüssel zu erlauben oder wähle einen Schlüssel und klicke auf <guibutton>Entfernen</guibutton> um einen Schlüssel abzulehnen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203 msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions" -msgstr "Tu dies mit Vorsicht, wie alle Sicherheitsrelevanten Dinge" +msgstr "Tu dies mit Vorsicht, wie alle sicherheitsrelevanten Dinge" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204 @@ -4090,21 +3999,18 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Optionen -> Proxy:</guimenu>" #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206 msgid "" "If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it " -"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if " -"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>." -msgstr "" -"Falls sie für den Internetzugriff einen Proxyserver verwenden müssen, können " -"sie diesen hier einstellen. Sie müssen nur den <guibutton>Proxy Hostnamen</" -"guibutton> und falls nötig den <guilabel>Nutzernamen</guilabel> und das " -"<guilabel>Passwort</guilabel> eingeben." +"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if" +" necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and " +"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>." +msgstr "Falls Sie für den Internetzugriff einen Proxyserver verwenden müssen, können Sie diesen hier einstellen. Sie müssen nur den <guibutton>Proxy Hostnamen</guibutton> und falls nötig den <guilabel>Nutzernamen</guilabel> und das <guilabel>Passwort</guilabel> eingeben." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213 msgid "" -"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href=" -"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</" -"link>." -msgstr "" +"For more information about configuring the media, see <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki " +"page</link>." +msgstr "Für weiterführende Informationen über das konfigurieren der Medien, schaue auf der <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">Mageia Wiki Seite</link> nach." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:10 @@ -4116,7 +4022,8 @@ msgstr "Laufwerke und Verzeichnisse mit Samba freigeben" msgid "draksambashare" msgstr "draksambashare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:18 msgid "draksambashare.png" msgstr "draksambashare.png" @@ -4155,21 +4062,20 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:53 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold" -"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draksambashare</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis " +"role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksambashare</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:52 msgid "" -"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks " -"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are " +"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks" +" if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are " "not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:61 msgid "draksambashare0.png" msgstr "draksambashare0.png" @@ -4181,7 +4087,8 @@ msgid "" "selected." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:71 msgid "draksambashare1.png" msgstr "draksambashare1.png" @@ -4189,8 +4096,8 @@ msgstr "draksambashare1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:77 msgid "" -"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the " -"access to the shared resources." +"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the" +" access to the shared resources." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -4200,7 +4107,8 @@ msgid "" "the network." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:85 msgid "draksambashare2.png" msgstr "draksambashare2.png" @@ -4231,7 +4139,8 @@ msgid "" "address or host name." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:110 msgid "draksambashare3.png" msgstr "draksambashare3.png" @@ -4243,7 +4152,8 @@ msgid "" "described in the Windows workstations." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:120 msgid "draksambashare4.png" msgstr "draksambashare4.png" @@ -4254,7 +4164,8 @@ msgid "" "The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:131 msgid "draksambashare5.png" msgstr "draksambashare5.png" @@ -4263,11 +4174,12 @@ msgstr "draksambashare5.png" #: en/draksambashare.xml:137 msgid "" "The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the " -"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/" -"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." +"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in " +"<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:143 msgid "draksambashare6.png" msgstr "draksambashare6.png" @@ -4277,7 +4189,8 @@ msgstr "draksambashare6.png" msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:155 msgid "draksambashare13.png" msgstr "draksambashare13.png" @@ -4310,7 +4223,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:179 msgid "draksambashare15.png" msgstr "draksambashare15.png" @@ -4318,13 +4232,14 @@ msgstr "draksambashare15.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:184 msgid "" -"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</" -"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is " -"visible to the public, writable or browseable. The share name can not be " -"modified." +"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the " +"<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether" +" the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable. The share " +"name can not be modified." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:191 msgid "draksambashare16.png" msgstr "draksambashare16.png" @@ -4369,7 +4284,8 @@ msgstr "Druckerfreigabe" msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:241 msgid "draksambashare17.png" msgstr "draksambashare17.png" @@ -4387,7 +4303,8 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgid "Samba users" msgstr "Samba-Benutzer" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:253 msgid "draksambashare18.png" msgstr "draksambashare18.png" @@ -4410,7 +4327,8 @@ msgstr "Die Authentifizierung für die Mageia-Werkzeuge einrichten" msgid "draksec" msgstr "draksec" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksec.xml:11 msgid "draksec0.png" msgstr "" @@ -4418,11 +4336,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksec.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:15 @@ -4443,7 +4359,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksec.xml:27 msgid "draksec.png" msgstr "draksec.png" @@ -4489,7 +4406,8 @@ msgstr "Snapshots" msgid "draksnapshot-config" msgstr "draksnapshot-config" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18 msgid "draksnapshot-config.png" msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png" @@ -4497,18 +4415,16 @@ msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's " -"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</" -"guilabel> section." +"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration " +"tools</guilabel> section." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -4523,9 +4439,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31 msgid "" "Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the " -"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</" -"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the " -"whole system</guilabel>." +"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable " +"Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, " +"<guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -4533,21 +4449,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose " "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the " -"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to " -"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and " -"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</" -"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen " -"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included " -"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done." +"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to" +" the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and " +"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the " +"<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from" +" the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> " +"be included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you " +"are done." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41 msgid "" "Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the " -"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted " -"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/" -"your_user_name/</emphasis>." +"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted" +" USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -4565,7 +4482,8 @@ msgstr "Soundkonfiguration" msgid "draksound" msgstr "draksound" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksound.xml:10 msgid "draksound.png" msgstr "draksound.png" @@ -4573,21 +4491,16 @@ msgstr "draksound.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksound.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>.¶" -msgstr "" -"Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ist im Mageia " -"Kontrollzentrum unter dem Tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis> " -"verfügbar.¶" +msgstr "Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ist im Mageia Kontrollzentrum unter dem Tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis> verfügbar.¶" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:19 @@ -4595,20 +4508,15 @@ msgid "" "Draksound deals with the sound configuration, including the driver choice, " "PulseAudio options and trouble shooting. It will help you if you experience " "sound problems or if you change the sound card." -msgstr "" -"Draksound verwaltet die Soundeinstellungen, darunter die Treiberauswahl, " -"PulseAudio Optionen und die Fehlersuche. Es wird ihnen helfen, wenn sie " -"Tonprobleme feststellen oder wenn sie die Soundkarte wechseln." +msgstr "Draksound verwaltet die Soundeinstellungen, darunter die Treiberauswahl, PulseAudio Optionen und die Fehlersuche. Es wird Ihnen helfen, falls Sie Tonprobleme feststellen oder wenn Sie die Soundkarte wechseln." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:23 msgid "" -"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a " -"driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound card." -msgstr "" -"Die Dropdown Liste <guilabel>Treiber</guilabel>, erlaubt ihnen einen Treiber " -"auszuwählen, von denen die auf dem Computer verfügbar sind und zur " -"Soundkarte passen." +"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a" +" driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound " +"card." +msgstr "Die Dropdown Liste <guilabel>Treiber</guilabel>, erlaubt ihnen einen Treiber auszuwählen, von denen die auf dem Computer verfügbar sind und zur Soundkarte passen." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/draksound.xml:28 @@ -4616,19 +4524,15 @@ msgid "" "Most of the time, it is possible to choose a driver using the OSS or ALSA " "API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when " "possible for its enhanced features." -msgstr "" -"Die meiste Zeit ist es möglich einen Treiber auszuwählen welcher die OSS " -"oder ALSA API verwenden. OSS ist die älteste und enthält eher " -"Grundfunktionien. Wir empfehlen ALSA, wenn möglich, zu verwenden, aufgrund " -"erweiterten Funktionen." +msgstr "Die meiste Zeit ist es möglich einen Treiber auszuwählen welcher die OSS oder ALSA API verwenden. OSS ist die älteste und enthält eher Grundfunktionien. Wir empfehlen ALSA, wenn möglich, zu verwenden, aufgrund erweiterten Funktionen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:33 msgid "" -"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound " -"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting " -"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio " -"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences." +"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound" +" inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the " +"resulting sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> " +"PulseAudio volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -4636,18 +4540,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it " "enabled." -msgstr "" -"PulseAudio ist der Standard Soundserver und es wird empfohlen diesen " -"aktivert zu lassen." +msgstr "PulseAudio ist der Standard Soundserver und es wird empfohlen diesen aktivert zu lassen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:41 msgid "" "<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It " "is also recommended to leave it enabled." -msgstr "" -"Der <guilabel>Störungsfreie Modus</guilabel> verbessert PulseAudio mit " -"einigen Programmen. Hier wird auch empfohlen dies aktiviert zu lassen." +msgstr "Der <guilabel>Störungsfreie Modus</guilabel> verbessert PulseAudio mit einigen Programmen. Hier wird auch empfohlen dies aktiviert zu lassen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:44 @@ -4656,7 +4556,8 @@ msgid "" "three buttons:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksound.xml:49 msgid "Draksound1.png" msgstr "Draksound1.png" @@ -4687,7 +4588,8 @@ msgstr "Einrichten einer USV zur Stromkontrolle" msgid "drakups" msgstr "drakups" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakups.xml:8 msgid "drakups.png" msgstr "drakups.png" @@ -4695,11 +4597,9 @@ msgstr "drakups.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakups.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakvpn.xml:3 @@ -4711,7 +4611,8 @@ msgstr "Konfigurieren der VPN-Verbindungen" msgid "drakvpn" msgstr "drakvpn" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:11 msgid "drakvpn1.png" msgstr "drakvpn1.png" @@ -4719,11 +4620,9 @@ msgstr "drakvpn1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:18 @@ -4763,7 +4662,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For Cisco VPN" msgstr "Für Cisco VPN" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:48 msgid "drakvpn3.png" msgstr "drakvpn3.png" @@ -4775,7 +4675,8 @@ msgid "" "first time the tool is used." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:59 msgid "drakvpn7.png" msgstr "drakvpn7.png" @@ -4792,7 +4693,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Advanced parameters:" msgstr "Erweiterte Parameter" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:68 msgid "drakvpn8.png" msgstr "drakvpn8.png" @@ -4813,8 +4715,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakvpn.xml:79 msgid "" "This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network " -"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect " -"to this VPN." +"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect" +" to this VPN." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -4827,7 +4729,8 @@ msgstr "Webserver einrichten" msgid "drakwizard apache2" msgstr "drakwizard apache2" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png" msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png" @@ -4835,11 +4738,9 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12 @@ -4870,7 +4771,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30 msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png" @@ -4887,7 +4789,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41 msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png" @@ -4904,7 +4807,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Server User Module" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52 msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step3.png" @@ -4919,7 +4823,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User web directory name" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63 msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png" @@ -4936,7 +4841,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Server Document Root" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74 msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png" @@ -4953,7 +4859,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Summary" msgstr "Übersicht" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85 msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png" @@ -4963,7 +4870,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png" #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112 msgid "" -"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +"Take a second to check these options, then click " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> @@ -4972,7 +4880,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Finish" msgstr "Assistent beenden" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96 msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step7.png" @@ -4993,7 +4902,8 @@ msgstr "DNS konfigurieren" msgid "drakwizard bind" msgstr "drakwizard bind" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_bind.png" msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png" @@ -5001,11 +4911,9 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3 @@ -5017,7 +4925,8 @@ msgstr "DHCP konfigurieren" msgid "drakwizard dhcp" msgstr "drakwizard dhcp" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10 msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png" msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png" @@ -5032,18 +4941,16 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " -"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should " -"be installed before you can access to it." +"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should" +" be installed before you can access to it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -5070,7 +4977,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" msgstr "" @@ -5080,7 +4988,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Selecting Adaptor" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" @@ -5089,8 +4998,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62 msgid "" "Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for " -"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton>." +"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> @@ -5098,7 +5007,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select IP range" msgstr "IP-Bereich auswählen" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" @@ -5112,7 +5022,8 @@ msgid "" "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" @@ -5122,7 +5033,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" msgid "Hold on..." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" @@ -5139,7 +5051,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hours later..." msgstr "Stunden später..." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" @@ -5159,69 +5072,78 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129 msgid "" "Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" -msgstr "" -"<code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> wird gespeichert in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;" -"</code>" +msgstr "<code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> wird gespeichert in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134 msgid "" -"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/" -"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new " -"parameters:" +"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from " +"<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and " +"adding the new parameters:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140 msgid "<code>hname</code>" msgstr "<code>hname</code>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144 msgid "<code>dns</code>" msgstr "<code>dns</code>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148 msgid "net" msgstr "net" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152 msgid "ip" msgstr "ip" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156 msgid "<code>mask</code>" msgstr "<code>mask</code>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160 msgid "<code>rng1</code>" msgstr "<code>rng1</code>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164 msgid "<code>rng2</code>" msgstr "<code>rng2</code>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168 msgid "<code>dname</code>" msgstr "<code>dname</code>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172 msgid "<code>gateway</code>" msgstr "<code>gateway</code>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176 msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>" msgstr "<code>tftpserverip</code>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180 msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" @@ -5229,8 +5151,8 @@ msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186 msgid "" -"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</" -"code>" +"Also modifying Webmin configuration file " +"<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -5248,7 +5170,8 @@ msgstr "Zeit konfigurieren" msgid "drakwizard ntp" msgstr "drakwizard ntp" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19 msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png" msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png" @@ -5256,24 +5179,18 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the " -"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed " -"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base " +"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed" +" by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base " "packages." -msgstr "" -"Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ist dafür da, um " -"die Zeit deines Servers mit einem externen Server zu synchronisieren. Es ist " -"nicht standardmäßig installiert und Sie müssen zusätzlich die drakwizard und " -"drakwizard-base Pakete installieren." +msgstr "Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ist dafür da, um die Zeit deines Servers mit einem externen Server zu synchronisieren. Es ist nicht standardmäßig installiert und Sie müssen zusätzlich die drakwizard und drakwizard-base Pakete installieren." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32 @@ -5288,22 +5205,26 @@ msgid "" "because this server always points to available time servers." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43 msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49 msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51 msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>" msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50 msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" @@ -5311,14 +5232,15 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63 msgid "" -"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you " -"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it " +"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you" +" arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it " "using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button. If everything is right, " "click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It " "may take a while and you finally get this screen below:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72 msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png" @@ -5326,8 +5248,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:78 msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool" -msgstr "" -"Klicken sie auf <guibutton>Beenden</guibutton> um das Programm zu schließen" +msgstr "Klicken sie auf <guibutton>Beenden</guibutton> um das Programm zu schließen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:89 @@ -5342,9 +5263,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97 msgid "" -"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/" -"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/" -"step-tickers.orig</code>;" +"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to " +"<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-" +"tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -5364,8 +5285,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114 msgid "" -"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</" -"code> services;" +"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and " +"<code>ntpd</code> services;" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -5384,7 +5305,8 @@ msgstr "FTP konfigurieren" msgid "drakwizard proftpd" msgstr "drakwizard proftpd" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png" msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png" @@ -5392,17 +5314,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12 msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an " -"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server." +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an" +" <acronym>FTP</acronym> server." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -5428,12 +5348,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png" @@ -5450,7 +5372,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Server Information" msgstr "Serverinformation" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png" @@ -5467,7 +5390,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Server Options" msgstr "Serveroptionen" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" @@ -5475,16 +5399,18 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67 msgid "" -"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> " -"(File eXchange Protocol)" +"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym>" +" (File eXchange Protocol)" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png" @@ -5499,7 +5425,8 @@ msgstr "Proxy konfigurieren" msgid "drakwizard squid" msgstr "drakwizard squid" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17 msgid "drakwizard_squid.png" msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png" @@ -5507,11 +5434,9 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22 @@ -5547,7 +5472,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" @@ -5557,7 +5483,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" msgid "Selecting the proxy port" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" @@ -5574,7 +5501,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" @@ -5590,7 +5518,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select Network Access Control" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" @@ -5598,8 +5527,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97 msgid "" -"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton>." +"Set visibility to local network or world, then click " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> @@ -5607,14 +5536,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Grant Network Access" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111 -msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> @@ -5622,7 +5553,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png" @@ -5637,7 +5569,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" @@ -5645,11 +5578,12 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139 msgid "" -"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton>." +"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" @@ -5659,7 +5593,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" msgid "Start during boot?" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" @@ -5671,7 +5606,8 @@ msgid "" "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png" @@ -5684,51 +5620,56 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197 msgid "" -"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf." -"orig;</code>" -msgstr "" -"<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> wird gespeichert in <code>/etc/squid/" -"squid.conf.orig;</code>" +"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in " +"<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>" +msgstr "<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> wird gespeichert in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202 msgid "" -"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf." -"default</code> and adding the new parameters:" +"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from " +"<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208 msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>" msgstr "<code>cache_dir</code>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212 msgid "<code>localnet</code>" msgstr "<code>localnet</code>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216 msgid "cache_mem" msgstr "cache_mem" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220 msgid "http_port" msgstr "http_port" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224 msgid "" "<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229 msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>" msgstr "<code>cache_peer</code>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233 msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>" msgstr "<code>visible_hostname</code>" @@ -5748,7 +5689,8 @@ msgstr "OpenSSH Daemon-Konfiguration" msgid "drakwizard sshd" msgstr "drakwizard sshd" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png" msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png" @@ -5756,17 +5698,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13 msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an " -"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon." +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an" +" <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -5779,8 +5719,8 @@ msgstr "Was ist <acronym>SSH</acronym>?" msgid "" "Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data " "communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and " -"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, " -"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client " +"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects," +" via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client " "(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, " "respectively). (From Wikipedia)" msgstr "" @@ -5800,7 +5740,8 @@ msgstr "Willkommen beim OpenSSH-Assistenten." msgid "Select Type of Configure Options" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" @@ -5808,8 +5749,9 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35 msgid "" -"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</" -"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or " +"<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> @@ -5817,7 +5759,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "General Options" msgstr "Allgemeine Einstellungen" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png" @@ -5834,7 +5777,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authentication Methods" msgstr "Authentifizierungsverfahren" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png" @@ -5851,7 +5795,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Logging" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png" msgstr "" @@ -5859,8 +5804,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68 msgid "" -"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton>." +"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> @@ -5868,7 +5813,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Login Options" msgstr "Anmeldeoptionen" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" @@ -5883,7 +5829,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User Login Options" msgstr "Benutzeranmeldeoptionen" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" @@ -5899,7 +5846,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Compression and Forwarding" msgstr "Komprimierung und Weiterleitung" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png" @@ -5911,12 +5859,14 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png" @@ -5931,7 +5881,8 @@ msgstr "Ein- oder Ausschalten von Systemdiensten" msgid "drakxservices" msgstr "drakxservices" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakxservices.xml:8 msgid "drakxservices.png" msgstr "drakxservices.png" @@ -5939,11 +5890,9 @@ msgstr "drakxservices.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakxservices.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/harddrake2.xml:10 @@ -5955,7 +5904,8 @@ msgstr "Hardware-Konfiguration" msgid "harddrake2" msgstr "harddrake2" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/harddrake2.xml:17 msgid "harddrake2.png" msgstr "harddrake2.png" @@ -5963,11 +5913,9 @@ msgstr "harddrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:22 @@ -5995,10 +5943,7 @@ msgid "" "The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are " "grouped by categories. Click on the > to expand the content of a " "category. Each device can be selected in this column." -msgstr "" -"Die linke Spalte enthält eine Liste der erkannten Hardware. Die Geräte sind " -"in Kategorien gruppiert. Klicke auf das > um den Inhalt der Kategorien " -"anzeigen zu lassen. Jedes Gerät kann in dieser Spalte ausgewählt werden." +msgstr "Die linke Spalte enthält eine Liste der erkannten Hardware. Die Geräte sind in Kategorien gruppiert. Klicke auf das > um den Inhalt der Kategorien anzeigen zu lassen. Jedes Gerät kann in dieser Spalte ausgewählt werden." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:39 @@ -6006,19 +5951,14 @@ msgid "" "The right column displays information about the selected device. The " "<guimenu>Help -> Fields description</guimenu> gives some information " "about the content of the fields." -msgstr "" -"Die rechte Spalte zeigt Informationen über das ausgewählte Gerät. Die " -"<guimenu>Hilfe -> Felderbeschreibung</guimenu> zeigt einige Informationen " -"über den Inhalt der Felder." +msgstr "Die rechte Spalte zeigt Informationen über das ausgewählte Gerät. Die <guimenu>Hilfe -> Felderbeschreibung</guimenu> zeigt einige Informationen über den Inhalt der Felder." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:43 msgid "" -"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are " -"available at the bottom of the right column:" -msgstr "" -"Je nachdem welche Art von Gerät ausgewählt wurde, sind ein oder zwei Knöpfe " -"am Ende der rechten Spalte verfügbar:" +"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are" +" available at the bottom of the right column:" +msgstr "Je nachdem welche Art von Gerät ausgewählt wurde, sind ein oder zwei Knöpfe am Ende der rechten Spalte verfügbar:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:48 @@ -6040,9 +5980,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to " "enable automatic detection:" -msgstr "" -"Das <guimenu>Optionen</guimenu> Menü bietet Kästchen zum anklicken an, um " -"die automatische Erkennung zu aktivieren:" +msgstr "Das <guimenu>Optionen</guimenu> Menü bietet Kästchen zum anklicken an, um die automatische Erkennung zu aktivieren:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:73 @@ -6077,7 +6015,8 @@ msgstr "Einstellen des Tastaturlayouts" msgid "keyboarddrake" msgstr "keyboarddrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12 msgid "keyboarddrake.png" msgstr "keyboarddrake.png" @@ -6085,11 +6024,9 @@ msgstr "keyboarddrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19 @@ -6109,13 +6046,10 @@ msgstr "Tastaturlayout" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31 msgid "" -"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed " -"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each " -"layout should be used for." -msgstr "" -"Hier können sie auswählen welches Tastaturlayout sie verwenden möchten. Die " -"Namen (in alphabetischer Reihenfolge sortiert) beschreiben die Sprache, Land " -"und/oder Ethnie jedes Layouts wofür diese verwendet wird." +"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed" +" in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity " +"each layout should be used for." +msgstr "Hier können Sie auswählen welches Tastaturlayout Sie verwenden möchten. Die Namen (in alphabetischer Reihenfolge sortiert) beschreiben die Sprache, Land und/oder Ethnie des Layouts, wofür diese verwendet wird." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37 @@ -6139,7 +6073,8 @@ msgstr "Auswählen der Region und Sprache" msgid "localedrake" msgstr "localedrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/localedrake.xml:18 msgid "localedrake.png" msgstr "localedrake.png" @@ -6147,11 +6082,9 @@ msgstr "localedrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:24 @@ -6222,7 +6155,8 @@ msgstr "Betrachten und Durchsuchen von System-Protokollen" msgid "logdrake" msgstr "logdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/logdrake.xml:10 msgid "logdrake.png" msgstr "logdrake.png" @@ -6230,18 +6164,16 @@ msgstr "logdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " -"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</" -"guilabel>\"." +"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system " +"logs</guilabel>\"." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -6252,26 +6184,26 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:24 msgid "" -"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do " -"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s) to search in " -"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to " -"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month " -"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>" -"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the " -"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is " -"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button." +"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to " +"<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)" +" to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is" +" possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of " +"the month and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected " +"day</guibutton>\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> " +"button to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the " +"file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by " +"clicking on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:36 msgid "" -"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia " -"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools. These logs are " -"updated each time a configuration is modified." +"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia" +" configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools. These logs " +"are updated each time a configuration is modified." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -6290,11 +6222,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:49 msgid "" -"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</" -"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure " -"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running " -"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. " -"(See screenshot above)." +"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail " +"Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> " +"Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the " +"running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to " +"look watch. (See screenshot above)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -6342,7 +6274,8 @@ msgstr "Xinetd-Dienst" msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/logdrake.xml:91 msgid "logdrake1.png" msgstr "logdrake1.png" @@ -6351,8 +6284,8 @@ msgstr "logdrake1.png" #: en/logdrake.xml:97 msgid "" "In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider " -"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows " -"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone " +"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows" +" the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone " "out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value " "to 3 times the number of processors." msgstr "" @@ -6378,28 +6311,24 @@ msgstr "lsnetdrake" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." +msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line." -msgstr "" -"Dieses Tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kann nur über die " -"Kommandozeile gestartet werden." +msgstr "Dieses Tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kann nur über die Kommandozeile gestartet werden." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21 msgid "" "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " -"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in " -"advance." +"can write this help, please contact <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the " +"Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in advance." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -6415,11 +6344,9 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:10 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis> als root eingeben" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." +msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:9 @@ -6427,23 +6354,18 @@ msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under " "root." -msgstr "" -"Dieses Werkzeug <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kann nur über die " -"Kommandozeile gestartet und benutzt werden. Es zeigt mehr informationen wenn " -"es als root benutzt wird." +msgstr "Dieses Werkzeug <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kann nur über die Kommandozeile gestartet und benutzt werden. Es zeigt mehr informationen wenn es als root benutzt wird." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:14 msgid "" -"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, " -"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst " +"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB," +" PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst " "packages to work." -msgstr "" -"lspcidrake zeigt Ihnen eine Liste von allen verbundenen Geräten zu ihrem " -"Computer (USB, PCI und PCMCIA) und die verwendeten Treiber. Es benötigt die " -"ldetect und ldetect-lst Pakete damit es funktioniert." +msgstr "lspcidrake zeigt Ihnen eine Liste von allen verbundenen Geräten zu ihrem Computer (USB, PCI und PCMCIA) und die verwendeten Treiber. Es benötigt die ldetect und ldetect-lst Pakete damit es funktioniert." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:20 msgid "lspcidrake1.png" msgstr "lspcidrake1.png" @@ -6452,19 +6374,14 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake1.png" #: en/lspcidrake.xml:24 msgid "" "With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications." -msgstr "" -"Mit der -v Option fügt lspcidrake die Hersteller- und Geräteidentifikationen " -"hinzu." +msgstr "Mit der -v Option fügt lspcidrake die Hersteller- und Geräteidentifikationen hinzu." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:27 msgid "" "lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it " "is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:" -msgstr "" -"lspcidrake erzeugt oft sehr lange Listen, also wird es oft über eine " -"Pipeline zusammen mit dem grep Kommando genutzt um Informationen zu finden, " -"wie in diesen Beispielen:" +msgstr "lspcidrake erzeugt oft sehr lange Listen, also wird es oft über eine Pipeline zusammen mit dem grep Kommando genutzt um Informationen zu finden, wie in diesen Beispielen:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:31 @@ -6498,7 +6415,8 @@ msgid "" "lspcidrake and the -i option for grep." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:46 msgid "lspcidrake2.png" msgstr "lspcidrake2.png" @@ -6508,10 +6426,7 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake2.png" msgid "" "There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is " "called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)" -msgstr "" -"Es gibt ein weiteres Werkzeug, welches Ihnen Informationen über die Hardware " -"gibt, es heißt <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (als root " -"auszuführen)" +msgstr "Es gibt ein weiteres Werkzeug, welches Ihnen Informationen über die Hardware gibt, es heißt <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (als root auszuführen)" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3 @@ -6523,7 +6438,8 @@ msgstr "Aktualisierung der Softwarepakete" msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update" msgstr "MageiaUpdate oder drakrpm-update" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10 msgid "MageiaUpdate.png" msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png" @@ -6531,24 +6447,18 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</" -"emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Sie können dieses Werkzeug von der Kommandozeile starten, durch Eingabe von " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> oder <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">drakrpm-update</emphasis> als root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-" +"update</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Sie können dieses Werkzeug von der Kommandozeile starten, durch Eingabe von <emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> oder <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis> als root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " -"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ist im Mageia " -"Kontrollzentrum verfügbar unter dem Tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software " -"verwalten.</emphasis>" +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software " +"management.</emphasis>" +msgstr "Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ist im Mageia Kontrollzentrum verfügbar unter dem Tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software verwalten.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:18 @@ -6556,35 +6466,27 @@ msgid "" "To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with rpmdrake-" "edit-media with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are " "prompted to do so." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Damit dies funktioniert benötigt MageiaUpdate mit rpmdrake-edit-media konfigurierte Repositorys, mit einigen Medien, als Aktualisieren markiert. Falls dies nicht der Fall ist werden Sie aufgefordert dies zu tun." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:23 msgid "" "As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists " -"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by " -"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the " +"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by" +" default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the " "<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process." -msgstr "" -"Sobald das Werkzeug gestartet ist, scannt es die installierten Pakete und " -"listet die auf, für die eine Aktualisierung in den Repositories verfügbar " -"ist. Standardmäßig werden alle ausgewählt um automatisch heruntergeladen und " -"installiert zu werden. Klicke auf den <guibutton>Aktualisieren</guibutton> " -"Knopf um den Prozess zu starten." +msgstr "Sobald das Werkzeug gestartet ist, scannt es die installierten Pakete und listet die auf, für die eine Aktualisierung in den Repositorys verfügbar sind. Standardmäßig werden alle ausgewählt um automatisch heruntergeladen und installiert zu werden. Klicke auf den <guibutton>Aktualisieren</guibutton> Knopf um den Prozess zu starten." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:28 msgid "" -"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of " -"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title " +"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of" +" the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title " "means you can click to drop down a text." -msgstr "" -"Durch das anklicken eines Pakets wird mehr Informationen in der unteren " -"Hälfte des Fensters angezeigt. Das Zeichen<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></" -"emphasis> vor einer Überschrift bedeutet, das Sie darauf klicken können, um " -"einen Klapptext anzeigen zu lassen." +msgstr "Durch das anklicken eines Pakets wird mehr Informationen in der unteren Hälfte des Fensters angezeigt. Das Zeichen<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> vor einer Überschrift bedeutet, dass Sie darauf klicken können, um einen Klapptext anzeigen zu lassen." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:36 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21 msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png" msgstr "../MageiaUpdate1.png" @@ -6593,20 +6495,17 @@ msgstr "../MageiaUpdate1.png" #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:33 msgid "" "When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by " -"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/" -"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike." -msgstr "" -"Sobald Aktualisierungen verfügbar sind, informiert Sie eine Anwendung in der " -"Systemleiste durch ein rotes Icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" " -"id=\"0\"/>. Klicken Sie einfach darauf und geben Sie ihr Benutzerpasswort " -"ein, um das System zu aktualisieren." +"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> " +". Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike." +msgstr "Sobald Aktualisierungen verfügbar sind, informiert Sie eine Anwendung in der Systemleiste durch ein rotes Icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>. Klicken Sie einfach darauf und geben Sie ihr Benutzerpasswort ein, um das System zu aktualisieren." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:5 msgid "Boot" msgstr "Systemstart" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:10 msgid "mcc-boot.png" msgstr "mcc-boot.png" @@ -6643,7 +6542,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>" msgid "Hardware" msgstr "Hardware" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9 msgid "mcc-hardware.png" msgstr "mcc-hardware.png" @@ -6653,26 +6553,23 @@ msgstr "mcc-hardware.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your " "hardware. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "" -"Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie zwischen verschiedenen Werkzeugen " -"auswählen, um ihre Hardware zu konfigurieren. Klicke auf einen der unteren " -"Links, um mehr zu erfahren." +msgstr "Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie zwischen verschiedenen Werkzeugen auswählen, um ihre Hardware zu konfigurieren. Klicke auf einen der unteren Links, um mehr zu erfahren." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20 msgid "Manage your hardware" msgstr "Verwalten Sie Ihre Hardware" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Betrachten und Konfigurieren der " -"Hardware</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure " +"hardware</emphasis>" +msgstr "<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Betrachten und Konfigurieren der Hardware</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" @@ -6682,16 +6579,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" msgid "Configure graphics" msgstr "Grafiksystem konfigurieren" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Konfigurieren der 3D Desktop Effekte</" -"emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop " +"effects</emphasis>" +msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Konfigurieren der 3D Desktop Effekte</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41 msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" @@ -6701,12 +6598,14 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard" msgstr "Konfigurieren der Maus und der Tastatur" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50 msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54 msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" @@ -6716,16 +6615,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" msgid "Configure printing and scanning" msgstr "Konfigurieren des Druckers und Scanners" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), " -"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Einrichten des " -"Druckers/der Drucker, der Druckerwarteschlange, ...</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s)," +" the print job queues, ...</emphasis>" +msgstr "<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Einrichten des Druckers/der Drucker, der Druckerwarteschlange, ...</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68 msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" @@ -6735,7 +6634,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" msgid "Others" msgstr "Andere" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>" @@ -6752,54 +6652,43 @@ msgid "" "choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was " "installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be " "selected in the big right panel." -msgstr "" -"Das Mageia Kontrollzentrum (MCC) bietet in der linken Spalte acht " -"verschiedene Optionen oder Tabs zur Auswahl an und sogar zehn, wenn das " -"Paket drakwizard installiert ist. Jeder dieser Tabs enthalten verschiedene " -"Zusammenstellungen von Werkzeugen, welche in dem großen rechten Panel " -"ausgewählt werden können." +msgstr "Das Mageia Kontrollzentrum (MCC) bietet in der linken Spalte acht verschiedene Optionen oder Tabs zur Auswahl an und sogar zehn, wenn das Paket drakwizard installiert ist. Jeder dieser Tabs enthalten verschiedene Zusammenstellungen von Werkzeugen, welche in dem großen rechten Panel ausgewählt werden können." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:8 msgid "" -"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools." -msgstr "" -"Die folgenden zehn Kapitel beschreiben diese zehn Optionen und die " -"dazugehörigen Werkzeuge." +"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related " +"tools." +msgstr "Die folgenden zehn Kapitel beschreiben diese zehn Optionen und die dazugehörigen Werkzeuge." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:10 msgid "" "The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in " "any of the MCC tabs." -msgstr "" -"Das letzte Kapitel handelt von anderen Mageia Werkzeugen, die nicht über die " -"MCC Tabs ausgewählt werden können." +msgstr "Das letzte Kapitel handelt von anderen Mageia Werkzeugen, die nicht über die MCC Tabs ausgewählt werden können." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:12 msgid "" "The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool " "screens." -msgstr "" -"Die Überschriften der Seiten verwenden häufig die gleichen Namen, wie die " -"auf dem Bildschirm angezeigten Namen der Werkzeuge." +msgstr "Die Überschriften der Seiten verwenden häufig die gleichen Namen, wie die auf dem Bildschirm angezeigten Namen der Werkzeuge." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:14 msgid "" "There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on " "the \"Search\" tab in the left column." -msgstr "" -"Es ist zudem auch eine Suchleiste verfügbar, welche Sie aufrufen können, " -"indem Sie in der linken Spalte auf den \"Search\" Tab klicken." +msgstr "Es ist zudem auch eine Suchleiste verfügbar, welche Sie aufrufen können, indem Sie in der linken Spalte auf den \"Search\" Tab klicken." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17 msgid "Local disks" msgstr "Lokale Festplatten" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11 msgid "mcc-localdisks.png" msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png" @@ -6809,10 +6698,7 @@ msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your " "local disks. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "" -"In diesem Bildschirm können Sie zwischen verschiedenen Werkzeugen, zur " -"Verwaltung oder Freigabe der lokalen Laufwerke, wählen. Klicke auf einen " -"Link weiter unten um mehr zu erfahren." +msgstr "In diesem Bildschirm können Sie zwischen verschiedenen Werkzeugen, zur Verwaltung oder Freigabe der lokalen Laufwerke, wählen. Klicke auf einen Link weiter unten um mehr zu erfahren." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18 @@ -6834,7 +6720,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>" msgid "Network Services" msgstr "Netzwerkdienste" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9 msgid "mcc-networkservices.png" msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png" @@ -6842,8 +6729,8 @@ msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15 msgid "" -"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if " -"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose " +"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if" +" the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose " "between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or " "on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more." msgstr "" @@ -6878,7 +6765,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>" msgid "Network Sharing" msgstr "Netzwerkfreigabe" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9 msgid "mcc-networksharing.png" msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png" @@ -6895,31 +6783,33 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares" msgstr "Windows(R)-Freigaben konfigurieren" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and " "directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Zugriff auf über SMB " -"(für Windows) freigegebene Laufwerke und Verzeichnisse</emphasis>" +msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Zugriff auf über SMB (für Windows) freigegebene Laufwerke und Verzeichnisse</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22 msgid "Configure NFS shares" msgstr "NFS-Freigaben verwalten" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" @@ -6929,7 +6819,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" msgid "Configure WebDAV shares" msgstr "WebDAV-Freigaben konfigurieren" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" @@ -6939,7 +6830,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" msgid "Network and Internet" msgstr "Netzwerk & Internet" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-network.xml:8 msgid "mcc-network.png" msgstr "mcc-network.png" @@ -6947,8 +6839,8 @@ msgstr "mcc-network.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:12 msgid "" -"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link " -"below to learn more." +"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link" +" below to learn more." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> @@ -6956,17 +6848,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Manage your network devices" msgstr "Verwalten der Netzwerkschnittstellen" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:21 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:25 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:29 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" @@ -6976,27 +6871,32 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" msgid "Personalize and Secure your network" msgstr "Einstellen und Absichern des Netzwerkes" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:39 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:43 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:47 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:51 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:61 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" @@ -7006,7 +6906,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" msgid "Security" msgstr "Sicherheit" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-security.xml:10 msgid "mcc-security.png" msgstr "mcc-security.png" @@ -7050,7 +6951,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>" msgid "Sharing" msgstr "Dateifreigabe" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9 msgid "mcc-sharing.png" msgstr "mcc-sharing.png" @@ -7059,8 +6961,8 @@ msgstr "mcc-sharing.png" #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15 msgid "" "This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only " -"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can " -"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link " +"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can" +" choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link " "below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more." msgstr "" @@ -7079,7 +6981,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>" msgid "System" msgstr "System" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-system.xml:9 msgid "mcc-system.png" msgstr "mcc-system.png" @@ -7096,17 +6999,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Manage system services" msgstr "Verwalten der System-Dienste" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:20 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:24 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:28 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" @@ -7116,12 +7022,14 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" msgid "Localization" msgstr "Lokalisierung" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:37 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:41 msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" @@ -7131,30 +7039,34 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" msgid "Administration tools" msgstr "Administrations-Werkzeuge" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:50 msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:54 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:58 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on system</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Benutzerverwaltung</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on " +"system</emphasis>" +msgstr "<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Benutzerverwaltung</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:62 msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:66 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" @@ -7168,35 +7080,25 @@ msgstr "Mageia-Kontrollzentrum" #: en/MCC.xml:6 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "" -"Die Texte und Bildschirmfotos in diesem Handbuch sind unter der CC BY-SA 3.0 " -"<link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://" -"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link> veröffentlicht." +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "Die Texte und Bildschirmfotos in diesem Handbuch sind unter der CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link> veröffentlicht." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/MCC.xml:9 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "" -"Diese Anleitung wurde mit Hilfe von <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com" -"\">Calenco CMS</link> erstellt, entwickelt von <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "Diese Anleitung wurde mit Hilfe von <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> erstellt, entwickelt von <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/MCC.xml:11 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "" -"Es wurde von Freiwilligen in ihrer Freizeit geschrieben. Bitte kontaktieren " -"Sie <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team" -"\">Documentation Team</link>, wenn Sie dazu beitragen möchten, diese " -"Anleitung zu verbessern." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " +"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " +"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "Es wurde von Freiwilligen in ihrer Freizeit geschrieben. Bitte kontaktieren Sie <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</link>, wenn Sie dazu beitragen möchten, diese Anleitung zu verbessern." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3 @@ -7208,7 +7110,8 @@ msgstr "Die Aktualisierungsfrequenz einrichten" msgid "mgaapplet-config" msgstr "mgaapplet-config" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10 msgid "mgaapplet-config.png" msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png" @@ -7216,20 +7119,18 @@ msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> als root eingeben." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> als root eingeben." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " -"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</" -"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates " -"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject" -"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray." +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software " +"management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / " +"Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -7237,13 +7138,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for " "updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check. The " -"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out." -msgstr "" -"Der erste Schieberegler erlaubt dir die Frequenz einzustellen, wann Mageia " -"nach Updates suchen soll und der zweite ist für die Verzögerung nach dem " -"Booten, für die erste Überprüfung. Die Checkbox gibt dir die Möglichkeit, " -"einen Hinweis anzeigen zu lassen, sobald eine neue Mageia Veröffentlichung " -"verfügbar ist." +"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is " +"out." +msgstr "Der erste Schieberegler erlaubt Ihnen die Frequenz einzustellen, in welchen Zeitabständen Mageia nach Updates suchen soll und der zweite ist für die Verzögerung nach dem Booten, für die erste Überprüfung. Die Checkbox gibt Ihnen die Möglichkeit, einen Hinweis anzeigen zu lassen, sobald eine neue Mageia Veröffentlichung verfügbar ist." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mousedrake.xml:3 @@ -7255,7 +7152,8 @@ msgstr "Einrichten des Zeigegeräts (Maus, Touchpad)" msgid "mousedrake" msgstr "mousedrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mousedrake.xml:11 msgid "mousedrake.png" msgstr "mousedrake.png" @@ -7263,27 +7161,22 @@ msgstr "mousedrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Sie können dieses Werkzeug von der Kommandozeile starten, durch Eingabe von " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> als root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Sie können dieses Werkzeug von der Kommandozeile starten, durch Eingabe von <emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> als root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ist im Mageia " -"Kontrollzentrum unter dem Tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis> " -"verfügbar." +msgstr "Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ist im Mageia Kontrollzentrum unter dem Tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis> verfügbar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:20 msgid "" -"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by " -"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse." +"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by" +" Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -7305,7 +7198,8 @@ msgstr "MSEC: Systemsicherheit und Prüfung" msgid "msecgui" msgstr "msecgui" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:13 msgid "msecgui.png" msgstr "msecgui.png" @@ -7313,17 +7207,15 @@ msgstr "msecgui.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Sie können dieses Werkzeug von der Kommandozeile starten, durch Eingabe von " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> als root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Sie können dieses Werkzeug von der Kommandozeile starten, durch Eingabe von <emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> als root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:21 msgid "" -"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface " -"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two " +"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface" +" for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two " "approaches:" msgstr "" @@ -7344,10 +7236,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:38 msgid "" -"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure " -"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or " -"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your " -"own customised security levels." +"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure" +" a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or " +"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your" +" own customised security levels." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -7383,17 +7275,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "msec itself with some information:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:68 msgid "enabled or not" msgstr "aktiviert oder nicht" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:72 msgid "the configured Base security level" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:76 msgid "" "the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report " @@ -7408,11 +7303,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:88 msgid "" -"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</" -"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below." +"A click on the second tab or on the Security " +"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown " +"below." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:94 msgid "msecgui2.png" msgstr "msecgui2.png" @@ -7430,20 +7327,20 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:106 msgid "" -"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab " -"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then " -"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The " +"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab" +" allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then" +" in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The " "following levels are available:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:113 msgid "" -"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you " -"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on " -"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or " -"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only " -"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system " +"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you" +" do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on" +" your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or " +"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only" +" if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system " "vulnerable to attack." msgstr "" @@ -7461,21 +7358,21 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:131 msgid "" -"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when " -"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable. It further restricts " -"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to " -"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and " -"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)." +"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when" +" you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable. It further restricts" +" system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to " +"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and" +" 5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:140 msgid "" "Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, " -"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> " -"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to " -"the most common use cases." +"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels attempt to pre-" +"configure system security according to the most common use cases." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -7489,12 +7386,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:156 msgid "" -"These levels are saved in <filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></" -"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them " -"into specific files called <filename>level.<levelname></filename>, placed " -"into the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is " -"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system " -"configuration." +"These levels are saved in " +"<filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></filename>. You can define " +"your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called " +"<filename>level.<levelname></filename>, placed into the folder " +"<filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for power" +" users which require a customised or more secure system configuration." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> @@ -7512,11 +7409,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Sicherheitswarnungen:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:173 msgid "" -"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</" -"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by " -"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You " -"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail " -"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive " +"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email " +"to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent " +"by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You" +" can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail" +" and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive " "the security alerts directly on your desktop. Check the relevant box to " "enable it." msgstr "" @@ -7525,8 +7422,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/msecgui.xml:182 msgid "" "It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to " -"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. " -"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files " +"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems." +" If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files " "available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>" msgstr "" @@ -7539,11 +7436,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Sicherheitsoptionen:</emphasis>" #: en/msecgui.xml:190 msgid "" "Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer " -"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change " -"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/" -"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current " -"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the " -"options." +"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change" +" any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in " +"<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains " +"the current security level name and the list of all the modifications done " +"to the options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> @@ -7555,11 +7452,12 @@ msgstr "" #: en/msecgui.xml:201 msgid "" "This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a " -"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side " -"column." +"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side" +" column." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:207 msgid "msecgui3.png" msgstr "msecgui3.png" @@ -7574,7 +7472,8 @@ msgid "" "choice." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:219 msgid "msecgui11.png" msgstr "msecgui11.png" @@ -7588,7 +7487,8 @@ msgid "" "saving them." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:232 msgid "msecgui10.png" msgstr "msecgui10.png" @@ -7604,7 +7504,8 @@ msgid "" "This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:245 msgid "msecgui4.png" msgstr "msecgui4.png" @@ -7629,7 +7530,8 @@ msgid "" "checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:264 msgid "msecgui5.png" msgstr "msecgui5.png" @@ -7643,13 +7545,14 @@ msgstr "" #: en/msecgui.xml:272 msgid "" "Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In " -"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab " -"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert " -"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot " +"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab" +" allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert" +" messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot " "below shows four exceptions." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:280 msgid "msecgui6.png" msgstr "msecgui6.png" @@ -7657,10 +7560,12 @@ msgstr "msecgui6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:284 msgid "" -"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button" +"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> " +"button" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:289 msgid "msecgui7.png" msgstr "msecgui7.png" @@ -7669,10 +7574,11 @@ msgstr "msecgui7.png" #: en/msecgui.xml:293 msgid "" "Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called " -"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</" -"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, " -"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of " -"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK." +"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the " +"<guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is " +"obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the " +"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> " +"tab or modify it with a double clicK." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> @@ -7697,12 +7603,13 @@ msgid "" "the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is " "intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is " "also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission " -"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/" -"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications " -"done to the permissions." +"you want. Current configuration is stored in " +"<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the " +"list of all the modifications done to the permissions." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:318 msgid "msecgui8.png" msgstr "msecgui8.png" @@ -7711,16 +7618,16 @@ msgstr "msecgui8.png" #: en/msecgui.xml:321 msgid "" "Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You " -"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the " -"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a " -"given rule:" +"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the" +" owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a" +" given rule:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:327 msgid "" -"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the " -"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message " +"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the" +" defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message " "if not, but does not change anything." msgstr "" @@ -7735,19 +7642,20 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:337 msgid "" -"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly." +"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:339 msgid "" -"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button " -"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in " -"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification." +"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button" +" and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed " +"in the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:345 msgid "msecgui9.png" msgstr "msecgui9.png" @@ -7773,11 +7681,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or " "directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first " -"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately " -"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You " -"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will " -"be changed by msecperms." +"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken " +"immediately into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root " +"rights. You can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions" +" that will be changed by msecperms." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> @@ -7800,12 +7708,9 @@ msgstr "Weitere Mageia Werkzeuge" #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7 msgid "" "There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia " -"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the " -"next pages." -msgstr "" -"Es gibt mehr Mageia Werkzeuge, als diese, welche über das Mageia " -"Kontrollzentrum gestartet werden können. Klicke auf einen Link unten, um " -"mehr darüber zu erfahren oder lese auf der nächsten Seite weiter." +"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the" +" next pages." +msgstr "Es gibt mehr Mageia Werkzeuge, als diese, welche über das Mageia Kontrollzentrum gestartet werden können. Klicke auf einen Link unten, um mehr darüber zu erfahren oder lese auf der nächsten Seite weiter." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11 @@ -7842,7 +7747,8 @@ msgstr "Installieren & Entfernen von Software" msgid "rpmdrake" msgstr "rpmdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:11 msgid "rpmdrake.png" msgstr "rpmdrake.png" @@ -7855,11 +7761,9 @@ msgstr "Einführung in rpmdrake" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Sie können dieses Werkzeug von der Kommandozeile starten, durch Eingabe von " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> als root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Sie können dieses Werkzeug von der Kommandozeile starten, durch Eingabe von <emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> als root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:20 @@ -7873,33 +7777,19 @@ msgid "" "certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by " "default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed " "packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries " -"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names " -"included in the packages." -msgstr "" -"Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, auch drakrpm " -"genannt, ist ein Programm um Pakete zu installieren, deinstallieren und " -"aktualisieren. Es ist die grafische Benutzeroberfläche von URPMI. Bei jedem " -"Start überprüft es die online Paketliste ('Medien' genannt), welche direkt " -"von den offiziellen Mageia Server geladen werden. Es zeigt dir die neusten " -"Anwendungen und Paket, die für deinen Computer verfügbar sind. Ein " -"Filtersystem erlaubt es dir nur bestimmte Typen von Paketen anzeigen zu " -"lassen: eventuell möchtest du nur installierte Pakete angezeigt bekommen " -"(Standard) oder nur verfügbare Aktualisierungen. Du kannst dir auch nur " -"nicht installierte Pakete anzeigen lassen. Auch kannst du nach dem Namen der " -"Pakete, der Zusammenfassung der Beschreibung, in der vollständigen " -"Beschreibung der Pakete oder nach den in den Paketen enthaltenen Dateinamen " -"suchen." +"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names" +" included in the packages." +msgstr "Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, auch drakrpm genannt, ist ein Programm um Pakete zu installieren, deinstallieren und aktualisieren. Es ist die grafische Benutzeroberfläche von URPMI. Bei jedem Start überprüft es die online Paketliste ('Medien' genannt), welche direkt von den offiziellen Mageia Server geladen wird. Es zeigt Ihnen die neusten Anwendungen und Paket, die für Ihren Computer verfügbar sind. Ein Filtersystem erlaubt es Ihnen nur bestimmte Typen von Pakete anzeigen zu lassen: eventuell möchten Sie nur installierte Pakete angezeigt bekommen (Standard) oder nur verfügbare Aktualisierungen. Du kannst dir auch nur nicht installierte Pakete anzeigen lassen. Auch können Sie nach dem Namen der Pakete, der Zusammenfassung der Beschreibung, in der vollständigen Beschreibung der Pakete oder nach den in den Paketen enthaltenen Dateinamen suchen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:35 msgid "" -"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend=" -"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." -msgstr "" -"Damit dies funktioniert, müssen die Repositories in rpmdrake eingerichtet " -"sein, siehe <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." +"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend" +"=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." +msgstr "Damit dies funktioniert, müssen die Repositories in rpmdrake eingerichtet sein, siehe <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:43 msgid "rpmdrake8.png" msgstr "rpmdrake8.png" @@ -7908,38 +7798,28 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake8.png" #: en/rpmdrake.xml:38 msgid "" "During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for " -"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake " -"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up " +"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake" +" will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up " "window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message " "annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict " "download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online " "repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." -msgstr "" -"Während der Installation, ist das konfigurierte Repository, das Medium, " -"welches für die Installation verwendet wird, generell die DVD oder CD. Falls " -"Sie das Medium eingestellt lassen, wird rpmdrake jedesmal danach fragen, " -"wenn Sie ein Paket installieren möchten mit der Pop-Up Meldung: <placeholder " -"type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Wenn die oben gezeigte Nachricht Sie stört " -"und Sie eine gute Internetverbindung haben mit einem nicht zu stark " -"eingrenzenden Download Limit, ist es ratsam das Medium zu entfernen und es " -"mit den online repositorys zu ersetzen. Siehe <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-" -"media\"/> ." +msgstr "Während der Installation, ist das konfigurierte Repository, das Medium, welches für die Installation verwendet wird, generell die DVD oder CD. Falls Sie das Medium eingestellt lassen, wird rpmdrake jedesmal danach fragen, wenn Sie ein Paket installieren möchten mit der Pop-Up Meldung: <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Wenn die oben gezeigte Nachricht Sie stört und Sie eine gute Internetverbindung haben mit einem nicht zu stark eingrenzenden Download Limit, ist es ratsam das Medium zu entfernen und es mit den online repositorys zu ersetzen. Siehe <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:49 msgid "" "Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more " "packages, and allow to update your installed packages." -msgstr "" -"Zudem sind die online repositorys immer aktuell, enthalten viel mehr Pakete " -"und erlauben das aktualisieren Ihrer installierten Pakete." +msgstr "Zudem sind die online Repositorys immer aktuell, enthalten viel mehr Pakete und erlauben das aktualisieren Ihrer installierten Pakete." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:55 msgid "The main parts of the screen" msgstr "Die Hauptbestandteile des Bildschirms" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:60 msgid "rpmdrake1.png" msgstr "rpmdrake1.png" @@ -7955,31 +7835,25 @@ msgid "" "This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first " "time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical " "interface. You can display either all the packages and all their " -"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, " -"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia." -msgstr "" -"Dieser Filter erlaubt ihnen nur bestimmte Pakete anzeigen zu lassen. Wenn " -"Sie den Paketmanager das erste Mal starten, zeigt es nur Anwendungen mit " -"einer grafischen Benutzeroberfläche an. Sie können entweder alle Pakete und " -"deren Abhängigkeiten und Bibliotheken, nur die Paketgruppen als auch " -"Anwendungen, nur Aktualisierungen oder zurück portierte Pakete/Backports von " -"neueren Mageiaversionen anzeigen lassen." +"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only," +" updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia." +msgstr "Dieser Filter erlaubt Ihnen nur bestimmte Pakete anzeigen zu lassen. Wenn Sie den Paketmanager das erste Mal starten, zeigt es nur Anwendungen mit einer grafischen Benutzeroberfläche an. Sie können entweder alle Pakete und deren Abhängigkeiten und Bibliotheken, nur die Paketgruppen als auch Anwendungen, nur Aktualisierungen oder zurück portierte Pakete/Backports von neueren Mageiaversionen anzeigen lassen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:77 msgid "" "The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who " -"probably do not want command line or specialist tools. Since you're reading " -"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge " -"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"." -msgstr "" +"probably do not want command line or specialist tools. Since you're reading" +" this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge" +" of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"." +msgstr "Die Standard Filtereinstellungen sind für Neueinsteiger in Linux oder Mageia, die möglicherweise keine Befehlszeile oder spezielle Werkzeuge verwenden möchten. Da Sie dieses Dokument lesen sind Sie offensichtlich daran interessiert Ihr Wissen bezüglich Mageia zu erweitern. Aus diesem Grund wäre es das Beste \"Alle\" im Filter auszuwählen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:86 msgid "" -"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </" -"firstterm>" -msgstr "" +"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> " +"</firstterm>" +msgstr "<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Paketstatus Filter:</emphasis> </firstterm>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:89 @@ -7987,10 +7861,7 @@ msgid "" "This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the " "packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and " "not installed." -msgstr "" -"Dieser Filter erlaubt es ihnen, nur die installierten Pakete, nur die Pakete " -"welche nicht installiert sind oder alle Pakete, die installierten und nicht " -"installierten, anzeigen zu lassen." +msgstr "Dieser Filter erlaubt es Ihnen, nur die installierten Pakete, nur die Pakete welche nicht installiert sind oder alle Pakete, die installierten und nicht installierten, anzeigen zu lassen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:95 @@ -8003,10 +7874,7 @@ msgid "" "Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their " "summaries, through their complete description or through the files included " "in the packages." -msgstr "" -"Klicke auf dieses Icon, um nach dem Paketnamen, ihre zusammengefasste " -"Beschreibung, die komplette Beschreibung oder nach Dateien die in den " -"Paketen enthalten sind zu suchen." +msgstr "Klicke auf dieses Icon um nach dem Paketnamen, die zusammengefasste Beschreibung, die komplette Beschreibung oder nach Dateien die in den Paketen enthalten sind, zu suchen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:103 @@ -8019,11 +7887,7 @@ msgid "" "Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword " "for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and " "\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'." -msgstr "" -"Gebe hier einen oder mehrere Schlüsselwörter ein. Wenn Sie mehr als ein " -"Schlüsselwort für die Suche verwenden möchten, nutze '|' zwischen den " -"Wörtern. Wenn SIe z.B. nach \"mplayer\" und \"xine\" zur gleichen Zeit " -"suchen möchten, gebe 'mplayer | xine' ein." +msgstr "Gebe hier einen oder mehrere Schlüsselwörter ein. Wenn Sie mehr als ein Schlüsselwort für die Suche verwenden möchten, nutze '|' zwischen den Wörtern. Wenn SIe z.B. nach \"mplayer\" und \"xine\" zur gleichen Zeit suchen möchten, gebe 'mplayer | xine' ein." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:111 @@ -8035,9 +7899,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Alles löschen:</emphasis>" msgid "" "This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" " "box ." -msgstr "" -"Dieses Icon kann mit einem Klick alle Schlüsselwörter in der \"Finden\" Box " -"löschen, die eingegeben wurden." +msgstr "Dieses Icon kann mit einem Klick alle Schlüsselwörter in der \"Finden\" Box löschen, die eingegeben wurden." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:118 @@ -8047,30 +7909,23 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kategorienliste:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:120 msgid "" -"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and " -"sub categories." -msgstr "" -"Die Seitenleiste gruppiert alle Anwendungen und Pakete in klare Kategorien " -"und Unterkategorien." +"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and" +" sub categories." +msgstr "Die Seitenleiste gruppiert alle Anwendungen und Pakete in klare Kategorien und Unterkategorien." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:125 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Description panel:</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Beschreibung Panel:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:127 msgid "" "This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete " -"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It " -"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the " +"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It" +" can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the " "package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer." -msgstr "" -"Dieses Panel zeigt den Namen des Pakets, eine zusammengefasste und komplette " -"Beschreibung. Es zeigt viele nützliche Elemente über das ausgewählte Paket " -"an. Es kann präzise Informationen über das Paket, die Dateien die im Paket " -"enthalten sind, sowie eine Liste der zuletzt durch den Maintainer gemachte " -"Änderungen anzeigen." +msgstr "Dieses Panel zeigt den Namen des Pakets, eine zusammengefasste und komplette Beschreibung. Es zeigt viele nützliche Elemente über das ausgewählte Paket an. Es kann präzise Informationen über das Paket, die Dateien die im Paket enthalten sind, sowie eine Liste der zuletzt durch den Maintainer gemachte Änderungen anzeigen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:137 @@ -8085,71 +7940,78 @@ msgid "" "list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium " "is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is " "installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or " -"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</" -"guibutton>." +"uncheck the box before the package name and click on " +"<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:155 msgid "Icon" msgstr "Symbol" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:157 msgid "Legend" msgstr "Legende" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:165 -#, fuzzy msgid "../rpmdrake2.png" -msgstr "../rpmdrake2.png" +msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:169 msgid "This package is already installed" msgstr "Dieses Paket ist bereits installiert" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:175 -#, fuzzy msgid "../rpmdrake3.png" -msgstr "../rpmdrake3.png" +msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:179 msgid "This package will be installed" msgstr "Dieses Paket wird installiert" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:185 -#, fuzzy msgid "../rpmdrake4.png" -msgstr "../rpmdrake4.png" +msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:189 msgid "This package cannot be modified" msgstr "Dieses Paket kann nicht modifiziert werden" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:195 -#, fuzzy msgid "../rpmdrake5.png" -msgstr "../rpmdrake5.png" +msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:199 msgid "This package is an update" msgstr "Dieses Paket ist eine Aktualisierung" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:205 -#, fuzzy msgid "../rpmdrake6.png" -msgstr "../rpmdrake6.png" +msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:209 msgid "This package will be uninstalled" msgstr "Dieses Paket wird deinstalliert" @@ -8162,7 +8024,7 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:215 msgid "Examples in the screenshot above:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beispiele in dem oben gezeigten Screenshot:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:219 @@ -8170,10 +8032,7 @@ msgid "" "If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status " "icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking " "on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Wenn ich digikam abwähle (der grüne Pfeil zeigt uns, das es installiert " -"ist), wird das Statusicon rot mit einem Pfeil der nach oben Zeigt, und es " -"wird deinstalliert sobald man auf <guibutton>Anwenden</guibutton> klickt." +msgstr "Wenn ich digikam abwähle (der grüne Pfeil zeigt uns, das es installiert ist), wird das Statusicon rot mit einem Pfeil der nach oben Zeigt, und es wird deinstalliert sobald man auf <guibutton>Anwenden</guibutton> klickt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:227 @@ -8181,17 +8040,15 @@ msgid "" "If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange " "with a down arrow status icon will appear and and it will be installed when " "clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Sobald ich qdigidoc auswähle (welches nicht installiert ist, siehe Status), " -"erscheint das orange Icon mit dem Pfeil nach unten und es wird installiert " -"sobald man auf <guibutton>Anwenden</guibutton> klickt." +msgstr "Sobald ich qdigidoc auswähle (welches nicht installiert ist, siehe Status), erscheint das orange Icon mit dem Pfeil nach unten und es wird installiert sobald man auf <guibutton>Anwenden</guibutton> klickt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:235 msgid "The dependencies" msgstr "Die Abhängigkeiten" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:240 msgid "rpmdrake7.png" msgstr "rpmdrake7.png" @@ -8199,24 +8056,15 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:245 msgid "" -"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They " -"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an " +"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They" +" are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an " "information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected " "dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It " "may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed " "library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a " -"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to " -"install." -msgstr "" -"Einige Pakete benötigen andere Pakete, auch Abhängigkeiten genannt, um zu " -"funktionieren. Dies sind z.B. Bibliotheken oder Werkzeuge. In diesem Fall " -"zeigt Rpmdrake ein Hinweisfenster an, welches dir erlaubt, die ausgewählten " -"Abhängigkeiten zu bestätigen, die Operation abzubrechen oder mehr " -"Informationen zu erhalten (siehe oben). Es kann auch vorkommen das " -"verschiedene Pakete die benötigte Bibliothek enthalten. In diesem Fall zeigt " -"rpmdrake eine Liste der Alternativen, mit einem Knopf um mehr Informationen " -"anzeigen zu lassen und einen weiteren Knopf um auszuwählen, welches Paket " -"installiert werden soll." +"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to" +" install." +msgstr "Einige Pakete benötigen andere Pakete, auch Abhängigkeiten genannt, um zu funktionieren. Dies sind z.B. Bibliotheken oder Werkzeuge. In diesem Fall zeigt Rpmdrake ein Hinweisfenster an, welches dir erlaubt, die ausgewählten Abhängigkeiten zu bestätigen, die Operation abzubrechen oder mehr Informationen zu erhalten (siehe oben). Es kann auch vorkommen das verschiedene Pakete die benötigte Bibliothek enthalten. In diesem Fall zeigt rpmdrake eine Liste der Alternativen, mit einem Knopf um mehr Informationen anzeigen zu lassen und einen weiteren Knopf um auszuwählen, welches Paket installiert werden soll." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:10 @@ -8238,9 +8086,7 @@ msgstr "Installation" msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing " "<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Sie können dieses Werkzeug von der Kommandozeile starten, durch Eingabe von " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">scannerdrake</emphasis> als root." +msgstr "Sie können dieses Werkzeug von der Kommandozeile starten, durch Eingabe von <emphasis role=\"bold\">scannerdrake</emphasis> als root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:21 @@ -8276,7 +8122,8 @@ msgid "" "gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:44 msgid "scannerdrake.png" msgstr "scannerdrake.png" @@ -8293,8 +8140,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/scannerdrake.xml:55 msgid "" "In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner " -"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend=" -"\"scannersharing\"/>." +"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref " +"linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -8309,11 +8156,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:64 msgid "" -"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the " -"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>" +"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the" +" list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:69 msgid "scannerdrake2.png" msgstr "scannerdrake2.png" @@ -8321,17 +8169,17 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:76 msgid "" -"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</" -"emphasis>" +"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click " +"<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:79 msgid "" -"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href=" -"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported " -"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums." -"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." +"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link " +"xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: " +"Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link " +"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> @@ -8339,26 +8187,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose port" msgstr "Wählen sie einen Port aus" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:91 msgid "scannerdrake3.png" msgstr "scannerdrake3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:86 -msgid "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" -"\"1\"/>" -msgstr "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" -"\"1\"/>" +msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:97 msgid "" -"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</" -"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, " -"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one." +"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available " +"ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that" +" case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -8371,11 +8216,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:104 msgid "" -"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend=" -"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." +"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref " +"linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:108 msgid "scannerdrake4.png" msgstr "scannerdrake4.png" @@ -8385,7 +8231,8 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake4.png" msgid "Scannersharing" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:122 msgid "scannerdrake5.png" msgstr "scannerdrake5.png" @@ -8393,8 +8240,8 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:128 msgid "" -"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be " -"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also " +"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be" +" accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also " "decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on " "this machine." msgstr "" @@ -8414,7 +8261,8 @@ msgid "" "from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:143 msgid "scannerdrake6.png" msgstr "scannerdrake6.png" @@ -8422,10 +8270,10 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:149 msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host." -msgstr "" -"Scanner mit folgenden Rechnern teilen: sie können einen Rechner hinzufügen" +msgstr "Scanner mit folgenden Rechnern teilen: Sie können einen Rechner hinzufügen." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:153 msgid "scannerdrake7.png" msgstr "scannerdrake7.png" @@ -8437,7 +8285,8 @@ msgid "" "machines." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:164 msgid "scannerdrake8.png" msgstr "scannerdrake8.png" @@ -8447,7 +8296,8 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake8.png" msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:175 msgid "scannerdrake9.png" msgstr "scannerdrake9.png" @@ -8484,8 +8334,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:193 msgid "" -"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</" -"emphasis> to be started on boot." +"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and " +"<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -8503,8 +8353,8 @@ msgstr "Hewlett-Packard" msgid "" "Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> " "(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow " -"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</" -"emphasis>." +"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device " +"Manager</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -8515,13 +8365,13 @@ msgstr "Epson" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:216 msgid "" -"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/" -"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must " -"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then " -"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the " -"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict " -"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be " -"ignored." +"Drivers are available from <link " +"xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this" +" page</link>. When indicated, you must install the <emphasis>iscan-" +"data</emphasis> package first, then <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this " +"order). It is possible that the <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will " +"generate a warning about a conflict with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users " +"have reported that this warning can be ignored." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -8557,16 +8407,16 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:246 msgid "" -"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/" -"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>" +"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the " +"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:250 msgid "" "Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know " -"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://" -"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." +"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link " +"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> @@ -8574,7 +8424,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Software Management" msgstr "Software-Verwaltung" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/software-management.xml:10 msgid "software-management.png" msgstr "software-management.png" @@ -8582,12 +8433,9 @@ msgstr "software-management.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/software-management.xml:14 msgid "" -"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. " -"Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "" -"Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie zwischen verschiedenen Werkzeugen " -"auswählen, welche die Softwareverwaltung betreffen. Klicke auf einen der " -"unteren Links, um mehr zu erfahren." +"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management." +" Click on a link below to learn more." +msgstr "Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie zwischen verschiedenen Werkzeugen auswählen, welche die Softwareverwaltung betreffen. Klicke auf einen der unteren Links, um mehr zu erfahren." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:17 @@ -8597,11 +8445,9 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:20 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Aktualisieren des " -"Systems</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your " +"system</emphasis>" +msgstr "<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Aktualisieren des Systems</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:23 @@ -8613,9 +8459,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>" msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media " "sources for install and update</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Paketquellen für " -"Installation und Aktualisierungen einrichten</emphasis>" +msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Paketquellen für Installation und Aktualisierungen einrichten</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:8 @@ -8627,7 +8471,8 @@ msgstr "Installation und Einrichten eines Druckers" msgid "system-config-printer" msgstr "system-config-printer" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:16 msgid "system-config-printer.png" msgstr "system-config-printer.png" @@ -8641,14 +8486,7 @@ msgid "" "offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer " "which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu " "and openSUSE." -msgstr "" -"Drucken unter Mageia wird von einem Server namens CUPS verwaltet. Es besitzt " -"eine eigene <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://" -"localhost:631\">Konfigurationsoberfläche</link> welche über den " -"Internetbrowser verfügbar ist, allerdings bietet Mageia ein eigenes Werkzeug " -"um Drucker zu installieren, welches system-config-printer genannt wird und " -"auch in anderen Distributionen wie Fedora, Madriva, Ubuntu und openSUSE " -"verwendet wird." +msgstr "Drucken unter Mageia wird von einem Server namens CUPS verwaltet. Es besitzt eine eigene <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">Konfigurationsoberfläche</link> welche über den Internetbrowser verfügbar ist, allerdings bietet Mageia ein eigenes Werkzeug um Drucker zu installieren, welches system-config-printer genannt wird und auch in anderen Distributionen wie Fedora, Madriva, Ubuntu und openSUSE verwendet wird." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:30 @@ -8669,8 +8507,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> " "section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure " -"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/" -">." +"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" " +"id=\"0\"/>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -8714,11 +8552,11 @@ msgstr "Automatisch erkannte Drucker" #: en/system-config-printer.xml:63 msgid "" "This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the " -"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next" -"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be " +"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click " +"\"Next\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be " "automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known " -"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the " -"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" +"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the" +" next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -8726,7 +8564,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "No automatically detected printer" msgstr "Nicht automatisch erkannte Drucker" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:76 msgid "printer3.png" msgstr "printer3.png" @@ -8734,8 +8573,8 @@ msgstr "printer3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:80 msgid "" -"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window " -"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following " +"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window" +" to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following " "options." msgstr "" @@ -8789,17 +8628,17 @@ msgstr "Netzwerkdrucker" #: en/system-config-printer.xml:123 msgid "" "Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or " -"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to " -"another workstation that serves as printserver." +"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to" +" another workstation that serves as printserver." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:128 msgid "" -"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed " -"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same " -"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed " -"one." +"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed" +" IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the " +"same as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a " +"fixed one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -8807,8 +8646,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or " "printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a " -"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label " -"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a " +"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label" +" on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a " "Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it " "as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters " "after \"HWaddr\"." @@ -8817,9 +8656,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:142 msgid "" -"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to " -"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, " -"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find " +"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to" +" your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose," +" you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find " "Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu " "and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it " "says \"host\"." @@ -8836,8 +8675,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:154 msgid "" -"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find " -"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names." +"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find" +" which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -8854,9 +8693,9 @@ msgid "" "known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers " "which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-" "address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can " -"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/" -"net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is " -"not required." +"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like " +"<emphasis>hp:/net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed " +"IP-adress is not required." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -8865,11 +8704,12 @@ msgid "" "Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the " "protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change " "the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be " -"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is " -"the same as above." +"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is" +" the same as above." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:180 msgid "printer5.png" msgstr "printer5.png" @@ -8899,8 +8739,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:205 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but " -"with TLS secured protocol." +"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but" +" with TLS secured protocol." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -8963,8 +8803,9 @@ msgstr "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:251 msgid "" -"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups." -"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>" +"Additional information can be found in the <link " +"ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS" +" documentation.</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -8976,11 +8817,12 @@ msgstr "Geräteeigenschaften" #: en/system-config-printer.xml:258 msgid "" "You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to " -"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your " -"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</" -"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which " -"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, " -"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>" +"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your" +" system, but you can specify a different one with the " +"<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, " +"another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters" +" of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | " +"<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -8998,23 +8840,23 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:273 msgid "" -"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</" -"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu." +"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the " +"<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:280 msgid "" "It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in " -"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:" -"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check " -"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is " -"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo " -"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the " -"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool " -"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works " -"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date " -"drivers or for more recent devices." +"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link " +"ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to " +"check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package" +" is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, " +"redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report" +" the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this " +"tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer " +"works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-" +"date drivers or for more recent devices." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -9025,9 +8867,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother Drucker</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:294 msgid "" -"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/" -"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by " -"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install." +"<link " +"ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">This" +" page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver " +"for your device, download the rpm(s) and install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -9039,8 +8882,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:301 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</" -"emphasis>" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one " +"devices</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -9048,9 +8891,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the " "detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</" -"link>. The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</" -"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" +"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" +"web/index.html\">here</link>. The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available " +"in the <guilabel>System</guilabel> menu. Also view <link " +"ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" "web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management " "of the printer." msgstr "" @@ -9075,9 +8919,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung Farbdrucker</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:321 msgid "" -"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://" -"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL " -"protocol." +"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link " +"ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> " +"for the QPDL protocol." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -9088,12 +8932,12 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson Drucker und Scanner</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:326 msgid "" -"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://" -"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</" -"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package " -"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be " -"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages " -"according to your architecture." +"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link " +"ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this" +" search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-" +"data\" package first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package" +" can also be available and is to install. Choose the " +"<emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages according to your architecture." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -9125,7 +8969,8 @@ msgstr "Importieren von Windows(TM)-Dokumenten und -Einstellungen" msgid "transfugdrake" msgstr "transfugdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:17 msgid "transfugdrake.png" msgstr "transfugdrake.png" @@ -9133,8 +8978,8 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9150,9 +8995,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings " "from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered" -"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same " -"computer as the Mageia installation." +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark " +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> " +"installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> @@ -9182,11 +9027,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to " "choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and " -"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account " -"than yours own." +"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account" +" than yours own." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:51 msgid "transfugdrake1.png" msgstr "transfugdrake1.png" @@ -9195,9 +9041,9 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake1.png" #: en/transfugdrake.xml:56 msgid "" "Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of " -"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" -"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed " -"incorrectly." +"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark " +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> user account names with special " +"symbols can be displayed incorrectly." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> @@ -9211,20 +9057,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications " "(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For " -"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" -"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not " -"use such accounts for the import purposes." +"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark " +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>are updated using " +"<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the " +"import purposes." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:74 msgid "" -"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import " -"documents:" +"When you finished with the accounts selection press " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method" +" to import documents:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:80 msgid "transfugdrake2.png" msgstr "transfugdrake2.png" @@ -9232,21 +9080,23 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:84 msgid "" -"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" -"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</" -"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to " -"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window." +"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark " +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My " +"Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My " +"Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the " +"appropriate item in this window." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:89 msgid "" "When you finished with the document import method choosing press " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method " -"to import bookmarks:" +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method" +" to import bookmarks:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:95 msgid "transfugdrake3.png" msgstr "transfugdrake3.png" @@ -9262,8 +9112,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:103 msgid "" -"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> " -"button." +"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>" +" button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9271,7 +9121,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:116 msgid "transfugdrake4.png" msgstr "transfugdrake4.png" @@ -9279,7 +9130,8 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:120 msgid "" -"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button." +"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> " +"button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9289,7 +9141,8 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:128 msgid "transfugdrake5.png" msgstr "transfugdrake5.png" @@ -9304,7 +9157,8 @@ msgstr "Benutzer und Gruppen" msgid "userdrake" msgstr "userdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:18 msgid "userdrake.png" msgstr "userdrake.png" @@ -9312,8 +9166,8 @@ msgstr "userdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9328,15 +9182,15 @@ msgstr "" #: en/userdrake.xml:27 msgid "" "The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this " -"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings " -"(ID, shell, ...)" +"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings" +" (ID, shell, ...)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:31 msgid "" -"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in " -"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the " +"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in" +" the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the " "<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way." msgstr "" @@ -9350,7 +9204,8 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>1 Benutzer hinzufügen</guibutton>" msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:41 msgid "userdrake1.png" msgstr "userdrake1.png" @@ -9371,18 +9226,18 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:52 msgid "" -"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. " -"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, " -"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower " -"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn " +"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended." +" There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, " +"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower" +" and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn " "orange and then green as the password strength improves." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:59 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure " -"you entered what you intended to." +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure" +" you entered what you intended to." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9423,8 +9278,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:78 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Bearbeiten</emphasis> (einen ausgewählten Benutzer)" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Bearbeiten</emphasis> (einen ausgewählten Benutzer)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:80 @@ -9438,7 +9292,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kontoinformation</emphasis>:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:87 msgid "userdrake2.png" msgstr "userdrake2.png" @@ -9471,7 +9326,8 @@ msgid "" "password periodically." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:106 msgid "userdrake3.png" msgstr "userdrake3.png" @@ -9517,10 +9373,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Löschen</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:128 msgid "" -"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</" -"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home " -"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been " -"created for the user, it will be deleted as well." +"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears " +"to ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private " +"group has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> @@ -9536,8 +9392,8 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Aktualisieren</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:138 msgid "" -"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to " -"refresh the display." +"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to" +" refresh the display." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9551,8 +9407,8 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is " "intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total " "security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to " -"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories " -"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, " +"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories" +" are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, " "to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest " "account</guimenu>." msgstr "" @@ -9567,7 +9423,8 @@ msgstr "Grafischen Server einrichten" msgid "XFdrake" msgstr "XFdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/XFdrake.xml:10 msgid "XFdrake.png" msgstr "XFdrake.png" @@ -9575,9 +9432,9 @@ msgstr "XFdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</" -"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the " -"capital letters." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing " +"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> " +"as root. Mind the capital letters." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9585,8 +9442,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the " -"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" -"\"0\"/>" +"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" " +"id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9636,7 +9493,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/XFdrake.xml:39 msgid "" "If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to " -"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)." +"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for " +"example)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9648,8 +9506,8 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>" #: en/XFdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and " -"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor " -"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the " +"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor" +" isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the " "<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features." msgstr "" @@ -9663,11 +9521,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Auflösung:</emphasis>" msgid "" "This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the " "colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:" -msgstr "" -"Dieser Knopf erlaubt die Auswahl der Auflösung (Anzahl an Pixel) und die " -"Farbtiefe (Anzahl an Farben). Es wird dieser Bildschirm angezeigt:" +msgstr "Dieser Knopf erlaubt die Auswahl der Auflösung (Anzahl an Pixel) und die Farbtiefe (Anzahl an Farben). Es wird dieser Bildschirm angezeigt:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/XFdrake.xml:61 msgid "XFdrake1.png" msgstr "XFdrake1.png" @@ -9682,37 +9539,26 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:66 msgid "" -"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another " -"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " +"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another" +" one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " "and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to " "set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or " "select an uncomfortable setting." -msgstr "" -"Der erste Knopf zeigt die aktuelle Auflösung, klicke darauf um eine andere " -"auszuwählen. Die Liste zeigt alle verfügbaren auswahlen abhängig von der " -"Grafikkarte und des Monitors. Es ist möglich auf <guilabel>Andere</guilabel> " -"zu klicken um eine andere Auflösung einzustellen, aber behalte in " -"Erinnerung, das Sie den Monitor beschädigen oder eine unbrauchbare " -"Einstellung durchführen können." +msgstr "Der erste Knopf zeigt die aktuelle Auflösung, klicke darauf um eine andere auszuwählen. Die Liste zeigt alle verfügbaren auswahlen abhängig von der Grafikkarte und des Monitors. Es ist möglich auf <guilabel>Andere</guilabel> zu klicken um eine andere Auflösung einzustellen, aber behalte in Erinnerung, das Sie den Monitor beschädigen oder eine unbrauchbare Einstellung durchführen können." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:72 msgid "" -"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for " -"another one." -msgstr "" -"Der zweite Knopf zeigt die aktuelle Farbtiefe, klicke darauf um diese auf " -"eine andere umzustellen." +"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for" +" another one." +msgstr "Der zweite Knopf zeigt die aktuelle Farbtiefe, klicke darauf um diese auf eine andere umzustellen." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:76 msgid "" "Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and " "restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect." -msgstr "" -"Abhängig von der gewählten Auflösung, ist es eventuell notwendig das SIe " -"sich abmelden und die grafische Benutzeroberfläche neu starten, damit die " -"Einstellungen übernommen werden." +msgstr "Abhängig von der gewählten Auflösung, ist es eventuell notwendig das SIe sich abmelden und die grafische Benutzeroberfläche neu starten, damit die Einstellungen übernommen werden." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:83 @@ -9731,8 +9577,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/XFdrake.xml:90 msgid "" "In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a " -"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use " -"XFdrake's text version." +"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use" +" XFdrake's text version." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9767,16 +9613,16 @@ msgstr "" #: en/XFdrake.xml:107 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, " -"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</" -"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be " -"unchecked for a server." +"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon " +"booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it " +"may be unchecked for a server." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:112 msgid "" -"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask " -"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " +"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask" +" you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " "previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect " "and reconnect to activate the new configuration." msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/MageiaUpdate.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/MageiaUpdate.xml index c7e8b034..4638b4f1 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/MageiaUpdate.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/MageiaUpdate.xml @@ -18,20 +18,20 @@ Kontrollzentrum verfügbar unter dem Tab <emphasis role="bold">Software verwalten.</emphasis></para> <para><note> - <para>To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with -rpmdrake-edit-media with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you -are prompted to do so.</para> + <para>Damit dies funktioniert benötigt MageiaUpdate mit rpmdrake-edit-media +konfigurierte Repositorys, mit einigen Medien, als Aktualisieren +markiert. Falls dies nicht der Fall ist werden Sie aufgefordert dies zu tun.</para> </note></para> <para>Sobald das Werkzeug gestartet ist, scannt es die installierten Pakete und -listet die auf, für die eine Aktualisierung in den Repositories verfügbar -ist. Standardmäßig werden alle ausgewählt um automatisch heruntergeladen und -installiert zu werden. Klicke auf den <guibutton>Aktualisieren</guibutton> -Knopf um den Prozess zu starten. </para> +listet die auf, für die eine Aktualisierung in den Repositorys verfügbar +sind. Standardmäßig werden alle ausgewählt um automatisch heruntergeladen +und installiert zu werden. Klicke auf den +<guibutton>Aktualisieren</guibutton> Knopf um den Prozess zu starten. </para> <para>Durch das anklicken eines Pakets wird mehr Informationen in der unteren Hälfte des Fensters angezeigt. Das Zeichen<emphasis role="bold"> -></emphasis> vor einer Überschrift bedeutet, das Sie darauf klicken können, +></emphasis> vor einer Überschrift bedeutet, dass Sie darauf klicken können, um einen Klapptext anzeigen zu lassen. </para> <para><note> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/diskdrake--dav.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/diskdrake--dav.xml index dcf02045..170c245d 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/diskdrake--dav.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/diskdrake--dav.xml @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>Das Werkzeug <footnote><para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis + <para>Das Werkzeug <footnote><para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> als root eingeben</para> </footnote> befindet sich im Mageia Kontrollzentrum im Reiter Netzwerkfreigaben und heißt <guilabel>Configure @@ -59,9 +59,9 @@ it, if needed.</para> <para>The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount point.</para> - <para>Geben sie in dem nächsten Schritt ihren Benutzernamen und ihr Passwort -an. Wenn sie weitere Optionen benötigen, können sie diese im -<guibutton>Erweitert</guibutton> Bildschirm angeben</para> + <para>Geben Sie in dem nächsten Schritt ihren Benutzernamen und ihr Passwort +an. Wenn Sie weitere Optionen benötigen, können Sie diese im +<guibutton>Erweitert</guibutton> Bildschirm angeben.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/diskdrake--fileshare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/diskdrake--fileshare.xml index b0ece998..e65a47bc 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/diskdrake--fileshare.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/diskdrake--fileshare.xml @@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>Mit diesem Werkzeug<footnote><para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis -role="bold">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> als root eingeben</para></footnote> können sie + <para>Mit diesem Werkzeug<footnote><para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis +role="bold">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> als root eingeben</para></footnote> können Sie Benutzern erlauben, Teile ihres /home Unterverzeichnisses mit anderen Linux oder Windows Benutzern im selben Netzwerk zu teilen.</para> @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href="userdrake.xml">this page</link></para> <para/> <note> - <para>Wenn sie einen neuen Benutzer zur fileshare Gruppe hinzufügen müssen sie das + <para>Wenn Sie einen neuen Benutzer zur fileshare Gruppe hinzufügen müssen Sie das Netzwerk erneut verbinden, um die Änderungen anzuwenden.</para> </note> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/diskdrake--nfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/diskdrake--nfs.xml index d347eed8..033d0928 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/diskdrake--nfs.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/diskdrake--nfs.xml @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ <title>Einleitung</title> <para>This tool<footnote> - <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis + <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> als root eingeben</para> </footnote> allows you to declare some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/diskdrake--removable.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/diskdrake--removable.xml index d2d77d5e..1677393a 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/diskdrake--removable.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/diskdrake--removable.xml @@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ </mediaobject> <para>Dieses Werkzeug <footnote> - <para>Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis + <para>Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> als root eingeben</para> - </footnote>finden sie in dem + </footnote>finden Sie in dem 'Lokale Festplatten' Tab im Mageia Kontrollzentrum und ist abhängig von ihren wechselbaren Hardware bezeichnet (nur CD/DVD-Brenner und Diskettenlaufwerke) </para> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/diskdrake--smb.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/diskdrake--smb.xml index 61f105a6..f337572b 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/diskdrake--smb.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/diskdrake--smb.xml @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ <title>Einleitung</title> <para>Dieses Werkzeug<footnote> - <para>Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis + <para>Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> als root eingeben</para> </footnote> erlaubt es ihnen festzulegen, welche geteilten Verzeichnisse für alle Benutzer auf dem diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drak3d.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drak3d.xml index 7cfcabb2..e851d26b 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drak3d.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/drak3d.xml @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ <title>Einleitung</title> <para>This tool<footnote> - <para>Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis + <para>Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role="bold">drak3d</emphasis> als root eingeben</para> </footnote> lets you manage the 3D desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by @@ -36,9 +36,9 @@ composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on.</para> - <para>Wenn sie dieses Programm zum ersten Mal nach einer Neuinstallation starten, -werden sie eine Warnmeldung bekommen, sie sagt, welche Pakete -nachinstalliert werden müssen, um Compiz Fusion zu benutzen. Klicken sie auf + <para>Wenn Sie dieses Programm zum ersten Mal nach einer Neuinstallation starten, +werden Sie eine Warnmeldung bekommen, die sagt, welche Pakete +nachinstalliert werden müssen, um Compiz Fusion zu benutzen. Klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>, um fortzufahren.</para> <mediaobject> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakauth.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakauth.xml index 20fb0e25..6578db30 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakauth.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakauth.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This tool<footnote><para>Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis + <para>This tool<footnote><para>Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role="bold">drakauth</emphasis> als root eingeben</para></footnote> enables you to modify the manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net.</para> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakboot--boot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakboot--boot.xml index f072a57d..2cfdd4d9 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakboot--boot.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakboot--boot.xml @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ </mediaobject> <para>this tool<footnote> - <para>Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis + <para>Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role="bold">drakboot --boot</emphasis> als root eingeben</para> </footnote> allows you to configure the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default boot, @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ compatible.</para> multicore processors.</para> <note> - <para>Wenn sie einen Prozessor mit HyperThreading besitzen, wird Mageia ihn als + <para>Wenn Sie einen Prozessor mit HyperThreading besitzen, wird Mageia ihn als dualen Prozessor anzeigen und SMP aktivieren.</para> </note> @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools.</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>Das <guilabel>Bezeichung</guilabel> ist ein Freitextfeld. Schreiben sie + <para>Das <guilabel>Bezeichung</guilabel> ist ein Freitextfeld. Schreiben Sie hier hinein, was im Menü angezeigt werden soll. Es stimmt mit dem Grub Kommando 'title' überein, zum Beispiel Mageia3</para> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakboot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakboot.xml index 0bb4c4e6..a4eedf49 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakboot.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakboot.xml @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ </mediaobject> <para>This tool<footnote> - <para>Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis + <para>Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role="bold">drakboot</emphasis> als root eingeben</para> </footnote> allows you to automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without asking for any diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakbug.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakbug.xml index 4883f3de..0ada5e8d 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakbug.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakbug.xml @@ -18,13 +18,13 @@ xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakbug" version="5.0" xml:lang <para>Normalerweise startet dies Programm automatisch, wenn ein Mageia Werkzeug abstürzt. Es ist aber auch möglich, das nach dem Ausfüllen eines Bugreports, -sie gefragt werden, dieses Programm zu starten, um weitere Informationen zu -liefern, als solche, die schon im Report stehen</para> +Sie gefragt werden, dieses Programm zu starten, um weitere Informationen zu +liefern, als solche, die schon im Report stehen.</para> - <para>Wenn ein neuer Bug gemeldet werden soll, und sie sich noch nicht sicher -fühlen, lesen sie bitte <link + <para>Wenn ein neuer Bug gemeldet werden soll und Sie sich noch nicht sicher +fühlen, lesen Sie bitte <link xlink:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly">How to -report a bug report properly</link> (englisch), bevor sie auf 'Bericht' +report a bug report properly</link> (englisch), bevor Sie auf 'Bericht' klicken</para> <para>Im Fall, das der Fehler bereits von jemand anderen gemeldet wurde (die diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakbug_report.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakbug_report.xml index ce8e2835..5de7a8c6 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakbug_report.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakbug_report.xml @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ xml:id="drakbug_report" version="5.0" xml:lang="de"> <title xml:id="drakbug_report-ti1">Collect Logs and System Information for Bug Reports</title><subtitle>drakbug_report</subtitle> </info> - <para>Dieses Werkzeug<footnote><para>Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis + <para>Dieses Werkzeug<footnote><para>Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role="bold">drakbug_report</emphasis> als root eingeben</para></footnote> kann nur über die Kommandozeile gestartet und verwendet werden.</para> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakclock.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakclock.xml index 5e5b3f56..672521a0 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakclock.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakclock.xml @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ </mediaobject> <para>This tool<footnote> - <para>Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis + <para>Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role="bold">drakclock</emphasis> als root eingeben</para> </footnote> is found under the tab System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>"Manage date and diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakconnect--del.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakconnect--del.xml index ac1f9e02..1ea41f8e 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakconnect--del.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakconnect--del.xml @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>Here, you can delete a network interface<footnote><para>Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis + <para>Here, you can delete a network interface<footnote><para>Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role="bold">drakconnect --del</emphasis> als root eingeben</para></footnote>.</para> <para>Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then click <emphasis>next</emphasis>.</para> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakconnect.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakconnect.xml index 8af4c4d0..0d9e0b5d 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakconnect.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakconnect.xml @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ <title>Einleitung</title> <para>This tool<footnote> - <para>Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis + <para>Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role="bold">drakconnect</emphasis> als root eingeben</para> </footnote> allows to configure much of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakconsole.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakconsole.xml index 92703565..914ad879 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakconsole.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakconsole.xml @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ </mediaobject> <para>This tool<footnote> - <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis + <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role="bold">drakconsole</emphasis> als root eingeben</para> </footnote> gives you access to a console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakdisk.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakdisk.xml index 796ba891..7221099c 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakdisk.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakdisk.xml @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ <warning> <para>This tool<footnote> - <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis + <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role="bold">drakdisk</emphasis> oder <emphasis role="bold">diskdrake</emphasis> als root eingeben</para> </footnote> is very powerful, a tiny @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on </warning> <para>Falls Sie mehr als ein Laufwerk haben, können Sie durch anklicken des -jeweiligen Tab (sda, sdb, sdc, etc.), auf das Laufwerk wechseln, das sie +jeweiligen Tab (sda, sdb, sdc, etc.), auf das Laufwerk wechseln, welches Sie bearbeiten möchten.</para> <mediaobject> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakedm.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakedm.xml index 8b63596a..a346da0a 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakedm.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakedm.xml @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ </mediaobject> <para revision="1" xml:id="drakedm-pa1">Hier<footnote> - <para revision="1" xml:id="drakedm-pa3">Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis + <para revision="1" xml:id="drakedm-pa3">Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role="bold">drakedm</emphasis> als root eingeben</para> </footnote> können Sie auswählen welcher Display-Manager verwendet werden soll, um sich in Ihre Bildschirmumgebung diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakfirewall.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakfirewall.xml index 0b989bd1..213649e1 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakfirewall.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakfirewall.xml @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ </mediaobject> <para>This tool<footnote> - <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis + <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role="bold">drakfirewall</emphasis> als root eingeben</para> </footnote> is found under the Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled "Set up your personal diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakfont.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakfont.xml index 7cd8fd4d..16bb250e 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakfont.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakfont.xml @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Windows(TM)-Schriften</title> </mediaobject> <para>This tool<footnote> - <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis + <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role="bold">drakfont</emphasis> als root eingeben</para> </footnote> is present in the Mageia Control Center under the <emphasis role="bold">System</emphasis> tab. It diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakguard.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakguard.xml index 24e1ddec..49773d27 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakguard.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakguard.xml @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ </mediaobject> <para>This tool<footnote> - <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis + <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role="bold">drakguard</emphasis> als root eingeben</para> </footnote> is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakgw.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakgw.xml index 1dcdc373..bfbde199 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakgw.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakgw.xml @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ set up, as documented in <xref linkend="draknetcenter"/>.</para> <title>Gateway-Assistent</title> <para>The wizard<footnote> - <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis + <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role="bold">drakgw</emphasis> als root eingeben</para> </footnote> offers successive steps which are shown below:</para> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakhosts.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakhosts.xml index c21ccdf0..14884292 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakhosts.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakhosts.xml @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ <para>If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed IP-addresses, this tool<footnote> - <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis + <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role="bold">drakhosts</emphasis> als root eingeben</para> </footnote> allows to specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakinvictus.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakinvictus.xml index 7498d2a7..695636dd 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakinvictus.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakinvictus.xml @@ -14,6 +14,6 @@ can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para> - <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis + <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role="bold">drakinvictus</emphasis> als root eingeben</para> </section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/draknetcenter.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/draknetcenter.xml index acab6d5e..12ea9c28 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/draknetcenter.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/draknetcenter.xml @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ What must we say about networks out of wired (Ethernet) and wireless (WI fi) lik </mediaobject> <para>This tool<footnote> - <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis + <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role="bold">draknetcenter</emphasis> als root eingeben</para> </footnote> is found under the Network & Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled "Network Center"</para> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/draknetprofile.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/draknetprofile.xml index 64c6e7db..9a9d57e6 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/draknetprofile.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/draknetprofile.xml @@ -14,6 +14,6 @@ can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para> - <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis + <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role="bold">draknetprofile</emphasis> als root eingeben</para> </section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/draknfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/draknfs.xml index c7627981..1db5ae14 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/draknfs.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/draknfs.xml @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ <title>Voraussetzungen</title> <para>When the wizard<footnote> - <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis + <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role="bold">draknfs</emphasis> als root eingeben</para> </footnote> is launched for the first time, it may display the following message:</para> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakproxy.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakproxy.xml index 9233831c..1b4f0943 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakproxy.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakproxy.xml @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ <para>If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use this tool<footnote> - <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis + <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role="bold">drakproxy</emphasis> als root eingeben</para> </footnote> to configure it. Your net administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakrpm-edit-media.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakrpm-edit-media.xml index 6adc2af6..39bb5a3b 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakrpm-edit-media.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakrpm-edit-media.xml @@ -22,16 +22,16 @@ <para><important> <para>Das erste was nach der Installation gemacht werden sollte ist, die -Softwarequellen (auch Repositories, Medien, Spiegelserver genannt) -einzurichten. Das bedeutet das Sie die Medienquellen auswählen müssen, +Softwarequellen (auch Repositorys, Medien, Spiegelserver genannt) +einzurichten. Das bedeutet, dass Sie die Medienquellen auswählen müssen, welche für die Installation und Aktualisierung der Pakete und Anwendungen verwendet werden soll (siehe den hinzufügen Button).</para> </important> <note> - <para>If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a -USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media -used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new -packages, you should disable (or delete) this media. (It will have the -media type CD-Rom).</para> + <para>Falls Sie Mageia von einem optischen Medium (CD oder DVD) oder einem +USB-Stick installieren, wird das jeweilige Medium als Softwarequelle +eingerichtet. Um zu verhindern dass Sie dazu aufgefordert werden das Medium +einzulegen wenn Sie neue Pakete installieren, sollten Sie diese Medien +deaktivieren (oder löschen). (Es wird als Medientyp CD-Rom gelistet).</para> </note> <note> <para>Ihr System läuft womöglich auf einer 32-Bit (i586 genannt) oder 64-Bit (x86_64 genannt) Architektur. Einige Pakete sind unabhängig davon ob ihr @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ Medien.</para> <para>Dieses Werkzeug ist im Mageia Kontrollzentrum verfügbar, unter dem Tab <emphasis role="bold">Software verwalten.</emphasis><footnote> - <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis + <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> als root eingeben</para> </footnote></para> @@ -61,12 +61,12 @@ System unbrauchbar machen.</para> <para>Die ausgewählten Medien werden verwendet um Pakete zu aktualisieren, diese müssen aktiviert werden. Nur Medien mit "Update" im Namen sollten ausgewählt werden. Aus Sicherheitsgründen kann man diese Zeile nicht in diesem Werkzeug -verändern. Du musst hierfür die Konsole als root öffnen und <emphasis +verändern. Sie müssen hierfür die Konsole als root öffnen und <emphasis role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis> eingeben.</para> <bridgehead>Spalte Medium:</bridgehead> - <para>Zeigt den Namen der Medien an. Die offiziellen Mageia Repositories für die + <para>Zeigt den Namen der Medien an. Die offiziellen Mageia Repositorys für die finalen Veröffentlichungen enthalten:</para> <itemizedlist> @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ zurückportiert wurden.</para> <listitem> <para><emphasis role="bold">Testing</emphasis> wird dazu verwendet um neue Aktualisierungen zu testen, damit die Melder eines Fehlers und das QA Team -die beseitigung dessen prüfen können.</para> +die Beseitigung dessen prüfen können.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -125,19 +125,19 @@ Medien enthalten sind.</para> <para><guibutton>Bearbeiten:</guibutton></para> - <para>Erlaubt dir das Ändern der Einstellungen des ausgewählten Mediums (URL, + <para>Erlaubt Ihnen das ändern der Einstellungen des ausgewählten Mediums (URL, downloader und Proxy).</para> <para><guibutton>Hinzufügen:</guibutton></para> - <para>Fügt die offiziellen Repositories die im Internet verfügbar sind -hinzu. Diese Repositories enthalten nur sichere und gut getestete -Software. Durch klicken des "Hinzufügen" Knopfs, wird die Spiegelliste in -den Einstellung hinzugefügt. Es ist so eingerichtet, das es nur -installationen und Aktualisierungen von einem Spiegelserver in ihrer Nähe -verwendet. Falls sie einen spezifischen Spiegelserver auswählen möchten, -dann sollte er über "Einen bestimmten Spiegelserver hinzufügen" über das -Drop-Down Menü "Datei" ausgewählt werden.</para> + <para>Fügt die offiziellen Repositorys die im Internet verfügbar sind hinzu. Diese +Repositorys enthalten nur sichere und gut getestete Software. Durch klicken +des "Hinzufügen" Knopfs, wird die Spiegelliste in den Einstellung +hinzugefügt. Es ist so eingerichtet, dass es nur installationen und +Aktualisierungen von einem Spiegelserver in ihrer Nähe verwendet. Falls Sie +einen spezifischen Spiegelserver auswählen möchten, dann sollte er über +"Einen bestimmten Spiegelserver hinzufügen" über das Drop-Down Menü "Datei" +ausgewählt werden.</para> <para><guibutton>Nach oben und unten zeigende Pfeile:</guibutton></para> @@ -153,19 +153,22 @@ diesem Grund sollten die schnellsten Repositories am Anfang stehen.</para> <para><guimenu>Datei -> Aktualisieren:</guimenu></para> - <para>Ein Fenster mit der Medienliste erscheint. Wähle die aus, welche sie + <para>Ein Fenster mit der Medienliste erscheint. Wähle die aus, welche Sie aktualisieren möchten und klicke anschließend auf den <guibutton>Aktualisieren</guibutton> Knopf.</para> <para><guimenu>Datei -> Einen bestimmten Spiegelserver hinzufügen:</guimenu></para> - <para>Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's -too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the -actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them -out. Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose -between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the -<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by -clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:</para> + <para>Falls Sie mit den Spiegelserver nicht zufrieden sind, weil dieser z. B. zu +langsam oder häufig nicht erreichbar ist, können Sie einen anderen Server +auswählen. Wählen Sie alle gegenwärtigen Medien und klicke auf +<guibutton>Entfernen</guibutton> um diese aus der Liste zu nehmen. Klicke +anschließend auf <guimenu>Datei -> Einen bestimmten Spiegelserver +hinzufügen</guimenu> und wähle zwischen nur aktualisieren oder kompletter +Set (wenn Sie nicht wissen, was Sie auswählen sollen, klicken Sie auf +<guibutton>kompletter Set</guibutton>) und bestätigen Sie dne +Verbinungsaufbau mit <guibutton>Ja</guibutton>. Folgendes Fenster wird +daraufhin geöffnet:</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -173,10 +176,10 @@ clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>Sie können auf der linken Seite eine Liste von Ländern sehen, von denen sie -ihr Land oder eines in ihrer Nähe auswählen. Durch das Klicken auf das > -Symbol, werden die verfügbaren Server in diesem Land gelistet. Wähle einen -aus und klicke auf <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para> + <para>Sie können auf der linken Seite eine Liste von Ländern sehen, von denen Sie +ihr Land oder eines in ihrer Nähe auswählen können. Durch das Klicken auf +das > Symbol, werden die verfügbaren Server in diesem Land gelistet. Wähle +einen aus und klicke auf <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para> <para><guimenu>Datei -> Hinzufügen eines Benutzer Mediums:</guimenu></para> @@ -187,41 +190,42 @@ welches von Mageia nicht unterstützt wird. Ein neues Fenster erscheint:</para> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"/> </imageobject> - </mediaobject>Select the medium type, find a smart -name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, according to -the medium type)</para> + </mediaobject>Wähle den Medientyp, gebe ihm einen +guten Namen welchen das Medium beschreibt undgib die URL (oder den Pfad zum +Medientyp) ein.</para> - <para><guimenu>Optionen -> Globale optionen:</guimenu></para> + <para><guimenu>Optionen -> Globale Optionen:</guimenu></para> - <para>Dieser Eintrag erlaubt es ihnen auszuwählen ob zu installierende RPMs + <para>Dieser Eintrag erlaubt es Ihnen auszuwählen, ob zu installierende RPMs verifiziert werden sollen (immer oder niemals), welches Downloadprogramm verwendet werden soll (curl, wget oder aria2) und ob Paketinformationen im -XML Format heruntergeladen werden sollen (Auf Nachfrage -standard-, Nur +XML Format heruntergeladen werden sollen (Auf Nachfrage -Standard-, Nur Aktualisieren, Immer oder Niemals).</para> <para><guimenu>Optionen -> Schlüssel verwalten:</guimenu></para> <para>Um einen hohen Sicherheitsstandard zu garantieren, werden zur Authentifikation der Medien digitale Schlüssel verwendet. Es ist für jedes -Medium möglich, einen Schlüssel zu erlauben oder abzulehnen. Im Fenster das +Medium möglich einen Schlüssel zu erlauben oder abzulehnen. Im Fenster das erscheint, wähle ein Medium aus und klicke auf <guibutton>Hinzufügen</guibutton> um einen neuen Schlüssel zu erlauben oder wähle einen Schlüssel und klicke auf <guibutton>Entfernen</guibutton> um einen Schlüssel abzulehnen.</para> <para><warning> - <para>Tu dies mit Vorsicht, wie alle Sicherheitsrelevanten Dinge</para> + <para>Tu dies mit Vorsicht, wie alle sicherheitsrelevanten Dinge</para> </warning><guimenu>Optionen -> Proxy:</guimenu></para> - <para>Falls sie für den Internetzugriff einen Proxyserver verwenden müssen, können -sie diesen hier einstellen. Sie müssen nur den <guibutton>Proxy + <para>Falls Sie für den Internetzugriff einen Proxyserver verwenden müssen, können +Sie diesen hier einstellen. Sie müssen nur den <guibutton>Proxy Hostnamen</guibutton> und falls nötig den <guilabel>Nutzernamen</guilabel> und das <guilabel>Passwort</guilabel> eingeben.</para> <para/> - <para>For more information about configuring the media, see <link -ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management">the Mageia Wiki -page</link>.</para> + <para>Für weiterführende Informationen über das konfigurieren der Medien, schaue +auf der <link +ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management">Mageia Wiki +Seite</link> nach.</para> </section> </section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/draksambashare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/draksambashare.xml index 3dd13d1d..384a41cd 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/draksambashare.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/draksambashare.xml @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba server.</para> <title>Wizard - Standalone server</title> <para>At the first run, the tools <footnote> - <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis + <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role="bold">draksambashare</emphasis> als root eingeben</para> </footnote> checks if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are not diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/draksec.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/draksec.xml index 78ac37a6..1fb2b9db 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/draksec.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/draksec.xml @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ </mediaobject> <para>This tool<footnote> - <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis + <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role="bold">draksec</emphasis> als root eingeben</para> </footnote>is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Security</emphasis></para> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/draksnapshot-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/draksnapshot-config.xml index 7361931d..ea2cea72 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/draksnapshot-config.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/draksnapshot-config.xml @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This tool<footnote><para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis + <para>This tool<footnote><para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role="bold">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> als root eingeben</para></footnote> is available in MCC's <guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</guilabel> section.</para> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/draksound.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/draksound.xml index ef0a0b08..b9ad6893 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/draksound.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/draksound.xml @@ -12,15 +12,15 @@ </mediaobject> <para>Dieses Werkzeug<footnote> - <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis + <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role="bold">draksound</emphasis> als root eingeben</para> </footnote> ist im Mageia Kontrollzentrum unter dem Tab <emphasis role="bold">Hardware</emphasis> verfügbar.¶</para> <para>Draksound verwaltet die Soundeinstellungen, darunter die Treiberauswahl, -PulseAudio Optionen und die Fehlersuche. Es wird ihnen helfen, wenn sie -Tonprobleme feststellen oder wenn sie die Soundkarte wechseln.</para> +PulseAudio Optionen und die Fehlersuche. Es wird Ihnen helfen, falls Sie +Tonprobleme feststellen oder wenn Sie die Soundkarte wechseln.</para> <para>Die Dropdown Liste <guilabel>Treiber</guilabel>, erlaubt ihnen einen Treiber auszuwählen, von denen die auf dem Computer verfügbar sind und zur diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakups.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakups.xml index 79b54796..1474ce8d 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakups.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakups.xml @@ -15,6 +15,6 @@ ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para> - <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis + <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role="bold">drakups</emphasis> als root eingeben</para> </section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakvpn.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakvpn.xml index 63d5431a..3b196af9 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakvpn.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakvpn.xml @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ <title>Einleitung</title> <para>This tool<footnote> - <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis + <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role="bold">drakvpn</emphasis> als root eingeben</para> </footnote> allows to configure secure access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_apache2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_apache2.xml index cc9fa3b5..e4cb12a6 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_apache2.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_apache2.xml @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This tool<footnote><para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis + <para>This tool<footnote><para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role="bold">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> als root eingeben</para></footnote> can help you to set up a web server. </para> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_bind.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_bind.xml index 9438ba8f..b587ef36 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_bind.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_bind.xml @@ -15,6 +15,6 @@ ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para> - <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis + <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role="bold">drakwizard bind</emphasis> als root eingeben</para> </section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_dhcp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_dhcp.xml index 03974d6d..ccfc1e73 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_dhcp.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_dhcp.xml @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ interfaces</para> </note></para> <para>This tool<footnote> - <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis + <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role="bold">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> als root eingeben</para> </footnote> can help you to set up a <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_ntp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_ntp.xml index e5f6f098..bc2d2a0a 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_ntp.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_ntp.xml @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ </mediaobject> <para>Dieses Werkzeug<footnote> - <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis + <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role="bold">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> als root eingeben</para> </footnote> ist dafür da, um die Zeit deines Servers mit einem externen Server zu synchronisieren. Es ist diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_proftpd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_proftpd.xml index 65c7547d..8d450196 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_proftpd.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_proftpd.xml @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This tool<footnote><para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis + <para>This tool<footnote><para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role="bold">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> als root eingeben</para></footnote> can help you to set up an <acronym>FTP</acronym> server. </para> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_squid.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_squid.xml index 7d8d9356..7d9115f0 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_squid.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_squid.xml @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ </mediaobject> <para>This tool<footnote> - <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis + <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role="bold">drakwizard squid</emphasis> als root eingeben</para> </footnote> can help you to set up a proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_sshd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_sshd.xml index c18d312f..11b7a19d 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_sshd.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakwizard_sshd.xml @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ </mediaobject> - <para>This tool<footnote><para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis + <para>This tool<footnote><para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role="bold">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> als root eingeben</para></footnote> can help you to set up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon. </para> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakxservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakxservices.xml index e43828c3..37056777 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/drakxservices.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/drakxservices.xml @@ -14,6 +14,6 @@ can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para> - <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis + <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role="bold">drakxservices</emphasis> als root eingeben</para> </section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/harddrake2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/harddrake2.xml index 6e629838..c940980e 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/harddrake2.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/harddrake2.xml @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ </mediaobject> <para>This tool<footnote> - <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis + <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role="bold">harddrake2</emphasis> als root eingeben</para> </footnote> gives a general view of the hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job to diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/keyboarddrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/keyboarddrake.xml index 7bd24377..c3a43efa 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/keyboarddrake.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/keyboarddrake.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ <title>Einleitung</title> <para>The keyboarddrake tool<footnote> - <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis + <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role="bold">keyboarddrake</emphasis> als root eingeben</para> </footnote> helps you configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on @@ -30,9 +30,9 @@ be found in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled <section> <title>Tastaturlayout</title> - <para>Hier können sie auswählen welches Tastaturlayout sie verwenden möchten. Die + <para>Hier können Sie auswählen welches Tastaturlayout Sie verwenden möchten. Die Namen (in alphabetischer Reihenfolge sortiert) beschreiben die Sprache, Land -und/oder Ethnie jedes Layouts wofür diese verwendet wird.</para> +und/oder Ethnie des Layouts, wofür diese verwendet wird.</para> </section> <section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/localedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/localedrake.xml index 4dd17b31..3890ce74 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/localedrake.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/localedrake.xml @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>This tool<footnote><para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis + <para>This tool<footnote><para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role="bold">localedrake</emphasis> als root eingeben </para></footnote> can be found in the System section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "Manage localization for diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/logdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/logdrake.xml index fdac729e..34e975ad 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/logdrake.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/logdrake.xml @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ </mediaobject> <para>This tool<footnote> - <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis + <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role="bold">logdrake</emphasis> als root eingeben</para> </footnote> is found in the Mageia Control Center System tab, labelled "<guilabel>View and search system diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/lsnetdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/lsnetdrake.xml index 876c0db9..7b50c78b 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/lsnetdrake.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/lsnetdrake.xml @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ xml:id="lsnetdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="de"> </info> <para>Dieses Tool <footnote> - <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis + <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role="bold">lsnetdrake</emphasis> als root eingeben </para> </footnote> kann nur über die diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/lspcidrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/lspcidrake.xml index 296789e1..aa78ccf6 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/lspcidrake.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/lspcidrake.xml @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ </info> <para>Dieses Werkzeug <footnote> - <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis + <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role="bold">lspcidrake</emphasis> als root eingeben</para> </footnote> kann nur über die Kommandozeile gestartet und benutzt werden. Es zeigt mehr informationen wenn diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/mgaapplet-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/mgaapplet-config.xml index 09410336..fd594583 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/mgaapplet-config.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/mgaapplet-config.xml @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ </mediaobject> <para>This tool<footnote> - <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis + <para>Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem Sie <emphasis role="bold">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> als root eingeben.</para> </footnote> is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Software @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <inlinemediaobject> <para/> - <para>Der erste Schieberegler erlaubt dir die Frequenz einzustellen, wann Mageia -nach Updates suchen soll und der zweite ist für die Verzögerung nach dem -Booten, für die erste Überprüfung. Die Checkbox gibt dir die Möglichkeit, -einen Hinweis anzeigen zu lassen, sobald eine neue Mageia Veröffentlichung -verfügbar ist.</para> + <para>Der erste Schieberegler erlaubt Ihnen die Frequenz einzustellen, in welchen +Zeitabständen Mageia nach Updates suchen soll und der zweite ist für die +Verzögerung nach dem Booten, für die erste Überprüfung. Die Checkbox gibt +Ihnen die Möglichkeit, einen Hinweis anzeigen zu lassen, sobald eine neue +Mageia Veröffentlichung verfügbar ist.</para> <para/> </section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/rpmdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/rpmdrake.xml index e5a3b2c6..9a847462 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/rpmdrake.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/rpmdrake.xml @@ -24,13 +24,13 @@ ist ein Programm um Pakete zu installieren, deinstallieren und aktualisieren. Es ist die grafische Benutzeroberfläche von URPMI. Bei jedem Start überprüft es die online Paketliste ('Medien' genannt), welche direkt -von den offiziellen Mageia Server geladen werden. Es zeigt dir die neusten -Anwendungen und Paket, die für deinen Computer verfügbar sind. Ein -Filtersystem erlaubt es dir nur bestimmte Typen von Paketen anzeigen zu -lassen: eventuell möchtest du nur installierte Pakete angezeigt bekommen +von den offiziellen Mageia Server geladen wird. Es zeigt Ihnen die neusten +Anwendungen und Paket, die für Ihren Computer verfügbar sind. Ein +Filtersystem erlaubt es Ihnen nur bestimmte Typen von Pakete anzeigen zu +lassen: eventuell möchten Sie nur installierte Pakete angezeigt bekommen (Standard) oder nur verfügbare Aktualisierungen. Du kannst dir auch nur -nicht installierte Pakete anzeigen lassen. Auch kannst du nach dem Namen der -Pakete, der Zusammenfassung der Beschreibung, in der vollständigen +nicht installierte Pakete anzeigen lassen. Auch können Sie nach dem Namen +der Pakete, der Zusammenfassung der Beschreibung, in der vollständigen Beschreibung der Pakete oder nach den in den Paketen enthaltenen Dateinamen suchen.</para> @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ eingrenzenden Download Limit, ist es ratsam das Medium zu entfernen und es mit den online repositorys zu ersetzen. Siehe <xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para> - <para>Zudem sind die online repositorys immer aktuell, enthalten viel mehr Pakete + <para>Zudem sind die online Repositorys immer aktuell, enthalten viel mehr Pakete und erlauben das aktualisieren Ihrer installierten Pakete.</para> </important> </section> @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ und erlauben das aktualisieren Ihrer installierten Pakete.</para> <listitem> <para><emphasis role="bold">Paket Typ Filter:</emphasis></para> - <para>Dieser Filter erlaubt ihnen nur bestimmte Pakete anzeigen zu lassen. Wenn + <para>Dieser Filter erlaubt Ihnen nur bestimmte Pakete anzeigen zu lassen. Wenn Sie den Paketmanager das erste Mal starten, zeigt es nur Anwendungen mit einer grafischen Benutzeroberfläche an. Sie können entweder alle Pakete und deren Abhängigkeiten und Bibliotheken, nur die Paketgruppen als auch @@ -78,18 +78,19 @@ Anwendungen, nur Aktualisierungen oder zurück portierte Pakete/Backports von neueren Mageiaversionen anzeigen lassen.</para> <warning> - <para>The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who -probably do not want command line or specialist tools. Since you're reading -this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge -of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to "All".</para> + <para>Die Standard Filtereinstellungen sind für Neueinsteiger in Linux oder +Mageia, die möglicherweise keine Befehlszeile oder spezielle Werkzeuge +verwenden möchten. Da Sie dieses Dokument lesen sind Sie offensichtlich +daran interessiert Ihr Wissen bezüglich Mageia zu erweitern. Aus diesem +Grund wäre es das Beste "Alle" im Filter auszuwählen.</para> </warning> </listitem> <listitem> - <para><firstterm> <emphasis role="bold">Package state filter:</emphasis> + <para><firstterm> <emphasis role="bold">Paketstatus Filter:</emphasis> </firstterm></para> - <para>Dieser Filter erlaubt es ihnen, nur die installierten Pakete, nur die Pakete + <para>Dieser Filter erlaubt es Ihnen, nur die installierten Pakete, nur die Pakete welche nicht installiert sind oder alle Pakete, die installierten und nicht installierten, anzeigen zu lassen.</para> </listitem> @@ -97,9 +98,9 @@ installierten, anzeigen zu lassen.</para> <listitem> <para><emphasis role="bold">Suchmodus:</emphasis></para> - <para>Klicke auf dieses Icon, um nach dem Paketnamen, ihre zusammengefasste + <para>Klicke auf dieses Icon um nach dem Paketnamen, die zusammengefasste Beschreibung, die komplette Beschreibung oder nach Dateien die in den -Paketen enthalten sind zu suchen.</para> +Paketen enthalten sind, zu suchen.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ und Unterkategorien.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para><emphasis role="bold">Description panel:</emphasis></para> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Beschreibung Panel:</emphasis></para> <para>Dieses Panel zeigt den Namen des Pakets, eine zusammengefasste und komplette Beschreibung. Es zeigt viele nützliche Elemente über das ausgewählte Paket @@ -216,7 +217,7 @@ uncheck the box before the package name and click on </tgroup> </table></para> - <para>Examples in the screenshot above:</para> + <para>Beispiele in dem oben gezeigten Screenshot:</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de/scannerdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/de/scannerdrake.xml index 14855411..7b466e08 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de/scannerdrake.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de/scannerdrake.xml @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner.</para> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>Scanner mit folgenden Rechnern teilen: sie können einen Rechner hinzufügen</para> + <para>Scanner mit folgenden Rechnern teilen: Sie können einen Rechner hinzufügen.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es.po b/docs/mcc-help/es.po index 0ce6a4bc..0e91744c 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/es.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/es.po @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package. -# +# # Translators: # Adolfo Jayme Barrientos, 2014 # Adolfo Jayme Barrientos, 2014 @@ -28,20 +28,18 @@ # tortuleon <rodrigo.prieto@ymail.com>, 2014 # tortuleon <rodrigo.prieto@ymail.com>, 2014 # Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2014 -# Marja van Waes <marja@mageia.org>, 2015 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-03-03 13:51+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Marja van Waes <marja@mageia.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" -"es/)\n" -"Language: es\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-02-24 23:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Egoitz Rodriguez Obieta <egoitzro@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: es\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -54,7 +52,8 @@ msgstr "Acceder a directorios y discos WebDAV" msgid "diskdrake --dav" msgstr "diskdrake --dav" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19 msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png" @@ -62,11 +61,9 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 @@ -74,10 +71,7 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " "Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure " "WebDAV shares</guilabel>." -msgstr "" -"Ésta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en el " -"Centro de Control de Mageia Control Center, bajo la pestaña Compartición de " -"Red, etiquetada <guilabel>Configurar comparticiones WebDAV</guilabel>." +msgstr "Ésta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en el Centro de Control de Mageia Control Center, bajo la pestaña Compartición de Red, etiquetada <guilabel>Configurar comparticiones WebDAV</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21 @@ -97,12 +91,7 @@ msgid "" "appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a " "WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV " "server." -msgstr "" -"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> es un " -"protocolo que permite montar un directorio de un servidor localmente, para " -"que aparezca como un directorio local. Es necesario que la máquina remota " -"tenga un servidor WebDAV. No se pretende configurar un servidor WebDAV con " -"esta herramienta." +msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> es un protocolo que permite montar un directorio de un servidor localmente, para que aparezca como un directorio local. Es necesario que la máquina remota tenga un servidor WebDAV. No se pretende configurar un servidor WebDAV con esta herramienta." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40 @@ -115,11 +104,7 @@ msgid "" "The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if " "any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. " "Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen." -msgstr "" -"La primera pantalla de esta herramienta muestra las entradas ya " -"configuradas, si las hay, y un botón <guibutton>Nuevo</guibutton>. Úselo " -"para crear una nueva entrada. Escriba la dirección del servidor en el campo " -"de la nueva pantalla." +msgstr "La primera pantalla de esta herramienta muestra las entradas ya configuradas, si las hay, y un botón <guibutton>Nuevo</guibutton>. Úselo para crear una nueva entrada. Escriba la dirección del servidor en el campo de la nueva pantalla." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46 @@ -127,16 +112,12 @@ msgid "" "Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions. Continue " "with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking " "<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the " -"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct " -"it, if needed." -msgstr "" -"Luego aparece una pantalla para seleccionar algunas acciones. Continúe con " -"la acción <guibutton>Punto de montaje </guibutton> haciendo clic en " -"<guibutton>Aceptar</guibutton> después de seleccionar el botón, ya que el " -"<guibutton>Servidor</guibutton> ya ha sido configurado. Sin embargo, es " -"posible corregirla, si es necesario." +"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct" +" it, if needed." +msgstr "Luego aparece una pantalla para seleccionar algunas acciones. Continúe con la acción <guibutton>Punto de montaje </guibutton> haciendo clic en <guibutton>Aceptar</guibutton> después de seleccionar el botón, ya que el <guibutton>Servidor</guibutton> ya ha sido configurado. Sin embargo, es posible corregirla, si es necesario." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54 msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png" @@ -146,20 +127,17 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png" msgid "" "The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount " "point." -msgstr "" -"El contenido del directorio remoto estará accesible en este punto de montaje." +msgstr "El contenido del directorio remoto estará accesible en este punto de montaje." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61 msgid "" "In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other " "options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen." -msgstr "" -"En el siguiente paso, escriba su nombre de usuario y contraseña. Si necesita " -"otras opciones, las puede facilitar en la pantalla <guibutton>avanzada</" -"guibutton>." +msgstr "En el siguiente paso, escriba su nombre de usuario y contraseña. Si necesita otras opciones, las puede facilitar en la pantalla <guibutton>avanzada</guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67 msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png" @@ -169,27 +147,19 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png" msgid "" "The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the " "access." -msgstr "" -"La opción <guibutton>Montar</guibutton> le permite montar inmediatamente el " -"acceso." +msgstr "La opción <guibutton>Montar</guibutton> le permite montar inmediatamente el acceso." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74 msgid "" -"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</" -"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is " -"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether " -"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose " -"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. " -"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it." -msgstr "" -"Después de que aceptara la configuración con el botón <guibutton>Hecho</" -"guibutton>, la primera pantalla se muestra de nuevo y el nuevo punto de " -"montaje está en la lista. Después de elegir <guibutton>Salir</guibutton>, se " -"le preguntará si desea o no guardar las modificaciones en <emphasis>/etc/" -"fstab</emphasis>. Elija esta opción si desea que el directorio remoto esté " -"disponible en cada arranque. Si la configuración es para uso de una sola " -"vez, no la guarde." +"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button " +"<guibutton>Done</guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your " +"new mount point is listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you" +" are asked whether or not to save the modifications in " +"<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose this option if you want that the " +"remote directory is available at each boot. If your configuration is for " +"one-time usage, do not save it." +msgstr "Después de que aceptara la configuración con el botón <guibutton>Hecho</guibutton>, la primera pantalla se muestra de nuevo y el nuevo punto de montaje está en la lista. Después de elegir <guibutton>Salir</guibutton>, se le preguntará si desea o no guardar las modificaciones en <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Elija esta opción si desea que el directorio remoto esté disponible en cada arranque. Si la configuración es para uso de una sola vez, no la guarde." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3 @@ -201,7 +171,8 @@ msgstr "Compartir sus particiones de disco" msgid "diskdrake --fileshare" msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11 msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png" msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png" @@ -209,11 +180,9 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 @@ -222,20 +191,14 @@ msgid "" "administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home " "subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have " "computers running either Linux or Windows operating system." -msgstr "" -"Esta sencilla herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite " -"al administrador, compartir con otros usuarios partes de sus " -"subdirectorios / home con otros usuarios de una misma red local que pueden " -"tener equipos en los que el sistema operativo sea Linux o Windows." +msgstr "Esta sencilla herramienta <Placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite al administrador, compartir con otros usuarios partes de sus subdirectorios / home con otros usuarios de una misma red local que pueden tener equipos en los que el sistema operativo sea Linux o Windows." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20 msgid "" -"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled " -"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"." -msgstr "" -"Se encuentra en el Centro de Control de Mageia, en la pestaña Disco local, " -"etiquetado como \"Compartir sus particiones\"." +"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled" +" \"Share your hard disk partitions\"." +msgstr "Se encuentra en el Centro de Control de Mageia, en la pestaña Disco local, etiquetado como \"Compartir sus particiones\"." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23 @@ -244,20 +207,11 @@ msgid "" "share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No " "sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on " "<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on " -"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for " -"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their " -"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically " +"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for" +" the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their" +" directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically " "created by the system. You will be asked about this later." -msgstr "" -"Primero, responda la siguiente pregunta: \"<guilabel>¿Le gustaría permitirle " -"a los usuarios compartir algunos de sus directorios?</guilabel>\", haga " -"click en <guibutton>No compartir</guibutton> si la respuesta es no para " -"todos los usuarios, haga click en <guibutton>Permitir todos los usuarios</" -"guibutton> para autorizar a todos los usuarios, o haga click en " -"<guibutton>Personalizar</guibutton> si la respuesta es no para algunos y si " -"para otros. En este último caso, los usuarios autorizados a compartir sus " -"directorios deben pertenecer al grupo Fileshare, el que será creado " -"automáticamente por el sistema. Más adelante se le preguntará sobre esto." +msgstr "Primero, responda la siguiente pregunta: \"<guilabel>¿Le gustaría permitirle a los usuarios compartir algunos de sus directorios?</guilabel>\", haga click en <guibutton>No compartir</guibutton> si la respuesta es no para todos los usuarios, haga click en <guibutton>Permitir todos los usuarios</guibutton> para autorizar a todos los usuarios, o haga click en <guibutton>Personalizar</guibutton> si la respuesta es no para algunos y si para otros. En este último caso, los usuarios autorizados a compartir sus directorios deben pertenecer al grupo Fileshare, el que será creado automáticamente por el sistema. Más adelante se le preguntará sobre esto." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32 @@ -268,14 +222,7 @@ msgid "" "the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both " "Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any " "required packages will be installed if necessary." -msgstr "" -"Click en <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, y aparecerá una segunda ventana la que le " -"pedirá que elija entre <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> y <guibutton>SMB</" -"guibutton>. Tilde <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> si Linux es el único sistema " -"operativo en la red, o <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> si la red incluye " -"computadores con Linux y Windows. A continuación haga click en " -"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Los paquetes requeridos se instalarán " -"inmediatamente, si fuera necesario." +msgstr "Click en <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, y aparecerá una segunda ventana la que le pedirá que elija entre <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> y <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Tilde <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> si Linux es el único sistema operativo en la red, o <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> si la red incluye computadores con Linux y Windows. A continuación haga click en <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Los paquetes requeridos se instalarán inmediatamente, si fuera necesario." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39 @@ -285,37 +232,24 @@ msgid "" "you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare " "group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, " "then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the " -"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information " -"about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>" -msgstr "" -"Se ha completado la configuración, a menos que haya elegido la opción " -"Personalizar. En este caso, una ventana le pedirá que abra Userdrake. Esta " -"herramienta le permitirá agregar en el grupo Fileshare a aquellos usuarios " -"autorizados a compartir sus directorios. En la solapa Usuario, haga click " -"en el usuario para agregar al grupo Fileshare, luego en <guimenuitem>Editar</" -"guimenuitem>, en la solapa Grupos. Marque el grupo y haga click en " -"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Para más información sobre Userdrake, vea <link " -"ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">esta página</link>." +"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information" +" about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>" +msgstr "Se ha completado la configuración, a menos que haya elegido la opción Personalizar. En este caso, una ventana le pedirá que abra Userdrake. Esta herramienta le permitirá agregar en el grupo Fileshare a aquellos usuarios autorizados a compartir sus directorios. En la solapa Usuario, haga click en el usuario para agregar al grupo Fileshare, luego en <guimenuitem>Editar</guimenuitem>, en la solapa Grupos. Marque el grupo y haga click en <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Para más información sobre Userdrake, vea <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">esta página</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50 msgid "" "When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and " "reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account." -msgstr "" -"Al agregar un nuevo usuario al grupo FIleshare, debe desconectar y " -"reconectar la red para que las modificaciones se hagan efectivas." +msgstr "Al agregar un nuevo usuario al grupo FIleshare, debe desconectar y reconectar la red para que las modificaciones se hagan efectivas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55 msgid "" -"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her " -"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers " +"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her" +" file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers " "have this facility." -msgstr "" -"De aquí en más, cada usuario perteneciente al grupo Fileshare puede elegir " -"en su administrador de archivos, qué directorios compartir, aunque no todos " -"estos tengan esa capacidad." +msgstr "De aquí en más, cada usuario perteneciente al grupo Fileshare puede elegir en su administrador de archivos, qué directorios compartir, aunque no todos estos tengan esa capacidad." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1 @@ -333,7 +267,8 @@ msgstr "Acceder a directorios y discos compartidos por NFS" msgid "diskdrake --nfs" msgstr "diskdrake --nfs" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11 msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png" @@ -346,11 +281,9 @@ msgstr "." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos tecleando " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos tecleando <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24 @@ -359,16 +292,9 @@ msgid "" "some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " "protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix " "systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. " -"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a " -"user with tools such as file browsers." -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite " -"declarar directorios accesibles para todos los usuarios de la computadora. " -"El protocolo usado para esto es NFS, el que se encuentra disponible en la " -"mayoría de los sistemas Linux o Unix. El directorio compartido estará " -"disponible desde el arranque del sistema. Los directorios compartidos " -"también pueden accederse directamente mediante el uso de cualquier " -"administrador de archivos." +"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a" +" user with tools such as file browsers." +msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite declarar directorios accesibles para todos los usuarios de la computadora. El protocolo usado para esto es NFS, el que se encuentra disponible en la mayoría de los sistemas Linux o Unix. El directorio compartido estará disponible desde el arranque del sistema. Los directorios compartidos también pueden accederse directamente mediante el uso de cualquier administrador de archivos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38 @@ -380,21 +306,17 @@ msgstr "Procedimiento" msgid "" "Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers " "which share directories." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione <guibutton>buscar servidores</guibutton> para obtener una lista " -"de servidores que comparten directorios." +msgstr "Seleccione <guibutton>buscar servidores</guibutton> para obtener una lista de servidores que comparten directorios." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41 msgid "" "Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the " "shared directories and select the directory you want to access." -msgstr "" -"Haga click en el símbolo > que aparece delante del nombre del servidor para " -"mostrar una lista de los directorios compartidos y elegir aquél al que desea " -"acceder." +msgstr "Haga click en el símbolo > que aparece delante del nombre del servidor para mostrar una lista de los directorios compartidos y elegir aquél al que desea acceder." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47 msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png" @@ -402,13 +324,12 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51 msgid "" -"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have " -"to specify where to mount the directory." -msgstr "" -"El botón <guibutton>Punto de montaje</guibutton> estará disponible y deberá " -"especificar donde quiere montar el directorio." +"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have" +" to specify where to mount the directory." +msgstr "El botón <guibutton>Punto de montaje</guibutton> estará disponible y deberá especificar donde quiere montar el directorio." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56 msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png" @@ -419,18 +340,16 @@ msgid "" "After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and " "change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After " "mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button." -msgstr "" -"Después de elegir el punto de montaje, usted puede proceder a montarlo. " -"También puede verificar las opciones disponibles, así como modificarlas, " -"desde el botón de <guibutton>Opciones</guibutton>. Use el mismo botón para " -"desmontarlo. " +msgstr "Después de elegir el punto de montaje, usted puede proceder a montarlo. También puede verificar las opciones disponibles, así como modificarlas, desde el botón de <guibutton>Opciones</guibutton>. Use el mismo botón para desmontarlo. " -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67 msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73 msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png" @@ -440,17 +359,13 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png" msgid "" "On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, " "a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab " -"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the " -"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " +"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the" +" network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " "browser, for example in Dolphin." -msgstr "" -"Al aceptar la configuración con el botón <guibutton>Hecho</guibutton> se " -"mostrará un mensaje preguntando \"¿Quiere guardar las modificaciones a /etc/" -"fstab ?\". Esto hará disponible el directorio en cada arranque, si la red es " -"accesible. El nuevo directorio estará entonces disponible en su navegador de " -"archivos, por ejemplo en Dolphin." +msgstr "Al aceptar la configuración con el botón <guibutton>Hecho</guibutton> se mostrará un mensaje preguntando \"¿Quiere guardar las modificaciones a /etc/fstab ?\". Esto hará disponible el directorio en cada arranque, si la red es accesible. El nuevo directorio estará entonces disponible en su navegador de archivos, por ejemplo en Dolphin." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85 msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png" @@ -465,7 +380,8 @@ msgstr "Grabadora CD/DVD" msgid "diskdrake --removable" msgstr "diskdrake --removable" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10 msgid "diskdrake--removable.png" msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png" @@ -473,11 +389,9 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14 @@ -485,11 +399,7 @@ msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab " "Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your " "removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)." -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>se encuentra en " -"la solapa Discos locales en el Centro de Control de Mageia etiquetado con el " -"nombre de su hardware removible (solamente lector-grabadores de CD/DVD y " -"diskettes)." +msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>se encuentra en la solapa Discos locales en el Centro de Control de Mageia etiquetado con el nombre de su hardware removible (solamente lector-grabadores de CD/DVD y diskettes)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20 @@ -503,11 +413,7 @@ msgid "" "the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. " "Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> " "button." -msgstr "" -"En la parte superior de la ventana hay una breve descripción de su hardware " -"y de las opciones de montaje elegidas. Use el menú en la parte inferior " -"para cambiarlas. Tilde los elementos para cambiar y haga click en el botón " -"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>." +msgstr "En la parte superior de la ventana hay una breve descripción de su hardware y de las opciones de montaje elegidas. Use el menú en la parte inferior para cambiarlas. Tilde los elementos para cambiar y haga click en el botón <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28 @@ -518,9 +424,7 @@ msgstr "Punto de montaje" #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30 msgid "" "Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom." -msgstr "" -"Marque esta opción para cambiar el punto de montaje. Por defecto es /media/" -"cdrom." +msgstr "Marque esta opción para cambiar el punto de montaje. Por defecto es /media/cdrom." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66 @@ -530,11 +434,9 @@ msgstr "Opciones" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39 msgid "" -"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the " -"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:" -msgstr "" -"Muchas opciones de montaje pueden seleccionarse aquí mismo en la lista o a " -"través del submenú <guilabel>Avanzadas</guilabel>. Las más importantes son:" +"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the" +" <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:" +msgstr "Muchas opciones de montaje pueden seleccionarse aquí mismo en la lista o a través del submenú <guilabel>Avanzadas</guilabel>. Las más importantes son:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45 @@ -547,10 +449,7 @@ msgid "" "user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this " "option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is " "the only one who can umount it." -msgstr "" -"La opción user permite a un usuario no root montar un disco extraíble. Esta " -"opción implica noexec, nosuid y nodev. El usuario que montó el disco es el " -"único que puede desmontarlo." +msgstr "La opción user permite a un usuario no root montar un disco extraíble. Esta opción implica noexec, nosuid y nodev. El usuario que montó el disco es el único que puede desmontarlo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11 @@ -565,11 +464,9 @@ msgstr "diskdrake --smb" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23 @@ -578,54 +475,40 @@ msgid "" "which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " "protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) " "systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared " -"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with " -"tools such as file browsers." -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite " -"declarar aquellos directorios que estarán accesibles para todos los usuarios " -"de la computadora. El protocolo usado para esto es SMB, común entre los " -"sistemas Windows(TM). El directorio compartido estará disponible desde el " -"arranque del sistema. Los directorios compartidos también pueden accederse " -"directamente mediante el uso de cualquier administrador de archivos." +"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with" +" tools such as file browsers." +msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite declarar aquellos directorios que estarán accesibles para todos los usuarios de la computadora. El protocolo usado para esto es SMB, común entre los sistemas Windows(TM). El directorio compartido estará disponible desde el arranque del sistema. Los directorios compartidos también pueden accederse directamente mediante el uso de cualquier administrador de archivos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33 msgid "" "Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of " "available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Antes de arrancar la herramienta, es buena idea declarar los nombres de los " -"servidores disponibles, por ejemplo con <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" +msgstr "Antes de arrancar la herramienta, es buena idea declarar los nombres de los servidores disponibles, por ejemplo con <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40 msgid "" -"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who " -"share directories." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione <guibutton>buscar servidores</guibutton> para obtener una lista " -"de servidores que comparten directorios." +"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who" +" share directories." +msgstr "Seleccione <guibutton>buscar servidores</guibutton> para obtener una lista de servidores que comparten directorios." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43 msgid "" "Click on the server name and on > before the server name to display the " "list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access." -msgstr "" -"Haga click en el símbolo > que aparece delante del nombre del servidor " -"para mostrar una lista de los directorios compartidos y elegir aquél al que " -"desea acceder." +msgstr "Haga click en el símbolo > que aparece delante del nombre del servidor para mostrar una lista de los directorios compartidos y elegir aquél al que desea acceder." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47 msgid "" "The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you " "have to specify where to mount the directory." -msgstr "" -"El botón <guibutton>Punto de montaje</guibutton> estará disponible y deberá " -"especificar donde quiere montar el directorio." +msgstr "El botón <guibutton>Punto de montaje</guibutton> estará disponible y deberá especificar donde quiere montar el directorio." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52 msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png" @@ -636,10 +519,7 @@ msgid "" "After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount " "button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the " "<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button." -msgstr "" -"Después de elegir el punto de montaje, este puede ser montado con " -"<guimenu>Botón de montaje</guimenu>. También puede verificar y cambiar " -"algunas de las opciones con el botón <guibutton>Opciones</guibutton>." +msgstr "Después de elegir el punto de montaje, este puede ser montado con <guimenu>Botón de montaje</guimenu>. También puede verificar y cambiar algunas de las opciones con el botón <guibutton>Opciones</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60 @@ -647,17 +527,16 @@ msgid "" "In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to " "connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it " "with the same button." -msgstr "" -"En opciones, puede especificar el nombre de usuario y password de aquellos " -"con capacidad de conectarse al servidor SMB. Después de montar el " -"directorio, puede desmontarlo usando el mismo botón." +msgstr "En opciones, puede especificar el nombre de usuario y password de aquellos con capacidad de conectarse al servidor SMB. Después de montar el directorio, puede desmontarlo usando el mismo botón." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66 msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72 msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png" @@ -668,15 +547,12 @@ msgid "" "After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask " "\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow " "directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The " -"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin." -msgstr "" -"Al aceptar la configuración con el botón <guibutton>Hecho</guibutton>, " -"aparecerá un mensaje preguntándole si \"¿Quiere guardar las modificaciones " -"en /etc/fstab?\". Esto hará que el directorio esté disponible desde cada " -"arranque si la red está accesible. El nuevo directorio será visible en su " -"administrador de archivos, por ejemplo en Dolphin." +"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in " +"dolphin." +msgstr "Al aceptar la configuración con el botón <guibutton>Hecho</guibutton>, aparecerá un mensaje preguntándole si \"¿Quiere guardar las modificaciones en /etc/fstab?\". Esto hará que el directorio esté disponible desde cada arranque si la red está accesible. El nuevo directorio será visible en su administrador de archivos, por ejemplo en Dolphin." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84 msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png" @@ -691,7 +567,8 @@ msgstr "Efectos de escritorio 3D" msgid "drak3d" msgstr "drak3d" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:10 msgid "drak3d.png" msgstr "drak3d.png" @@ -699,11 +576,9 @@ msgstr "drak3d.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:18 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:17 @@ -711,10 +586,7 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D " "desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by " "default." -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite " -"administrar los efectos 3D del escritorio de su sistema operativo. Estos se " -"encuentran deshabilitados por defecto. " +msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite administrar los efectos 3D del escritorio de su sistema operativo. Estos se encuentran deshabilitados por defecto. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drak3d.xml:25 @@ -727,40 +599,30 @@ msgid "" "To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the " "package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can " "start." -msgstr "" -"Para usar esta herramienta se necesita tener el paquete glxinfo instalado. " -"Si el paquete no estuviera instalado, se le pedirá que lo instale antes de " -"poder iniciar drak3d. " +msgstr "Para usar esta herramienta se necesita tener el paquete glxinfo instalado. Si el paquete no estuviera instalado, se le pedirá que lo instale antes de poder iniciar drak3d. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:31 msgid "" "After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window. Here you " "can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or " -"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/" -"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your " -"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on." -msgstr "" -"Antes de iniciar drak3d, aparecerá un menú. Desde el podrá elegir " -"<guilabel>Sin efectos 3D de escritorio</guilabel> o <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</" -"guilabel>. Compìz Fusion es parte del administrador/gestor de composición " -"de ventanas, el que incluye efectos especiales acelerados por hardware para " -"su escritorio. Elija <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> para habilitarlo." +"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a " +"composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special " +"effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn " +"it on." +msgstr "Antes de iniciar drak3d, aparecerá un menú. Desde el podrá elegir <guilabel>Sin efectos 3D de escritorio</guilabel> o <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compìz Fusion es parte del administrador/gestor de composición de ventanas, el que incluye efectos especiales acelerados por hardware para su escritorio. Elija <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> para habilitarlo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:38 msgid "" "If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of " -"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be " -"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</" -"guibutton> button to continue." -msgstr "" -"Si esta es la primera vez que usa este programa después de una instalación " -"limpia de Mageia, va a recibir un mensaje de alerta indicándole que paquetes " -"deberán ser instalados para poder usar Compiz Fusion. Haga click en el " -"botón <guibutton>OK</guibutton> para continuar." +"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be" +" installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the " +"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue." +msgstr "Si esta es la primera vez que usa este programa después de una instalación limpia de Mageia, va a recibir un mensaje de alerta indicándole que paquetes deberán ser instalados para poder usar Compiz Fusion. Haga click en el botón <guibutton>OK</guibutton> para continuar." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:45 msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" @@ -771,20 +633,14 @@ msgid "" "Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz " "Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in " "for the changes to take effect." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que los paquetes necesarios fueron instalados, podrá comprobar que " -"Compiz Fusion aparece elegido en el menú de drak3d. Para que los cambios " -"surtan efecto deberá desloguear y loguear nuevamente." +msgstr "Una vez que los paquetes necesarios fueron instalados, podrá comprobar que Compiz Fusion aparece elegido en el menú de drak3d. Para que los cambios surtan efecto deberá desloguear y loguear nuevamente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:53 msgid "" "After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz " "Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager) tool." -msgstr "" -"Después de loguear nuevamente, Compiz Fusion se encontrará activado. Para " -"configurar Compiz Fusion vea la página de ayuda de ccsm (CompizConfig " -"Settings Manager)." +msgstr "Después de loguear nuevamente, Compiz Fusion se encontrará activado. Para configurar Compiz Fusion vea la página de ayuda de ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drak3d.xml:59 @@ -802,13 +658,10 @@ msgid "" "If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop " "but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in " "screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d." -msgstr "" -"Si después de haber habilitado Compiz Fusion no puede visualizar el " -"escritorio al loguear nuevamente, reinicie su computadora para volver a la " -"pantalla de logueo. Una vez allí haga click en el ícono del Escritorio y " -"elija drak3d. " +msgstr "Si después de haber habilitado Compiz Fusion no puede visualizar el escritorio al loguear nuevamente, reinicie su computadora para volver a la pantalla de logueo. Una vez allí haga click en el ícono del Escritorio y elija drak3d. " -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:71 msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" @@ -818,13 +671,9 @@ msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" msgid "" "When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be " "prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login " -"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the " -"log in problem." -msgstr "" -"Cuando vuelva a loguear, si su cuenta tiene privilegios de administrador, se " -"le solicitará que ingrese su contraseña nuevamente. Caso contrario, use una " -"cuenta de administrador para deshacer los cambios que pudieran haber causado " -"el problema." +"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the" +" log in problem." +msgstr "Cuando vuelva a loguear, si su cuenta tiene privilegios de administrador, se le solicitará que ingrese su contraseña nuevamente. Caso contrario, use una cuenta de administrador para deshacer los cambios que pudieran haber causado el problema." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakauth.xml:9 @@ -836,7 +685,8 @@ msgstr "Autenticación" msgid "drakauth" msgstr "drakauth" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakauth.xml:16 msgid "drakauth.png" msgstr "drakauth.png" @@ -844,21 +694,16 @@ msgstr "drakauth.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escriba <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escriba <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:21 msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the " -"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net." -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite " -"modificar la forma en la que será reconocido como usuario de esta " -"computadora en la red." +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the" +" manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net." +msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite modificar la forma en la que será reconocido como usuario de esta computadora en la red." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:25 @@ -866,10 +711,7 @@ msgid "" "By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your " "computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so " "and give information about that." -msgstr "" -"Por defecto, la información de autenticación se almacena en un archivo en su " -"computadora. Modifíquela solamente si su administrador de red se lo permite " -"y le da instrucciones para ello." +msgstr "Por defecto, la información de autenticación se almacena en un archivo en su computadora. Modifíquela solamente si su administrador de red se lo permite y le da instrucciones para ello." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:3 @@ -881,7 +723,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar el arranque" msgid "drakboot --boot" msgstr "drakboot --boot" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:10 msgid "drakboot--boot.png" msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" @@ -889,11 +732,9 @@ msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14 @@ -901,82 +742,55 @@ msgid "" "this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure " "the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default " "boot, etc.)" -msgstr "" -"esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite " -"configurar las opciones de arranque (elección del bootloader, definir una " -"contraseña, " +msgstr "esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite configurar las opciones de arranque (elección del bootloader, definir una contraseña, " #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:19 msgid "" "It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set " "up boot system\"." -msgstr "" -"Se encuentra en la solapa Boot en el Centro de Control Mageia, como " -"\"Configurar el sistema de arranque\"." +msgstr "Se encuentra en la solapa Boot en el Centro de Control Mageia, como \"Configurar el sistema de arranque\"." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:23 msgid "" "Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing. Changing " "some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !" -msgstr "" -"No use esta herramienta si no sabe exactamente lo que está haciendo. " -"Cambiar la configuración puede impedir el arranque de su computadora!" +msgstr "No use esta herramienta si no sabe exactamente lo que está haciendo. Cambiar la configuración puede impedir el arranque de su computadora!" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:28 msgid "" -"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to " -"choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " +"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to" +" choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " "with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question of taste, there are " -"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot device</" -"guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The boot " -"device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can prevent " -"you machine from booting." -msgstr "" -"En la primera parte, llamada <guilabel>Gestor de arranque</guilabel>, es " -"posible elegir <guibutton>Usar un Gestor de arranque</guibutton>, Grub o " -"Lilo, así como seleccionar una interfaz gráfica o sólo texto. Esto es una " -"cuestión de preferencia personal, ya que tanto uno como otro proveen las " -"mismas facilidades. También podrá configurar el <guibutton>Dispositivo de " -"arranque</guibutton>. pero por favor, no cambie nada en esta sección a menos " -"que sea un usuario experto. El dispositivo de arranque es donde el reside " -"el cargador de arranque, y cualquier modificación podría impedir el arranque " -"de su computadora." +"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot " +"device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The" +" boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can " +"prevent you machine from booting." +msgstr "En la primera parte, llamada <guilabel>Gestor de arranque</guilabel>, es posible elegir <guibutton>Usar un Gestor de arranque</guibutton>, Grub o Lilo, así como seleccionar una interfaz gráfica o sólo texto. Esto es una cuestión de preferencia personal, ya que tanto uno como otro proveen las mismas facilidades. También podrá configurar el <guibutton>Dispositivo de arranque</guibutton>. pero por favor, no cambie nada en esta sección a menos que sea un usuario experto. El dispositivo de arranque es donde el reside el cargador de arranque, y cualquier modificación podría impedir el arranque de su computadora." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:36 msgid "" "In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set " "the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. " -"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating " -"systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the " +"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating" +" systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the " "bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses." -msgstr "" -"En la segunda parte, llamada <guilabel>Opciones principales</guilabel>, " -"usted puede definir el tiempo de<guibutton>Retardo antes de arrancar la " -"imagen por defecto</guibutton>, medido en segundos. Durante este lapso, " -"Grub o Lilo le mostrarán la lista de sistemas operativos disponibles, " -"invitándolo a seleccionar uno. Si no elige ninguno, el gestor de arranque " -"iniciará con el sistema operativo definido por defecto, una vez que expire " -"el lapso establecido anteriormente." +msgstr "En la segunda parte, llamada <guilabel>Opciones principales</guilabel>, usted puede definir el tiempo de<guibutton>Retardo antes de arrancar la imagen por defecto</guibutton>, medido en segundos. Durante este lapso, Grub o Lilo le mostrarán la lista de sistemas operativos disponibles, invitándolo a seleccionar uno. Si no elige ninguno, el gestor de arranque iniciará con el sistema operativo definido por defecto, una vez que expire el lapso establecido anteriormente." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:43 msgid "" "In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is " "possible to set a password." -msgstr "" -"En la tercera y última parte, llamada <guibutton>Seguridad</guibutton>, es " -"posible definir una contraseña." +msgstr "En la tercera y última parte, llamada <guibutton>Seguridad</guibutton>, es posible definir una contraseña." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46 msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options." -msgstr "" -"El botón <guibutton>Avanzadas</guibutton> permite seleccionar algunas otras " -"opciones." +msgstr "El botón <guibutton>Avanzadas</guibutton> permite seleccionar algunas otras opciones." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:49 @@ -990,11 +804,7 @@ msgid "" "power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was " "the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI " "compatible." -msgstr "" -"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) es el estandar para la " -"administración de energía. Así, deteniendo dispositivos que no se encuentran " -"en uso, le permitirá ahorrar corriente eléctrica. Marque esta casilla si su " -"hardware es compatible con el estándar ACPI." +msgstr "ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) es el estandar para la administración de energía. Así, deteniendo dispositivos que no se encuentran en uso, le permitirá ahorrar corriente eléctrica. Marque esta casilla si su hardware es compatible con el estándar ACPI." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56 @@ -1006,26 +816,21 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Activar SMP:</guibutton>" msgid "" "SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for " "multicore processors." -msgstr "" -"SMP significa Múltiples Procesadores Simétricos. Es una arquitectura para " -"procesadores de varios núcleos. " +msgstr "SMP significa Múltiples Procesadores Simétricos. Es una arquitectura para procesadores de varios núcleos. " #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:62 msgid "" "If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual " "processor and enable SMP." -msgstr "" -"Si tiene un procesador con HyperThreading, Mageia lo verá como un procesador " -"dual y activará SMP." +msgstr "Si tiene un procesador con HyperThreading, Mageia lo verá como un procesador dual y activará SMP." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66 msgid "" -"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</" -"guibutton>" -msgstr "" -"<guibutton>Habilitar APIC</guibutton> y <guibutton>APIC local:</guibutton>" +"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local " +"APIC:</guibutton>" +msgstr "<guibutton>Habilitar APIC</guibutton> y <guibutton>APIC local:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:69 @@ -1036,20 +841,12 @@ msgid "" "to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful " "for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC " "system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message " -"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local " -"APIC." -msgstr "" -"APIC significa Controlador de Interrupciones Programable Avanzado. Hay dos " -"componentes en el sistema APIC de Intel, el APIC local (LAPIC) y el APIC I/" -"O. Este último enruta las interrupiciones que recibe de los buses " -"periféricos a uno o más APICs pertenecientes a cada procesador, maximizando " -"su utilidad en sistemas con múltiples procesadores. Algunas computadoras " -"tiene problemas con el sistema APIC, pudiendo éste último producir desde una " -"incorrecta detección de dispositivos generadores de interrupciones (mensaje " -"de error \"spurious 8259 interrupt: IRQ7\") hasta bloqueos totales del " -"sistema. En estos casos deshabilite el APIC y/o el LAPIC." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local" +" APIC." +msgstr "APIC significa Controlador de Interrupciones Programable Avanzado. Hay dos componentes en el sistema APIC de Intel, el APIC local (LAPIC) y el APIC I/O. Este último enruta las interrupiciones que recibe de los buses periféricos a uno o más APICs pertenecientes a cada procesador, maximizando su utilidad en sistemas con múltiples procesadores. Algunas computadoras tiene problemas con el sistema APIC, pudiendo éste último producir desde una incorrecta detección de dispositivos generadores de interrupciones (mensaje de error \"spurious 8259 interrupt: IRQ7\") hasta bloqueos totales del sistema. En estos casos deshabilite el APIC y/o el LAPIC." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:80 msgid "drakboot1.png" msgstr "drakboot1.png" @@ -1058,23 +855,16 @@ msgstr "drakboot1.png" #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:84 msgid "" "In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the " -"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the " -"order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the " +"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the" +" order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the " "selected item. If you click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or " "<guibutton>Modify </guibutton>buttons, a new window appears to add a new " -"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar " -"with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools." -msgstr "" -"En la <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton> pantalla podrá ver una lista de las " -"opciones disponibles durante el arranque del sistema. La opción por defecto " -"está marcada con un asterico. Para cambiar el orden de la lista, mueva el " -"elemento seleccionado haciéndo click en las flechas. Si hace click en los " -"botones <guibutton>Agregar</guibutton> o <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>, " -"aparecerá una nueva ventana que le permitirá agregar entradas al menú del " -"Grub o modificar las existentes. Para usar estas herramientas deberá estar " -"familiarizado con Lilo o Grub." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar" +" with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools." +msgstr "En la <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton> pantalla podrá ver una lista de las opciones disponibles durante el arranque del sistema. La opción por defecto está marcada con un asterico. Para cambiar el orden de la lista, mueva el elemento seleccionado haciéndo click en las flechas. Si hace click en los botones <guibutton>Agregar</guibutton> o <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>, aparecerá una nueva ventana que le permitirá agregar entradas al menú del Grub o modificar las existentes. Para usar estas herramientas deberá estar familiarizado con Lilo o Grub." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94 msgid "drakboot2.png" msgstr "drakboot2.png" @@ -1085,47 +875,35 @@ msgid "" "The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want " "to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For " "example: Mageia3." -msgstr "" -"El campo <guilabel>Etiqueta</guilabel> es libre, pudiéndo escribir en él, el " -"contenido que quiere que aparezca en el menú. Coincidirá con el comando " -"\"title\" del Grub. Por ejemplo: Mageia3." +msgstr "El campo <guilabel>Etiqueta</guilabel> es libre, pudiéndo escribir en él, el contenido que quiere que aparezca en el menú. Coincidirá con el comando \"title\" del Grub. Por ejemplo: Mageia3." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:102 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches " "the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz." -msgstr "" -"El campo <guilabel>Imágen</guilabel> contiene el nombre del kernel. " -"Coincide con el comando \"kernel\" del Grub. Por ejemplo /boot/vmlinuz." +msgstr "El campo <guilabel>Imágen</guilabel> contiene el nombre del kernel. Coincide con el comando \"kernel\" del Grub. Por ejemplo /boot/vmlinuz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:105 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the " "kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)." -msgstr "" -"El campo <guilabel>Root</guilabel> contiene el nombre del dispositivo donde " -"se encuentra almacenado el kernel. Coincide con el comando \"root\" del " -"Grub. Por ejemplo (hd0,1)." +msgstr "El campo <guilabel>Root</guilabel> contiene el nombre del dispositivo donde se encuentra almacenado el kernel. Coincide con el comando \"root\" del Grub. Por ejemplo (hd0,1)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:109 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to " "the kernel at boot time." -msgstr "" -"La etiqueta \"Anexar\" contiene las opciones que deben darse al kernel en el " -"arranque." +msgstr "La etiqueta \"Anexar\" contiene las opciones que deben darse al kernel en el arranque." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112 msgid "" "If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this " "entry by default." -msgstr "" -"Si la casilla \"Por defecto\" está marcada, Grub arrancará desde esta " -"entrada por defecto." +msgstr "Si la casilla \"Por defecto\" está marcada, Grub arrancará desde esta entrada por defecto." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115 @@ -1145,7 +923,8 @@ msgstr "Establecer autologin para iniciar sesión automáticamente" msgid "drakboot" msgstr "drakboot" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot.xml:11 msgid "drakboot.png" msgstr "drakboot.png" @@ -1153,11 +932,9 @@ msgstr "drakboot.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:15 @@ -1166,21 +943,14 @@ msgid "" "automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without " "asking for any password. It's called autologin. This is generally a good " "idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine." -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>permite iniciar " -"sesión automáticamente al mismo usuario, en su entorno/escritorio, sin pedir " -"ninguna contraseña. Se llama autologin. Esto es generalmente buena idea " -"cuando sólo hay un usuario que use la máquina." +msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>permite iniciar sesión automáticamente al mismo usuario, en su entorno/escritorio, sin pedir ninguna contraseña. Se llama autologin. Esto es generalmente buena idea cuando sólo hay un usuario que use la máquina." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:22 msgid "" "It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the " "Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"." -msgstr "" -"Se encuentra en la pestaña <emphasis role=\"bold\">Arranque</emphasis> del " -"Centro de Control de Mageia llamada \"Configurar el inicio de sesión " -"automático\"." +msgstr "Se encuentra en la pestaña <emphasis role=\"bold\">Arranque</emphasis> del Centro de Control de Mageia llamada \"Configurar el inicio de sesión automático\"." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:26 @@ -1190,35 +960,23 @@ msgstr "Los botones son bastante obvios:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:28 msgid "" -"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</" -"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If " -"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible " -"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the " -"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'." -msgstr "" -"Marque <guibutton>Lanzar el entorno gráfico cuando su sistema inicia</" -"guibutton>, si usted desea que el Sistema X Window sea ejecutado después del " -"inicio. Si no es así el sistema iniciará en modo texto. De todos modos es " -"posible lanzar la interfaz gráfica manualmente. Esto puede hacerse " -"ejecutando el comando 'startx' o 'systemctl start dm'." +"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system " +"starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the " +"boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be " +"possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by " +"launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'." +msgstr "Marque <guibutton>Lanzar el entorno gráfico cuando su sistema inicia</guibutton>, si usted desea que el Sistema X Window sea ejecutado después del inicio. Si no es así el sistema iniciará en modo texto. De todos modos es posible lanzar la interfaz gráfica manualmente. Esto puede hacerse ejecutando el comando 'startx' o 'systemctl start dm'." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:34 msgid "" "If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either " -"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to " -"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check " +"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to" +" continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check " "<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if " "needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default " "username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>." -msgstr "" -"Si la primera casilla está activada, otras dos opciones aparecen. Marque o " -"bien <guibutton>No, yo no quiero autologin </guibutton>, si desea que el " -"sistema pida un usuario y contraseña, o bien <guibutton>Sí, deseo entrar " -"automáticaticamente con este (usuario, escritorio)</guibutton>, si es " -"necesario. En este caso, también necesita suministrar el <guilabel>nombre " -"de usuario por defecto </guilabel> y el <guilabel>escritorio por defecto</" -"guilabel>." +msgstr "Si la primera casilla está activada, otras dos opciones aparecen. Marque o bien <guibutton>No, yo no quiero autologin </guibutton>, si desea que el sistema pida un usuario y contraseña, o bien <guibutton>Sí, deseo entrar automáticaticamente con este (usuario, escritorio)</guibutton>, si es necesario. En este caso, también necesita suministrar el <guilabel>nombre de usuario por defecto </guilabel> y el <guilabel>escritorio por defecto</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:11 @@ -1233,42 +991,32 @@ msgstr "drakbug_report" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line." -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>solo se puede " -"iniciar desde la línea de comandos." +msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>solo se puede iniciar desde la línea de comandos." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:20 msgid "" -"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by " -"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, " -"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be " -"several GBs large." -msgstr "" -"Se recomienda escribir la salida de este comando a un archivo, por ejemplo " -"haciendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt </" -"emphasis>, pero asegúrese de que tiene suficiente espacio en disco en primer " -"lugar: el archivo puede ser fácilmente de varios GB." +"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by" +" doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > " +"drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, but make sure you have enough disk space " +"first: the file can easily be several GBs large." +msgstr "Se recomienda escribir la salida de este comando a un archivo, por ejemplo haciendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt </emphasis>, pero asegúrese de que tiene suficiente espacio en disco en primer lugar: el archivo puede ser fácilmente de varios GB." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:24 msgid "" -"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing " -"the unneeded parts." -msgstr "" -"La salida es demasiado grande para un reporte de bug sin eliminar primero " -"las partes innecesarias." +"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing" +" the unneeded parts." +msgstr "La salida es demasiado grande para un reporte de bug sin eliminar primero las partes innecesarias." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:26 @@ -1445,19 +1193,12 @@ msgstr "df" msgid "" "At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this " "command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to " -"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" " -"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</" -"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take " -"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Cuando se escribió esta ayuda, la parte \"syslog\" de la salida de este " -"comando estaba vacía, ya que esta herramienta aún no se había ajustado a " -"nuestro cambio a systemd. Si todavía está vacío, puede recuperar el \"syslog" -"\" haciendo (como root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl." -"txt </emphasis>. Si usted no tiene mucho espacio en disco, puede, por " -"ejemplo, tomar las últimoa 5.000 líneas del registro mediante: <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a | tail-n5000 > journalctl5000.txt </emphasis>." +"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\"" +" by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > " +"journalctl.txt</emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, " +"for instance, take the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." +msgstr "Cuando se escribió esta ayuda, la parte \"syslog\" de la salida de este comando estaba vacía, ya que esta herramienta aún no se había ajustado a nuestro cambio a systemd. Si todavía está vacío, puede recuperar el \"syslog\" haciendo (como root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt </emphasis>. Si usted no tiene mucho espacio en disco, puede, por ejemplo, tomar las últimoa 5.000 líneas del registro mediante: <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a | tail-n5000 > journalctl5000.txt </emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakbug.xml:9 @@ -1469,7 +1210,8 @@ msgstr "Herramienta de reportes de bug de Mageia" msgid "drakbug" msgstr "drakbug" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakbug.xml:15 msgid "drakbug.png" msgstr "drakbug.png" @@ -1477,38 +1219,29 @@ msgstr "drakbug.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakbug </emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." +msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakbug </emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:19 msgid "" "Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts " -"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, " -"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of " -"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report." -msgstr "" -"Usualmente, esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se " -"inicia automáticamente cuando una herramienta de Mageia se estrella. Sin " -"embargo, también es posible que, después de rellenar un informe de error, se " -"le pida que inicie esta herramienta para comprobar alguna de las " -"informaciones que da, y luego incluirlas en ese reporte de bug existente." +"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that," +" after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some " +"of the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug " +"report." +msgstr "Usualmente, esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se inicia automáticamente cuando una herramienta de Mageia se estrella. Sin embargo, también es posible que, después de rellenar un informe de error, se le pida que inicie esta herramienta para comprobar alguna de las informaciones que da, y luego incluirlas en ese reporte de bug existente." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:21 msgid "" "If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, " -"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> " -"before clicking on the \"Report\" button." -msgstr "" -"Si hace falta un nuevo reporte de bug y usted no está acostumbrado a hacer " -"eso, entonces por favor lea <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\"> Cómo hacer un reporte de bug correctamente </" -"link> antes de hacer clic en el botón \"Report\"." +"then please read <link " +"xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How " +"to report a bug report properly</link> before clicking on the \"Report\" " +"button." +msgstr "Si hace falta un nuevo reporte de bug y usted no está acostumbrado a hacer eso, entonces por favor lea <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\"> Cómo hacer un reporte de bug correctamente </link> antes de hacer clic en el botón \"Report\"." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:23 @@ -1516,10 +1249,7 @@ msgid "" "In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message " "that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to " "that existing report that you saw the bug, too." -msgstr "" -"En caso de que el error ya ha sido presentado por otra persona (el mensaje " -"de error que dio drakbug será el mismo), es útil añadir un comentario a ese " -"bug existente diciendo que usted lo vió también." +msgstr "En caso de que el error ya ha sido presentado por otra persona (el mensaje de error que dio drakbug será el mismo), es útil añadir un comentario a ese bug existente diciendo que usted lo vió también." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakclock.xml:3 @@ -1531,7 +1261,8 @@ msgstr "Fecha y hora" msgid "drakclock" msgstr "drakclock" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakclock.xml:10 msgid "drakclock.png" msgstr "drakclock.png" @@ -1539,25 +1270,18 @@ msgstr "drakclock.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakclock </emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakclock </emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab " -"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time" -"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right " -"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray." -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en la " -"pestaña Sistema en el Centro de Control Mageia etiquetada como <guilabel>" -"\"Administrar fecha y hora\"</guilabel>. En algunos entornos de escritorio " -"también está disponible haciendo click con el botón derecho / Ajustar fecha " -"y hora ... sobre el reloj de la barra de sistema." +"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and " +"time\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a " +"right click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray." +msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en la pestaña Sistema en el Centro de Control Mageia etiquetada como <guilabel>\"Administrar fecha y hora\"</guilabel>. En algunos entornos de escritorio también está disponible haciendo click con el botón derecho / Ajustar fecha y hora ... sobre el reloj de la barra de sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:21 @@ -1568,46 +1292,30 @@ msgstr "Es una herramienta muy simple." #: en/drakclock.xml:23 msgid "" "On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. " -"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on " -"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue) and it is a Sunday. Select the month " +"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on" +" the upper right), the 2nd (in blue) and it is a Sunday. Select the month " "(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or " "2012). Select the day by clicking on its number." -msgstr "" -"En la parte superior izquierda se encuentra el<emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">calendario</emphasis>. En la captura de pantalla la fecha es Septiembre " -"(arriba en la izquierda), 2012 (arriba a la derecha), el día 2 (en azul) y " -"es Domingo. Seleccione el mes (o año) haciendo click en las pequeñas flechas " -"a cada lado de Septiembre (o 2012). Seleccione el día haciendo click en su " -"número." +msgstr "En la parte superior izquierda se encuentra el<emphasis role=\"bold\">calendario</emphasis>. En la captura de pantalla la fecha es Septiembre (arriba en la izquierda), 2012 (arriba a la derecha), el día 2 (en azul) y es Domingo. Seleccione el mes (o año) haciendo click en las pequeñas flechas a cada lado de Septiembre (o 2012). Seleccione el día haciendo click en su número." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:29 msgid "" -"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</" -"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by " -"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time " +"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time " +"Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on " +"time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time " "Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server." -msgstr "" -"En la esquina inferior izquierda se encuentra la opción de sincronización " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</emphasis> es posible tener el " -"reloj siempre en hora al sincronizarlo con un servidor. Marque " -"<guilabel>Enable Network Time Protocol</guilabel>y elija el servidor más " -"cercano." +msgstr "En la esquina inferior izquierda se encuentra la opción de sincronización <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</emphasis> es posible tener el reloj siempre en hora al sincronizarlo con un servidor. Marque <guilabel>Enable Network Time Protocol</guilabel>y elija el servidor más cercano." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:34 msgid "" "On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's " "useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, " -"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows " -"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see " -"your desktop environment settings for that." -msgstr "" -"En la parte derecha esta el relo. No se puede ajustar el reloj si NTP está " -"activada. Tres casillas muestran las horas, minutos y segundos (15, 28 y 22 " -"en la captura de pantalla). Usa las flechitas para ajustar el reloj a la " -"hora correcta. El formato no puede cambiarse aquí, ver la configuración del " -"entorno de escritorio para eso." +"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows" +" to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see" +" your desktop environment settings for that." +msgstr "En la parte derecha esta el relo. No se puede ajustar el reloj si NTP está activada. Tres casillas muestran las horas, minutos y segundos (15, 28 y 22 en la captura de pantalla). Usa las flechitas para ajustar el reloj a la hora correcta. El formato no puede cambiarse aquí, ver la configuración del entorno de escritorio para eso." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:40 @@ -1615,21 +1323,15 @@ msgid "" "At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the " "<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the " "nearest town." -msgstr "" -"Al menos, abajo a la derecha, seleccione su zona horaria pulsando en el " -"botón <guibutton>Cambiar Zona Horaria</guibutton> y eligiendo en la lista la " -"ciudad más cercana." +msgstr "Al menos, abajo a la derecha, seleccione su zona horaria pulsando en el botón <guibutton>Cambiar Zona Horaria</guibutton> y eligiendo en la lista la ciudad más cercana." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:45 msgid "" -"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they " -"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation " +"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they" +" will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation " "settings." -msgstr "" -"Aunque no sea posible elegir un formato de fecha u hora en esta herramienta, " -"estos se mostrarán en el escritorio, de acuerdo con la configuración de " -"región." +msgstr "Aunque no sea posible elegir un formato de fecha u hora en esta herramienta, estos se mostrarán en el escritorio, de acuerdo con la configuración de región." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3 @@ -1641,7 +1343,8 @@ msgstr "Quitar una conexión" msgid "drakconnect --del" msgstr "drakconnect --del" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8 msgid "drakconnect--del.png" msgstr "drakconnect--del.png" @@ -1649,38 +1352,30 @@ msgstr "drakconnect--del.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 msgid "" -"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> como root." +"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 msgid "" -"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" -"\"0\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Aquí puede eliminar una interfaz de red<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" -"\"0\"/>. " +"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" " +"id=\"0\"/>." +msgstr "Aquí puede eliminar una interfaz de red<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>. " #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14 msgid "" "Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then " "click <emphasis>next</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Haga clic en el menú desplegable, seleccione la que desea eliminar y luego " -"haga clic en <emphasis> siguiente </emphasis>." +msgstr "Haga clic en el menú desplegable, seleccione la que desea eliminar y luego haga clic en <emphasis> siguiente </emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15 msgid "" "You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted " "successfully." -msgstr "" -"Verá un mensaje diciendo que la interfaz de red se ha eliminado " -"correctamente." +msgstr "Verá un mensaje diciendo que la interfaz de red se ha eliminado correctamente." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:3 @@ -1692,7 +1387,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar un una nueva interfaz de red (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)" msgid "drakconnect" msgstr "drakconnect" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:11 msgid "drakconnect.png" msgstr "drakconnect.png" @@ -1700,11 +1396,9 @@ msgstr "drakconnect.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakconnect </emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakconnect </emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:18 @@ -1712,19 +1406,14 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much " "of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from " "your access provider or your network administrator." -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite configurar " -"varias opciones de red local o acceso a internet. Debe de tener información " -"de su proveedor de acceso a internet o su administrador de red." +msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite configurar varias opciones de red local o acceso a internet. Debe de tener información de su proveedor de acceso a internet o su administrador de red." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:25 msgid "" "Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware " "and provider you have." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione el tipo de conexión que desea establecer, de acuerdo con el " -"hardware y el proveedor que usted posee." +msgstr "Seleccione el tipo de conexión que desea establecer, de acuerdo con el hardware y el proveedor que usted posee." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:30 @@ -1736,155 +1425,133 @@ msgstr "Una nueva conexión cableada (Ethernet)" msgid "" "The first window lists the interfaces which are available. Select the one " "to configure." -msgstr "" -"La primera ventana lista las interfaces que estan disponibles. Seleccione un " -"para configurar" +msgstr "La primera ventana lista las interfaces que estan disponibles. Seleccione un para configurar" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167 msgid "" "At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP " "address." -msgstr "" -"En este paso, la elección se da entre una dirección IP automática o " -"manualmente configurada." +msgstr "En este paso, la elección se da entre una dirección IP automática o manualmente configurada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557 msgid "Automatic IP" msgstr "IP automática" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:48 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers " -"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " +"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers" +" are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " -"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. " -"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " -"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers " -"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," +" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." +" The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " +"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers" +" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>configuración Ethernet/IP </emphasis>: usted debe seleccionar si " -"los servidores DNS son determinados por el servidor DHCP o si serán " -"especificados manualmente, como se explica más abajo. En el último caso la " -"dirección IP de los servidores DNS debe ser \n" -"configurada. El HOSTNAME de la computadora puede ser especificado \n" -"aquí. Si no se especifica, el nombre <literal>localhost.localdomain</" -"literal> es asignado de forma predeterminada. El Hostname también puede ser " -"provisto por el servidor DHCP con la opción <emphasis>Asignar Hostname " -"desde el servidor DHCP</emphasis>.No todos los servidores DHCP tienen esta " -"función, y si usted está configurando su PC para obtener una dirección IP " -"desde router ADSL doméstico, es poco probable." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +msgstr "<emphasis>configuración Ethernet/IP </emphasis>: usted debe seleccionar si los servidores DNS son determinados por el servidor DHCP o si serán especificados manualmente, como se explica más abajo. En el último caso la dirección IP de los servidores DNS debe ser \nconfigurada. El HOSTNAME de la computadora puede ser especificado \naquí. Si no se especifica, el nombre <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> es asignado de forma predeterminada. El Hostname también puede ser provisto por el servidor DHCP con la opción <emphasis>Asignar Hostname desde el servidor DHCP</emphasis>.No todos los servidores DHCP tienen esta función, y si usted está configurando su PC para obtener una dirección IP desde router ADSL doméstico, es poco probable." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:62 msgid "drakconnect5.png" msgstr "drakconnect5.png" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572 msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:" msgstr "El botón avanzado da la oportunidad de especificar:" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576 msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)" msgstr "Dominio de búsqueda (no accesible, proporcionado por el servidor DHCP)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581 msgid "the DHCP client" msgstr "Cliente DHCP" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585 msgid "DHCP timeout" msgstr "Tiempo de espera DHCP agotado" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server" -msgstr "" -"Obtener el servidor YP del DHCP (Seleccionado por defecto): especifique el " -"servidor NIS" +msgstr "Obtener el servidor YP del DHCP (Seleccionado por defecto): especifique el servidor NIS" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594 msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)" msgstr "Obtener servidores NTPD desde DHCP (sincronización de reloj)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599 msgid "" "the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server " "requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. " "This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers." -msgstr "" -"El HOST requerido por el DHCP. Use esta opción solo si el servidor DHCP " -"requiere que el cliente especifique un host antes de recibir una dirección " -"IP. Esta opción no esta soportada por algunos servidores DHCP." +msgstr "El HOST requerido por el DHCP. Use esta opción solo si el servidor DHCP requiere que el cliente especifique un host antes de recibir una dirección IP. Esta opción no esta soportada por algunos servidores DHCP." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241 msgid "" "After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection " "configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Despues de aceptar, se describiran los últimos pasos que son comunes para " -"todas las configuraciones de conexiones: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" +msgstr "Despues de aceptar, se describiran los últimos pasos que son comunes para todas las configuraciones de conexiones: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615 msgid "Manual configuration" msgstr "Configuración manual" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:115 msgid "" "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS " "servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no " "HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is " "attributed by default." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>configuración Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: necesita especificar que " -"servidores DNS utilizar.El NOMBRE DE EQUIPO de la computadora puede " -"especificarse aquí. Si no se especifica ninguno, el nombre " -"<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> se atribuye de forma predeterminada." +msgstr "<emphasis>configuración Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: necesita especificar que servidores DNS utilizar.El NOMBRE DE EQUIPO de la computadora puede especificarse aquí. Si no se especifica ninguno, el nombre <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> se atribuye de forma predeterminada." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258 msgid "" "For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like " -"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</" -"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service " -"provider's website." -msgstr "" -"Para una red residencial, la dirección IP usualmente luce cómo " -"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, la máscara de subred " -"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, y la Puerta de Enlace y los servidores " -"DNS están disponibles desde el sitio web de su proveedor." +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is " +"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are " +"available from your service provider's website." +msgstr "Para una red residencial, la dirección IP usualmente luce cómo <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, la máscara de subred <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, y la Puerta de Enlace y los servidores DNS están disponibles desde el sitio web de su proveedor." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:126 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" -"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is " -"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", " -"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need " -"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need " -"this setting." -msgstr "" -"En la configuración avanzada, puede especificado un <emphasis>Búsqueda de " -"dominio</emphasis>. Por lo general, sería su dominio principal, es decir, si " -"el equipo se llama \\\"splash\\\", y el nombre de dominio completo es \\" -"\"splash.boatanchor.net\\\", la búsqueda de dominio sería \\\"boatanchor.net" -"\\\". A menos que específicamente lo necesite, está bien no definir este " -"ajuste. Una vez más, el ADSL doméstico no necesitaría este ajuste." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " +"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your " +"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is " +"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". " +"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, " +"domestic ADSL would not need this setting." +msgstr "En la configuración avanzada, puede especificado un <emphasis>Búsqueda de dominio</emphasis>. Por lo general, sería su dominio principal, es decir, si el equipo se llama \\\"splash\\\", y el nombre de dominio completo es \\\"splash.boatanchor.net\\\", la búsqueda de dominio sería \\\"boatanchor.net\\\". A menos que específicamente lo necesite, está bien no definir este ajuste. Una vez más, el ADSL doméstico no necesitaría este ajuste." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:136 msgid "drakconnect30.png" msgstr "drakconnect30.png" @@ -1894,8 +1561,7 @@ msgstr "drakconnect30.png" #: en/drakconnect.xml:458 en/drakconnect.xml:636 en/drakconnect.xml:688 #: en/drakconnect.xml:780 msgid "The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Los siguientes pasos se muestran en <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" +msgstr "Los siguientes pasos se muestran en <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:150 @@ -1906,14 +1572,11 @@ msgstr "Una nueva conexión satelital (DVB)" #: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203 msgid "" -"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " -"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance." -msgstr "" -"Esta sección no fué escrita todavía por falta de recursos. Si usted piensa " -"que puede escribir esta ayuda, por favor contacte al <link ns2:href=" -"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">equipo de Documentación.</" -"link> Gracias por adelantado." +"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you" +" can write this help, please contact <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc " +"team.</link> Thanking you in advance." +msgstr "Esta sección no fué escrita todavía por falta de recursos. Si usted piensa que puede escribir esta ayuda, por favor contacte al <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">equipo de Documentación.</link> Gracias por adelantado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:158 @@ -1925,76 +1588,59 @@ msgstr "Una nueva conexión por cable módem" msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:" msgstr "Debe especificar un método de autenticación:" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:176 msgid "None" msgstr "Ninguno" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:180 msgid "" -"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name " -"and password." -msgstr "" -"BPALogin (necesario para Telstra). En este caso, es necesario que " -"proporcione un nombre de usuario y contraseña." +"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name" +" and password." +msgstr "BPALogin (necesario para Telstra). En este caso, es necesario que proporcione un nombre de usuario y contraseña." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:191 msgid "" "<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers " "are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " -"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. " -"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " -"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers " -"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," +" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." +" The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " +"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers" +" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Configuración de Cable/IP</emphasis>: hay que seleccionar si los " -"servidores DNS son declarados por el servidor DHCP o se especifican de forma " -"manual, como se explica a continuación. En el última instancia, la dirección " -"IP de los servidores DNS tiene que ser establecida. El nombre del ordenador " -"se puede especificar aquí. Si no se especifica ningún HOSTNAME, el nombre " -"<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> se atribuye por defecto. El nombre " -"de host también puede ser proporcionada por el servidor DHCP con la opción " -"<emphasis>Asignar nombre de host desde el servidor DHCP</emphasis>. No todos " -"los servidores DHCP tienen una función de este tipo y si está configurando " -"su PC para obtener una dirección IP de un router ADSL doméstico, es poco " -"probable." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgstr "<emphasis>Configuración de Cable/IP</emphasis>: hay que seleccionar si los servidores DNS son declarados por el servidor DHCP o se especifican de forma manual, como se explica a continuación. En el última instancia, la dirección IP de los servidores DNS tiene que ser establecida. El nombre del ordenador se puede especificar aquí. Si no se especifica ningún HOSTNAME, el nombre <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> se atribuye por defecto. El nombre de host también puede ser proporcionada por el servidor DHCP con la opción <emphasis>Asignar nombre de host desde el servidor DHCP</emphasis>. No todos los servidores DHCP tienen una función de este tipo y si está configurando su PC para obtener una dirección IP de un router ADSL doméstico, es poco probable." + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:252 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers " -"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME " +"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers" +" to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME " "is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is " "attributed by default." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Configuración de Cable/IP</emphasis>: hay que declarar los " -"servidores DNS. El nombre del ordenador se puede especificar aquí. Si no se " -"especifica ningún HOSTNAME, el nombre <literal>localhost.localdomain</" -"literal> se atribuye por defecto." +msgstr "<emphasis>Configuración de Cable/IP</emphasis>: hay que declarar los servidores DNS. El nombre del ordenador se puede especificar aquí. Si no se especifica ningún HOSTNAME, el nombre <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> se atribuye por defecto." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:263 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" -"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is " -"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", " -"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need " -"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not " -"need this setting." -msgstr "" -"En la configuración avanzada, puede especificado un <emphasis>Búsqueda de " -"dominio</emphasis>. Por lo general, sería su dominio principal, es decir, si " -"el equipo se llama \\\"splash\\\", y el nombre de dominio completo es \\" -"\"splash.boatanchor.net\\\", la búsqueda de dominio sería \\\"boatanchor.net" -"\\\". A menos que específicamente lo necesite, está bien no definir este " -"ajuste. Una vez más, la conexión doméstica no necesitaría este ajuste." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " +"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your " +"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is " +"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". " +"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, " +"domestic connection would not need this setting." +msgstr "En la configuración avanzada, puede especificado un <emphasis>Búsqueda de dominio</emphasis>. Por lo general, sería su dominio principal, es decir, si el equipo se llama \\\"splash\\\", y el nombre de dominio completo es \\\"splash.boatanchor.net\\\", la búsqueda de dominio sería \\\"boatanchor.net\\\". A menos que específicamente lo necesite, está bien no definir este ajuste. Una vez más, la conexión doméstica no necesitaría este ajuste." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:273 msgid "drakconnect32.png" msgstr "drakconnect32.png" @@ -2009,47 +1655,47 @@ msgstr "Una nueva conexión DSL" msgid "" "If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to " "configure it." -msgstr "" -"Si la herramienta detecta interfaces de red, ofrece la opción de seleccionar " -"una y configurarla." +msgstr "Si la herramienta detecta interfaces de red, ofrece la opción de seleccionar una y configurarla." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663 msgid "" "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" -"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." -msgstr "" -"Se propone una lista de proveedores, clasificados por países. Seleccione su " -"proveedor. Sin está en el listado, seleccione la opción <guilabel>Unlisted</" -"guilabel> y luego ingrese las opciones que su proveedor le dió." +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " +"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." +msgstr "Se propone una lista de proveedores, clasificados por países. Seleccione su proveedor. Sin está en el listado, seleccione la opción <guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> y luego ingrese las opciones que su proveedor le dió." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380 msgid "Select one of the protocols available:" msgstr "Seleccione uno de los protocolos disponibles:" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:307 msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)" msgstr "Protocolo de Configuración de Host Dinámico (DHCP)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:311 msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration" msgstr "Configuración manual TCP/IP" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:315 msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)" msgstr "PPP sobre ADSL (PPPoA)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:319 msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)" msgstr "PPP sobre Ethernet (PPPoE)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:323 msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)" msgstr "Protocolo de túnel punto a punto (PPTP)" @@ -2059,22 +1705,26 @@ msgstr "Protocolo de túnel punto a punto (PPTP)" msgid "Access settings" msgstr "Configuraciones de acceso" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678 msgid "Account Login (user name)" msgstr "Cuenta de ingreso (nombre de usuario)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682 msgid "Account password" msgstr "Contraseña de la cuenta" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:341 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)" msgstr "(Avanzado) ID de ruta virtual (VPI):" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:345 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)" msgstr "(Avanzado) ID de circuito virtual (VCI):" @@ -2094,12 +1744,14 @@ msgstr "Una nueva conexión ISDN" msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:" msgstr "El asistente desea saber que dispositivo configurar:" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:365 msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)" msgstr "Elección manual (tarjeta ISDN interna)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:369 msgid "External ISDN modem" msgstr "Módem ISDN externo" @@ -2109,16 +1761,16 @@ msgstr "Módem ISDN externo" msgid "" "A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. " "Select your card." -msgstr "" -"Se expone una lista de hardware clasificado por categorías y fabricante. " -"Seleccione su tarjeta." +msgstr "Se expone una lista de hardware clasificado por categorías y fabricante. Seleccione su tarjeta." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:384 msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)" msgstr "Protocolo para el resto del mundo, excepto Europa (DHCP)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:389 msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)" msgstr "Protocolo para Europa (ESSS1)" @@ -2127,31 +1779,31 @@ msgstr "Protocolo para Europa (ESSS1)" #: en/drakconnect.xml:395 msgid "" "A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" -"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is " -"asked for parameters:" -msgstr "" -"Se ofrece luego una lista de proveedores clasificados por países. Seleccione " -"su proveedor. Si no se encuentra en la lista, seleccione la opción " -"<guilabel>No incluido</guilabel> e introduzca las opciones proporcionadas " -"por su proveedor. Luego se le solicitarán los parámetros:" +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " +"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave " +"you. Then it is asked for parameters:" +msgstr "Se ofrece luego una lista de proveedores clasificados por países. Seleccione su proveedor. Si no se encuentra en la lista, seleccione la opción <guilabel>No incluido</guilabel> e introduzca las opciones proporcionadas por su proveedor. Luego se le solicitarán los parámetros:" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:402 msgid "Connection name" msgstr "Nombre de conexión" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:406 msgid "Phone number" msgstr "Número de teléfono" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:410 msgid "Login ID" msgstr "ID de ingreso (login)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:418 msgid "Authentication method" msgstr "Método de autenticación" @@ -2161,51 +1813,43 @@ msgstr "Método de autenticación" msgid "" "After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or " "manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask." -msgstr "" -"Después de esto, debe seleccionar si recibe la dirección IP por método " -"automático o manual. En este ultimo caso, especifique la dirección IP y la " -"máscara de Subred." +msgstr "Después de esto, debe seleccionar si recibe la dirección IP por método automático o manual. En este ultimo caso, especifique la dirección IP y la máscara de Subred." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:430 msgid "" "The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by " -"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to " -"put:" -msgstr "" -"El siguiente paso consiste en indicar si las direcciones de los servidores " -"DNS se obtienen por método automático o manual. En el caso de la " -"configuración manual, debe indicar:" +"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to" +" put:" +msgstr "El siguiente paso consiste en indicar si las direcciones de los servidores DNS se obtienen por método automático o manual. En el caso de la configuración manual, debe indicar:" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:436 msgid "Domain name" msgstr "Nombre de dominio" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:440 msgid "First and second DNS Server" msgstr "Servidores DNS primario y secundario" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:444 msgid "" "Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you " "are sure that your provider is configured to accept it." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione si el nombre del host está especificado desde IP. Seleccione esta " -"opción solo si está seguro que su proveedor está configurado para aceptarlo." +msgstr "Seleccione si el nombre del host está especificado desde IP. Seleccione esta opción solo si está seguro que su proveedor está configurado para aceptarlo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:452 msgid "" -"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic " -"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the " -"IP address." -msgstr "" -"El siguiente paso es seleccionar como la dirección de la puerta de enlace es " -"obtenida, de forma automática o manual. En caso de configuración manual, " -"usted debe ingresar la dirección IP." +"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic" +" or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter " +"the IP address." +msgstr "El siguiente paso es seleccionar como la dirección de la puerta de enlace es obtenida, de forma automática o manual. En caso de configuración manual, usted debe ingresar la dirección IP." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:464 @@ -2218,96 +1862,103 @@ msgid "" "A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for " "Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure. Use ndiswrapper " "only if the other configuration methods did not work." -msgstr "" -"Una primer ventana muestra una lista de las interfaces que están disponibles " -"y una entrada para controladores de Windows (ndiswrapper). Seleccione la que " -"desea configurar. Sólo use ndiswrapper si los otros métodos de configuración " -"no funcionar" +msgstr "Una primer ventana muestra una lista de las interfaces que están disponibles y una entrada para controladores de Windows (ndiswrapper). Seleccione la que desea configurar. Sólo use ndiswrapper si los otros métodos de configuración no funcionar" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:475 msgid "" "At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that " "the card has detected." -msgstr "" -"En este paso, la elección se da entre los diferentes puntos de acceso que la " -"tarjeta ha detectado." +msgstr "En este paso, la elección se da entre los diferentes puntos de acceso que la tarjeta ha detectado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:480 msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:" msgstr "Los parámetros específicos de la tarjeta inalámbrica deben brindar:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:484 msgid "drakconnect31.png" msgstr "drakconnect31.png" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:490 msgid "Operating mode:" msgstr "Modo de operación" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:494 msgid "Managed" msgstr "Administrado" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:497 msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)." msgstr "Acceso a un punto de acceso existente (lo más frecuente)." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:503 msgid "Ad-Hoc" msgstr "Ad-Hoc" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:506 msgid "To configure direct connection between computers." msgstr "Para configurar una conexión directa entre computadoras." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:514 msgid "Network Name (ESSID)" msgstr "Nombre de red (ESSID)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:518 msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured." -msgstr "" -"Modo de encriptación: depende de cómo esté configurado el punto de acceso." +msgstr "Modo de encriptación: depende de cómo esté configurado el punto de acceso." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:523 msgid "WPA/WPA2" msgstr "WPA/WPA2" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:526 msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it." msgstr "Este modo de encriptación es preferible si su hardware lo permite" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:532 msgid "WEP" msgstr "WEP" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:535 msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method." -msgstr "" -"Algunos dispositivos antiguos soportan solo este método de encriptación." +msgstr "Algunos dispositivos antiguos soportan solo este método de encriptación." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:543 msgid "Encryption key" msgstr "Contraseña de encriptado" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:545 -msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point." +msgid "" +"It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point." msgstr "Generalmente es provisto con el hardware que da el punto de acceso." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2315,10 +1966,10 @@ msgstr "Generalmente es provisto con el hardware que da el punto de acceso." msgid "" "At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a " "manual IP address." -msgstr "" -"En este punto, la opción está entre una dirección IP automática o manual." +msgstr "En este punto, la opción está entre una dirección IP automática o manual." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:561 msgid "" "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are " @@ -2328,67 +1979,49 @@ msgid "" "localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be " "provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from " "DHCP server</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Configuración de IP</emphasis>: hay que seleccionar si los " -"servidores DNS son declarados por el servidor DHCP o se especifican de forma " -"manual, como se explica a continuación. En el última instancia, la dirección " -"IP de los servidores DNS tiene que ser establecida. El nombre del ordenador " -"se puede especificar aquí. Si no se especifica ningún HOSTNAME, el nombre " -"localhost.localdomain se atribuye por defecto. El nombre de host también " -"puede ser proporcionado por el servidor DHCP con la opción <emphasis>Asignar " -"nombre de host dede el servidor DHCP</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgstr "<emphasis>Configuración de IP</emphasis>: hay que seleccionar si los servidores DNS son declarados por el servidor DHCP o se especifican de forma manual, como se explica a continuación. En el última instancia, la dirección IP de los servidores DNS tiene que ser establecida. El nombre del ordenador se puede especificar aquí. Si no se especifica ningún HOSTNAME, el nombre localhost.localdomain se atribuye por defecto. El nombre de host también puede ser proporcionado por el servidor DHCP con la opción <emphasis>Asignar nombre de host dede el servidor DHCP</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:589 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers" -msgstr "" -"Obtener el servidor YP del DHCP (Seleccionado por defecto): especifique los " -"servidores NIS" +msgstr "Obtener el servidor YP del DHCP (Seleccionado por defecto): especifique los servidores NIS" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:608 msgid "" "After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all " "connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Luego de aceptar la configuración es explicado el paso, que es común a todas " -"las configuraciones de conexión:<xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" +msgstr "Luego de aceptar la configuración es explicado el paso, que es común a todas las configuraciones de conexión:<xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:619 msgid "" "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " -"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Configuración de IP</emphasis>: hay que declarar los servidores " -"DNS. El nombre del ordenador se puede especificar aquí. Si no se especifica " -"ningún HOSTNAME, el nombre <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> se " -"atribuye por defecto." +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," +" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." +msgstr "<emphasis>Configuración de IP</emphasis>: hay que declarar los servidores DNS. El nombre del ordenador se puede especificar aquí. Si no se especifica ningún HOSTNAME, el nombre <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> se atribuye por defecto." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:625 msgid "" "For a residential network, the IP address always looks like " -"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</" -"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers " -"website." -msgstr "" -"Para una red residencial, la dirección IP siempre es algo parecido a " -"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, la Máscara de Red es " -"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis> y la Puerta de Enlace y los Servidores " -"DNS están disponibles en el Sitio Web de su proveedor." +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is " +"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are " +"available from your providers website." +msgstr "Para una red residencial, la dirección IP siempre es algo parecido a <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, la Máscara de Red es <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis> y la Puerta de Enlace y los Servidores DNS están disponibles en el Sitio Web de su proveedor." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:630 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" -"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the " -"period." -msgstr "" -"En la configuración avanzada, puede especificar una <emphasis>Búsqueda de " -"dominio</emphasis>. Es similar al nombre del host sin el nombre antes del " -"punto." +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " +"domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, " +"before the period." +msgstr "En la configuración avanzada, puede especificar una <emphasis>Búsqueda de dominio</emphasis>. Es similar al nombre del host sin el nombre antes del punto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:644 @@ -2400,9 +2033,7 @@ msgstr "Una nueva conexión GPRS/Edge/3G" msgid "" "If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to " "configure it." -msgstr "" -"Si la herramienta detecta interfaces inalámbricas, ofrece seleccionar una y " -"configurarla." +msgstr "Si la herramienta detecta interfaces inalámbricas, ofrece seleccionar una y configurarla." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:653 @@ -2414,16 +2045,15 @@ msgstr "Se solicita el PIN. Dejar en blanco si no se requiere el PIN." msgid "" "The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option " "<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>." -msgstr "" -"El asistente regunta por una red. Si no es detectada, seleccione la opción," -"<guilabel>No listada</guilabel>." +msgstr "El asistente regunta por una red. Si no es detectada, seleccione la opción,<guilabel>No listada</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:670 msgid "Provide access settings" msgstr "Especifique las configuraciones de acceso a red" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:674 msgid "Access Point Name" msgstr "Nombre de punto de acceso" @@ -2438,12 +2068,14 @@ msgstr "Una nueva conexión a Red por marcado de Bluetooth" msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)" msgstr "Una nueva conexión por Módem de teléfono analógico (POTS)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:710 msgid "Manual choice" msgstr "Elección manual" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:714 msgid "Detected hardware, if any." msgstr "Hardware detectado, si existe." @@ -2458,69 +2090,73 @@ msgstr "La lista de puertos sugeridos, Seleccione el puerto." msgid "" "If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package " "<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Si todavía no está instalado, se sugerirá que instale el paquete " -"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>." +msgstr "Si todavía no está instalado, se sugerirá que instale el paquete <emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:729 msgid "" "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" -"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked " -"for Dialup options:" -msgstr "" -"Se propone una lista de proveedores, clasificados por países. Seleccione su " -"proveedor. Si no aparece, seleccione la opción \"No listados\", y luego " -"entre en las opciones de su proveedor. Entonces se le preguntará por las " -"opciones de acceso telefónico." +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " +"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." +" Then it is asked for Dialup options:" +msgstr "Se propone una lista de proveedores, clasificados por países. Seleccione su proveedor. Si no aparece, seleccione la opción \"No listados\", y luego entre en las opciones de su proveedor. Entonces se le preguntará por las opciones de acceso telefónico." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:736 msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Nombre de la conexión</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:740 msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Número telefónico</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:744 msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>ID de usuario</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:748 msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Clave</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:752 msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:" msgstr "<emphasis>Autenticación</emphasis>, elija entre:" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:756 msgid "PAP/CHAP" msgstr "PAP/CHAP" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:760 msgid "Script-based" msgstr "Basado en script" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:764 msgid "PAP" msgstr "PAP" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:768 msgid "Terminal-based" msgstr "Basado en terminal" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:772 msgid "CHAP" msgstr "CHAP" @@ -2554,9 +2190,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Activar las estadisticas del tráfico</emphasis>" #: en/drakconnect.xml:804 msgid "" "<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Permitir que la interfaz sea controlada por el Administrador de " -"Redes</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Permitir que la interfaz sea controlada por el Administrador de Redes</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:809 @@ -2564,10 +2198,7 @@ msgid "" "In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow " "access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch " "automatically between access point according to the signal strength." -msgstr "" -"En el caso de una conexión inalámbrica, aparecerá un cuadro suplementario, " -"que le dará la posibilidad de cambiar automáticamente entre la conexión de " -"red de acuerdo con la intensidad de la señal." +msgstr "En el caso de una conexión inalámbrica, aparecerá un cuadro suplementario, que le dará la posibilidad de cambiar automáticamente entre la conexión de red de acuerdo con la intensidad de la señal." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:816 @@ -2599,11 +2230,10 @@ msgstr "Habilitar túnel IPv6 a IPv4" msgid "" "The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start " "immediately or not." -msgstr "" -"El último paso le permite especificar si la conexión empieza de inmediato o " -"no." +msgstr "El último paso le permite especificar si la conexión empieza de inmediato o no." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:841 msgid "drakconnect9.png" msgstr "drakconnect9.png" @@ -2618,7 +2248,8 @@ msgstr "Abra una consola de administrador" msgid "drakconsole" msgstr "drakconsole" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconsole.xml:10 msgid "drakconsole.png" msgstr "drakconsole.png" @@ -2626,22 +2257,17 @@ msgstr "drakconsole.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconsole.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconsole.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a " -"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more " -"information about that." -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le da acceso a " -"una consola que se abre directamente como root. No creemos que necesite más " -"información al respecto." +"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more" +" information about that." +msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le da acceso a una consola que se abre directamente como root. No creemos que necesite más información al respecto." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakdisk.xml:8 @@ -2653,7 +2279,8 @@ msgstr "Administrar particiones de disco" msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake" msgstr "drakdisk o diskdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:15 msgid "drakdiskBackup.png" msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png" @@ -2661,13 +2288,10 @@ msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> " -"as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> o <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> o <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:20 @@ -2675,26 +2299,19 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny " "error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a " "partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll " -"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</" -"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue." -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> es muy potente, " -"un pequeño error, o una pulsación de teclado erronea, puede conducir a la " -"pérdida de todos los datos en una partición, o incluso borrar todo el disco " -"duro. Por esta razón, usted verá la pantalla de arriba, en la parte superior " -"de la herramienta. Haga click en \"Salir\", si no está seguro de que desea " -"continuar." +"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on " +"<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue." +msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> es muy potente, un pequeño error, o una pulsación de teclado erronea, puede conducir a la pérdida de todos los datos en una partición, o incluso borrar todo el disco duro. Por esta razón, usted verá la pantalla de arriba, en la parte superior de la herramienta. Haga click en \"Salir\", si no está seguro de que desea continuar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:30 msgid "" "If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you " "want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)." -msgstr "" -"Si usted tiene más de un disco duro, puede cambiar el disco duro que desea " -"trabajar seleccionando la pestaña correcta (sda, sdb, sdc, etc)." +msgstr "Si usted tiene más de un disco duro, puede cambiar el disco duro que desea trabajar seleccionando la pestaña correcta (sda, sdb, sdc, etc)." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:35 msgid "drakdisk.png" msgstr "drakdisk.png" @@ -2704,18 +2321,12 @@ msgstr "drakdisk.png" msgid "" "You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your " "preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, " -"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a " -"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</" -"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, " -"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition." -msgstr "" -"Usted puede elegir entre muchas acciones para ajustar el disco duro a sus " -"preferencias. Limpiar un disco duro entero, dividir o fusionar particiones, " -"cambiar su tamaño o su sistema de ficheros, su formato o la visualización de " -"lo que se encuentra en una partición: todo es posible. El " -"<emphasis><guibutton> botón Borrar todos </guibutton></emphasis> en la parte " -"inferior es para borrar el disco completo, el resto de botones se hacen " -"visibles a la derecha después de hacer clic en una partición." +"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a" +" partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear " +"all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete " +"disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a " +"partition." +msgstr "Usted puede elegir entre muchas acciones para ajustar el disco duro a sus preferencias. Limpiar un disco duro entero, dividir o fusionar particiones, cambiar su tamaño o su sistema de ficheros, su formato o la visualización de lo que se encuentra en una partición: todo es posible. El <emphasis><guibutton> botón Borrar todos </guibutton></emphasis> en la parte inferior es para borrar el disco completo, el resto de botones se hacen visibles a la derecha después de hacer clic en una partición." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:47 @@ -2723,10 +2334,7 @@ msgid "" "If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot " "choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition " "must be unmounted first." -msgstr "" -"Si se monta la partición seleccionada, como en el siguiente ejemplo, no se " -"puede optar por cambiar el tamaño, formato o eliminarlo. Primero la " -"partición debe ser desmontada para poder hacer esto." +msgstr "Si se monta la partición seleccionada, como en el siguiente ejemplo, no se puede optar por cambiar el tamaño, formato o eliminarlo. Primero la partición debe ser desmontada para poder hacer esto." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:51 @@ -2740,17 +2348,15 @@ msgid "" "delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button " "<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part " "is selected" -msgstr "" -"Para cambiar el tipo de partición (modificar de ext3 a ext4 por ejemplo) " -"tiene que borrar la partición y volver a crarlo con el nuevo tipo. El botón " -"\"Crear\" aparece cuando se selecciona una parte vacía del disco." +msgstr "Para cambiar el tipo de partición (modificar de ext3 a ext4 por ejemplo) tiene que borrar la partición y volver a crarlo con el nuevo tipo. El botón \"Crear\" aparece cuando se selecciona una parte vacía del disco." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:58 msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created." msgstr "Usted puede escoger un punto de montaje, si no existe será creado." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:63 msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png" msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png" @@ -2761,12 +2367,10 @@ msgid "" "Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> " "gives some extra available actions, like labelling the partition, as can be " "seen in the screenshot below." -msgstr "" -"Seleccionando \"Cambiar a modo experto\", da algunas acciones adicionales " -"disponibles, como el etiquetado de la partición, como se puede ver en la " -"siguiente imagen." +msgstr "Seleccionando \"Cambiar a modo experto\", da algunas acciones adicionales disponibles, como el etiquetado de la partición, como se puede ver en la siguiente imagen." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:73 msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" @@ -2781,7 +2385,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar el administrador de pantalla" msgid "drakedm" msgstr "drakedm" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakedm.xml:12 msgid "drakedm.png" msgstr "drakedm.png" @@ -2789,22 +2394,17 @@ msgstr "drakedm.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:16 msgid "" "Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display " -"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available " -"on your system will be shown." -msgstr "" -"Aquí <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> puede elegir qué " -"administrador gráfico va a utilizar para acceder a su entorno de escritorio. " -"Sólo se mostrarán los disponibles en su sistema." +"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available" +" on your system will be shown." +msgstr "Aquí <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> puede elegir qué administrador gráfico va a utilizar para acceder a su entorno de escritorio. Sólo se mostrarán los disponibles en su sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:24 @@ -2812,11 +2412,7 @@ msgid "" "Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. " "However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a " "lightweight display manager, KDM and GDM have more extras." -msgstr "" -"La mayoría de los usuarios sólo se dará cuenta de que las pantallas de " -"inicio de sesión proporcionados se ven diferentes. Sin embargo, hay " -"diferencias en las características compatibles, también. LXDM es un gestor " -"de ventanas ligero, KDM y GDM tienen más extras." +msgstr "La mayoría de los usuarios sólo se dará cuenta de que las pantallas de inicio de sesión proporcionados se ven diferentes. Sin embargo, hay diferencias en las características compatibles, también. LXDM es un gestor de ventanas ligero, KDM y GDM tienen más extras." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:3 @@ -2828,7 +2424,8 @@ msgstr "Configure su cortafuegos personal" msgid "drakfirewall" msgstr "drakfirewall" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:10 msgid "drakfirewall.png" msgstr "drakfirewall.png" @@ -2836,11 +2433,9 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escriba <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\"> drakfirewall </emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escriba <emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakfirewall </emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:14 @@ -2849,29 +2444,18 @@ msgid "" "Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal " "firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system " "security, permissions and audit\"." -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra bajo " -"la pestaña de Seguridad, en el Centro de Control de Mageia etiquetada como " -"\"Configurar el servidor de seguridad personal\". Es la misma herramienta en " -"la primera pestaña de \"Configurar la seguridad del sistema permisos y " -"auditoría\"." +msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra bajo la pestaña de Seguridad, en el Centro de Control de Mageia etiquetada como \"Configurar el servidor de seguridad personal\". Es la misma herramienta en la primera pestaña de \"Configurar la seguridad del sistema permisos y auditoría\"." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:20 msgid "" "A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming " "connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the " -"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection " -"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - " +"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection" +" attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - " "<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable " "the firewall, and only check the needed services." -msgstr "" -"Un firewall básico se instala por defecto con Mageia. Todas las conexiones " -"entrantes desde el exterior se bloquean si no están autorizadas. En la " -"primera pantalla, puede seleccionar los servicios para los que se aceptan " -"los intentos de conexión externos. Para su seguridad, desactive la primera " -"casilla \"Todo (sin cortafuegos)\", a menos que desee desactivar el " -"firewall, y solo comprobar los servicios necesarios." +msgstr "Un firewall básico se instala por defecto con Mageia. Todas las conexiones entrantes desde el exterior se bloquean si no están autorizadas. En la primera pantalla, puede seleccionar los servicios para los que se aceptan los intentos de conexión externos. Para su seguridad, desactive la primera casilla \"Todo (sin cortafuegos)\", a menos que desee desactivar el firewall, y solo comprobar los servicios necesarios." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:27 @@ -2880,10 +2464,7 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field " "<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these " "examples :" -msgstr "" -"Es posible introducir manualmente los números de puerto para abrir. Haga " -"click en \"Avanzado\" y se abrirá una nueva ventana. En el campo \"Otros " -"puertos\", introduzca los siguientes puertos necesarios, por ejemplo:" +msgstr "Es posible introducir manualmente los números de puerto para abrir. Haga click en \"Avanzado\" y se abrirá una nueva ventana. En el campo \"Otros puertos\", introduzca los siguientes puertos necesarios, por ejemplo:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:32 @@ -2893,9 +2474,7 @@ msgstr "80/tcp : abre el puerto 80 del protocolo tcp" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:34 msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol" -msgstr "" -"24000:24010/udp : abre todos los puertos desde 24000 hasta 24010 del " -"protocolo udp" +msgstr "24000:24010/udp : abre todos los puertos desde 24000 hasta 24010 del protocolo udp" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:37 @@ -2907,12 +2486,10 @@ msgstr "Los puertos enlistados deben separarse con un espacio." msgid "" "If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is " "checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs" -msgstr "" -"Si la casilla \"Los mensajes de registro de firewall en los registros del " -"sistema\" está marcada, los mensajes del firewall se guardarán en los " -"registros del sistema." +msgstr "Si la casilla \"Los mensajes de registro de firewall en los registros del sistema\" está marcada, los mensajes del firewall se guardarán en los registros del sistema." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:44 msgid "drakfirewall2.png" msgstr "drakfirewall2.png " @@ -2923,10 +2500,7 @@ msgid "" "If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) " "it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even " "recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet." -msgstr "" -"Si no aloja servicios específicos (servidor de web o correo, intercambio de " -"archivos, ...) que es completamente posible que no hay nada marcado, " -"incluso se recomienda, no impedirá que se pueda conectar a Internet." +msgstr "Si no aloja servicios específicos (servidor de web o correo, intercambio de archivos, ...) que es completamente posible que no hay nada marcado, incluso se recomienda, no impedirá que se pueda conectar a Internet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:55 @@ -2936,33 +2510,24 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second " "box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure " "somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards " -"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot " -"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be " -"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports." -msgstr "" -"La siguiente pantalla muestra las opciones de Firewall Interactivo. Esto le " -"advierte de los intentos de conexión si por lo menos la primera casilla " -"\"Usar Firewall Interactivo\" está marcada. Marque la segunda casilla para " -"ser avisado si los puertos son escaneados (con el fin de encontrar una falla " -"en algún lugar y entrar en su máquina). Cada casilla del tercero, " -"corresponde a un puerto que se abrió en las primeras dos pantallas; en la " -"siguiente imagen, hay dos de estas casillas: servidor SSH y 80:150 / tcp. " -"Márquelas para ser avisado cada vez que se intenta una conexión en esos " -"puertos." +"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot" +" below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to " +"be warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports." +msgstr "La siguiente pantalla muestra las opciones de Firewall Interactivo. Esto le advierte de los intentos de conexión si por lo menos la primera casilla \"Usar Firewall Interactivo\" está marcada. Marque la segunda casilla para ser avisado si los puertos son escaneados (con el fin de encontrar una falla en algún lugar y entrar en su máquina). Cada casilla del tercero, corresponde a un puerto que se abrió en las primeras dos pantallas; en la siguiente imagen, hay dos de estas casillas: servidor SSH y 80:150 / tcp. Márquelas para ser avisado cada vez que se intenta una conexión en esos puertos." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:64 msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet." -msgstr "" -"Estas advertencias están dadas por los pop-ups de alerta a través del " -"subprograma Red." +msgstr "Estas advertencias están dadas por los pop-ups de alerta a través del subprograma Red." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:69 msgid "drakfirewall3.png" msgstr "drakfirewall3.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:75 msgid "drakfirewall4.png" msgstr "drakfirewall4.png" @@ -2971,21 +2536,16 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall4.png" #: en/drakfirewall.xml:79 msgid "" "In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the " -"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary " -"packages are downloaded." -msgstr "" -"En la última pantalla, elige qué interfaces de red están conectadas a " -"Internet y deben ser protegidas. Una vez que se hace clic en el botón " -"Aceptar, los paquetes necesarios se descargan." +"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary" +" packages are downloaded." +msgstr "En la última pantalla, elige qué interfaces de red están conectadas a Internet y deben ser protegidas. Una vez que se hace clic en el botón Aceptar, los paquetes necesarios se descargan." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:84 msgid "" "If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network & " "Internet, icon Set up a new network interface." -msgstr "" -"Si usted no sabe qué elegir, eche un vistazo en MCC ficha Red & " -"Internet, icono Configurar una nueva interfaz de red." +msgstr "Si usted no sabe qué elegir, eche un vistazo en MCC ficha Red & Internet, icono Configurar una nueva interfaz de red." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakfont.xml:3 @@ -2997,7 +2557,8 @@ msgstr "Administre, agregue y elimine fuentes. Importe fuentes de Windows(R)" msgid "drakfont" msgstr "drakfont" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfont.xml:11 msgid "drakfont.png" msgstr "drakfont.png" @@ -3005,11 +2566,9 @@ msgstr "drakfont.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:15 @@ -3018,11 +2577,7 @@ msgid "" "Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It " "allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen " "above shows:" -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente en " -"el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la ficha \"Sistema\". Se le permite " -"administrar las fuentes disponibles en el equipo. La pantalla superior " -"muestra:" +msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente en el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la ficha \"Sistema\". Se le permite administrar las fuentes disponibles en el equipo. La pantalla superior muestra:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:22 @@ -3042,18 +2597,14 @@ msgstr "algunos botones que se explican aquí más tarde." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:36 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: <emphasis/></emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Obtener los tipos de letra de Windows: <emphasis/></" -"emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Obtener los tipos de letra de Windows: <emphasis/></emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:38 msgid "" -"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You " -"must have Microsoft Windows installed." -msgstr "" -"Este botón añade automáticamente los tipos de letra que se encuentren en la " -"partición de Windows. Debe tener Microsoft Windows instalado." +"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You" +" must have Microsoft Windows installed." +msgstr "Este botón añade automáticamente los tipos de letra que se encuentren en la partición de Windows. Debe tener Microsoft Windows instalado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:41 @@ -3063,11 +2614,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Opciones:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:43 msgid "" -"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly) able " -"to use the fonts." -msgstr "" -"Se le permite especificar las aplicaciones o dispositivos (impresoras en su " -"mayoría) capaces de utilizar las fuentes." +"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly) able" +" to use the fonts." +msgstr "Se le permite especificar las aplicaciones o dispositivos (impresoras en su mayoría) capaces de utilizar las fuentes." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:46 @@ -3080,10 +2629,7 @@ msgid "" "This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place. Be " "careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the " "documents that use them." -msgstr "" -"Este botón es para remover las tipografías instaladas y posiblemente ahorrar " -"algo de espacio. Sea cuidadoso cuando elimine las tipografías porque puede " -"tener serias consecuencias en los documentos que use." +msgstr "Este botón es para remover las tipografías instaladas y posiblemente ahorrar algo de espacio. Sea cuidadoso cuando elimine las tipografías porque puede tener serias consecuencias en los documentos que use." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:52 @@ -3095,25 +2641,18 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Importar:</emphasis>" msgid "" "Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The " "supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the " -"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when " -"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts." -msgstr "" -"Permite agregar fuentes de un tercero (CD, internet, ...). Los formatos " -"soportados son ttf, pfa, PFB, pcf, PFM y gsf. Haga clic en \"Importar\" y " -"luego en \"Añadir\", aparecerá un administrador donde puede seleccionar los " -"tipos de letra para instalar, haga clic en \"Instalar\" cuando haya " -"terminado. Se instalarán en la carpeta /usr/share/fonts." +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select " +"the fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> " +"when done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts." +msgstr "Permite agregar fuentes de un tercero (CD, internet, ...). Los formatos soportados son ttf, pfa, PFB, pcf, PFM y gsf. Haga clic en \"Importar\" y luego en \"Añadir\", aparecerá un administrador donde puede seleccionar los tipos de letra para instalar, haga clic en \"Instalar\" cuando haya terminado. Se instalarán en la carpeta /usr/share/fonts." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:60 msgid "" "If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont " "main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications." -msgstr "" -"Si las recién instaladas (o eliminadas) fuentes no aparecen en la pantalla " -"principal drakfont, cierre y vuelva a abrir para ver las modificaciones." +msgstr "Si las recién instaladas (o eliminadas) fuentes no aparecen en la pantalla principal drakfont, cierre y vuelva a abrir para ver las modificaciones." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:3 @@ -3125,7 +2664,8 @@ msgstr "Controles paternos" msgid "drakguard" msgstr "drakguard" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakguard.xml:10 msgid "drakguard.png" msgstr "drakguard.png" @@ -3133,24 +2673,18 @@ msgstr "drakguard.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " -"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</" -"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard " -"package (not installed by default)." -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en " -"el Centro de Control de Mageia, en la pestaña de Seguridad, con la etiqueta " -"\"Control parental\". Si no ve esta etiqueta, tendrá que instalar el " -"paquete drakguard (no se instala por defecto)." +"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental " +"Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the " +"drakguard package (not installed by default)." +msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en el Centro de Control de Mageia, en la pestaña de Seguridad, con la etiqueta \"Control parental\". Si no ve esta etiqueta, tendrá que instalar el paquete drakguard (no se instala por defecto)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19 @@ -3163,42 +2697,30 @@ msgid "" "Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to " "restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three " "useful capabilities:" -msgstr "" -"Drakguard es una manera fácil de configurar controles parentales en el " -"equipo para restringir quién puede hacer qué, y en qué momentos del día. " -"Drakguard tiene tres capacidades útiles:" +msgstr "Drakguard es una manera fácil de configurar controles parentales en el equipo para restringir quién puede hacer qué, y en qué momentos del día. Drakguard tiene tres capacidades útiles:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:29 msgid "" "It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by " "controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia." -msgstr "" -"Se restringe el acceso web a los usuarios con nombre para ajustar el reloj. " -"Lo hace mediante el uso de shorewall, el firewall integrado en Mageia." +msgstr "Se restringe el acceso web a los usuarios con nombre para ajustar el reloj. Lo hace mediante el uso de shorewall, el firewall integrado en Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:35 msgid "" -"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can " -"only execute what you accept them to execute." -msgstr "" -"Bloquea la ejecución de comandos particulares de usuarios nombrados por lo " -"que estos usuarios sólo puede ejecutar lo que acepta que ejecuten." +"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can" +" only execute what you accept them to execute." +msgstr "Bloquea la ejecución de comandos particulares de usuarios nombrados por lo que estos usuarios sólo puede ejecutar lo que acepta que ejecuten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:40 msgid "" -"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/" -"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To " -"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker " -"DansGuardian." -msgstr "" -"Asimismo, se restringe el acceso a sitios web, ambos definidos manualmente a " -"través de listas negras / listas blancas, sino también dinámicamente " -"basándose en el contenido de la página web. Para lograr esto Drakguard " -"utiliza el código abierto líder en el control parental bloqueador " -"DansGuardian." +"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through " +"blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the " +"website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental " +"control blocker DansGuardian." +msgstr "Asimismo, se restringe el acceso a sitios web, ambos definidos manualmente a través de listas negras / listas blancas, sino también dinámicamente basándose en el contenido de la página web. Para lograr esto Drakguard utiliza el código abierto líder en el control parental bloqueador DansGuardian." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:49 @@ -3212,30 +2734,19 @@ msgid "" "Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on " "your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel " "feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named " -"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by " -"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this " -"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will " -"then suggest you reboot." -msgstr "" -"Si su equipo contiene particiones del disco duro que están formateados en " -"Ext2, Ext3, o formato ReiserFS usted verá una ventana emergente que ofrece " -"para configurar las ACL en sus particiones. ACL es sinónimo de listas de " -"control de acceso, y es una característica del kernel de Linux que permite " -"el acceso a archivos individuales que se restringe a los usuarios con " -"nombre. ACL está integrado en los sistemas de archivos Ext4 y Btrfs, pero " -"debe ser habilitada por una opción en particiones ext2, ext3 o reiserfs. Si " -"selecciona \"Sí\" a esta solicitud drakguard configurará todas las " -"particiones para apoyar ACL, y entonces te sugiere reiniciar el sistema." +"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by" +" an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to " +"this prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and" +" will then suggest you reboot." +msgstr "Si su equipo contiene particiones del disco duro que están formateados en Ext2, Ext3, o formato ReiserFS usted verá una ventana emergente que ofrece para configurar las ACL en sus particiones. ACL es sinónimo de listas de control de acceso, y es una característica del kernel de Linux que permite el acceso a archivos individuales que se restringe a los usuarios con nombre. ACL está integrado en los sistemas de archivos Ext4 y Btrfs, pero debe ser habilitada por una opción en particiones ext2, ext3 o reiserfs. Si selecciona \"Sí\" a esta solicitud drakguard configurará todas las particiones para apoyar ACL, y entonces te sugiere reiniciar el sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:61 msgid "" "<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental " -"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab " -"is opened." -msgstr "" -"\"Activar control parental\". Si se marca, el control parental está activado " -"y el acceso a \"Bloqueo de programas\" se abre." +"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab" +" is opened." +msgstr "\"Activar control parental\". Si se marca, el control parental está activado y el acceso a \"Bloqueo de programas\" se abre." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:65 @@ -3243,11 +2754,7 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the " "websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all " "the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab." -msgstr "" -"\"Bloquear todo el tráfico de red\": Si se selecciona, todos los sitios web " -"son bloqueados, excepto los de la ficha de la lista blanca. De lo contrario, " -"todos los sitios web están permitidos, a excepto los de la pestaña \"lista " -"negra\"." +msgstr "\"Bloquear todo el tráfico de red\": Si se selecciona, todos los sitios web son bloqueados, excepto los de la ficha de la lista blanca. De lo contrario, todos los sitios web están permitidos, a excepto los de la pestaña \"lista negra\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:69 @@ -3259,14 +2766,7 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user. Select an " "user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to " "remove him/her from the allowed users." -msgstr "" -"Acceso de ususario: Los usuarios de la izquierda tendrán su acceso " -"restringido de acuerdo a las reglas que defina. Los usuarios de la derecha " -"tienen acceso sin restricciones para que los usuarios adultos del equipo no " -"se desconcierten. Seleccione un usuario en el lado izquierdo y haga clic en " -"\"Añadir\" para añadir a usuarios permitidos. Seleccione un usuario en el " -"lado derecho y haga clic en \"Eliminar\" para retirarlo de usuarios " -"permitidos." +msgstr "Acceso de ususario: Los usuarios de la izquierda tendrán su acceso restringido de acuerdo a las reglas que defina. Los usuarios de la derecha tienen acceso sin restricciones para que los usuarios adultos del equipo no se desconcierten. Seleccione un usuario en el lado izquierdo y haga clic en \"Añadir\" para añadir a usuarios permitidos. Seleccione un usuario en el lado derecho y haga clic en \"Eliminar\" para retirarlo de usuarios permitidos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:77 @@ -3275,10 +2775,7 @@ msgid "" "with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and " "<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time " "window." -msgstr "" -"Control de tiempo: Si se selecciona, se permite el acceso a internet con " -"restricciones entre el tiempo de inicio y apagado del equipo. Estará " -"totalmente bloqueado fuera de este intervalo de tiempo." +msgstr "Control de tiempo: Si se selecciona, se permite el acceso a internet con restricciones entre el tiempo de inicio y apagado del equipo. Estará totalmente bloqueado fuera de este intervalo de tiempo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:83 @@ -3290,9 +2787,7 @@ msgstr "Pestaña Lista negra/Lista blanca " msgid "" "Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the " "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button." -msgstr "" -"Introduzca la URL del sitio web en el primer campo en la parte superior y " -"haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Añadir</guibutton>." +msgstr "Introduzca la URL del sitio web en el primer campo en la parte superior y haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Añadir</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:90 @@ -3302,22 +2797,17 @@ msgstr "Pestaña bloqueo de Programas" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:92 msgid "" -"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to " -"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the " +"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to" +" restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the " "applications you wish to block." -msgstr "" -"\"Aplicaciones bloqueadas\": Permite el uso de ACL para restringir el acceso " -"a las aplicaciones específicas. Introduzca la ruta de acceso a las " -"aplicaciones que desee bloquear." +msgstr "\"Aplicaciones bloqueadas\": Permite el uso de ACL para restringir el acceso a las aplicaciones específicas. Introduzca la ruta de acceso a las aplicaciones que desee bloquear." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:96 msgid "" "<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand " "side will not be subject to acl blocking." -msgstr "" -"\"Lista desbloqueo usuarios\": los usuarios que aparecen en el lado derecho, " -"no estarán sujetos a bloqueo." +msgstr "\"Lista desbloqueo usuarios\": los usuarios que aparecen en el lado derecho, no estarán sujetos a bloqueo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:9 @@ -3329,7 +2819,8 @@ msgstr "Compartir la conexión a Internet con otras máquinas locales" msgid "drakgw" msgstr "drakgw" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:17 msgid "drakgw.png" msgstr "drakgw.png" @@ -3339,11 +2830,11 @@ msgstr "drakgw.png" msgid "Principles" msgstr "Principios" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:29 -#, fuzzy msgid "../drakgw-net.png" -msgstr "drakgw-net.png" +msgstr "../drakgw-net.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:27 @@ -3355,23 +2846,14 @@ msgid "" "gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card " "must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to " "the Internet (2)." -msgstr "" -"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Esto es útil cuando usted tiene " -"un equipo (3), que tiene acceso a internet (2) y está conectado a una red " -"local (1). Puede usar el equipo (3) como una puerta de entrada para dar " -"acceso a otras estaciones de trabajo (5) y (6) en la red local (1). Para " -"ello, la puerta de enlace debe tener dos interfaces; la primera tal como una " -"tarjeta Ethernet debe estar conectada a la red local, y la segunda (4) " -"conectada a internet (2)." +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Esto es útil cuando usted tiene un equipo (3), que tiene acceso a internet (2) y está conectado a una red local (1). Puede usar el equipo (3) como una puerta de entrada para dar acceso a otras estaciones de trabajo (5) y (6) en la red local (1). Para ello, la puerta de enlace debe tener dos interfaces; la primera tal como una tarjeta Ethernet debe estar conectada a la red local, y la segunda (4) conectada a internet (2)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:39 msgid "" "The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are " "set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>." -msgstr "" -"El primer paso es verificar que la red y el acceso a internet se crean, como " -"se documenta en <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>.." +msgstr "El primer paso es verificar que la red y el acceso a internet se crean, como se documenta en <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>.." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:45 @@ -3381,11 +2863,9 @@ msgstr "Asistente de puerta de enlace" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:48 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:47 @@ -3399,9 +2879,7 @@ msgstr "El asistente ofrece sucesivos pasos que se muestran a continuación:" msgid "" "If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this " "and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware." -msgstr "" -"Si el asistente no detecta al menos dos interfaces, advierte acerca de esto " -"y pide que deje la red y configure el hardware." +msgstr "Si el asistente no detecta al menos dos interfaces, advierte acerca de esto y pide que deje la red y configure el hardware." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:60 @@ -3409,30 +2887,22 @@ msgid "" "specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard " "automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that " "what is proposed is correct." -msgstr "" -"especificar la interfaz que se utiliza para la conexión a Internet. El " -"asistente automáticamente sugiere una de las interfaces, pero usted debe " -"verificar que la que se propone es la correcta." +msgstr "especificar la interfaz que se utiliza para la conexión a Internet. El asistente automáticamente sugiere una de las interfaces, pero usted debe verificar que la que se propone es la correcta." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:66 msgid "" -"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes " -"one, check that this is correct." -msgstr "" -"especificar qué interfaz se utiliza para acceder a la Lan. El asistente " -"también propone uno, asegúrese de que esto es correcto." +"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes" +" one, check that this is correct." +msgstr "especificar qué interfaz se utiliza para acceder a la Lan. El asistente también propone uno, asegúrese de que esto es correcto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:71 msgid "" -"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask " -"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual " -"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values." -msgstr "" -"El asistente propone parámetros para la red Lan, como la dirección IP, la " -"máscara y el nombre de dominio. Compruebe que estos parámetros son " -"compatibles con la configuración real. Se recomienda aceptar estos valores." +"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask" +" and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual" +" configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values." +msgstr "El asistente propone parámetros para la red Lan, como la dirección IP, la máscara y el nombre de dominio. Compruebe que estos parámetros son compatibles con la configuración real. Se recomienda aceptar estos valores." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:78 @@ -3440,21 +2910,15 @@ msgid "" "specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard " "will check that <code>bind</code> is installed. Otherwise, you have to " "specify the address of a DNS server." -msgstr "" -"especificar si el equipo va a ser usado como un servidor DNS. En caso " -"afirmativo, el asistente comprobará que \"bind\" está instalado. De lo " -"contrario, tiene que especificar la dirección de un servidor DNS." +msgstr "especificar si el equipo va a ser usado como un servidor DNS. En caso afirmativo, el asistente comprobará que \"bind\" está instalado. De lo contrario, tiene que especificar la dirección de un servidor DNS." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:84 msgid "" "specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard " -"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure " -"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range." -msgstr "" -"especificar si el equipo se va a utilizar com un servidor DHCP. En caso " -"afirmativo, el asistente comprobará que \"dhcp-server\" se instala y se " -"ofrecerá a configurarlo, con direcciones de inicio y final en el rango DHCP." +"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure" +" it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range." +msgstr "especificar si el equipo se va a utilizar com un servidor DHCP. En caso afirmativo, el asistente comprobará que \"dhcp-server\" se instala y se ofrecerá a configurarlo, con direcciones de inicio y final en el rango DHCP." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:91 @@ -3463,28 +2927,20 @@ msgid "" "will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, " "with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the " "proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)." -msgstr "" -"especificar si el equipo es para ser utilizado como un servidor proxy. En " -"caso afirmativo, el asistente comprobará que <code>squid</code> se instala y " -"se ofrecerá a configurarlo, con la dirección del administrador " -"(admin@mydomain.com), nombre del representante (myfirewall@mydomaincom), el " -"puerto (3128) y el tamaño de la caché (100 Mb)." +msgstr "especificar si el equipo es para ser utilizado como un servidor proxy. En caso afirmativo, el asistente comprobará que <code>squid</code> se instala y se ofrecerá a configurarlo, con la dirección del administrador (admin@mydomain.com), nombre del representante (myfirewall@mydomaincom), el puerto (3128) y el tamaño de la caché (100 Mb)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:99 msgid "" "The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to " "printers and to share them." -msgstr "" -"El último paso le permite comprobar si la puerta de enlace está conectado a " -"impresoras y para compartirlos." +msgstr "El último paso le permite comprobar si la puerta de enlace está conectado a impresoras y para compartirlos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:104 msgid "" "You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active." -msgstr "" -"Usted será advertido de la necesidad de comprobar el firewall si está activo." +msgstr "Usted será advertido de la necesidad de comprobar el firewall si está activo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:109 @@ -3497,14 +2953,9 @@ msgid "" "If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to " "specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address " "automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting " -"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is " -"using." -msgstr "" -"Si ha configurado la puerta de enlace con DHCP, sólo es necesario " -"especificar en la herramienta de configuración de red que se obtiene una " -"dirección de forma automática (mediante DHCP). Los parámetros se obtendrán " -"cuando se conecta a la red. Este método es válido sea cual sea el sistema " -"operativo que utiliza el cliente." +"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is" +" using." +msgstr "Si ha configurado la puerta de enlace con DHCP, sólo es necesario especificar en la herramienta de configuración de red que se obtiene una dirección de forma automática (mediante DHCP). Los parámetros se obtendrán cuando se conecta a la red. Este método es válido sea cual sea el sistema operativo que utiliza el cliente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:117 @@ -3512,10 +2963,7 @@ msgid "" "If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular " "specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the " "gateway." -msgstr "" -"Si debe especificar manualmente los parámetros de red, debe, en particular, " -"especificar la puerta de enlace mediante la introducción de la dirección IP " -"de la máquina que actúa como puerta de enlace." +msgstr "Si debe especificar manualmente los parámetros de red, debe, en particular, especificar la puerta de enlace mediante la introducción de la dirección IP de la máquina que actúa como puerta de enlace." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:123 @@ -3526,10 +2974,9 @@ msgstr "Detener la conexión compartida" #: en/drakgw.xml:125 msgid "" "If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch " -"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing." -msgstr "" -"Si desea dejar de compartir la conexión en el equipo de Mageia, inicie la " -"herramienta. Ofrecerá configurar la conexión o detener el uso compartido." +"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the " +"sharing." +msgstr "Si desea dejar de compartir la conexión en el equipo de Mageia, inicie la herramienta. Ofrecerá configurar la conexión o detener el uso compartido." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakhosts.xml:3 @@ -3541,7 +2988,8 @@ msgstr "Definiciones para los anfitriones" msgid "drakhosts" msgstr "drakhosts" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakhosts.xml:10 msgid "drakhosts.png" msgstr "drakhosts.png" @@ -3549,11 +2997,9 @@ msgstr "drakhosts.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:14 @@ -3562,12 +3008,7 @@ msgid "" "addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to " "specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name " "instead of the IP-address." -msgstr "" -"Si algunos sistemas de la red a la que otorgan los servicios, y tienen " -"fijadas las direcciones IP, esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" " -"id=\"0\"/> permite especificar un nombre para acceder a ellos más " -"fácilmente. A continuación, puede utilizar ese nombre en lugar de la " -"dirección IP." +msgstr "Si algunos sistemas de la red a la que otorgan los servicios, y tienen fijadas las direcciones IP, esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite especificar un nombre para acceder a ellos más fácilmente. A continuación, puede utilizar ese nombre en lugar de la dirección IP." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:20 @@ -3580,11 +3021,7 @@ msgid "" "With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window " "to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an " "alias which can be used in the same way that the name is." -msgstr "" -"Con este botón, se agrega el nombre de un nuevo sistema. Obtendrá una " -"ventana para especificar la dirección IP, el nombre de host para el sistema, " -"y, opcionalmente, un alias que se puede utilizar de la misma manera que el " -"nombre." +msgstr "Con este botón, se agrega el nombre de un nuevo sistema. Obtendrá una ventana para especificar la dirección IP, el nombre de host para el sistema, y, opcionalmente, un alias que se puede utilizar de la misma manera que el nombre." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:27 @@ -3596,9 +3033,7 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>" msgid "" "You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the " "same window." -msgstr "" -"Usted puede acceder a los parámetros de una entrada previamente definida. " -"Usted recibe la misma ventana." +msgstr "Usted puede acceder a los parámetros de una entrada previamente definida. Usted recibe la misma ventana." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:3 @@ -3610,7 +3045,8 @@ msgstr "Configuración avanzada para las interfaces de red y corta fuegos." msgid "drakinvictus" msgstr "drakinvictus" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:8 msgid "drakinvictus.png" msgstr "drakinvictus.png" @@ -3620,22 +3056,17 @@ msgstr "drakinvictus.png" #: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12 msgid "" "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " -"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance." -msgstr "" -"Esta página no fué escrita todavía por falta de recursos. Si usted piensa " -"que puede escribir esta ayuda, por favor contacte al <link ns2:href=" -"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">equipo de Documentación.</" -"link> Gracias por adelantado." +"can write this help, please contact <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc " +"team.</link> Thanking you in advance." +msgstr "Esta página no fué escrita todavía por falta de recursos. Si usted piensa que puede escribir esta ayuda, por favor contacte al <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">equipo de Documentación.</link> Gracias por adelantado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:10 @@ -3647,7 +3078,8 @@ msgstr "Centro de Redes" msgid "draknetcenter" msgstr "draknetcenter" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:17 msgid "draknetcenter.png" msgstr "draknetcenter.png" @@ -3655,11 +3087,9 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:21 @@ -3667,106 +3097,79 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " "Network & Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network " "Center\"" -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en la " -"pestaña Red & Internet en el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la " -"etiqueta \"Centro de redes\"" +msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en la pestaña Red & Internet en el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la etiqueta \"Centro de redes\"" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:31 msgid "" "When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks " -"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, " -"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending " -"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its " -"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a " -"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, " -"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab." -msgstr "" -"Cuando se pone en marcha esta herramienta, se abre una ventana que lista " -"todas las redes configuradas en el equipo, cualquiera que sea su tipo (por " -"cable, radio, satélite, etc.). Al hacer clic en uno de ellos, aparecen tres " -"o cuatro botones, dependiendo del tipo de red, para que pueda cuidar de la " -"red, cambiar su configuración o conectar/desconectar. Esta herramienta no " -"está destinada a crear una red, para esto vea <guilabel>Configurar una nueva " -"interfaz de red (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> en la misma pestaña MCC." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite," +" etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, " +"depending on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, " +"change its settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to " +"create a network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface " +"(LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab." +msgstr "Cuando se pone en marcha esta herramienta, se abre una ventana que lista todas las redes configuradas en el equipo, cualquiera que sea su tipo (por cable, radio, satélite, etc.). Al hacer clic en uno de ellos, aparecen tres o cuatro botones, dependiendo del tipo de red, para que pueda cuidar de la red, cambiar su configuración o conectar/desconectar. Esta herramienta no está destinada a crear una red, para esto vea <guilabel>Configurar una nueva interfaz de red (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> en la misma pestaña MCC." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:43 -#, fuzzy msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" -msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" +msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:47 -#, fuzzy msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" -msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" +msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:52 -#, fuzzy msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png" -msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-off.png" +msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:56 -#, fuzzy msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png" -msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" +msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:39 msgid "" "In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the " "first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows " -"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type=" -"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type=" -"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, " -"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not " -"connected." -msgstr "" -"En la pantalla de abajo, dada como ejemplo, podemos ver dos redes, la " -"primera está cableada y conectada, reconocible por este icono<placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (éste no está conectado <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>) y la segunda sección muestra las " -"redes inalámbricas, que no están conectados reconocible por este icono " -"<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> y éste <placeholder type=" -"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/> si está conectado. Para los otros tipos de " -"red, el código de color es siempre la misma, verde si está conectado y rojo " -"si no está conectado." +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder" +" type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows " +"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network " +"types, the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not" +" connected." +msgstr "En la pantalla de abajo, dada como ejemplo, podemos ver dos redes, la primera está cableada y conectada, reconocible por este icono<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (éste no está conectado <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>) y la segunda sección muestra las redes inalámbricas, que no están conectados reconocible por este icono <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> y éste <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/> si está conectado. Para los otros tipos de red, el código de color es siempre la misma, verde si está conectado y rojo si no está conectado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:62 msgid "" "In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected " -"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</" -"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the " -"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either " -"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or " -"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to " -"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window " -"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in " -"particular)." -msgstr "" -"En la parte inalámbrica de la pantalla, también puede ver todas las redes " -"detectadas, con el <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, la <guilabel>Intensidad de la " -"señal</guilabel>, si están encriptados (en rojo) o no (en verde), y el " -"<guilabel>Modo de funcionamiento</guilabel>. Haga clic en el elegido y luego " -"en <guibutton>monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton> o " -"<guibutton>Conectar</guibutton>. Es posible aquí pasar de una red a otra. Si " -"se selecciona una red privada, la ventana Configuración de red (véase más " -"adelante) se abrirá y le pedirá ajustes adicionales (una clave de cifrado en " -"particular)." +"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal " +"strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and " +"the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then " +"either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> " +"or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network " +"to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings " +"window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption " +"key in particular)." +msgstr "En la parte inalámbrica de la pantalla, también puede ver todas las redes detectadas, con el <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, la <guilabel>Intensidad de la señal</guilabel>, si están encriptados (en rojo) o no (en verde), y el <guilabel>Modo de funcionamiento</guilabel>. Haga clic en el elegido y luego en <guibutton>monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton> o <guibutton>Conectar</guibutton>. Es posible aquí pasar de una red a otra. Si se selecciona una red privada, la ventana Configuración de red (véase más adelante) se abrirá y le pedirá ajustes adicionales (una clave de cifrado en particular)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:72 msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen." msgstr "Click en <guibutton>Refrescar</guibutton> para actualizar la pantalla." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:76 msgid "draknetcenter1.png" msgstr "draknetcenter1.png" @@ -3776,7 +3179,8 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter1.png" msgid "The Monitor button" msgstr "El botón de Monitor" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:88 msgid "draknetcenter4.png" msgstr "draknetcenter4.png" @@ -3786,13 +3190,9 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter4.png" msgid "" "This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the " "PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is " -"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray " -"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>." -msgstr "" -"Este botón le permite ver la actividad de la red, descargas (hacia el PC, en " -"rojo) y la carga (hacia el Internet, en verde). En la misma pantalla se " -"encuentra disponible haciendo clic derecho sobre el <guimenu>icono de " -"Internet en la bandeja del sistema -> Monitor de red</guimenu>." +"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray" +" -> Monitor Network</guimenu>." +msgstr "Este botón le permite ver la actividad de la red, descargas (hacia el PC, en rojo) y la carga (hacia el Internet, en verde). En la misma pantalla se encuentra disponible haciendo clic derecho sobre el <guimenu>icono de Internet en la bandeja del sistema -> Monitor de red</guimenu>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:97 @@ -3800,19 +3200,14 @@ msgid "" "There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the " "local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which " "gives details about connection status." -msgstr "" -"Hay una ficha para cada red (aquí eth0 es la red cableada, lo del bucle de " -"retorno local y wlan0 la red inalámbrica) y una conexión de pestaña que da " -"detalles sobre el estado de conexión." +msgstr "Hay una ficha para cada red (aquí eth0 es la red cableada, lo del bucle de retorno local y wlan0 la red inalámbrica) y una conexión de pestaña que da detalles sobre el estado de conexión." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:102 msgid "" -"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</" -"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section." -msgstr "" -"En la parte inferior de la ventana esta el título <guilabel>Detalles de " -"tráfico</guilabel>, que vamos a discutir en la próxima sección." +"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic " +"accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section." +msgstr "En la parte inferior de la ventana esta el título <guilabel>Detalles de tráfico</guilabel>, que vamos a discutir en la próxima sección." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:108 @@ -3822,10 +3217,10 @@ msgstr "El botón de configuración" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:110 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - Para un conexión de red por cable</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - Para un conexión de red por cable</emphasis>" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:114 msgid "draknetcenter2.png" msgstr "draknetcenter2.png" @@ -3835,13 +3230,9 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter2.png" msgid "" "It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. " "Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> " -"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual " -"configuration may give better results." -msgstr "" -"Es posible cambiar todos los ajustes dados durante la creación de la red. La " -"mayoría de las veces, marque el botón <guibutton>IP automática</guibutton> " -"para hacer <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton>, pero en el caso de " -"problemas, los ajustes manuales pueden dar mejores resultados." +"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual" +" configuration may give better results." +msgstr "Es posible cambiar todos los ajustes dados durante la creación de la red. La mayoría de las veces, marque el botón <guibutton>IP automática</guibutton> para hacer <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton>, pero en el caso de problemas, los ajustes manuales pueden dar mejores resultados." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:123 @@ -3850,11 +3241,7 @@ msgid "" "like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the " "<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are " "available from your providers website." -msgstr "" -"Para una red residencial, la <guilabel>dirección IP</guilabel> siempre se ve " -"como 192.168.0.x, la <guilabel>Máscara de red</guilabel> es 255.255.255.0, y " -"la <guilabel>Puerta de enlace</guilabel> y los <guilabel>servidores DNS</" -"guilabel> están disponibles en la página web de tus proveedores." +msgstr "Para una red residencial, la <guilabel>dirección IP</guilabel> siempre se ve como 192.168.0.x, la <guilabel>Máscara de red</guilabel> es 255.255.255.0, y la <guilabel>Puerta de enlace</guilabel> y los <guilabel>servidores DNS</guilabel> están disponibles en la página web de tus proveedores." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:128 @@ -3863,27 +3250,22 @@ msgid "" "the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in " "the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may " "have to reconnect to the network." -msgstr "" -"<guibutton>Habilitar las estadisticas del tráfico</guibutton> si marca esta " -"contará el tráfico en una hora, día o mes. Los resultados son visibles en el " -"monitor de red detalla en el apartado anterior. Una vez activado, puede que " -"tenga que volver a conectarse a la red." +msgstr "<guibutton>Habilitar las estadisticas del tráfico</guibutton> si marca esta contará el tráfico en una hora, día o mes. Los resultados son visibles en el monitor de red detalla en el apartado anterior. Una vez activado, puede que tenga que volver a conectarse a la red." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:133 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:" -"</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Permitir que la interfaz sea controlada por el " -"Administrador de Redes</emphasis>" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network " +"Manager:</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Permitir que la interfaz sea controlada por el Administrador de Redes</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185 msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>El botón Avanzado:</guibutton>" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:148 msgid "draknetcenter5.png" msgstr "draknetcenter5.png" @@ -3898,7 +3280,8 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - Para una red inalámbrica</emphasis>" msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained." msgstr "Se explican sólo los artículos no vistos ya anteriormente." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:158 msgid "draknetcenter3.png" msgstr "draknetcenter3.png" @@ -3916,19 +3299,12 @@ msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as " "the access point, your network card needs to support this mode." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione <guilabel>Gestionado</guilabel> si la conexión es a través de un " -"punto de acceso, hay una <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detectado. " -"Seleccione <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> si es una red punto a punto. " -"Seleccione <emphasis role=\"bold\">Maestro</emphasis> si su tarjeta de red " -"se utiliza como punto de acceso, la tarjeta de red debe ser compatible con " -"este modo." +msgstr "Seleccione <guilabel>Gestionado</guilabel> si la conexión es a través de un punto de acceso, hay una <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detectado. Seleccione <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> si es una red punto a punto. Seleccione <emphasis role=\"bold\">Maestro</emphasis> si su tarjeta de red se utiliza como punto de acceso, la tarjeta de red debe ser compatible con este modo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:170 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Modo de encriptación y clave de cifrado:</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Modo de encriptación y clave de cifrado:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:173 @@ -3938,32 +3314,26 @@ msgstr "Si se trata de una red privada, necesita saber estos ajustes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:175 msgid "" -"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a " -"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA " +"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a" +" passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA " "personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used " "in private networks." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> utiliza una contraseña y es más débil que WPA que " -"utiliza una frase de contraseña. <guilabel>Clave WPA Pre-Comparida</" -"guilabel> también se llama WPA personal o WPA hogar. <guilabel>WPA Empresa</" -"guilabel> no se utiliza a menudo en redes privadas." +msgstr "<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> utiliza una contraseña y es más débil que WPA que utiliza una frase de contraseña. <guilabel>Clave WPA Pre-Comparida</guilabel> también se llama WPA personal o WPA hogar. <guilabel>WPA Empresa</guilabel> no se utiliza a menudo en redes privadas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:180 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Permitir punto de acceso a la itinerancia</emphasis>:" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Permitir punto de acceso a la itinerancia</emphasis>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:182 msgid "" "Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access " "point while remaining connected to the network." -msgstr "" -"Roaming es una tecnología que permite permite computadora para cambiar su " -"punto de acceso mientras permanece conectado a la red." +msgstr "Roaming es una tecnología que permite permite computadora para cambiar su punto de acceso mientras permanece conectado a la red." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:193 msgid "draknetcenter6.png" msgstr "draknetcenter6.png" @@ -3973,7 +3343,8 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter6.png" msgid "The Advanced Settings button" msgstr "El botón de Configuraciones avanzadas" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:209 msgid "draknetcenter7.png" msgstr "draknetcenter7.png" @@ -3988,7 +3359,8 @@ msgstr "Administrar los diferentes perfiles de red" msgid "draknetprofile" msgstr "draknetprofile" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:8 msgid "draknetprofile.png" msgstr "draknetprofile.png" @@ -3996,11 +3368,9 @@ msgstr "draknetprofile.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:9 @@ -4012,7 +3382,8 @@ msgstr "Compartir discos y directorios utilizando NFS" msgid "draknfs" msgstr "draknfs" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:16 msgid "draknfs.png" msgstr "draknfs.png" @@ -4025,32 +3396,28 @@ msgstr "Prerequisitos" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:27 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:26 msgid "" -"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the " -"first time, it may display the following message:" -msgstr "" -"Cuando el<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> asistente se lanza por " -"primera vez, se puede mostrar el siguiente mensaje:" +"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the" +" first time, it may display the following message:" +msgstr "Cuando el<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> asistente se lanza por primera vez, se puede mostrar el siguiente mensaje:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:33 -msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?" +msgid "" +"The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?" msgstr "Se necesita instalar el paquete nfs-utils. ¿Quiere instalarlo?" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:37 msgid "" "After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed." -msgstr "" -"Después de completar la instalación, aparece una ventana con una lista vacía." +msgstr "Después de completar la instalación, aparece una ventana con una lista vacía." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:42 @@ -4063,10 +3430,7 @@ msgid "" "A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list " "is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a " "configuration tool." -msgstr "" -"Se muestra una lista de los directorios que son compartidos. En este paso, " -"la lista está vacía. El botón <guibutton>Añadir</guibutton> da acceso a una " -"herramienta de configuración." +msgstr "Se muestra una lista de los directorios que son compartidos. En este paso, la lista está vacía. El botón <guibutton>Añadir</guibutton> da acceso a una herramienta de configuración." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:50 @@ -4079,12 +3443,10 @@ msgid "" "The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched " "with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are " "available." -msgstr "" -"La herramienta de configuración se denomina \"Modificar los datos\". Puede " -"también ponerse en marcha con el botón <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>. Los " -"siguientes parámetros están disponibles." +msgstr "La herramienta de configuración se denomina \"Modificar los datos\". Puede también ponerse en marcha con el botón <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>. Los siguientes parámetros están disponibles." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:58 msgid "draknfs4.png" msgstr "draknfs4.png" @@ -4100,10 +3462,7 @@ msgid "" "Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The " "<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose " "it." -msgstr "" -"Aquí puede especificar qué directorio se va a compartir. El botón " -"<guibutton>Directorio</guibutton> da acceso a un navegador para " -"seleccionarlo." +msgstr "Aquí puede especificar qué directorio se va a compartir. El botón <guibutton>Directorio</guibutton> da acceso a un navegador para seleccionarlo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:72 @@ -4115,9 +3474,7 @@ msgstr "Acceso de host" msgid "" "Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared " "directory." -msgstr "" -"Aquí puede especificar los hosts que están autorizados para acceder al " -"directorio compartido." +msgstr "Aquí puede especificar los hosts que están autorizados para acceder al directorio compartido." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:77 @@ -4129,10 +3486,7 @@ msgstr "Los clientes NFS se pueden especificar de varias maneras:" msgid "" "<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name " "recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>host único</emphasis>: un anfitrión, ya sea por un nombre " -"abreviado reconocido es el resolver, el nombre de dominio completo o una " -"dirección IP" +msgstr "<emphasis>host único</emphasis>: un anfitrión, ya sea por un nombre abreviado reconocido es el resolver, el nombre de dominio completo o una dirección IP" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:83 @@ -4145,10 +3499,7 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard " "characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the " "domain cs.foo.edu." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>comodines</emphasis>: nombres de las máquinas pueden contener los " -"caracteres comodín * y ?. Por ejemplo: *.cs.foo.edu todos los hosts del " -"dominio cs.foo.edu." +msgstr "<emphasis>comodines</emphasis>: nombres de las máquinas pueden contener los caracteres comodín * y ?. Por ejemplo: *.cs.foo.edu todos los hosts del dominio cs.foo.edu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:90 @@ -4156,10 +3507,7 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all " "hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either " "`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Redes IP</emphasis>: también puede exportar los directorios a " -"todos los hosts de una (sub)red IP simultáneamente. Por ejemplo, ya sea " -"`/255.255.252.0' o `/22' adjunto a la dirección base de la red." +msgstr "<emphasis>Redes IP</emphasis>: también puede exportar los directorios a todos los hosts de una (sub)red IP simultáneamente. Por ejemplo, ya sea `/255.255.252.0' o `/22' adjunto a la dirección base de la red." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:96 @@ -4171,46 +3519,32 @@ msgstr "Mapeo de ID de usuario" msgid "" "<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid " "0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client " -"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on " -"the server itself." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Mapear usuario root como anónimo</emphasis>: redirigir las " -"peticiones de uid/gid 0 al uid/gid anónimo (root_squash). El usuario " -"administrador del sistema del cliente no será capaz de leer archivos o " -"escribir en archivos en el servidor que han sido creados por el " -"administrador del servidor o el propio servidor." +"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on" +" the server itself." +msgstr "<emphasis>Mapear usuario root como anónimo</emphasis>: redirigir las peticiones de uid/gid 0 al uid/gid anónimo (root_squash). El usuario administrador del sistema del cliente no será capaz de leer archivos o escribir en archivos en el servidor que han sido creados por el administrador del servidor o el propio servidor." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:103 msgid "" -"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. " -"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>permitir el acceso remoto real a root</emphasis>: desactivar la " -"supresión de root. Esta opción se utiliza principalmente para clientes sin " -"disco (no_root_squash)." +"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing." +" This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)." +msgstr "<emphasis>permitir el acceso remoto real a root</emphasis>: desactivar la supresión de root. Esta opción se utiliza principalmente para clientes sin disco (no_root_squash)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:107 msgid "" -"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids " -"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP " -"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID " -"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>todos los usuarios asociados con usuario anónimo</emphasis>: " -"convierte toda UID/GID en usuario anónimo (all_squash). Útil para NFS-" -"exportado de directorios FTP públicos, directorio noticias, etc. La opción " -"contraria es (no_all_squash), que se aplica por defecto." +"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids" +" to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP " +"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID" +" mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting." +msgstr "<emphasis>todos los usuarios asociados con usuario anónimo</emphasis>: convierte toda UID/GID en usuario anónimo (all_squash). Útil para NFS-exportado de directorios FTP públicos, directorio noticias, etc. La opción contraria es (no_all_squash), que se aplica por defecto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:113 msgid "" "<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of " "the anonymous account." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>anonuid y anongid</emphasis>: establecer explícitamente el uid y " -"gid de la cuenta anónima." +msgstr "<emphasis>anonuid y anongid</emphasis>: establecer explícitamente el uid y gid de la cuenta anónima." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:118 @@ -4221,12 +3555,9 @@ msgstr "Opciones avanzadas" #: en/draknfs.xml:120 msgid "" "<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests " -"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). This option " -"is on by default." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: esta opción requiere que las " -"solicitudes se originen en un puerto de Internet menor a IPPORT_RESERVED " -"(1024). Esta opción está activada por defecto." +"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). This option" +" is on by default." +msgstr "<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: esta opción requiere que las solicitudes se originen en un puerto de Internet menor a IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). Esta opción está activada por defecto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:124 @@ -4235,11 +3566,7 @@ msgid "" "and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any " "request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by " "using this option." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Compartición de sólo lectura</emphasis>: permite peticiones sólo " -"de lectura o de lectura y escritura en este volume NFS. De manera " -"predeterminada no se permiten peticiones con cambios en el sistema de " -"archivo. Esto también puede hacerse explícitamente utilizando esta opción." +msgstr "<emphasis>Compartición de sólo lectura</emphasis>: permite peticiones sólo de lectura o de lectura y escritura en este volume NFS. De manera predeterminada no se permiten peticiones con cambios en el sistema de archivo. Esto también puede hacerse explícitamente utilizando esta opción." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:129 @@ -4247,11 +3574,7 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from " "violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made " "by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: no permite al servidor NFS violar " -"el protocolo NFS ni responder peticiones antes de que cualquier cambio hecho " -"por estas peticiones sea realizado a almacenamiento estable (ej. unidad de " -"disco)." +msgstr "<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: no permite al servidor NFS violar el protocolo NFS ni responder peticiones antes de que cualquier cambio hecho por estas peticiones sea realizado a almacenamiento estable (ej. unidad de disco)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:134 @@ -4259,10 +3582,7 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can " "help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See " "exports(5) man page for more details." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: habilita revisión de subárbol lo que " -"puede ayudar a mejorar la seguridad en algunos casos, pero puede disminuir " -"la confiabilidad. Vea la página de man exports(5) para mas detalles." +msgstr "<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: habilita revisión de subárbol lo que puede ayudar a mejorar la seguridad en algunos casos, pero puede disminuir la confiabilidad. Vea la página de man exports(5) para mas detalles." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201 @@ -4274,7 +3594,8 @@ msgstr "Entradas de menú" msgid "So far the list has at least one entry." msgstr "Hasta ahora, la lista tiene al menos una entrada." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:147 msgid "draknfs5.png" msgstr "draknfs5.png" @@ -4298,9 +3619,7 @@ msgstr "NFS Servidor|Reiniciar" #: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222 msgid "" "The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files." -msgstr "" -"El servidor se ha parado y reiniciado con los ficheros de configuración " -"actuales." +msgstr "El servidor se ha parado y reiniciado con los ficheros de configuración actuales." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:166 @@ -4310,10 +3629,9 @@ msgstr "NFS Servidor|Recargar" #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229 msgid "" -"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files." -msgstr "" -"La configuración mostrada se recarga desde los ficheros de configuración " -"actuales." +"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration " +"files." +msgstr "La configuración mostrada se recarga desde los ficheros de configuración actuales." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakproxy.xml:10 @@ -4325,7 +3643,8 @@ msgstr "Proxy" msgid "drakproxy" msgstr "drakproxy" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakproxy.xml:17 msgid "drakproxy.png" msgstr "drakproxy.png" @@ -4333,45 +3652,30 @@ msgstr "drakproxy.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:22 msgid "" "If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use " -"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net " -"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify " +"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net" +" administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify " "some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception." -msgstr "" -"Si tiene que usar un servidor proxy para acceder a Internet, puede utilizar " -"esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> para configurarlo. " -"El administrador de red le dará la información que necesita. También puede " -"especificar algunos servicios que se puede acceder sin el proxy por " -"excepción." +msgstr "Si tiene que usar un servidor proxy para acceder a Internet, puede utilizar esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> para configurarlo. El administrador de red le dará la información que necesita. También puede especificar algunos servicios que se puede acceder sin el proxy por excepción." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:30 msgid "" -"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a " -"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts as " -"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other " +"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a" +" proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts " +"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other " "servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, " "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a " "different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to " "simplify and control their complexity." -msgstr "" -"De Wikipedia, el 2012-09-24, artículo servidor Proxy: En las redes de " -"computadoras, un servidor proxy es un servidor (un sistema informático o una " -"aplicación) que actúa como intermediario en las peticiones de los clientes " -"en busca de recursos de otros servidores. Un cliente se conecta al servidor " -"proxy, solicitando algún servicio, como un archivo, la conexión, la página " -"web, u otro recurso disponible en un servidor diferente. El servidor proxy " -"evalúa la solicitud como una manera de simplificar y controlar su " -"complejidad." +msgstr "De Wikipedia, el 2012-09-24, artículo servidor Proxy: En las redes de computadoras, un servidor proxy es un servidor (un sistema informático o una aplicación) que actúa como intermediario en las peticiones de los clientes en busca de recursos de otros servidores. Un cliente se conecta al servidor proxy, solicitando algún servicio, como un archivo, la conexión, la página web, u otro recurso disponible en un servidor diferente. El servidor proxy evalúa la solicitud como una manera de simplificar y controlar su complejidad." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3 @@ -4383,7 +3687,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar repositorios" msgid "drakrpm-edit-media" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png" @@ -4391,16 +3696,11 @@ msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22 msgid "" -"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as " -"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources " -"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button " -"below)." -msgstr "" -"Lo primero que debe hacer después de una instalación es añadir fuentes de " -"software (también conocido como repositorios, medios, espejos). Eso " -"significa que usted debe seleccionar las fuentes de los medios que se " -"utilizarán para instalar y actualizar los paquetes y aplicaciones. (consulte " -"el botón Agregar de abajo)." +"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as" +" repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources" +" to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button" +" below)." +msgstr "Lo primero que debe hacer después de una instalación es añadir fuentes de software (también conocido como repositorios, medios, espejos). Eso significa que usted debe seleccionar las fuentes de los medios que se utilizarán para instalar y actualizar los paquetes y aplicaciones. (consulte el botón Agregar de abajo)." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27 @@ -4410,12 +3710,7 @@ msgid "" "used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new " "packages, you should disable (or delete) this media. (It will have the " "media type CD-Rom)." -msgstr "" -"Si instala (o actualiza) Mageia utilizando un medio óptico (CD o DVD) o un " -"dispositivo USB, habrá una fuente del software configurado para los medios " -"ópticos utilizados. Para evitar que le solicite que inserte los medios al " -"instalar nuevos paquetes, debe deshabilitar (o eliminar) este medio. " -"(Contará con el tipo de medio CD-Rom)." +msgstr "Si instala (o actualiza) Mageia utilizando un medio óptico (CD o DVD) o un dispositivo USB, habrá una fuente del software configurado para los medios ópticos utilizados. Para evitar que le solicite que inserte los medios al instalar nuevos paquetes, debe deshabilitar (o eliminar) este medio. (Contará con el tipo de medio CD-Rom)." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33 @@ -4425,22 +3720,14 @@ msgid "" "your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They " "don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both " "the i586 and the x86_64 media." -msgstr "" -"Su sistema se está ejecutando bajo una arquitectura que puede ser de 32 bits " -"(llamado i586) o 64 bits (llamado x86_64). Algunos paquetes son " -"independientes de si el sistema es de 32 bits o 64 bits; éstos se llaman " -"paquetes noarch. Ellos no tienen sus propios directorios noarch en los " -"espejos, pero están todos en tanto el i586 y x86_64 los medios de " -"comunicación." +msgstr "Su sistema se está ejecutando bajo una arquitectura que puede ser de 32 bits (llamado i586) o 64 bits (llamado x86_64). Algunos paquetes son independientes de si el sistema es de 32 bits o 64 bits; éstos se llaman paquetes noarch. Ellos no tienen sus propios directorios noarch en los espejos, pero están todos en tanto el i586 y x86_64 los medios de comunicación." #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40 @@ -4448,10 +3735,7 @@ msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" " "id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta está presente en el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la " -"etiqueta <emphasis role = \"bold\">Administración de software.</" -"emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "Esta herramienta está presente en el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la etiqueta <emphasis role = \"bold\">Administración de software.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46 @@ -4468,10 +3752,7 @@ msgstr "Columna Activar" msgid "" "The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with " "some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable." -msgstr "" -"Los repositorios marcados se usarán para instalar nuevos paquetes. Tenga " -"cuidado porque los repositorios Testing y Debug pueden hacer que su sistema " -"no funcione." +msgstr "Los repositorios marcados se usarán para instalar nuevos paquetes. Tenga cuidado porque los repositorios Testing y Debug pueden hacer que su sistema no funcione." #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54 @@ -4485,12 +3766,7 @@ msgid "" "media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, " "this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root " "and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Los medios seleccionados que serán utilizados para actualizar los paquetes " -"deben estar habilitados. Sólo los medios con \"Update\" en su nombre deben " -"ser seleccionados. Por razones de seguridad, esta columna no es modificable " -"en esta herramienta, debe abrir una consola como root y teclear <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>" +msgstr "Los medios seleccionados que serán utilizados para actualizar los paquetes deben estar habilitados. Sólo los medios con \"Update\" en su nombre deben ser seleccionados. Por razones de seguridad, esta columna no es modificable en esta herramienta, debe abrir una consola como root y teclear <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62 @@ -4502,36 +3778,28 @@ msgstr "Columna de de Medios:" msgid "" "Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release " "versions contain at least:" -msgstr "" -"Muestra el nombre del medio. Repositorios oficiales de Mageia de versiones " -"finales contienen al menos:" +msgstr "Muestra el nombre del medio. Repositorios oficiales de Mageia de versiones finales contienen al menos:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs " "available supported by Mageia." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> que contiene la mayoría de los " -"programas disponibles compatibles con Mageia." +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> que contiene la mayoría de los programas disponibles compatibles con Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs " "which are not free" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> que contiene algunos programas " -"que no son libres" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> que contiene algunos programas que no son libres" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there " "might be patent claims in some countries." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> software libre el cual no puede " -"reivindicarse en algunos países debido a patentes." +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> software libre el cual no puede reivindicarse en algunos países debido a patentes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82 @@ -4543,9 +3811,7 @@ msgstr "Cada medio tiene cuatro subsecciones:" msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the " "this version of Mageia was released." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Liberación</emphasis> los paquetes como en el día en " -"que la presente versión de Mageia fue liberada." +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Liberación</emphasis> los paquetes como en el día en que la presente versión de Mageia fue liberada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91 @@ -4553,30 +3819,22 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since " "release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium " "enabled, even with a very slow internet connection." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> los paquetes actualizados desde " -"el lanzamiento por razones de seguridad o de errores. Todo el mundo debería " -"tener este medio habilitado, incluso con una conexión a Internet muy lenta." +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> los paquetes actualizados desde el lanzamiento por razones de seguridad o de errores. Todo el mundo debería tener este medio habilitado, incluso con una conexión a Internet muy lenta." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions " "backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> algunos paquetes de nuevas " -"versiones de backports Caldero (la próxima versión en fase de desarrollo)." +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> algunos paquetes de nuevas versiones de backports Caldero (la próxima versión en fase de desarrollo)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests " -"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests" +" of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " "corrections." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> que se utiliza para las pruebas " -"temporales de nuevas actualizaciones, para permitir que los reporteros de " -"errores y el equipo de control de calidad para validar las correcciones." +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> que se utiliza para las pruebas temporales de nuevas actualizaciones, para permitir que los reporteros de errores y el equipo de control de calidad para validar las correcciones." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111 @@ -4594,11 +3852,7 @@ msgid "" "To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to " "remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example) since " "all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium." -msgstr "" -"Pare eliminar un repositorio, haga click en él y en este botón. Es buena " -"idea eliminar los repositorios usados durante la instalación (CD o DVD, por " -"ejemplo) porque todos los paquetes se encuentran en el repositorio Core " -"oficial del lanzamiento. " +msgstr "Pare eliminar un repositorio, haga click en él y en este botón. Es buena idea eliminar los repositorios usados durante la instalación (CD o DVD, por ejemplo) porque todos los paquetes se encuentran en el repositorio Core oficial del lanzamiento. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121 @@ -4610,9 +3864,7 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Editar:</guibutton>" msgid "" "Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and " "proxy)." -msgstr "" -"Permite modificar la configuración del repositorio (URL, programa para " -"descargar y proxy)." +msgstr "Permite modificar la configuración del repositorio (URL, programa para descargar y proxy)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126 @@ -4625,17 +3877,10 @@ msgid "" "Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories " "contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button " "adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that " -"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a " -"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" " +"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a" +" specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" " "from the drop-down \"File\" menu." -msgstr "" -"Añadir los repositorios oficiales disponibles en Internet. Estos " -"repositorios contienen software que es seguro y está bien probado. Al hacer " -"clic en el botón \"Añadir\" añade servidores réplica de la configuración, " -"que está diseñado para asegurarse de que instale y actualizace desde una " -"réplica cercana a usted. Si prefiere elegir un espejo específico, a " -"continuación, agreguer eligiendo \"Agregar un espejo específico\" en el menú " -"desplegable \"Archivo\"." +msgstr "Añadir los repositorios oficiales disponibles en Internet. Estos repositorios contienen software que es seguro y está bien probado. Al hacer clic en el botón \"Añadir\" añade servidores réplica de la configuración, que está diseñado para asegurarse de que instale y actualizace desde una réplica cercana a usted. Si prefiere elegir un espejo específico, a continuación, agreguer eligiendo \"Agregar un espejo específico\" en el menú desplegable \"Archivo\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135 @@ -4646,15 +3891,10 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Flechas arriba y abajo:</guibutton>" #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137 msgid "" "Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list " -"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same " -"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will " -"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top." -msgstr "" -"Cambiar el orden de la lista. Cuando drakrpm busca un paquete, se lee la " -"lista en el orden que se muestra y se instalará el primer paquete " -"determinado para el mismo número de versión - en caso de un conflicto de " -"versiones, se instalará la última versión. Así que si es posible, poner los " -"repositorios más rápidos en la parte superior." +"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same" +" release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release " +"will be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top." +msgstr "Cambiar el orden de la lista. Cuando drakrpm busca un paquete, se lee la lista en el orden que se muestra y se instalará el primer paquete determinado para el mismo número de versión - en caso de un conflicto de versiones, se instalará la última versión. Así que si es posible, poner los repositorios más rápidos en la parte superior." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64 @@ -4669,11 +3909,9 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Fichero -> Actualizar:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149 msgid "" -"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and " -"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." -msgstr "" -"Se abrirá una ventana con la lista de medios. Seleccione los que desee " -"actualizar y haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Actualizar</guibutton>." +"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and" +" click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." +msgstr "Se abrirá una ventana con la lista de medios. Seleccione los que desee actualizar y haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Actualizar</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152 @@ -4684,23 +3922,16 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Archivo -> Añadir un espejo específico:</guimenu>" #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154 msgid "" "Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's " -"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the " -"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. " +"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the" +" actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. " "Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose " "between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the " "<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by " "clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:" -msgstr "" -"Supongamos que usted no está satisfecho con el espejo real, porque por " -"ejemplo de que sea demasiado lento o a menudo no está disponible, puede " -"elegir otro espejo. Seleccionar todos los medios de comunicación actuales y " -"haga clic en <guibutton>Eliminar</guibutton> para llevarlos a cabo. Haga " -"clic en <guimenu>Archivo -> Añadir un espejo específico medios</guimenu>, " -"elegir entre sólo actualización o el conjunto completo (si no sabes, elija " -"el botón <guibutton>Sistema completo de fuentes</guibutton>) y aceptar el " -"contacto haciendo clic en <guibutton>Sí</guibutton>. Se abre esta ventana:" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +msgstr "Supongamos que usted no está satisfecho con el espejo real, porque por ejemplo de que sea demasiado lento o a menudo no está disponible, puede elegir otro espejo. Seleccionar todos los medios de comunicación actuales y haga clic en <guibutton>Eliminar</guibutton> para llevarlos a cabo. Haga clic en <guimenu>Archivo -> Añadir un espejo específico medios</guimenu>, elegir entre sólo actualización o el conjunto completo (si no sabes, elija el botón <guibutton>Sistema completo de fuentes</guibutton>) y aceptar el contacto haciendo clic en <guibutton>Sí</guibutton>. Se abre esta ventana:" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165 msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" @@ -4711,11 +3942,7 @@ msgid "" "You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very " "close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available " "mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Puedes ver, a la izquierda, una lista de países, elige el tuyo o uno muy " -"cercano haciendo clic en el símbolo >, este mostrará todos los espejos " -"disponibles en ese país. Seleccione uno y haga clic en <guibutton>Aceptar</" -"guibutton>." +msgstr "Puedes ver, a la izquierda, una lista de países, elige el tuyo o uno muy cercano haciendo clic en el símbolo >, este mostrará todos los espejos disponibles en ese país. Seleccione uno y haga clic en <guibutton>Aceptar</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174 @@ -4727,11 +3954,10 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Archivo -> Añadir un medio personalizado:</guimenu>" msgid "" "It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that " "isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:" -msgstr "" -"Es posible instalar un nuevo medio (de un tercero, por ejemplo) que no sea " -"compatible con Mageia. Aparecerá una nueva ventana:" +msgstr "Es posible instalar un nuevo medio (de un tercero, por ejemplo) que no sea compatible con Mageia. Aparecerá una nueva ventana:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181 msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" @@ -4742,10 +3968,7 @@ msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a " "smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, " "according to the medium type)" -msgstr "" -"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Seleccione el tipo de medio, " -"encontrar un nombre inteligente que bien definen el medio y dar el URL (o la " -"ruta de acceso, de acuerdo con el tipo de medio)" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Seleccione el tipo de medio, encontrar un nombre inteligente que bien definen el medio y dar el URL (o la ruta de acceso, de acuerdo con el tipo de medio)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187 @@ -4755,15 +3978,11 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Opciones -> Opciones globales:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 msgid "" -"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed" -"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to " -"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by " +"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed\" " +"(always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define " +"the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by " "default-, update only, always or never)." -msgstr "" -"Este elemento le permite elegir cuándo \"Verificar RPMs para ser instalados" -"\" (siempre o nunca), el programa de descarga (curl, wget o aria2) y definir " -"la política de descarga para obtener información acerca de los paquetes (en " -"la demanda -por defecto-, actualizar sólo, siempre o nunca)." +msgstr "Este elemento le permite elegir cuándo \"Verificar RPMs para ser instalados\" (siempre o nunca), el programa de descarga (curl, wget o aria2) y definir la política de descarga para obtener información acerca de los paquetes (en la demanda -por defecto-, actualizar sólo, siempre o nunca)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194 @@ -4773,25 +3992,17 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Opciones -> Administrar claves:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196 msgid "" -"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate " -"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the " -"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</" -"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on " -"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key." -msgstr "" -"Para garantizar un alto nivel de seguridad, llaves digitales se utilizan " -"para autenticar los medios. Es posible para cada medio debe permitir o no " -"una clave. En la ventana que aparece, seleccione un medio y luego haga clic " -"en <guibutton>Añadir</guibutton> para permitir una nueva clave o para " -"seleccionar una clave y haga clic en <guibutton>Eliminar</guibutton> para " -"rechazar esa tecla." +"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate" +" the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In " +"the window that appear, select a medium and then click on " +"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click " +"on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key." +msgstr "Para garantizar un alto nivel de seguridad, llaves digitales se utilizan para autenticar los medios. Es posible para cada medio debe permitir o no una clave. En la ventana que aparece, seleccione un medio y luego haga clic en <guibutton>Añadir</guibutton> para permitir una nueva clave o para seleccionar una clave y haga clic en <guibutton>Eliminar</guibutton> para rechazar esa tecla." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203 msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions" -msgstr "" -"Haga esto con cuidado, al igual que con todas las cuestiones relacionadas " -"con la seguridad" +msgstr "Haga esto con cuidado, al igual que con todas las cuestiones relacionadas con la seguridad" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204 @@ -4802,24 +4013,18 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Opciones -> Proxy:</guimenu>" #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206 msgid "" "If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it " -"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if " -"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>." -msgstr "" -"Si tiene que usar un servidor proxy para acceder a Internet, puede " -"configurarlo aquí. Sólo tiene que dar el <guibutton>nombre de host proxy</" -"guibutton> y si es necesario un <guilabel>Nombre de usuario</guilabel> y " -"<guilabel>Contraseña</guilabel>." +"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if" +" necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and " +"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>." +msgstr "Si tiene que usar un servidor proxy para acceder a Internet, puede configurarlo aquí. Sólo tiene que dar el <guibutton>nombre de host proxy</guibutton> y si es necesario un <guilabel>Nombre de usuario</guilabel> y <guilabel>Contraseña</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213 msgid "" -"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href=" -"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</" -"link>." -msgstr "" -"Para obtener más información sobre la configuración de los medios de " -"comunicación, consulte <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"Software_management\">la página Wiki de Mageia </link>." +"For more information about configuring the media, see <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki " +"page</link>." +msgstr "Para obtener más información sobre la configuración de los medios de comunicación, consulte <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">la página Wiki de Mageia </link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:10 @@ -4831,7 +4036,8 @@ msgstr "Compartir discos y directorios utilizando Samba" msgid "draksambashare" msgstr "draksambashare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:18 msgid "draksambashare.png" msgstr "draksambashare.png" @@ -4844,12 +4050,7 @@ msgid "" "the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is " "also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the " "resources of the Samba server." -msgstr "" -"Samba es un protocolo usando en varios sistemas operativos para compartir " -"recursos tales como directorios o impresoras. Esta herramienta permite " -"configurar la máquina como un servidor Samba usando el protocolo SMB/CIFS. " -"Este protocolo se usa también en Windows (R) y estaciones de trabajo con " -"este sistema operativo pueden acceder a los recursos del servidor Samba. " +msgstr "Samba es un protocolo usando en varios sistemas operativos para compartir recursos tales como directorios o impresoras. Esta herramienta permite configurar la máquina como un servidor Samba usando el protocolo SMB/CIFS. Este protocolo se usa también en Windows (R) y estaciones de trabajo con este sistema operativo pueden acceder a los recursos del servidor Samba. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:37 @@ -4865,13 +4066,7 @@ msgid "" "identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same " "address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba " "server." -msgstr "" -"Para acceder desde otras estaciones de trabajo, el servidor tiene que tener " -"una dirección IP fija. Esto se puede especificar directamente en el " -"servidor, por ejemplo, con <xref linkend = \"draknetcenter-ti1\" />, o en el " -"servidor DHCP que identifica la estación con su dirección MAC y darle " -"siempre la misma dirección. El servidor de seguridad también tiene que " -"permitir que las solicitudes entrantes al servidor Samba." +msgstr "Para acceder desde otras estaciones de trabajo, el servidor tiene que tener una dirección IP fija. Esto se puede especificar directamente en el servidor, por ejemplo, con <xref linkend = \"draknetcenter-ti1\" />, o en el servidor DHCP que identifica la estación con su dirección MAC y darle siempre la misma dirección. El servidor de seguridad también tiene que permitir que las solicitudes entrantes al servidor Samba." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:50 @@ -4881,25 +4076,20 @@ msgstr "Asistente - servidor Autónomo" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:53 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold" -"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksambashare</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis " +"role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksambashare</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:52 msgid "" -"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks " -"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are " +"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks" +" if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are " "not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched." -msgstr "" -"En la primera ejecución, las herramientas <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" -"\"0\"/> comprueban si los paquetes necesarios están instalados y proponen " -"instalarlos si aún no están presentes. A continuación, se inicia el " -"asistente para configurarel servidor Samba." +msgstr "En la primera ejecución, las herramientas <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> comprueban si los paquetes necesarios están instalados y proponen instalarlos si aún no están presentes. A continuación, se inicia el asistente para configurarel servidor Samba." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:61 msgid "draksambashare0.png" msgstr "draksambashare0.png" @@ -4909,11 +4099,10 @@ msgstr "draksambashare0.png" msgid "" "In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already " "selected." -msgstr "" -"En la siguiente ventana, la opción de configuración del servidor Standalone " -"está seleccionada." +msgstr "En la siguiente ventana, la opción de configuración del servidor Standalone está seleccionada." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:71 msgid "draksambashare1.png" msgstr "draksambashare1.png" @@ -4921,22 +4110,19 @@ msgstr "draksambashare1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:77 msgid "" -"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the " -"access to the shared resources." -msgstr "" -"A continuación, especifique el nombre del grupo de trabajo. Este nombre debe " -"ser el mismo para el acceso a los recursos compartidos." +"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the" +" access to the shared resources." +msgstr "A continuación, especifique el nombre del grupo de trabajo. Este nombre debe ser el mismo para el acceso a los recursos compartidos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:80 msgid "" "The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on " "the network." -msgstr "" -"El nombre de NetBIOS es el nombre que se utilizará para designar el servidor " -"en la red." +msgstr "El nombre de NetBIOS es el nombre que se utilizará para designar el servidor en la red." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:85 msgid "draksambashare2.png" msgstr "draksambashare2.png" @@ -4951,29 +4137,24 @@ msgstr "Elija el nivel de seguridad:" msgid "" "<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the " "resource" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>usuario</guilabel>: el cliente debe estar autorizado a acceder al " -"recurso" +msgstr "<guilabel>usuario</guilabel>: el cliente debe estar autorizado a acceder al recurso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:100 msgid "" "<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for " "each share" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>compartir</guilabel>: el cliente debe estar autorizado a acceder " -"al recurso" +msgstr "<guilabel>compartir</guilabel>: el cliente debe estar autorizado a acceder al recurso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:105 msgid "" "You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP " "address or host name." -msgstr "" -"Puede especificar qué máquinas tienen permiso para acceder a los recursos, " -"con la dirección IP o nombre de host." +msgstr "Puede especificar qué máquinas tienen permiso para acceder a los recursos, con la dirección IP o nombre de host." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:110 msgid "draksambashare3.png" msgstr "draksambashare3.png" @@ -4983,11 +4164,10 @@ msgstr "draksambashare3.png" msgid "" "Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be " "described in the Windows workstations." -msgstr "" -"Especifique la pancarta del servidor. La pancarta es la forma en que este " -"servidor será descrito en las estaciones de trabajo Windows." +msgstr "Especifique la pancarta del servidor. La pancarta es la forma en que este servidor será descrito en las estaciones de trabajo Windows." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:120 msgid "draksambashare4.png" msgstr "draksambashare4.png" @@ -4996,11 +4176,10 @@ msgstr "draksambashare4.png" #: en/draksambashare.xml:126 msgid "" "The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step." -msgstr "" -"El lugar donde Samba puede registrar información se puede especificar en el " -"siguiente paso." +msgstr "El lugar donde Samba puede registrar información se puede especificar en el siguiente paso." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:131 msgid "draksambashare5.png" msgstr "draksambashare5.png" @@ -5009,14 +4188,12 @@ msgstr "draksambashare5.png" #: en/draksambashare.xml:137 msgid "" "The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the " -"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/" -"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." -msgstr "" -"El asistente muestra una lista de los parámetros elegidos antes de aceptar " -"la configuración. Cuando se acepta, la configuración será escrita en <code>/" -"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." +"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in " +"<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." +msgstr "El asistente muestra una lista de los parámetros elegidos antes de aceptar la configuración. Cuando se acepta, la configuración será escrita en <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:143 msgid "draksambashare6.png" msgstr "draksambashare6.png" @@ -5026,7 +4203,8 @@ msgstr "draksambashare6.png" msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller" msgstr "Asistente - Controlador de dominio primario" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:155 msgid "draksambashare13.png" msgstr "draksambashare13.png" @@ -5039,12 +4217,7 @@ msgid "" "to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are " "then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the " "security mode:" -msgstr "" -"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Si se selecciona la opción " -"\"controlador de dominio primario\", el asistente le pide indique si Wins es " -"para apoyar o no, y para proporcionar los nombres de usuarios de " -"administrador. Los siguientes pasos son entonces los mismos que para " -"servidor independiente, a menos que usted elija también el modo de seguridad:" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Si se selecciona la opción \"controlador de dominio primario\", el asistente le pide indique si Wins es para apoyar o no, y para proporcionar los nombres de usuarios de administrador. Los siguientes pasos son entonces los mismos que para servidor independiente, a menos que usted elija también el modo de seguridad:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:164 @@ -5052,11 +4225,7 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and " "group accounts in a central, shared, account repository. The centralized " "account repository is shared between (security) controllers." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provee un mecanismo para almacenar todas las " -"cuentas de usuario y grupo en un repositorio de cuentas central compartido. " -"El repositorio de cuentas centralizado es compartido entre los controladores " -"(de seguridad) del dominio." +msgstr "<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provee un mecanismo para almacenar todas las cuentas de usuario y grupo en un repositorio de cuentas central compartido. El repositorio de cuentas centralizado es compartido entre los controladores (de seguridad) del dominio." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:173 @@ -5068,7 +4237,8 @@ msgstr "Declare un directorio a compartir" msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:" msgstr "Con el botón <guibutton>Añadir</guibutton>, obtenemos:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:179 msgid "draksambashare15.png" msgstr "draksambashare15.png" @@ -5076,17 +4246,14 @@ msgstr "draksambashare15.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:184 msgid "" -"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</" -"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is " -"visible to the public, writable or browseable. The share name can not be " -"modified." -msgstr "" -"Por tanto, se añade una nueva entrada. Puede ser modificada con el botón " -"<guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>. Las opciones pueden ser editadas, por " -"ejemplo, si el directorio es visible para el público, de escritura o " -"navegable. El nombre del recurso compartido no se puede modificar." +"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the " +"<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether" +" the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable. The share " +"name can not be modified." +msgstr "Por tanto, se añade una nueva entrada. Puede ser modificada con el botón <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>. Las opciones pueden ser editadas, por ejemplo, si el directorio es visible para el público, de escritura o navegable. El nombre del recurso compartido no se puede modificar." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:191 msgid "draksambashare16.png" msgstr "draksambashare16.png" @@ -5094,9 +4261,7 @@ msgstr "draksambashare16.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:203 msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used." -msgstr "" -"Cuando la lista tiene al menos una entrada, se pueden utilizar las entradas " -"de menú." +msgstr "Cuando la lista tiene al menos una entrada, se pueden utilizar las entradas de menú." #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:209 @@ -5133,7 +4298,8 @@ msgstr "Compartir impresora" msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers." msgstr "Samba tambien le permite compartir impresoras" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:241 msgid "draksambashare17.png" msgstr "draksambashare17.png" @@ -5151,7 +4317,8 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgid "Samba users" msgstr "Usuarios de Samba" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:253 msgid "draksambashare18.png" msgstr "draksambashare18.png" @@ -5162,11 +4329,7 @@ msgid "" "In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared " "resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref " "linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "" -"En esta pestaña, puede agregar usuarios que tienen permiso para acceder a " -"los recursos compartidos cuando se requiere autenticación. Usted puede " -"agregar usuarios de <xref linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=" -"\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "En esta pestaña, puede agregar usuarios que tienen permiso para acceder a los recursos compartidos cuando se requiere autenticación. Usted puede agregar usuarios de <xref linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksec.xml:3 @@ -5178,7 +4341,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar autenticación para las herramientas de Mageia" msgid "draksec" msgstr "draksec" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksec.xml:11 msgid "draksec0.png" msgstr "draksec0.png" @@ -5186,37 +4350,31 @@ msgstr "draksec0.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksec.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente en " -"el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la etiqueta <emphasis role = \"bold" -"\">Seguridad</emphasis>" +msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente en el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la etiqueta <emphasis role = \"bold\">Seguridad</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:19 msgid "" "It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks " "usually done by the administrator." -msgstr "" -"Permite dar a los usuarios habituales los derechos necesarios para realizar " -"las tareas normalmente realizadas por el administrador." +msgstr "Permite dar a los usuarios habituales los derechos necesarios para realizar las tareas normalmente realizadas por el administrador." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:22 msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:" msgstr "Haga clic en la pequeña flecha antes del elemento que desea desplegar:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksec.xml:27 msgid "draksec.png" msgstr "draksec.png" @@ -5227,36 +4385,25 @@ msgid "" "Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in " "the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a " "drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:" -msgstr "" -"La mayoría de las herramientas disponibles en el Centro de Control de Mageia " -"se muestran en la parte izquierda de la ventana (ver la imagen de arriba) y " -"para cada herramienta, una lista desplegable en la parte derecha abajo da la " -"posibilidad de elegir entre:" +msgstr "La mayoría de las herramientas disponibles en el Centro de Control de Mageia se muestran en la parte izquierda de la ventana (ver la imagen de arriba) y para cada herramienta, una lista desplegable en la parte derecha abajo da la posibilidad de elegir entre:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:37 msgid "" "Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the " "same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"." -msgstr "" -"Por defecto: El modo de puesta en marcha depende del nivel de seguridad " -"elegido. Ver en la misma pestaña MCC, la función \"Configurar la seguridad " -"del sistema, permisos y auditoría\"." +msgstr "Por defecto: El modo de puesta en marcha depende del nivel de seguridad elegido. Ver en la misma pestaña MCC, la función \"Configurar la seguridad del sistema, permisos y auditoría\"." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:43 msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching." -msgstr "" -"Contraseña de usuario: La contraseña de usuario se pide antes que la " -"herramienta se ejecute" +msgstr "Contraseña de usuario: La contraseña de usuario se pide antes que la herramienta se ejecute" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:48 msgid "" "Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching" -msgstr "" -"Contraseña de administrador: La contraseña de root se pregunta antes de la " -"puesta en marcha de herramientas" +msgstr "Contraseña de administrador: La contraseña de root se pregunta antes de la puesta en marcha de herramientas" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:53 @@ -5273,7 +4420,8 @@ msgstr "Instantáneas" msgid "draksnapshot-config" msgstr "draksnapshot-config" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18 msgid "draksnapshot-config.png" msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png" @@ -5281,22 +4429,17 @@ msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's " -"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</" -"guilabel> section." -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está disponible " -"en la pestaña <guilabel>Sistema</guilabel> de MCC, en la sección " -"<guilabel>Herramientas de administración</guilabel>." +"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration " +"tools</guilabel> section." +msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está disponible en la pestaña <guilabel>Sistema</guilabel> de MCC, en la sección <guilabel>Herramientas de administración</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26 @@ -5304,61 +4447,39 @@ msgid "" "When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message " "about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to " "proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed." -msgstr "" -"Al iniciar esta herramienta en MCC, por primera vez, verá un mensaje acerca " -"de la instalación draksnapshot. Haga clic en <guibutton>Instalar</guibutton> " -"para continuar. Draksnapshot y algunos otros paquetes que necesita serán " -"instalados." +msgstr "Al iniciar esta herramienta en MCC, por primera vez, verá un mensaje acerca de la instalación draksnapshot. Haga clic en <guibutton>Instalar</guibutton> para continuar. Draksnapshot y algunos otros paquetes que necesita serán instalados." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31 msgid "" "Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the " -"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</" -"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the " -"whole system</guilabel>." -msgstr "" -"Haga clic de nuevo en <guilabel>Instantáneas</guilabel>, verá la pantalla " -"<guilabel>Configuración</guilabel>. Habilite <guilabel>Activar copias de " -"seguridad</guilabel> y, si desea hacer copia de seguridad de todo el " -"sistema, <guilabel>Copia de seguridad de todo el sistema</guilabel>." +"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable " +"Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, " +"<guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>." +msgstr "Haga clic de nuevo en <guilabel>Instantáneas</guilabel>, verá la pantalla <guilabel>Configuración</guilabel>. Habilite <guilabel>Activar copias de seguridad</guilabel> y, si desea hacer copia de seguridad de todo el sistema, <guilabel>Copia de seguridad de todo el sistema</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34 msgid "" "If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose " "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the " -"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to " -"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and " -"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</" -"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen " -"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included " -"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done." -msgstr "" -"Si sólo quiere una copia de seguridad de parte de sus directorios, a " -"continuación, seleccione <guilabel>Avanzado</guilabel>. Usted verá una " -"pequeña pantalla emergente. Utilice los botones <guibutton>Añadir</" -"guibutton> y <guibutton>Eliminar</guibutton> junto a <guilabel>la lista de " -"copia de seguridad</guilabel> para incluir o excluir directorios y archivos " -"de la copia de seguridad. Utilice los mismos botones junto a la lista " -"<guilabel>Excluir</guilabel> para eliminar los subdirectorios y/o archivos " -"de los directorios seleccionados, que <emphasis role = \"bold\">no</" -"emphasis> deben ser incluidos en la copia de seguridad. Haga clic en " -"<guibutton>Cerrar</guibutton> cuando haya terminado." +"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to" +" the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and " +"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the " +"<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from" +" the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> " +"be included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you " +"are done." +msgstr "Si sólo quiere una copia de seguridad de parte de sus directorios, a continuación, seleccione <guilabel>Avanzado</guilabel>. Usted verá una pequeña pantalla emergente. Utilice los botones <guibutton>Añadir</guibutton> y <guibutton>Eliminar</guibutton> junto a <guilabel>la lista de copia de seguridad</guilabel> para incluir o excluir directorios y archivos de la copia de seguridad. Utilice los mismos botones junto a la lista <guilabel>Excluir</guilabel> para eliminar los subdirectorios y/o archivos de los directorios seleccionados, que <emphasis role = \"bold\">no</emphasis> deben ser incluidos en la copia de seguridad. Haga clic en <guibutton>Cerrar</guibutton> cuando haya terminado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41 msgid "" "Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the " -"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted " -"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/" -"your_user_name/</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Ahora, especifique el directorio en el que <guilabel>Guardar una copia de " -"seguridad</guilabel>, o seleccione el botón <guibutton>Examinar</guibutton> " -"para especificar el directorio correcto. Cualquier llave USB o HD externo " -"montado se puede encontrar en <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/" -"your_user_name/</emphasis>." +"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted" +" USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>." +msgstr "Ahora, especifique el directorio en el que <guilabel>Guardar una copia de seguridad</guilabel>, o seleccione el botón <guibutton>Examinar</guibutton> para especificar el directorio correcto. Cualquier llave USB o HD externo montado se puede encontrar en <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45 @@ -5375,7 +4496,8 @@ msgstr "Configuración de sonido" msgid "draksound" msgstr "draksound" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksound.xml:10 msgid "draksound.png" msgstr "draksound.png" @@ -5383,21 +4505,16 @@ msgstr "draksound.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksound.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>.¶" -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente en " -"el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la pestaña <emphasis role = \"bold" -"\">Hardware</emphasis> .¶" +msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente en el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la pestaña <emphasis role = \"bold\">Hardware</emphasis> .¶" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:19 @@ -5405,20 +4522,15 @@ msgid "" "Draksound deals with the sound configuration, including the driver choice, " "PulseAudio options and trouble shooting. It will help you if you experience " "sound problems or if you change the sound card." -msgstr "" -"Draksound ofrece configuracirar el sonido, incluidas las opciones del " -"controlador, las oportunidades y problemas de PulseAudio. Si tiene problemas " -"con el sonido o si cambia la tarjeta de sonido." +msgstr "Draksound ofrece configuracirar el sonido, incluidas las opciones del controlador, las oportunidades y problemas de PulseAudio. Si tiene problemas con el sonido o si cambia la tarjeta de sonido." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:23 msgid "" -"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a " -"driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound card." -msgstr "" -"La lista desplegable llamada <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> le permite " -"seleccionar un controlador de todos los disponibles en el equipo que " -"coinciden con la tarjeta de sonido." +"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a" +" driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound " +"card." +msgstr "La lista desplegable llamada <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> le permite seleccionar un controlador de todos los disponibles en el equipo que coinciden con la tarjeta de sonido." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/draksound.xml:28 @@ -5426,53 +4538,40 @@ msgid "" "Most of the time, it is possible to choose a driver using the OSS or ALSA " "API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when " "possible for its enhanced features." -msgstr "" -"La mayor parte del tiempo, es posible elegir un controlador utilizando el " -"API OSS o ALSA. OSS es la más antigua y muy básico, se recomienda elegir " -"ALSA cuando sea posible por sus características mejoradas." +msgstr "La mayor parte del tiempo, es posible elegir un controlador utilizando el API OSS o ALSA. OSS es la más antigua y muy básico, se recomienda elegir ALSA cuando sea posible por sus características mejoradas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:33 msgid "" -"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound " -"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting " -"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio " -"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> es un servidor de sonido. Recibe todas las " -"entradas de sonido, los mezcla en función de las preferencias del usuario y " -"envía el sonido resultante a la salida. Consulte <guimenu>Menú -> Sonido y " -"Video -> PulseAudio control de volumen</guimenu> para ajustar estas " -"preferencias." +"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound" +" inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the " +"resulting sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> " +"PulseAudio volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences." +msgstr "<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> es un servidor de sonido. Recibe todas las entradas de sonido, los mezcla en función de las preferencias del usuario y envía el sonido resultante a la salida. Consulte <guimenu>Menú -> Sonido y Video -> PulseAudio control de volumen</guimenu> para ajustar estas preferencias." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:38 msgid "" "PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it " "enabled." -msgstr "" -"PulseAudio es el servidor de sonido por defecto y se recomienda dejarlo " -"activado." +msgstr "PulseAudio es el servidor de sonido por defecto y se recomienda dejarlo activado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:41 msgid "" "<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It " "is also recommended to leave it enabled." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Libre de saltos</guilabel> mejora PulseAudio con algunos " -"programas. También se recomienda dejarlo activado." +msgstr "<guilabel>Libre de saltos</guilabel> mejora PulseAudio con algunos programas. También se recomienda dejarlo activado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:44 msgid "" "The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with two or " "three buttons:" -msgstr "" -"El botón <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> mostrará una nueva ventana con dos " -"o tres botones:" +msgstr "El botón <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> mostrará una nueva ventana con dos o tres botones:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksound.xml:49 msgid "Draksound1.png" msgstr "Draksound1.png" @@ -5483,10 +4582,7 @@ msgid "" "The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you " "are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a driver " "for your device." -msgstr "" -"El primer botón le da total libertad de elección. Usted tiene que saber lo " -"que está haciendo. Este botón no está disponible cuando el sistema ha " -"encontrado un controlador para su dispositivo." +msgstr "El primer botón le da total libertad de elección. Usted tiene que saber lo que está haciendo. Este botón no está disponible cuando el sistema ha encontrado un controlador para su dispositivo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:57 @@ -5494,10 +4590,7 @@ msgid "" "The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any " "problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking " "the community for help." -msgstr "" -"El segundo es obvio y el último da asistencia solucionado cualquier problema " -"que pueda tener. Usted encontrará que es útil para tratar antes de pedir " -"ayuda a la comunidad." +msgstr "El segundo es obvio y el último da asistencia solucionado cualquier problema que pueda tener. Usted encontrará que es útil para tratar antes de pedir ayuda a la comunidad." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakups.xml:3 @@ -5509,7 +4602,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar una UPS para monitoreo de energía" msgid "drakups" msgstr "drakups" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakups.xml:8 msgid "drakups.png" msgstr "drakups.png" @@ -5517,11 +4611,9 @@ msgstr "drakups.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakups.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakvpn.xml:3 @@ -5533,7 +4625,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar una conexión VPN para acceso seguro a redes" msgid "drakvpn" msgstr "drakvpn" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:11 msgid "drakvpn1.png" msgstr "drakvpn1.png" @@ -5541,11 +4634,9 @@ msgstr "drakvpn1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:18 @@ -5556,13 +4647,7 @@ msgid "" "configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is " "already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the " "network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ." -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite " -"configurar un acceso seguro a una red remota, se establece un túnel entre " -"la estación de trabajo local y la red remota. Discutimos aquí sólo de la " -"configuración en el lado de estación de trabajo. Suponemos que la red remota " -"ya está en funcionamiento, y que tiene la información de conexión del " -"administrador de red, como un archivo de configuración .pcf." +msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite configurar un acceso seguro a una red remota, se establece un túnel entre la estación de trabajo local y la red remota. Discutimos aquí sólo de la configuración en el lado de estación de trabajo. Suponemos que la red remota ya está en funcionamiento, y que tiene la información de conexión del administrador de red, como un archivo de configuración .pcf." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakvpn.xml:30 @@ -5574,9 +4659,7 @@ msgstr "Configuración" msgid "" "First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which " "protocol is used for your virtual private network." -msgstr "" -"En primer lugar, seleccione Cisco VPN concentrador o OpenVPN, dependiendo de " -"qué protocolo se utiliza para su red privada virtual." +msgstr "En primer lugar, seleccione Cisco VPN concentrador o OpenVPN, dependiendo de qué protocolo se utiliza para su red privada virtual." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:35 @@ -5593,7 +4676,8 @@ msgstr "La siguiente pantalla, provee los detalles para su conexión VPN." msgid "For Cisco VPN" msgstr "Para las VPN de Cisco" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:48 msgid "drakvpn3.png" msgstr "drakvpn3.png" @@ -5603,11 +4687,10 @@ msgstr "drakvpn3.png" msgid "" "For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the " "first time the tool is used." -msgstr "" -"Para openvpn. El paquete openvpn y sus dependencias se instalarán la primera " -"vez que se utilice." +msgstr "Para openvpn. El paquete openvpn y sus dependencias se instalarán la primera vez que se utilice." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:59 msgid "drakvpn7.png" msgstr "drakvpn7.png" @@ -5617,16 +4700,15 @@ msgstr "drakvpn7.png" msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you " "received from the network administrator." -msgstr "" -"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Seleccione los archivos que " -"recibió del administrador de red." +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Seleccione los archivos que recibió del administrador de red." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:64 msgid "Advanced parameters:" msgstr "Parámetros avanzados:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:68 msgid "drakvpn8.png" msgstr "drakvpn8.png" @@ -5641,20 +4723,15 @@ msgstr "La siguiente pantalla le pide la dirección ip del gateway." msgid "" "When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN " "connection." -msgstr "" -"Cuando los parámetros se asignan, usted tiene la opción de iniciar la " -"conexión VPN." +msgstr "Cuando los parámetros se asignan, usted tiene la opción de iniciar la conexión VPN." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:79 msgid "" "This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network " -"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect " -"to this VPN." -msgstr "" -"Esta conexión VPN puede ser configurada para iniciar automaticamente con una " -"conexión de red. Para ello, reconfigure la conexión de red para conectarse " -"siempre a esta VPN." +"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect" +" to this VPN." +msgstr "Esta conexión VPN puede ser configurada para iniciar automaticamente con una conexión de red. Para ello, reconfigure la conexión de red para conectarse siempre a esta VPN." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3 @@ -5666,7 +4743,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar servidor web" msgid "drakwizard apache2" msgstr "drakwizard apache2" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png" msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png" @@ -5674,20 +4752,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " "web server." -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> puede ayudar a " -"configurar un servidor web." +msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> puede ayudar a configurar un servidor web." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15 @@ -5699,9 +4773,7 @@ msgstr "¿Qué es un servidor web?" msgid "" "Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be " "accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "" -"Servidor Web es el software que ayuda a entregar el contenido web que se " -"puede acceder a través de Internet. (De Wikipedia)" +msgstr "Servidor Web es el software que ayuda a entregar el contenido web que se puede acceder a través de Internet. (De Wikipedia)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21 @@ -5713,7 +4785,8 @@ msgstr "Configuración de un servidor web con drakwizard apache2" msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard." msgstr "Bienvenido al asistente de servidor web." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30 msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png" @@ -5723,16 +4796,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png" #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55 msgid "" "The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"La primera página es sólo una introducción, haga clic en " -"<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +msgstr "La primera página es sólo una introducción, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38 msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World" msgstr "Seleccionando servidor exposicion: Red Local y/o Mundial" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41 msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png" @@ -5742,16 +4814,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png" msgid "" "Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad " "things." -msgstr "" -"Exponer el servidor web a Internet tiene sus riesgos. Esté preparado para " -"cosas malas." +msgstr "Exponer el servidor web a Internet tiene sus riesgos. Esté preparado para cosas malas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49 msgid "Server User Module" msgstr "Módulo de usuario de servidor" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52 msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step3.png" @@ -5766,7 +4837,8 @@ msgstr "Permite a los usuarios crear sus propios sitios." msgid "User web directory name" msgstr "Nombre de la carpeta web del usuario" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63 msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png" @@ -5776,16 +4848,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png" msgid "" "The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will " "display it." -msgstr "" -"El usuario necesita para crear y llenar este directorio, el servidor lo " -"mostrará." +msgstr "El usuario necesita para crear y llenar este directorio, el servidor lo mostrará." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71 msgid "Server Document Root" msgstr "Server Document Root" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74 msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png" @@ -5793,9 +4864,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:78 msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents." -msgstr "" -"Permite configurar la ruta de acceso a los documentos por defecto de " -"servidores web." +msgstr "Permite configurar la ruta de acceso a los documentos por defecto de servidores web." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83 @@ -5804,7 +4873,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Summary" msgstr "Resumen" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85 msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png" @@ -5814,10 +4884,9 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png" #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112 msgid "" -"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Tome un segundo para comprobar estas opciones, a continuación, haga clic en " -"<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +"Take a second to check these options, then click " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "Tome un segundo para comprobar estas opciones, a continuación, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82 @@ -5825,7 +4894,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Finish" msgstr "Finalizar" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96 msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step7.png" @@ -5846,7 +4916,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar DNS" msgid "drakwizard bind" msgstr "drakwizard bind" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_bind.png" msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png" @@ -5854,11 +4925,9 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3 @@ -5870,7 +4939,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar DHCP" msgid "drakwizard dhcp" msgstr "drakwizard dhcp" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10 msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png" msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png" @@ -5880,29 +4950,22 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png" msgid "" "This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net " "interfaces" -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta se rompe en Mageia 4 debido a nuevo esquema de nomenclatura " -"para las interfaces Red" +msgstr "Esta herramienta se rompe en Mageia 4 debido a nuevo esquema de nomenclatura para las interfaces Red" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " -"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should " -"be installed before you can access to it." -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> puede ayudarle a " -"configurar un servidor <acronym>DHCP</acronym>. Es un componente de " -"drakwizard que debería estar instalado antes de poder acceder a él." +"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should" +" be installed before you can access to it." +msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> puede ayudarle a configurar un servidor <acronym>DHCP</acronym>. Es un componente de drakwizard que debería estar instalado antes de poder acceder a él." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26 @@ -5916,11 +4979,7 @@ msgid "" "standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically " "configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet " "communication. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "" -"El Protocolo de configuración dinámica de host (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) es " -"un protocolo de red estándar utilizado en redes IP que configura " -"dinámicamente direcciones IP y otra información que se necesita para la " -"comunicación por Internet. (De Wikipedia)" +msgstr "El Protocolo de configuración dinámica de host (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) es un protocolo de red estándar utilizado en redes IP que configura dinámicamente direcciones IP y otra información que se necesita para la comunicación por Internet. (De Wikipedia)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35 @@ -5932,7 +4991,8 @@ msgstr "Configuración de un servidor DHCP con drakwizard dhcp" msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard." msgstr "Bienvenido al asistente de servidor DHCP." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" @@ -5942,7 +5002,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" msgid "Selecting Adaptor" msgstr "Selección de Adaptador" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" @@ -5951,18 +5012,17 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62 msgid "" "Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for " -"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione la interfaz de red, que está conectado a la subred, y para el que " -"DHCP asignará direcciones IP y haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "Seleccione la interfaz de red, que está conectado a la subred, y para el que DHCP asignará direcciones IP y haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68 msgid "Select IP range" msgstr "Seleccione el rango IP" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" @@ -5974,13 +5034,10 @@ msgid "" "the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to " "some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then " "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione el principio y final IP del rango de direcciones IP que desea que " -"el servidor ofrezca, junto con la IP de la puerta de enlace que conecta a " -"algún lugar fuera de la red local, ojalá cerca de la Internet, a " -"continuación, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +msgstr "Seleccione el principio y final IP del rango de direcciones IP que desea que el servidor ofrezca, junto con la IP de la puerta de enlace que conecta a algún lugar fuera de la red local, ojalá cerca de la Internet, a continuación, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" @@ -5990,7 +5047,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" msgid "Hold on..." msgstr "Espere..." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" @@ -6000,16 +5058,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" msgid "" "This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and " "change things around." -msgstr "" -"Esto se puede solucionar. Haga clic en <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> un " -"par de veces y cambie las cosas." +msgstr "Esto se puede solucionar. Haga clic en <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> un par de veces y cambie las cosas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109 msgid "Hours later..." msgstr "Horas más tarde..." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" @@ -6029,71 +5086,78 @@ msgstr "Instalando el paquete servidor-dhcp si es necesario;" #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129 msgid "" "Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" -msgstr "" -"Guardando <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> en <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" +msgstr "Guardando <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> en <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134 msgid "" -"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/" -"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new " -"parameters:" -msgstr "" -"Creando un nuevo <code>dhcpd.conf</code> a partir de <code>/usr/share/" -"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> y añadiendo los nuevos " -"parámetros:" +"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from " +"<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and " +"adding the new parameters:" +msgstr "Creando un nuevo <code>dhcpd.conf</code> a partir de <code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> y añadiendo los nuevos parámetros:" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140 msgid "<code>hname</code>" msgstr "<code>hname</code>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144 msgid "<code>dns</code>" msgstr "<code>dns</code>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148 msgid "net" msgstr "red" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152 msgid "ip" msgstr "ip" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156 msgid "<code>mask</code>" msgstr "<code>máscara</code>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160 msgid "<code>rng1</code>" msgstr "<code>rng1</code>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164 msgid "<code>rng2</code>" msgstr "<code>rng2</code>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168 msgid "<code>dname</code>" msgstr "<code>dname</code>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172 msgid "<code>gateway</code>" msgstr "<code>puerta de enlace</code>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176 msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>" msgstr "<code>tftpserverip</code>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180 msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" @@ -6101,11 +5165,9 @@ msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186 msgid "" -"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</" -"code>" -msgstr "" -"También modificando el archivo de configuración de Webmin <code>/etc/webmin/" -"dhcpd/config</code>" +"Also modifying Webmin configuration file " +"<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>" +msgstr "También modificando el archivo de configuración de Webmin <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191 @@ -6122,7 +5184,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar la hora" msgid "drakwizard ntp" msgstr "drakwizard ntp" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19 msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png" msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png" @@ -6130,24 +5193,18 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the " -"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed " -"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base " +"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed" +" by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base " "packages." -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> propósito es " -"establecer el momento que su servidor sincroniza con un servidor externo. No " -"está instalado por defecto y usted tiene que instalar también los paquetes " -"drakwizard y drakwizard-base." +msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> propósito es establecer el momento que su servidor sincroniza con un servidor externo. No está instalado por defecto y usted tiene que instalar también los paquetes drakwizard y drakwizard-base." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32 @@ -6160,28 +5217,28 @@ msgid "" "After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three " "time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice " "because this server always points to available time servers." -msgstr "" -"Después de una pantalla de bienvenida (véase más arriba), la segunda le pide " -"que elija tres servidores de tiempo en las listas desplegables y sugiere " -"utilizar pool.ntp.org dos veces porque este servidor siempre apunta a los " -"servidores de tiempo disponibles." +msgstr "Después de una pantalla de bienvenida (véase más arriba), la segunda le pide que elija tres servidores de tiempo en las listas desplegables y sugiere utilizar pool.ntp.org dos veces porque este servidor siempre apunta a los servidores de tiempo disponibles." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43 msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49 msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51 msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>" msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50 msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" @@ -6189,19 +5246,15 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63 msgid "" -"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you " -"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it " +"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you" +" arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it " "using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button. If everything is right, " "click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It " "may take a while and you finally get this screen below:" -msgstr "" -"Las siguientes pantallas permite elegir la región y la ciudad y luego, se " -"llega a un resumen. Si algo está mal, es obvio que puede cambiar con el " -"botón <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>. Si todo es correcto, haga clic en el " -"botón <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton> para continuar con la prueba. Se " -"puede tomar un tiempo y finalmente obtener esta pantalla de abajo:" +msgstr "Las siguientes pantallas permite elegir la región y la ciudad y luego, se llega a un resumen. Si algo está mal, es obvio que puede cambiar con el botón <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>. Si todo es correcto, haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton> para continuar con la prueba. Se puede tomar un tiempo y finalmente obtener esta pantalla de abajo:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72 msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png" @@ -6209,8 +5262,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:78 msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool" -msgstr "" -"Click en el botón <guibutton>Finalizar</guibutton> para cerrar la aplicación" +msgstr "Click en el botón <guibutton>Finalizar</guibutton> para cerrar la aplicación" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:89 @@ -6225,48 +5277,37 @@ msgstr "Instalando el paquete <code>ntp</code> si es necesario" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97 msgid "" -"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/" -"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/" -"step-tickers.orig</code>;" -msgstr "" -"Guardar los archivos <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> en <code>/etc/" -"sysconfig/clock.orig</code> y <code>/etc/NTP/step-tickers</code> en <code>/" -"etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;" +"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to " +"<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-" +"tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;" +msgstr "Guardar los archivos <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> en <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> y <code>/etc/NTP/step-tickers</code> en <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104 msgid "" "Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of " "servers;" -msgstr "" -"Escribiendo un nuevo archivo <code>/etc/NTP/step-tickers</code> con la lista " -"de servidores;" +msgstr "Escribiendo un nuevo archivo <code>/etc/NTP/step-tickers</code> con la lista de servidores;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109 msgid "" "Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server " "name;" -msgstr "" -"Modificación del archivo <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> insertando el nombre del " -"servidor;" +msgstr "Modificación del archivo <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> insertando el nombre del servidor;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114 msgid "" -"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</" -"code> services;" -msgstr "" -"Deteniendo e iniciando servicios <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> y " -"<code>ntpd</code>;" +"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and " +"<code>ntpd</code> services;" +msgstr "Deteniendo e iniciando servicios <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> y <code>ntpd</code>;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119 msgid "" "Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference." -msgstr "" -"Configurar el reloj del sistema con la hora actual usando UTC como " -"referencia." +msgstr "Configurar el reloj del sistema con la hora actual usando UTC como referencia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3 @@ -6278,7 +5319,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar FTP" msgid "drakwizard proftpd" msgstr "drakwizard proftpd" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png" msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png" @@ -6286,20 +5328,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12 msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an " -"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server." -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> puede ayudarle a " -"configurar un servidor <acronym>FTP</acronym>." +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an" +" <acronym>FTP</acronym> server." +msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> puede ayudarle a configurar un servidor <acronym>FTP</acronym>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15 @@ -6312,11 +5350,7 @@ msgid "" "File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network " "protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a " "<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "" -"Protocolo de transferencia de archivos (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) es un " -"protocolo de red estándar que se utiliza para transferir archivos de un host " -"a otro host a través de una red basada en <acronym>TCP</acronym>, como " -"Internet. (De Wikipedia)" +msgstr "Protocolo de transferencia de archivos (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) es un protocolo de red estándar que se utiliza para transferir archivos de un host a otro host a través de una red basada en <acronym>TCP</acronym>, como Internet. (De Wikipedia)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21 @@ -6328,12 +5362,14 @@ msgstr "Configurando un servidor FTP con drakwizard proftpd" msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up." msgstr "Bienvenido al asistente de FTP. Abróchate el cinturón." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png" @@ -6343,16 +5379,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png" msgid "" "Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad " "things." -msgstr "" -"Exponer el servidor FTP a Internet tiene sus riesgos. Esté preparado para " -"cosas malas." +msgstr "Exponer el servidor FTP a Internet tiene sus riesgos. Esté preparado para cosas malas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49 msgid "Server Information" msgstr "Información del Servidor" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png" @@ -6362,17 +5397,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png" msgid "" "Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email " "complaints too and whether to allow root login access." -msgstr "" -"Introduzca el nombre con el que el servidor se identificará, dirección de " -"correo electrónico para quejas y si se debe permitir el acceso de inicio de " -"sesión a root." +msgstr "Introduzca el nombre con el que el servidor se identificará, dirección de correo electrónico para quejas y si se debe permitir el acceso de inicio de sesión a root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60 msgid "Server Options" msgstr "Opciones del Servidor" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" @@ -6380,18 +5413,18 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67 msgid "" -"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> " -"(File eXchange Protocol)" -msgstr "" -"Establecer puerto de escucha, usuario enjaulado, hojas de permisos y/o " -"<acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange Protocol)" +"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym>" +" (File eXchange Protocol)" +msgstr "Establecer puerto de escucha, usuario enjaulado, hojas de permisos y/o <acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange Protocol)" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png" @@ -6406,7 +5439,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar proxy" msgid "drakwizard squid" msgstr "drakwizard squid" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17 msgid "drakwizard_squid.png" msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png" @@ -6414,11 +5448,9 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22 @@ -6426,10 +5458,7 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " "proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed " "before you can access to it." -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> puede ayudar a " -"configurar un servidor proxy. Es un componente de drakwizard que debería ser " -"instalado antes de poder acceder a él." +msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> puede ayudar a configurar un servidor proxy. Es un componente de drakwizard que debería ser instalado antes de poder acceder a él." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29 @@ -6445,14 +5474,7 @@ msgid "" "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a " "different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to " "simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "" -"Un servidor proxy es un servidor (un sistema informático o una aplicación) " -"que actúa como intermediario para solicitudes de clientes en busca de " -"recursos de otros servidores. Un cliente se conecta al servidor proxy, " -"solicitando algún servicio, como un archivo, la conexión, la página web, u " -"otro recurso disponible en un servidor diferente y el servidor proxy evalúa " -"la solicitud como una forma de simplificar y controlar su complejidad. (De " -"Wikipedia)" +msgstr "Un servidor proxy es un servidor (un sistema informático o una aplicación) que actúa como intermediario para solicitudes de clientes en busca de recursos de otros servidores. Un cliente se conecta al servidor proxy, solicitando algún servicio, como un archivo, la conexión, la página web, u otro recurso disponible en un servidor diferente y el servidor proxy evalúa la solicitud como una forma de simplificar y controlar su complejidad. (De Wikipedia)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40 @@ -6464,7 +5486,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar un servidor proxy con drakwizard squid" msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard." msgstr "Bienvenido al asistente de configuración de servidor proxy." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" @@ -6474,7 +5497,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" msgid "Selecting the proxy port" msgstr "Seleccionando el puerto proxy" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" @@ -6484,16 +5508,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" msgid "" "Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione el puerto proxy a través del que se conectarán los navegadores, a " -"continuación, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +msgstr "Seleccione el puerto proxy a través del que se conectarán los navegadores, a continuación, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74 msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage" msgstr "Establecer uso de memoria y disco" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" @@ -6502,16 +5525,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83 msgid "" "Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Establezca límites de memoria y caché de disco, haga clic en " -"<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +msgstr "Establezca límites de memoria y caché de disco, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88 msgid "Select Network Access Control" msgstr "Seleccione Control de Acceso a Redes" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" @@ -6519,35 +5541,34 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97 msgid "" -"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Establecer visibilidad a la red local o mundial, a continuación, en " -"<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +"Set visibility to local network or world, then click " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "Establecer visibilidad a la red local o mundial, a continuación, en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102 msgid "Grant Network Access" msgstr "Otorgar acceso a la red" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111 -msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Otorgar acceso a redes locales, entonces haga clic en el botón " -"<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "Otorgar acceso a redes locales, entonces haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116 msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?" msgstr "¿Usar un proxy de nivel superior?" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png" @@ -6555,15 +5576,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:125 msgid "Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step." -msgstr "" -"En cascada a través de un servidor proxy? Si es no, pase al siguiente paso." +msgstr "En cascada a través de un servidor proxy? Si es no, pase al siguiente paso." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:130 msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port" msgstr "URL y puerto del proxy de nivel superior" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" @@ -6571,13 +5592,12 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139 msgid "" -"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Proporcionar el nombre de host proxy y el puerto de nivel superior, a " -"continuación, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "Proporcionar el nombre de host proxy y el puerto de nivel superior, a continuación, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" @@ -6587,7 +5607,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" msgid "Start during boot?" msgstr "¿Iniciar durante el arranque del sistema?" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" @@ -6597,11 +5618,10 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" msgid "" "Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then " "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Elija si el servidor proxy debe iniciarse durante el arranque y, a " -"continuación, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +msgstr "Elija si el servidor proxy debe iniciarse durante el arranque y, a continuación, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png" @@ -6614,53 +5634,56 @@ msgstr "Instalando el paquete squid si es necesario;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197 msgid "" -"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf." -"orig;</code>" -msgstr "" -"Guardar <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> en <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf." -"orig;</code>" +"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in " +"<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>" +msgstr "Guardar <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> en <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202 msgid "" -"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf." -"default</code> and adding the new parameters:" -msgstr "" -"Creación de un nuevo <code>squid.conf</code> a partir de <code>squid.conf." -"default</code> y añadiendo los nuevos parámetros:" +"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from " +"<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:" +msgstr "Creación de un nuevo <code>squid.conf</code> a partir de <code>squid.conf.default</code> y añadiendo los nuevos parámetros:" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208 msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>" msgstr "<code>cache_dir</code>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212 msgid "<code>localnet</code>" msgstr "<code>localnet</code>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216 msgid "cache_mem" msgstr "cache_mem" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220 msgid "http_port" msgstr "http_port" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224 msgid "" "<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level" msgstr "<code>nivel</code> 1, 2 o 3 y <code>http_access</code> según el nivel" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229 msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>" msgstr "<code>cache_peer</code>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233 msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>" msgstr "<code>visible_hostname</code>" @@ -6680,7 +5703,8 @@ msgstr "Configuración del demonio OpenSSH" msgid "drakwizard sshd" msgstr "drakwizard sshd" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png" msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png" @@ -6688,20 +5712,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ssh</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ssh</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13 msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an " -"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon." -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> puede ayudarle a " -"configurar un demonio <acronym>SSH</acronym>." +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an" +" <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon." +msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> puede ayudarle a configurar un demonio <acronym>SSH</acronym>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16 @@ -6713,17 +5733,11 @@ msgstr "¿Qué es <acronym>SSH</acronym>?" msgid "" "Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data " "communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and " -"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, " -"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client " +"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects," +" via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client " "(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, " "respectively). (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "" -"Secure Shell (SSH) es un protocolo de red de cifrado para la comunicación " -"segura de datos, línea de comandos de inicio de sesión a distancia, " -"ejecución remota de comandos, y otros servicios de red seguras entre dos " -"equipos en red que conecta, a través de un canal seguro a través de una red " -"insegura, un servidor y un cliente (que se ejecuta el servidor SSH y " -"<acronym>SSH</acronym> programas cliente, respectivamente). (De Wikipedia)" +msgstr "Secure Shell (SSH) es un protocolo de red de cifrado para la comunicación segura de datos, línea de comandos de inicio de sesión a distancia, ejecución remota de comandos, y otros servicios de red seguras entre dos equipos en red que conecta, a través de un canal seguro a través de una red insegura, un servidor y un cliente (que se ejecuta el servidor SSH y <acronym>SSH</acronym> programas cliente, respectivamente). (De Wikipedia)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22 @@ -6740,7 +5754,8 @@ msgstr "Bienvenido al asistente de Open SSH." msgid "Select Type of Configure Options" msgstr "Seleccione las opciones de configuración" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" @@ -6748,19 +5763,18 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35 msgid "" -"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</" -"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Elija <guilabel>Experto</guilabel> para todas las opciones o " -"<guilabel>Novato</guilabel> para omitir los pasos 3-7, haga clic en " -"<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or " +"<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "Elija <guilabel>Experto</guilabel> para todas las opciones o <guilabel>Novato</guilabel> para omitir los pasos 3-7, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39 msgid "General Options" msgstr "Opciones generales" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png" @@ -6770,16 +5784,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png" msgid "" "Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard " "<acronym>SSH</acronym> port." -msgstr "" -"Establece las opciones de visibilidad y acceso root. El puerto 22 es el " -"puerto estándar de <acronym>SSH</acronym>." +msgstr "Establece las opciones de visibilidad y acceso root. El puerto 22 es el puerto estándar de <acronym>SSH</acronym>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50 msgid "Authentication Methods" msgstr "Métodos de Autenticación" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png" @@ -6789,16 +5802,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png" msgid "" "Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, " "then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Permitir una variedad de métodos de autenticación que los usuarios pueden " -"usar durante la conexión, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +msgstr "Permitir una variedad de métodos de autenticación que los usuarios pueden usar durante la conexión, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61 msgid "Logging" msgstr "Inicio de sesión" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png" @@ -6806,18 +5818,17 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68 msgid "" -"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Elija facilidad de registro y el nivel de salida, a continuación, haga clic " -"en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "Elija facilidad de registro y el nivel de salida, a continuación, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72 msgid "Login Options" msgstr "Opciones Inicio de sesión" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" @@ -6825,16 +5836,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79 msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Configurar opciones de cada inicio de sesión, haga clic en " -"<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +msgstr "Configurar opciones de cada inicio de sesión, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83 msgid "User Login Options" msgstr "Opciones de Inicio de sesión de Usuario" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" @@ -6843,16 +5853,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90 msgid "" "Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Configure las opciones de acceso de los usuarios, a continuación, haga clic " -"en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +msgstr "Configure las opciones de acceso de los usuarios, a continuación, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94 msgid "Compression and Forwarding" msgstr "Compresión y Reenvío" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png" @@ -6862,16 +5871,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png" msgid "" "Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Configurar el reenvío y compresión de X11 durante la transferencia, a " -"continuación, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +msgstr "Configurar el reenvío y compresión de X11 durante la transferencia, a continuación, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png" @@ -6886,7 +5895,8 @@ msgstr "Administrar servicios del sistema habilitando o deshabilitándolos" msgid "drakxservices" msgstr "drakxservices" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakxservices.xml:8 msgid "drakxservices.png" msgstr "drakxservices.png" @@ -6894,11 +5904,9 @@ msgstr "drakxservices.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakxservices.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/harddrake2.xml:10 @@ -6910,7 +5918,8 @@ msgstr "Configuración de hardware" msgid "harddrake2" msgstr "harddrake2" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/harddrake2.xml:17 msgid "harddrake2.png" msgstr "harddrake2.png" @@ -6918,11 +5927,9 @@ msgstr "harddrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:22 @@ -6932,12 +5939,7 @@ msgid "" "to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command " "<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-" "lst</code> package." -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ofrece una visión " -"general del hardware de su computadora. Cuando se pone en marcha la " -"herramienta, se ejecuta un trabajo de buscar todos los elementos del " -"hardware. Para ello, se utiliza el comando <code>ldetect</code> que hace " -"referencia a una lista de hardware en el paquete <code>ldetect-lst</code>." +msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ofrece una visión general del hardware de su computadora. Cuando se pone en marcha la herramienta, se ejecuta un trabajo de buscar todos los elementos del hardware. Para ello, se utiliza el comando <code>ldetect</code> que hace referencia a una lista de hardware en el paquete <code>ldetect-lst</code>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/harddrake2.xml:31 @@ -6955,11 +5957,7 @@ msgid "" "The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are " "grouped by categories. Click on the > to expand the content of a " "category. Each device can be selected in this column." -msgstr "" -"La columna de la izquierda contiene una lista del hardware detectado. Los " -"dispositivos se agrupan por categorías. Haga clic en el enlace > para " -"ampliar el contenido de una categoría. Cada dispositivo se puede seleccionar " -"en esta columna." +msgstr "La columna de la izquierda contiene una lista del hardware detectado. Los dispositivos se agrupan por categorías. Haga clic en el enlace > para ampliar el contenido de una categoría. Cada dispositivo se puede seleccionar en esta columna." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:39 @@ -6967,19 +5965,14 @@ msgid "" "The right column displays information about the selected device. The " "<guimenu>Help -> Fields description</guimenu> gives some information " "about the content of the fields." -msgstr "" -"La columna derecha muestra los datos del dispositivo seleccionado. Use la " -"opción de menú <guimenu>Ayuda -> Descripción de los campos</guimenu> se " -"puede obtener una descripción más detallada de los campos que se muestran." +msgstr "La columna derecha muestra los datos del dispositivo seleccionado. Use la opción de menú <guimenu>Ayuda -> Descripción de los campos</guimenu> se puede obtener una descripción más detallada de los campos que se muestran." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:43 msgid "" -"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are " -"available at the bottom of the right column:" -msgstr "" -"De acuerdo con el tipo de dispositivo seleccionado, ya sea uno o dos botones " -"están disponibles en la parte inferior de la columna de la derecha:" +"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are" +" available at the bottom of the right column:" +msgstr "De acuerdo con el tipo de dispositivo seleccionado, ya sea uno o dos botones están disponibles en la parte inferior de la columna de la derecha:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:48 @@ -6987,29 +5980,21 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to " "parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must " "used by experts only." -msgstr "" -"<guibutton>Configure las opciones actuales del controlador</guibutton>: esto " -"puede ser utilizado para parametrizar el módulo que se utiliza en relación " -"con el dispositivo. Esto debe usado por sólo los expertos." +msgstr "<guibutton>Configure las opciones actuales del controlador</guibutton>: esto puede ser utilizado para parametrizar el módulo que se utiliza en relación con el dispositivo. Esto debe usado por sólo los expertos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:54 msgid "" "<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can " "configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC." -msgstr "" -"<guibutton>Ejecutar la herramienta de configuración</guibutton>: el acceso a " -"la herramienta que puede configurar el dispositivo. A menudo se puede " -"acceder directamente a la herramienta desde el MCC." +msgstr "<guibutton>Ejecutar la herramienta de configuración</guibutton>: el acceso a la herramienta que puede configurar el dispositivo. A menudo se puede acceder directamente a la herramienta desde el MCC." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:68 msgid "" "The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to " "enable automatic detection:" -msgstr "" -"Las <guimenu>Opciones</guimenu> dan la oportunidad de marcar las casillas de " -"verificación para activar la detección automática:" +msgstr "Las <guimenu>Opciones</guimenu> dan la oportunidad de marcar las casillas de verificación para activar la detección automática:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:73 @@ -7032,11 +6017,7 @@ msgid "" "By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check " "the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will " "be operational the next time this tool is started." -msgstr "" -"Por defecto estas detecciones no están habilitadas, porque son lentas. " -"Marque la(s) casilla(s) correspondiente(s) si usted tiene este hardware " -"conectado. Detección estará en funcionamiento la próxima vez que se inicie " -"esta herramienta." +msgstr "Por defecto estas detecciones no están habilitadas, porque son lentas. Marque la(s) casilla(s) correspondiente(s) si usted tiene este hardware conectado. Detección estará en funcionamiento la próxima vez que se inicie esta herramienta." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3 @@ -7048,7 +6029,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar la distibución del teclado" msgid "keyboarddrake" msgstr "keyboarddrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12 msgid "keyboarddrake.png" msgstr "keyboarddrake.png" @@ -7056,11 +6038,9 @@ msgstr "keyboarddrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19 @@ -7070,12 +6050,7 @@ msgid "" "It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found " "in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled " "\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"." -msgstr "" -"La herramienta KeyboardDrake<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le " -"ayuda a configurar la disposición básica para el teclado que desea utilizar " -"en Mageia. Afecta la distribución de teclado para todos los usuarios en el " -"sistema. Se puede encontrar en la sección Hardware del Centro de Control de " -"Mageia (MCC) con la etiqueta \"Configurar el ratón y el teclado\"." +msgstr "La herramienta KeyboardDrake<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le ayuda a configurar la disposición básica para el teclado que desea utilizar en Mageia. Afecta la distribución de teclado para todos los usuarios en el sistema. Se puede encontrar en la sección Hardware del Centro de Control de Mageia (MCC) con la etiqueta \"Configurar el ratón y el teclado\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29 @@ -7085,13 +6060,10 @@ msgstr "Distribución del teclado" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31 msgid "" -"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed " -"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each " -"layout should be used for." -msgstr "" -"Aquí puede seleccionar qué diseño de teclado desea utilizar. Los nombres (en " -"orden alfabético) describen el idioma, el país y/o etnia de cada diseño para " -"ser usado para." +"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed" +" in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity " +"each layout should be used for." +msgstr "Aquí puede seleccionar qué diseño de teclado desea utilizar. Los nombres (en orden alfabético) describen el idioma, el país y/o etnia de cada diseño para ser usado para." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37 @@ -7103,9 +6075,7 @@ msgstr "Tipo de teclado" msgid "" "This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are " "unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type." -msgstr "" -"Este menú le permite seleccionar el tipo de teclado que está utilizando. Si " -"no está seguro de que elegir, lo mejor es dejar el predeterminado." +msgstr "Este menú le permite seleccionar el tipo de teclado que está utilizando. Si no está seguro de que elegir, lo mejor es dejar el predeterminado." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/localedrake.xml:10 @@ -7117,7 +6087,8 @@ msgstr "Administrar la localización para su sistema" msgid "localedrake" msgstr "localedrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/localedrake.xml:18 msgid "localedrake.png" msgstr "localedrake.png" @@ -7125,11 +6096,9 @@ msgstr "localedrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis>." +"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:24 @@ -7139,21 +6108,14 @@ msgid "" "localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can " "choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during " "installation." -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se puede encontrar " -"en la sección Sistema del Centro de Control de Mageia (MCC) con la etiqueta " -"\"Administrar la localización de su sistema\". Se abre con una ventana en la " -"que puede elegir su idioma. La elección está adaptada a los idiomas " -"seleccionados durante la instalación." +msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se puede encontrar en la sección Sistema del Centro de Control de Mageia (MCC) con la etiqueta \"Administrar la localización de su sistema\". Se abre con una ventana en la que puede elegir su idioma. La elección está adaptada a los idiomas seleccionados durante la instalación." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:31 msgid "" "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate " "compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)." -msgstr "" -"El botón <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> da acceso para activar la " -"compatibilidad con la codificación vieja (no UTF8)." +msgstr "El botón <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> da acceso para activar la compatibilidad con la codificación vieja (no UTF8)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:34 @@ -7161,10 +6123,7 @@ msgid "" "The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected " "language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to " "countries not listed." -msgstr "" -"La segunda ventana muestra una lista de los países de acuerdo con el idioma " -"seleccionado. Las botón <guibutton>Otros países</guibutton> da acceso a los " -"países no mencionados." +msgstr "La segunda ventana muestra una lista de los países de acuerdo con el idioma seleccionado. Las botón <guibutton>Otros países</guibutton> da acceso a los países no mencionados." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:38 @@ -7183,20 +6142,14 @@ msgid "" "input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input " "methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, " "Korean, etc)." -msgstr "" -"En la pantalla de <guilabel>Otros países</guilabel> también puede " -"seleccionar un método de entrada (desde el menú desplegable en la parte " -"inferior de la lista). Los métodos de entrada permiten a los usuarios meter " -"caracteres multilingües (chino, japonés, coreano, etc)." +msgstr "En la pantalla de <guilabel>Otros países</guilabel> también puede seleccionar un método de entrada (desde el menú desplegable en la parte inferior de la lista). Los métodos de entrada permiten a los usuarios meter caracteres multilingües (chino, japonés, coreano, etc)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:48 msgid "" "For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so " "users should not need to configure it manually." -msgstr "" -"Para Asia y África, IBus se establecerá como método de entrada por defecto " -"para que los usuarios no deban tener que configurarlo manualmente." +msgstr "Para Asia y África, IBus se establecerá como método de entrada por defecto para que los usuarios no deban tener que configurarlo manualmente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:50 @@ -7204,11 +6157,7 @@ msgid "" "Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions " "and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another " "part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>." -msgstr "" -"Otros métodos de entrada (SCIM, GCIN, Hime, etc.) también proporcionan " -"funciones similares y pueden, si no está disponible en el menú desplegable, " -"se instalarán en otra parte del Centro de Control de Mageia. Consulte<xref " -"linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>." +msgstr "Otros métodos de entrada (SCIM, GCIN, Hime, etc.) también proporcionan funciones similares y pueden, si no está disponible en el menú desplegable, se instalarán en otra parte del Centro de Control de Mageia. Consulte<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/logdrake.xml:3 @@ -7220,7 +6169,8 @@ msgstr "Vea y busque los registros del sistema" msgid "logdrake" msgstr "logdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/logdrake.xml:10 msgid "logdrake.png" msgstr "logdrake.png" @@ -7228,22 +6178,17 @@ msgstr "logdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " -"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</" -"guilabel>\"." -msgstr "" -"Ésta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en el " -"Centro de Control de Mageia Control Center, bajo la pestaña Compartición de " -"Red, etiquetada <guilabel>Ver y búscar registros de sistema</guilabel>." +"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system " +"logs</guilabel>\"." +msgstr "Ésta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en el Centro de Control de Mageia Control Center, bajo la pestaña Compartición de Red, etiquetada <guilabel>Ver y búscar registros de sistema</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/logdrake.xml:22 @@ -7253,44 +6198,27 @@ msgstr "Ejecutar una búsqueda en los registros del sistema" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:24 msgid "" -"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do " -"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s) to search in " -"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to " -"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month " -"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>" -"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the " -"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is " -"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button." -msgstr "" -"En primer lugar, introducir la cadena clave que desea buscar en el campo " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">coincidente</emphasis> y/o la cadena de clave " -"<emphasis>no</emphasis> que desea ver entre la respuestas en el campo " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">no coincidente</emphasis>. A continuación, " -"seleccione archivo(s) para buscar en el campo <guilabel>Seleccione el " -"archivo</guilabel>. Opcionalmente, es posible limitar la búsqueda a sólo un " -"día. Seleccione en el <emphasis role=\"bold\">Calendario</emphasis>, usando " -"las pequeñas flechas a cada lado del mes y año, y marca \"<guibutton>Mostrar " -"sólo para el día seleccionado</guibutton>\". Por último, haga clic en el " -"botón <guibutton>Búscar</guibutton> para ver los resultados en la ventana " -"llamada <guilabel>Contenido del archivo</guilabel>. Es posible guardar los " -"resultados en el formato .txt haciendo clic en el <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Guardar</emphasis> botón." +"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to " +"<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)" +" to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is" +" possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of " +"the month and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected " +"day</guibutton>\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> " +"button to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the " +"file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by " +"clicking on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button." +msgstr "En primer lugar, introducir la cadena clave que desea buscar en el campo <emphasis role=\"bold\">coincidente</emphasis> y/o la cadena de clave <emphasis>no</emphasis> que desea ver entre la respuestas en el campo <emphasis role=\"bold\">no coincidente</emphasis>. A continuación, seleccione archivo(s) para buscar en el campo <guilabel>Seleccione el archivo</guilabel>. Opcionalmente, es posible limitar la búsqueda a sólo un día. Seleccione en el <emphasis role=\"bold\">Calendario</emphasis>, usando las pequeñas flechas a cada lado del mes y año, y marca \"<guibutton>Mostrar sólo para el día seleccionado</guibutton>\". Por último, haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Búscar</guibutton> para ver los resultados en la ventana llamada <guilabel>Contenido del archivo</guilabel>. Es posible guardar los resultados en el formato .txt haciendo clic en el <emphasis role=\"bold\">Guardar</emphasis> botón." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:36 msgid "" -"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia " -"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools. These logs are " -"updated each time a configuration is modified." -msgstr "" -"Las <guibutton>Herramientas de Registro de Mageia</guibutton> alberga los " -"registros de las herramientas de configuración de Mageia como las " -"herramientas del Centro de Control de Mageia. Estos registros se actualizan " -"cada vez que una configuración se modifica." +"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia" +" configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools. These logs " +"are updated each time a configuration is modified." +msgstr "Las <guibutton>Herramientas de Registro de Mageia</guibutton> alberga los registros de las herramientas de configuración de Mageia como las herramientas del Centro de Control de Mageia. Estos registros se actualizan cada vez que una configuración se modifica." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/logdrake.xml:43 @@ -7303,26 +6231,17 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and " "the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured " "address." -msgstr "" -"<guibutton>Alerta de correo</guibutton> comprueba automáticamente la carga " -"del sistema y los servicios cada hora y si es necesario envía un e-mail a la " -"dirección configurada." +msgstr "<guibutton>Alerta de correo</guibutton> comprueba automáticamente la carga del sistema y los servicios cada hora y si es necesario envía un e-mail a la dirección configurada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:49 msgid "" -"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</" -"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure " -"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running " -"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. " -"(See screenshot above)." -msgstr "" -"Para configurar esta herramienta, haga clic en el <emphasis role=\"bold\"> " -"Alerta mail</emphasis> y luego, en la siguiente pantalla, en la " -"<guibutton>Configurar el sistema de alerta de correo electrónico</guibutton> " -"desplegable. Aquí, se muestran todos los servicios que se ejecutan y se " -"puede elegir cuáles desea mirar el reloj. (Vea la captura de pantalla " -"anterior)." +"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail " +"Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> " +"Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the " +"running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to " +"look watch. (See screenshot above)." +msgstr "Para configurar esta herramienta, haga clic en el <emphasis role=\"bold\"> Alerta mail</emphasis> y luego, en la siguiente pantalla, en la <guibutton>Configurar el sistema de alerta de correo electrónico</guibutton> desplegable. Aquí, se muestran todos los servicios que se ejecutan y se puede elegir cuáles desea mirar el reloj. (Vea la captura de pantalla anterior)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:55 @@ -7369,7 +6288,8 @@ msgstr "Servicio Xinetd" msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve" msgstr "Resolver Nombres de Dominio por BIND" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/logdrake.xml:91 msgid "logdrake1.png" msgstr "logdrake1.png" @@ -7378,16 +6298,11 @@ msgstr "logdrake1.png" #: en/logdrake.xml:97 msgid "" "In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider " -"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows " -"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone " +"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows" +" the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone " "out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value " "to 3 times the number of processors." -msgstr "" -"En la siguiente pantalla, seleccione el valor de<guilabel>Carga</guilabel> " -"usted considere inaceptable. La carga representa la demanda a un proceso, " -"una alta carga ralentiza el sistema y una carga muy elevada puede indicar " -"que un proceso se ha salido de control. El valor predeterminado es 3. Se " -"recomienda fijar el valor de la carga a 3 veces el número de procesadores." +msgstr "En la siguiente pantalla, seleccione el valor de<guilabel>Carga</guilabel> usted considere inaceptable. La carga representa la demanda a un proceso, una alta carga ralentiza el sistema y una carga muy elevada puede indicar que un proceso se ha salido de control. El valor predeterminado es 3. Se recomienda fijar el valor de la carga a 3 veces el número de procesadores." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:103 @@ -7395,10 +6310,7 @@ msgid "" "In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the " "person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local " "or on the Internet)." -msgstr "" -"En la última pantalla, introduzca la <guilabel>Dirección de correo " -"electrónico</guilabel> de la persona a ser advertida y el <guilabel>Servidor " -"de correo</guilabel> para usar (local o en Internet)." +msgstr "En la última pantalla, introduzca la <guilabel>Dirección de correo electrónico</guilabel> de la persona a ser advertida y el <guilabel>Servidor de correo</guilabel> para usar (local o en Internet)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10 @@ -7413,33 +6325,25 @@ msgstr "lsnetdrake" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comando, escribiendo " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Isnetdrake</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">Isnetdrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line." -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>sólo se puede " -"iniciar desde la línea de comandos." +msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>sólo se puede iniciar desde la línea de comandos." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21 msgid "" "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " -"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in " -"advance." -msgstr "" -"Esta página no se ha escrito todavía por falta de recursos. Si usted piensa " -"que puede escribir esta ayuda, por favor póngase en contacto con <link ns2:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">el equipo de " -"documentación</link> Agradeciendo de antemano." +"can write this help, please contact <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the " +"Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in advance." +msgstr "Esta página no se ha escrito todavía por falta de recursos. Si usted piensa que puede escribir esta ayuda, por favor póngase en contacto con <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">el equipo de documentación</link> Agradeciendo de antemano." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:3 @@ -7454,11 +6358,9 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:10 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escribiendo " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:9 @@ -7466,23 +6368,18 @@ msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under " "root." -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>solo se puede " -"iniciar desde la línea de comandos. Si la inicia como superusuario, tendrá " -"más información a su disposición." +msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>solo se puede iniciar desde la línea de comandos. Si la inicia como superusuario, tendrá más información a su disposición." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:14 msgid "" -"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, " -"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst " +"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB," +" PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst " "packages to work." -msgstr "" -"lspcidrake da la lista de todos los dispositivos conectados al ordenador " -"(USB, PCI y PCMCIA) y los controladores utilizados. Se necesita los paquetes " -"ldetect y ldetect-lst para que funcione." +msgstr "lspcidrake da la lista de todos los dispositivos conectados al ordenador (USB, PCI y PCMCIA) y los controladores utilizados. Se necesita los paquetes ldetect y ldetect-lst para que funcione." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:20 msgid "lspcidrake1.png" msgstr "lspcidrake1.png" @@ -7491,19 +6388,14 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake1.png" #: en/lspcidrake.xml:24 msgid "" "With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications." -msgstr "" -"Con la opción -v, lspcidrake añade las identificaciones de fabricante y del " -"dispositivo." +msgstr "Con la opción -v, lspcidrake añade las identificaciones de fabricante y del dispositivo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:27 msgid "" "lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it " "is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:" -msgstr "" -"lspcidrake menudo genera listas muy largas, por lo que, para encontrar una " -"información, a menudo se utiliza en una tubería con el comando grep, como en " -"estos ejemplos:" +msgstr "lspcidrake menudo genera listas muy largas, por lo que, para encontrar una información, a menudo se utiliza en una tubería con el comando grep, como en estos ejemplos:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:31 @@ -7535,11 +6427,10 @@ msgstr "-i para ignorar mayúsculas/minúsculas" msgid "" "In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for " "lspcidrake and the -i option for grep." -msgstr "" -"En la pantalla de abajo, puede ver la accion de la opcion -v en lspcidrake y " -"la opcion -i para grep." +msgstr "En la pantalla de abajo, puede ver la accion de la opcion -v en lspcidrake y la opcion -i para grep." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:46 msgid "lspcidrake2.png" msgstr "lspcidrake2.png" @@ -7549,9 +6440,7 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake2.png" msgid "" "There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is " "called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)" -msgstr "" -"Hay otra herramienta que da información sobre el hardware, llamada <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (bajo root)" +msgstr "Hay otra herramienta que da información sobre el hardware, llamada <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (bajo root)" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3 @@ -7563,7 +6452,8 @@ msgstr "Actualizar software" msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update" msgstr "MageiaUpdate o drakrpm-update" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10 msgid "MageiaUpdate.png" msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png" @@ -7571,24 +6461,18 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</" -"emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> o <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-" +"update</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> o <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " -"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente en " -"el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la etiqueta <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Administración de software.</emphasis>" +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software " +"management.</emphasis>" +msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente en el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la etiqueta <emphasis role=\"bold\">Administración de software.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:18 @@ -7596,37 +6480,27 @@ msgid "" "To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with rpmdrake-" "edit-media with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are " "prompted to do so." -msgstr "" -"Para que funcione, MageiaUpdate necesita que los repositorios sean " -"configurados con rpmdrake-edit-media con algunos medios marcados como " -"actualizaciones. Si no es así, se le pedirá que lo haga." +msgstr "Para que funcione, MageiaUpdate necesita que los repositorios sean configurados con rpmdrake-edit-media con algunos medios marcados como actualizaciones. Si no es así, se le pedirá que lo haga." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:23 msgid "" "As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists " -"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by " -"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the " +"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by" +" default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the " "<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process." -msgstr "" -"Tan pronto como se pone en marcha esta herramienta, que escanea los paquetes " -"instalados y enumera aquellos con una actualización disponible en los " -"repositorios. Todos ellos son seleccionados por defecto para ser descargados " -"e instalados automáticamente. Haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Actualizar</" -"guibutton> para iniciar el proceso." +msgstr "Tan pronto como se pone en marcha esta herramienta, que escanea los paquetes instalados y enumera aquellos con una actualización disponible en los repositorios. Todos ellos son seleccionados por defecto para ser descargados e instalados automáticamente. Haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Actualizar</guibutton> para iniciar el proceso." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:28 msgid "" -"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of " -"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title " +"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of" +" the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title " "means you can click to drop down a text." -msgstr "" -"Al hacer clic en un paquete, más información se muestra en la mitad inferior " -"de la ventana. La impresión <emphasis role=\"bold\">> </emphasis> antes de " -"un título significa que usted puede hacer clic para desplegar un texto." +msgstr "Al hacer clic en un paquete, más información se muestra en la mitad inferior de la ventana. La impresión <emphasis role=\"bold\">> </emphasis> antes de un título significa que usted puede hacer clic para desplegar un texto." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:36 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21 msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png" msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png" @@ -7635,20 +6509,17 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png" #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:33 msgid "" "When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by " -"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/" -"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike." -msgstr "" -"Cuando las actualizaciones están disponibles, un applet en la bandeja del " -"sistema le avisa exhibiendo este icono rojo <placeholder type=" -"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>. Basta con hacer clic e introduzca la " -"contraseña de usuario para actualizar el sistema por igual." +"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> " +". Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike." +msgstr "Cuando las actualizaciones están disponibles, un applet en la bandeja del sistema le avisa exhibiendo este icono rojo <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>. Basta con hacer clic e introduzca la contraseña de usuario para actualizar el sistema por igual." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:5 msgid "Boot" msgstr "Arranque" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:10 msgid "mcc-boot.png" msgstr "mcc-boot.png" @@ -7658,9 +6529,7 @@ msgstr "mcc-boot.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot " "steps. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "" -"En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar el " -"arranque de su ordenador. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." +msgstr "En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar el arranque de su ordenador. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:19 @@ -7687,7 +6556,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>" msgid "Hardware" msgstr "Hardware" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9 msgid "mcc-hardware.png" msgstr "mcc-hardware.png" @@ -7697,25 +6567,23 @@ msgstr "mcc-hardware.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your " "hardware. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "" -"En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar el " -"hardware de su ordenador. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." +msgstr "En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar el hardware de su ordenador. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20 msgid "Manage your hardware" msgstr "Administrar el hardware" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Ver y configurar el hardware</" -"emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure " +"hardware</emphasis>" +msgstr "<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Ver y configurar el hardware</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" @@ -7725,16 +6593,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" msgid "Configure graphics" msgstr "Configurar los gráficos" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configurar los efectos 3D del " -"Escritorio</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop " +"effects</emphasis>" +msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configurar los efectos 3D del Escritorio</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41 msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" @@ -7744,12 +6612,14 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard" msgstr "Configurar teclado y ratón" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50 msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54 msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" @@ -7759,16 +6629,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" msgid "Configure printing and scanning" msgstr "Configurar impresoras y escáneres" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), " -"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Configurar la(s) " -"impresora(s), las colas de trabajo de impresión...</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s)," +" the print job queues, ...</emphasis>" +msgstr "<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Configurar la(s) impresora(s), las colas de trabajo de impresión...</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68 msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" @@ -7778,7 +6648,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" msgid "Others" msgstr "Otros" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>" @@ -7795,54 +6666,43 @@ msgid "" "choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was " "installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be " "selected in the big right panel." -msgstr "" -"El Centro de Control de Mageia (MCC) tiene ocho opciones o pestañas " -"diferentes para elegir en la columna de la izquierda, y hasta diez si se ha " -"instalado el paquete drakwizard. Cada una de estas pestañas da un conjunto " -"diferente de herramientas que se pueden seleccionar en el gran panel de la " -"derecha." +msgstr "El Centro de Control de Mageia (MCC) tiene ocho opciones o pestañas diferentes para elegir en la columna de la izquierda, y hasta diez si se ha instalado el paquete drakwizard. Cada una de estas pestañas da un conjunto diferente de herramientas que se pueden seleccionar en el gran panel de la derecha." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:8 msgid "" -"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools." -msgstr "" -"Los diez capítulos siguientes son acerca de esas diez opciones y las " -"herramientas relacionadas." +"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related " +"tools." +msgstr "Los diez capítulos siguientes son acerca de esas diez opciones y las herramientas relacionadas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:10 msgid "" "The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in " "any of the MCC tabs." -msgstr "" -"El último capítulo trata sobre algunas otras herramientas de Mageia, que no " -"se pueden elegir en cualquiera de las pestañas de MCC." +msgstr "El último capítulo trata sobre algunas otras herramientas de Mageia, que no se pueden elegir en cualquiera de las pestañas de MCC." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:12 msgid "" "The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool " "screens." -msgstr "" -"Los títulos de las páginas a menudo son el mismo que los títulos de las " -"pantallas de la herramienta." +msgstr "Los títulos de las páginas a menudo son el mismo que los títulos de las pantallas de la herramienta." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:14 msgid "" "There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on " "the \"Search\" tab in the left column." -msgstr "" -"También hay una barra de búsqueda disponible, que se puede acceder haciendo " -"clic en la pestaña \"Buscar\" en la columna izquierda." +msgstr "También hay una barra de búsqueda disponible, que se puede acceder haciendo clic en la pestaña \"Buscar\" en la columna izquierda." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17 msgid "Local disks" msgstr "Discos locales" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11 msgid "mcc-localdisks.png" msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png" @@ -7852,9 +6712,7 @@ msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your " "local disks. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "" -"En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para administrar o " -"compartir sus discos locales. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." +msgstr "En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para administrar o compartir sus discos locales. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18 @@ -7876,7 +6734,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>" msgid "Network Services" msgstr "Servicios de red" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9 msgid "mcc-networkservices.png" msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png" @@ -7884,16 +6743,11 @@ msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15 msgid "" -"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if " -"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose " +"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if" +" the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose " "between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or " "on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more." -msgstr "" -"Esta pantalla y el de <emphasis>Compartir</emphasis> sólo son visibles si el " -"paquete <emphasis>drakwizard </emphasis> está instalado. Se puede elegir " -"entre varias herramientas para configurar diferentes servidores. Haga clic " -"en el enlace de abajo o en <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>para obtener " -"más información." +msgstr "Esta pantalla y el de <emphasis>Compartir</emphasis> sólo son visibles si el paquete <emphasis>drakwizard </emphasis> está instalado. Se puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar diferentes servidores. Haga clic en el enlace de abajo o en <xref linkend=\"reparto de MCC\"/>para obtener más información." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19 @@ -7925,7 +6779,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>" msgid "Network Sharing" msgstr "Compartir red" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9 msgid "mcc-networksharing.png" msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png" @@ -7935,40 +6790,40 @@ msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and " "directories. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "" -"En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para compartir " -"discos y directorios. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." +msgstr "En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para compartir discos y directorios. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17 msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares" msgstr "Configurar comparticiones de Windows(R)" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and " "directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Compartir discos y " -"directorios con sistemas Windows (SMB)</emphasis>" +msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Compartir discos y directorios con sistemas Windows (SMB)</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22 msgid "Configure NFS shares" msgstr "Configurar NFS" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" @@ -7978,7 +6833,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" msgid "Configure WebDAV shares" msgstr "Configurar WebDAV" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" @@ -7988,7 +6844,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" msgid "Network and Internet" msgstr "Redes e internet" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-network.xml:8 msgid "mcc-network.png" msgstr "mcc-network.png" @@ -7996,28 +6853,29 @@ msgstr "mcc-network.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:12 msgid "" -"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link " -"below to learn more." -msgstr "" -"En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar la " -"red. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." +"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link" +" below to learn more." +msgstr "En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar la red. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-network.xml:18 msgid "Manage your network devices" msgstr "Administrar las tarjetas de red" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:21 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:25 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:29 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" @@ -8027,27 +6885,32 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" msgid "Personalize and Secure your network" msgstr "Personalizar y proteger su red" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:39 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:43 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:47 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:51 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:61 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" @@ -8057,7 +6920,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" msgid "Security" msgstr "Seguridad" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-security.xml:10 msgid "mcc-security.png" msgstr "mcc-security.png" @@ -8067,18 +6931,14 @@ msgstr "mcc-security.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a " "link below to learn more." -msgstr "" -"En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas de seguridad. Haga " -"click en el enlace para saber más." +msgstr "En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas de seguridad. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-security.xml:20 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, " "permissions and audit</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configurar seguridad del sistema, " -"permisos y auditorías</emphasis>" +msgstr "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configurar seguridad del sistema, permisos y auditorías</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-security.xml:25 @@ -8105,7 +6965,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>" msgid "Sharing" msgstr "Compartir" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9 msgid "mcc-sharing.png" msgstr "mcc-sharing.png" @@ -8114,15 +6975,10 @@ msgstr "mcc-sharing.png" #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15 msgid "" "This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only " -"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can " -"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link " +"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can" +" choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link " "below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more." -msgstr "" -"Esta pantalla y la de <emphasis>Servicios de red</emphasis> sólo son " -"visibles si el paquete <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> está instalado. Se " -"puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar diferentes " -"servidores. Haga clic en el enlace de abajo o en <xref linkend=\"mcc-" -"networkservices\"/> para obtener más información." +msgstr "Esta pantalla y la de <emphasis>Servicios de red</emphasis> sólo son visibles si el paquete <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> está instalado. Se puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar diferentes servidores. Haga clic en el enlace de abajo o en <xref linkend=\"MCC-NetworkServices\"/> para obtener más información." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19 @@ -8139,7 +6995,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>" msgid "System" msgstr "Sistema" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-system.xml:9 msgid "mcc-system.png" msgstr "mcc-system.png" @@ -8149,26 +7006,27 @@ msgstr "mcc-system.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several system and administration " "tools. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "" -"En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varios sistemas y herramientas " -"administrativas. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." +msgstr "En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varios sistemas y herramientas administrativas. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-system.xml:18 msgid "Manage system services" msgstr "Administrar servicios del sistema" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:20 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:24 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:28 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" @@ -8178,12 +7036,14 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" msgid "Localization" msgstr "Localización" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:37 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:41 msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" @@ -8193,31 +7053,34 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" msgid "Administration tools" msgstr "Herramientas administrativas" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:50 msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:54 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:58 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on system</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Administrar usuarios en el " -"sistema</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on " +"system</emphasis>" +msgstr "<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Administrar usuarios en el sistema</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:62 msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:66 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" @@ -8231,34 +7094,25 @@ msgstr "Centro de Control de Mageia" #: en/MCC.xml:6 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "" -"Los textos y capturas de pantalla de este manual están disponibles bajo la " -"licencia CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/" -"by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "Los textos y capturas de pantalla de este manual están disponibles bajo la licencia CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/MCC.xml:9 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "" -"Éste manual ha sido realizado con la ayuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desarrollado por <link ns6:href=\"http://" -"www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "Éste manual ha sido realizado con la ayuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desarrollado por <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/MCC.xml:11 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "" -"Fue escrito por voluntarios en sus ratos libres. Por favor contacte con el " -"<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipo de " -"Documentación</link> si puede ayudar a mejorar este manual." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " +"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " +"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "Fue escrito por voluntarios en sus ratos libres. Por favor contacte con el <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipo de Documentación</link> si puede ayudar a mejorar este manual." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3 @@ -8270,7 +7124,8 @@ msgstr "Configure la frecuencia de actualizaciones" msgid "mgaapplet-config" msgstr "mgaapplet-config" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10 msgid "mgaapplet-config.png" msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png" @@ -8278,39 +7133,28 @@ msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " -"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</" -"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates " -"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject" -"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray." -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente en " -"el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la etiqueta <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Administración de software</emphasis>. También está disponible por un " -"<guimenu>click derecho / configuración de Actualizaciones</guimenu> en el " -"icono rojo <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> en la bandeja " -"del sistema." +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software " +"management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / " +"Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray." +msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente en el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la etiqueta <emphasis role=\"bold\">Administración de software</emphasis>. También está disponible por un <guimenu>click derecho / configuración de Actualizaciones</guimenu> en el icono rojo <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> en la bandeja del sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27 msgid "" "The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for " "updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check. The " -"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out." -msgstr "" -"El primer control deslizante le permite cambiar la frecuencia con Mageia " -"comprobará las actualizaciones y la segunda el retraso después de arrancar " -"antes de que el primer chequeo. La casilla de verificación le da la opción " -"para ser avisado de la salida de una nueva versión de Mageia." +"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is " +"out." +msgstr "El primer control deslizante le permite cambiar la frecuencia con Mageia comprobará las actualizaciones y la segunda el retraso después de arrancar antes de que el primer chequeo. La casilla de verificación le da la opción para ser avisado de la salida de una nueva versión de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mousedrake.xml:3 @@ -8322,7 +7166,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar el dispositivo puntero (ratón, touchpad, etc.)" msgid "mousedrake" msgstr "mousedrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mousedrake.xml:11 msgid "mousedrake.png" msgstr "mousedrake.png" @@ -8330,31 +7175,23 @@ msgstr "mousedrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente en " -"el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la pestaña <emphasis role = \"bold" -"\">Hardware</emphasis>." +msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente en el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la pestaña <emphasis role = \"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:20 msgid "" -"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by " -"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse." -msgstr "" -"Como usted debe tener un ratón para instalar Mageia, uno que ya está " -"instalado por Drakinstall. Esta herramienta permite la instalación de otro " -"ratón." +"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by" +" Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse." +msgstr "Como usted debe tener un ratón para instalar Mageia, uno que ya está instalado por Drakinstall. Esta herramienta permite la instalación de otro ratón." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:23 @@ -8363,11 +7200,7 @@ msgid "" "and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any " "PS/2 & USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is " "immediately taken into account." -msgstr "" -"Los ratones se clasifican por tipo de conexión y luego según el modelo. " -"Seleccione el ratón y haga clic en <guibutton>Aceptar</guibutton>. " -"Basicamente \"Cualquier ratón PS / 2 o USB\" reciente es adecuado. El nuevo " -"ratón se utilizará inmediatamente." +msgstr "Los ratones se clasifican por tipo de conexión y luego según el modelo. Seleccione el ratón y haga clic en <guibutton>Aceptar</guibutton>. Basicamente \"Cualquier ratón PS / 2 o USB\" reciente es adecuado. El nuevo ratón se utilizará inmediatamente." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:3 @@ -8379,7 +7212,8 @@ msgstr "MSEC: Seguridad y Auditoría del Sistema" msgid "msecgui" msgstr "msecgui" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:13 msgid "msecgui.png" msgstr "msecgui.png" @@ -8387,53 +7221,40 @@ msgstr "msecgui.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:21 msgid "" -"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface " -"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two " +"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface" +" for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two " "approaches:" -msgstr "" -"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> es una interfaz gráfica de " -"usuario para msec que permite configurar la seguridad del sistema de acuerdo " -"con dos enfoques:" +msgstr "msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> es una interfaz gráfica de usuario para msec que permite configurar la seguridad del sistema de acuerdo con dos enfoques:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:28 msgid "" "It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to " "make it more secure." -msgstr "" -"Establece el comportamiento del sistema, msec impone modificaciones en el " -"sistema para que sea más seguro." +msgstr "Establece el comportamiento del sistema, msec impone modificaciones en el sistema para que sea más seguro." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:33 msgid "" "It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn " "you if something seems dangerous." -msgstr "" -"Se lleva a cabo controles periódicos de forma automática en el sistema con " -"el fin de advertir que si algo parece peligroso." +msgstr "Se lleva a cabo controles periódicos de forma automática en el sistema con el fin de advertir que si algo parece peligroso." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:38 msgid "" -"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure " -"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or " -"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your " -"own customised security levels." -msgstr "" -"msec utiliza el concepto de \"niveles de seguridad\", que tiene la intención " -"de configurar un conjunto de permisos del sistema, que pueden ser auditados " -"para cambiar o confirmar. Varios de ellos son propuestos por Mageia, pero " -"usted puede definir sus propios niveles de seguridad personalizados." +"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure" +" a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or " +"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your" +" own customised security levels." +msgstr "msec utiliza el concepto de \"niveles de seguridad\", que tiene la intención de configurar un conjunto de permisos del sistema, que pueden ser auditados para cambiar o confirmar. Varios de ellos son propuestos por Mageia, pero usted puede definir sus propios niveles de seguridad personalizados." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:45 @@ -8450,48 +7271,43 @@ msgstr "Ver la captura anterior" msgid "" "The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a " "button on the right side to configure them:" -msgstr "" -"La primera pestaña retoma la lista de las diferentes herramientas de " -"seguridad con un botón en el lado derecho para configurarlos:" +msgstr "La primera pestaña retoma la lista de las diferentes herramientas de seguridad con un botón en el lado derecho para configurarlos:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:54 msgid "" "Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall" -msgstr "" -"Firewall, también se encuentra en el MCC / Seguridad / Configure su servidor " -"de seguridad personal" +msgstr "Firewall, también se encuentra en el MCC / Seguridad / Configure su servidor de seguridad personal" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:59 msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system" -msgstr "" -"Actualizaciones, también se encuentran en MCC / Software de Gestión / " -"Actualizar su sistema" +msgstr "Actualizaciones, también se encuentran en MCC / Software de Gestión / Actualizar su sistema" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:64 msgid "msec itself with some information:" msgstr "msec alguna información de si misma:" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:68 msgid "enabled or not" msgstr "habilitado o no" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:72 msgid "the configured Base security level" msgstr "el nivel de seguridad base configurado" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:76 msgid "" "the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report " "and another button to execute the checks just now." -msgstr "" -"la fecha de las últimas comprobaciones periódicas y un botón para ver un " -"informe detallado y otro botón para ejecutar los controles en este momento." +msgstr "la fecha de las últimas comprobaciones periódicas y un botón para ver un informe detallado y otro botón para ejecutar los controles en este momento." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:86 @@ -8501,13 +7317,13 @@ msgstr "Pestaña opciones de seguridad" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:88 msgid "" -"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</" -"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below." -msgstr "" -"Un clic en la segunda pestaña o en <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton> " -"Seguridad lleva a la misma pantalla que se muestra a continuación." +"A click on the second tab or on the Security " +"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown " +"below." +msgstr "Un clic en la segunda pestaña o en <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton> Seguridad lleva a la misma pantalla que se muestra a continuación." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:94 msgid "msecgui2.png" msgstr "msecgui2.png" @@ -8525,33 +7341,22 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Niveles de seguridad:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:106 msgid "" -"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab " -"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then " -"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The " +"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab" +" allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then" +" in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The " "following levels are available:" -msgstr "" -"Después de haber marcado la casilla <guilabel>Activar herramienta MSEC</" -"guilabel>, este registro le permite por un doble click seleccionar el nivel " -"de seguridad que aparece a continuación en negrita. Si la casilla no está " -"marcada, se aplica el nivel «ninguno». Los siguientes niveles están " -"disponibles:" +msgstr "Después de haber marcado la casilla <guilabel>Activar herramienta MSEC</guilabel>, este registro le permite por un doble click seleccionar el nivel de seguridad que aparece a continuación en negrita. Si la casilla no está marcada, se aplica el nivel «ninguno». Los siguientes niveles están disponibles:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:113 msgid "" -"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you " -"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on " -"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or " -"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only " -"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system " +"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you" +" do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on" +" your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or " +"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only" +" if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system " "vulnerable to attack." -msgstr "" -"Nivel <emphasis role=\"bold\">Ninguno</emphasis>. Este nivel está destinado " -"si no desea utilizar msec de controlar la seguridad del sistema, y prefiere " -"sintonizar por su cuenta. Desactiva todos los controles de seguridad y no " -"pone restricciones o limitaciones en la configuración del sistema y la " -"configuración. Por favor, use este nivel sólo si va a saber lo que está " -"haciendo, ya que dejaría a su sistema vulnerable a los ataques." +msgstr "Nivel <emphasis role=\"bold\">Ninguno</emphasis>. Este nivel está destinado si no desea utilizar msec de controlar la seguridad del sistema, y prefiere sintonizar por su cuenta. Desactiva todos los controles de seguridad y no pone restricciones o limitaciones en la configuración del sistema y la configuración. Por favor, use este nivel sólo si va a saber lo que está haciendo, ya que dejaría a su sistema vulnerable a los ataques." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:122 @@ -8562,44 +7367,27 @@ msgid "" "detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory " "permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec " "versions)." -msgstr "" -"Nivel <emphasis role=\"bold\">estándar</emphasis>. Esta es la configuración " -"por defecto cuando se instala y está destinado a los usuarios ocasionales. " -"Restringen varios ajustes del sistema y ejecuta los controles de seguridad " -"diarios que detectan cambios en los archivos del sistema, las cuentas del " -"sistema, y los permisos de directorios vulnerables. (Este nivel es similar a " -"los niveles 2 y 3 de las versiones msec pasadas)." +msgstr "Nivel <emphasis role=\"bold\">estándar</emphasis>. Esta es la configuración por defecto cuando se instala y está destinado a los usuarios ocasionales. Restringen varios ajustes del sistema y ejecuta los controles de seguridad diarios que detectan cambios en los archivos del sistema, las cuentas del sistema, y los permisos de directorios vulnerables. (Este nivel es similar a los niveles 2 y 3 de las versiones msec pasadas)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:131 msgid "" -"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when " -"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable. It further restricts " -"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to " -"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and " -"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)." -msgstr "" -"Nivel <emphasis role=\"bold\">seguro</emphasis>. Este nivel está destinado " -"cuando desee asegurarse de que su sistema es seguro, aún utilizable. " -"Asimismo, se restringe aún más permisos del sistema y ejecuta controles más " -"periódicos. Por otra parte, el acceso al sistema es más restringido. (Este " -"nivel es similar a los niveles 4 (alto) y 5 (Paranoico) de las versiones " -"viejas de msec)." +"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when" +" you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable. It further restricts" +" system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to " +"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and" +" 5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)." +msgstr "Nivel <emphasis role=\"bold\">seguro</emphasis>. Este nivel está destinado cuando desee asegurarse de que su sistema es seguro, aún utilizable. Asimismo, se restringe aún más permisos del sistema y ejecuta controles más periódicos. Por otra parte, el acceso al sistema es más restringido. (Este nivel es similar a los niveles 4 (alto) y 5 (Paranoico) de las versiones viejas de msec)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:140 msgid "" "Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, " -"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> " -"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to " -"the most common use cases." -msgstr "" -"Además de esos niveles, también se proporcionan diferentes de seguridad " -"orientada a tareas, como los niveles <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver</" -"emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"bold\">servidor web</emphasis> y <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">netbook</emphasis>. Tales niveles intentan configurar previamente " -"la seguridad del sistema de acuerdo a los casos de uso más comunes." +"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels attempt to pre-" +"configure system security according to the most common use cases." +msgstr "Además de esos niveles, también se proporcionan diferentes de seguridad orientada a tareas, como los niveles <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver</emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"bold\">servidor web</emphasis> y <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis>. Tales niveles intentan configurar previamente la seguridad del sistema de acuerdo a los casos de uso más comunes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:149 @@ -8607,37 +7395,25 @@ msgid "" "The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> " "and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security " "levels but rather tools for periodic checks only." -msgstr "" -"Los dos últimos niveles llamados <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily</" -"emphasis> y <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> no son realmente " -"los niveles de seguridad, sino más bien sólo instrumentos para controles " -"periódicos." +msgstr "Los dos últimos niveles llamados <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily</emphasis> y <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> no son realmente los niveles de seguridad, sino más bien sólo instrumentos para controles periódicos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:156 msgid "" -"These levels are saved in <filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></" -"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them " -"into specific files called <filename>level.<levelname></filename>, placed " -"into the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is " -"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system " -"configuration." -msgstr "" -"Estos niveles se guardan en <filename>etc/security/msec/level.<" -"levelname></filename>. Puede definir sus propios niveles de seguridad " -"personalizadas, guardarlas en archivos específicos llamados <filename>level." -"<levelname></filename>, se coloca en la carpeta <filename>etc/security/" -"msec/.</filename> Esta función es destinado a usuarios avanzados que " -"requieren una configuración de sistema personalizado o más seguro." +"These levels are saved in " +"<filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></filename>. You can define " +"your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called " +"<filename>level.<levelname></filename>, placed into the folder " +"<filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for power" +" users which require a customised or more secure system configuration." +msgstr "Estos niveles se guardan en <filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></filename>. Puede definir sus propios niveles de seguridad personalizadas, guardarlas en archivos específicos llamados <filename>level.<levelname></filename>, se coloca en la carpeta <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> Esta función es destinado a usuarios avanzados que requieren una configuración de sistema personalizado o más seguro." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:165 msgid "" "Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default " "level settings." -msgstr "" -"Tenga en cuenta que los parámetros modificados por el usuario tienen " -"prioridad sobre los ajustes de nivel por defecto." +msgstr "Tenga en cuenta que los parámetros modificados por el usuario tienen prioridad sobre los ajustes de nivel por defecto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:170 @@ -8647,35 +7423,23 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Alertas de seguridad:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:173 msgid "" -"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</" -"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by " -"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You " -"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail " -"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive " +"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email " +"to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent " +"by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You" +" can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail" +" and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive " "the security alerts directly on your desktop. Check the relevant box to " "enable it." -msgstr "" -"Si marca la casilla <guibutton>Enviar alertas de seguridad por correo " -"electrónico a:</guibutton>, las alertas de seguridad generadas por msec van " -"a ser enviadas por correo electrónico local a el administrador de seguridad " -"con nombre en el campo cercano. Usted puede llenar ya sea un usuario local o " -"una dirección de correo electrónico completa (la dirección de correo local y " -"el gestor de e-mail debe ajustarse en consecuencia). Por último, usted puede " -"recibir las alertas de seguridad directamente en el escritorio. Marque la " -"casilla correspondiente para activarlo." +msgstr "Si marca la casilla <guibutton>Enviar alertas de seguridad por correo electrónico a:</guibutton>, las alertas de seguridad generadas por msec van a ser enviadas por correo electrónico local a el administrador de seguridad con nombre en el campo cercano. Usted puede llenar ya sea un usuario local o una dirección de correo electrónico completa (la dirección de correo local y el gestor de e-mail debe ajustarse en consecuencia). Por último, usted puede recibir las alertas de seguridad directamente en el escritorio. Marque la casilla correspondiente para activarlo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:182 msgid "" "It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to " -"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. " -"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files " +"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems." +" If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files " "available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>" -msgstr "" -"Es muy recomendable activar la opción de alertas de seguridad con el fin de " -"informar de inmediato al administrador de seguridad de posibles problemas de " -"seguridad. Si no, el administrador tendrá que comprobar periódicamente los " -"archivos de registro disponibles en <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>" +msgstr "Es muy recomendable activar la opción de alertas de seguridad con el fin de informar de inmediato al administrador de seguridad de posibles problemas de seguridad. Si no, el administrador tendrá que comprobar periódicamente los archivos de registro disponibles en <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:188 @@ -8686,18 +7450,12 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Opciones de seguridad:</emphasis>" #: en/msecgui.xml:190 msgid "" "Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer " -"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change " -"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/" -"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current " -"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the " -"options." -msgstr "" -"Creación de un nivel personalizado no es la única forma de personalizar la " -"seguridad de la computadora, también es posible utilizar las fichas " -"presentadas aquí después de cambiar cualquier opción que desee. La " -"configuración actual de msec se almacena en <filename>/etc/security/msec/" -"security.conf</filename>. Este archivo contiene el nombre actual nivel de " -"seguridad y la lista de todas las modificaciones hechas a las opciones." +"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change" +" any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in " +"<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains " +"the current security level name and the list of all the modifications done " +"to the options." +msgstr "Creación de un nivel personalizado no es la única forma de personalizar la seguridad de la computadora, también es posible utilizar las fichas presentadas aquí después de cambiar cualquier opción que desee. La configuración actual de msec se almacena en <filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. Este archivo contiene el nombre actual nivel de seguridad y la lista de todas las modificaciones hechas a las opciones." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:199 @@ -8708,14 +7466,12 @@ msgstr "Pestaña de seguridad del sistema" #: en/msecgui.xml:201 msgid "" "This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a " -"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side " -"column." -msgstr "" -"Esta ficha muestra todas las opciones de seguridad en la columna de la " -"izquierda, una descripción en la columna central, y sus valores actuales en " -"la columna de la derecha." +"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side" +" column." +msgstr "Esta ficha muestra todas las opciones de seguridad en la columna de la izquierda, una descripción en la columna central, y sus valores actuales en la columna de la derecha." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:207 msgid "msecgui3.png" msgstr "msecgui3.png" @@ -8728,14 +7484,10 @@ msgid "" "actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be " "selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the " "choice." -msgstr "" -"Para modificar una opción, haga doble clic sobre ella y aparecerá una nueva " -"ventana (ver figura de abajo). Se muestra el nombre de la opción, una breve " -"descripción, los valores reales y los valores predeterminados, y una lista " -"desplegable donde el nuevo valor se puede seleccionar. Haga clic en el botón " -"<guibutton>Aceptar</guibutton> para validar la elección." +msgstr "Para modificar una opción, haga doble clic sobre ella y aparecerá una nueva ventana (ver figura de abajo). Se muestra el nombre de la opción, una breve descripción, los valores reales y los valores predeterminados, y una lista desplegable donde el nuevo valor se puede seleccionar. Haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Aceptar</guibutton> para validar la elección." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:219 msgid "msecgui11.png" msgstr "msecgui11.png" @@ -8747,13 +7499,10 @@ msgid "" "using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you " "have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before " "saving them." -msgstr "" -"No se olvide al salir msecgui para guardar definitivamente su configuración " -"mediante el menú <guimenu>Archivo -> Guardar la configuración</guimenu>. Si " -"ha cambiado la configuración, msecgui te permite previsualizar los cambios " -"antes de guardarlos." +msgstr "No se olvide al salir msecgui para guardar definitivamente su configuración mediante el menú <guimenu>Archivo -> Guardar la configuración</guimenu>. Si ha cambiado la configuración, msecgui te permite previsualizar los cambios antes de guardarlos." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:232 msgid "msecgui10.png" msgstr "msecgui10.png" @@ -8767,11 +7516,10 @@ msgstr "Perfil de red" #: en/msecgui.xml:240 msgid "" "This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab" -msgstr "" -"Esta pestaña muestra todas las opciones de red y funciona como la pestaña " -"anterior" +msgstr "Esta pestaña muestra todas las opciones de red y funciona como la pestaña anterior" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:245 msgid "msecgui4.png" msgstr "msecgui4.png" @@ -8786,10 +7534,7 @@ msgstr "Pestaña controles periódicos" msgid "" "Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of " "security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous." -msgstr "" -"Revisiones periódicas tienen como objetivo informar al administrador de " -"seguridad por medio de alertas de seguridad de todas las situaciones que " -"msec cree potencialmente peligrosas." +msgstr "Revisiones periódicas tienen como objetivo informar al administrador de seguridad por medio de alertas de seguridad de todas las situaciones que msec cree potencialmente peligrosas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:257 @@ -8797,13 +7542,10 @@ msgid "" "This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency " "if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is " "checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs." -msgstr "" -"Esta pestaña muestra todos los controles periódicos realizados por msec y su " -"frecuencia si el cuadro <guibutton>Habilitar controles de seguridad " -"periódicas</guibutton> se marca. Los cambios se realizan como en las " -"pestañas anteriores." +msgstr "Esta pestaña muestra todos los controles periódicos realizados por msec y su frecuencia si el cuadro <guibutton>Habilitar controles de seguridad periódicas</guibutton> se marca. Los cambios se realizan como en las pestañas anteriores." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:264 msgid "msecgui5.png" msgstr "msecgui5.png" @@ -8817,18 +7559,14 @@ msgstr "Pestaña excepciones" #: en/msecgui.xml:272 msgid "" "Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In " -"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab " -"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert " -"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot " +"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab" +" allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert" +" messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot " "below shows four exceptions." -msgstr "" -"A veces, los mensajes de alerta se deben a situaciones conocidas y buscadas. " -"En estos casos se trata de tiempo inútil y perdido para el administrador. " -"Esta ficha le permite crear tantas excepciones que se quiere evitar los " -"mensajes de alerta no deseados. Evidentemente, esta vacía en el primer " -"arranque msec. La siguiente captura de pantalla muestra cuatro excepciones." +msgstr "A veces, los mensajes de alerta se deben a situaciones conocidas y buscadas. En estos casos se trata de tiempo inútil y perdido para el administrador. Esta ficha le permite crear tantas excepciones que se quiere evitar los mensajes de alerta no deseados. Evidentemente, esta vacía en el primer arranque msec. La siguiente captura de pantalla muestra cuatro excepciones." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:280 msgid "msecgui6.png" msgstr "msecgui6.png" @@ -8836,12 +7574,12 @@ msgstr "msecgui6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:284 msgid "" -"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button" -msgstr "" -"Para crear una excepción, pulse en el botón <guibutton>Añadir una regla</" -"guibutton>" +"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> " +"button" +msgstr "Para crear una excepción, pulse en el botón <guibutton>Añadir una regla</guibutton>" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:289 msgid "msecgui7.png" msgstr "msecgui7.png" @@ -8850,17 +7588,12 @@ msgstr "msecgui7.png" #: en/msecgui.xml:293 msgid "" "Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called " -"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</" -"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, " -"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of " -"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione la comprobación periódica deseada en la lista desplegable llamada " -"<guilabel>Comprobar</guilabel> y, a continuación, introduzca la " -"<guilabel>Excepción</guilabel> en el área de texto. Agregar una excepción " -"obviamente no es definitiva, puede eliminarla con el botón " -"<guibutton>Eliminar</guibutton> de las <guilabel>Excepciones</guilabel> o " -"modificarlo con un doble clic." +"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the " +"<guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is " +"obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the " +"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> " +"tab or modify it with a double clicK." +msgstr "Seleccione la comprobación periódica deseada en la lista desplegable llamada <guilabel>Comprobar</guilabel> y, a continuación, introduzca la <guilabel>Excepción</guilabel> en el área de texto. Agregar una excepción obviamente no es definitiva, puede eliminarla con el botón <guibutton>Eliminar</guibutton> de las <guilabel>Excepciones</guilabel> o modificarlo con un doble clic." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:303 @@ -8872,9 +7605,7 @@ msgstr "Permisos" msgid "" "This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and " "enforcement." -msgstr "" -"Esta ficha está destinada a los permisos de archivos y directorios de " -"comprobación y la observancia." +msgstr "Esta ficha está destinada a los permisos de archivos y directorios de comprobación y la observancia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:306 @@ -8886,23 +7617,13 @@ msgid "" "the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is " "intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is " "also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission " -"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/" -"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications " -"done to the permissions." -msgstr "" -"Al igual que para la seguridad, msec posee diferentes niveles de permisos " -"(estándar y seguro, ..), que están habilitadas de acuerdo con el nivel de " -"seguridad elegido. Usted puede crear sus propios niveles personalizados de " -"permisos, guardarlos en archivos específicos llamados <filename>perm.<" -"levelName></filename> se coloca en la carpeta <filename>etc/security/msec/</" -"filename>. Esta función está pensada para usuarios avanzados que requieren " -"una configuración personalizada. También es posible utilizar la ficha " -"presentada aquí después de cambiar cualquier permiso que desea. La " -"configuración actual se guarda en <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</" -"filename> Este archivo contiene la lista de todas las modificaciones " -"realizadas a los permisos." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"you want. Current configuration is stored in " +"<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the " +"list of all the modifications done to the permissions." +msgstr "Al igual que para la seguridad, msec posee diferentes niveles de permisos (estándar y seguro, ..), que están habilitadas de acuerdo con el nivel de seguridad elegido. Usted puede crear sus propios niveles personalizados de permisos, guardarlos en archivos específicos llamados <filename>perm.<levelName></filename> se coloca en la carpeta <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename>. Esta función está pensada para usuarios avanzados que requieren una configuración personalizada. También es posible utilizar la ficha presentada aquí después de cambiar cualquier permiso que desea. La configuración actual se guarda en <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> Este archivo contiene la lista de todas las modificaciones realizadas a los permisos." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:318 msgid "msecgui8.png" msgstr "msecgui8.png" @@ -8911,25 +7632,18 @@ msgstr "msecgui8.png" #: en/msecgui.xml:321 msgid "" "Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You " -"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the " -"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a " -"given rule:" -msgstr "" -"Permisos predeterminados son visibles como una lista de reglas (una regla " -"por línea). Se puede ver en el lado izquierdo, el archivo o la carpeta que " -"se trate por la regla, el dueño, el grupo y luego los permisos dados por " -"la regla. Si, por una regla dada:" +"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the" +" owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a" +" given rule:" +msgstr "Permisos predeterminados son visibles como una lista de reglas (una regla por línea). Se puede ver en el lado izquierdo, el archivo o la carpeta que se trate por la regla, el dueño, el grupo y luego los permisos dados por la regla. Si, por una regla dada:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:327 msgid "" -"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the " -"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message " +"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the" +" defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message " "if not, but does not change anything." -msgstr "" -"la casilla <guilabel>Aplicar</guilabel> no está marcada, msec sólo comprueba " -"si se respetan los permisos definidos para esta regla y envía un mensaje de " -"alerta si no, pero no cambia nada." +msgstr "la casilla <guilabel>Aplicar</guilabel> no está marcada, msec sólo comprueba si se respetan los permisos definidos para esta regla y envía un mensaje de alerta si no, pero no cambia nada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:333 @@ -8937,33 +7651,25 @@ msgid "" "the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the " "permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the " "permissions." -msgstr "" -"la casilla <guilabel>Aplicar</guilabel> está marcada, entonces msec dominará " -"el respecto a los permisos en el primer control periódico y sobrescribir los " -"permisos." +msgstr "la casilla <guilabel>Aplicar</guilabel> está marcada, entonces msec dominará el respecto a los permisos en el primer control periódico y sobrescribir los permisos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:337 msgid "" -"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly." -msgstr "" -"Para que esto funcione, las opciones CHECK_PERMS en la <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">pestaña Revisión periódica</emphasis> se deben configurar en consecuencia." +"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly." +msgstr "Para que esto funcione, las opciones CHECK_PERMS en la <emphasis role=\"bold\">pestaña Revisión periódica</emphasis> se deben configurar en consecuencia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:339 msgid "" -"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button " -"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in " -"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification." -msgstr "" -"Para crear una nueva regla, haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Agregar una " -"regla</guibutton> y rellene los campos como se muestra en el siguiente " -"ejemplo. Se permite que el comodín * en el campo <guilabel>Archivo</" -"guilabel>. \"Actual\" significa que no hay modificación." +"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button" +" and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed " +"in the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification." +msgstr "Para crear una nueva regla, haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Agregar una regla</guibutton> y rellene los campos como se muestra en el siguiente ejemplo. Se permite que el comodín * en el campo <guilabel>Archivo</guilabel>. \"Actual\" significa que no hay modificación." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:345 msgid "msecgui9.png" msgstr "msecgui9.png" @@ -8975,40 +7681,26 @@ msgid "" "not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the " "menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed " "the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them." -msgstr "" -"Haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Aceptar</guibutton> para validar la " -"selección y no se olvide al salir para salvar definitivamente la " -"configuración mediante el menú <guimenu>Archivo -> Guardar la configuración</" -"guimenu>. Si ha cambiado la configuración, msecgui te permite previsualizar " -"los cambios antes de guardarlos." +msgstr "Haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Aceptar</guibutton> para validar la selección y no se olvide al salir para salvar definitivamente la configuración mediante el menú <guimenu>Archivo -> Guardar la configuración</guimenu>. Si ha cambiado la configuración, msecgui te permite previsualizar los cambios antes de guardarlos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:353 msgid "" "It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the " "configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>." -msgstr "" -"También es posible crear o modificar las reglas editando el archivo de " -"configuración <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>." +msgstr "También es posible crear o modificar las reglas editando el archivo de configuración <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:356 msgid "" "Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or " "directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first " -"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately " -"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You " -"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will " -"be changed by msecperms." -msgstr "" -"Los cambios en la <emphasis role=\"bold\">pestaña Permiso</emphasis> (o " -"directamente en el archivo de configuración) se tienen en cuenta en la " -"primera verificación periódica (ver las opciones CHECK_PERMS en la " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Pestaña de chequeos periódicos</emphasis>). Si usted " -"quiere que sean tomadas en cuenta inmediatamente, use el comando msecperms " -"en una consola con derechos de root. Usted puede usar antes, el comando " -"msecperms -p para conocer los permisos que serán cambiados por msecperms." +"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken " +"immediately into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root " +"rights. You can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions" +" that will be changed by msecperms." +msgstr "Los cambios en la <emphasis role=\"bold\">pestaña Permiso</emphasis> (o directamente en el archivo de configuración) se tienen en cuenta en la primera verificación periódica (ver las opciones CHECK_PERMS en la <emphasis role=\"bold\">Pestaña de chequeos periódicos</emphasis>). Si usted quiere que sean tomadas en cuenta inmediatamente, use el comando msecperms en una consola con derechos de root. Usted puede usar antes, el comando msecperms -p para conocer los permisos que serán cambiados por msecperms." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:363 @@ -9019,13 +7711,7 @@ msgid "" "write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the " "configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"No olvide que si modifica los permisos en una consola o en un gestor de " -"archivos, un archivo en el que el cuadro <guilabel>Aplicar</guilabel> está " -"marcada en la <emphasis role=\"bold\">pestaña Permisos</emphasis> , msecgui " -"escribirá los antiguos permisos de nuevo después de un tiempo, de acuerdo a " -"la configuración de las opciones CHECK_PERMS y CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE en la " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">pestaña Comprobaciones Periódicas</emphasis>." +msgstr "No olvide que si modifica los permisos en una consola o en un gestor de archivos, un archivo en el que el cuadro <guilabel>Aplicar</guilabel> está marcada en la <emphasis role=\"bold\">pestaña Permisos</emphasis> , msecgui escribirá los antiguos permisos de nuevo después de un tiempo, de acuerdo a la configuración de las opciones CHECK_PERMS y CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE en la <emphasis role=\"bold\">pestaña Comprobaciones Periódicas</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4 @@ -9036,12 +7722,9 @@ msgstr "Otras herramientas de Mageia" #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7 msgid "" "There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia " -"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the " -"next pages." -msgstr "" -"Hay más herramientas de Mageia que las que se muestran en el Centro el " -"control de Mageia. Pulse en un enlace más abajo para saber más o continúe " -"leyendo las próximas páginas." +"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the" +" next pages." +msgstr "Hay más herramientas de Mageia que las que se muestran en el Centro el control de Mageia. Pulse en un enlace más abajo para saber más o continúe leyendo las próximas páginas." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11 @@ -9078,7 +7761,8 @@ msgstr "Gestor de Software (Instalar y Desinstalar Software)" msgid "rpmdrake" msgstr "rpmdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:11 msgid "rpmdrake.png" msgstr "rpmdrake.png" @@ -9091,11 +7775,9 @@ msgstr "Introducción a rpmdrake" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:20 @@ -9109,33 +7791,19 @@ msgid "" "certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by " "default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed " "packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries " -"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names " -"included in the packages." -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, también conocido " -"como drakrpm, es un programa para la instalación, desinstalación y " -"actualización de paquetes. Es la interfaz gráfica de usuario de URPMI. En " -"cada puesta en marcha, comprobará las listas de paquetes en línea (llamados " -"'medios') descargados directamente desde los servidores oficiales de Mageia, " -"y cada vez te mostrará las últimas aplicaciones y paquetes disponibles para " -"tu equipo. Un sistema de filtro le permite mostrar sólo ciertos tipos de " -"paquetes: usted puede mostrar sólo las aplicaciones instaladas (por " -"defecto), o sólo las actualizaciones disponibles. También puede ver los " -"paquetes sólo no instaladas. También puedes buscar por el nombre de un " -"paquete, o en los resúmenes de las descripciones o en las descripciones " -"completas de los paquetes o en el archivo de nombres incluidos en los " -"paquetes." +"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names" +" included in the packages." +msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, también conocido como drakrpm, es un programa para la instalación, desinstalación y actualización de paquetes. Es la interfaz gráfica de usuario de URPMI. En cada puesta en marcha, comprobará las listas de paquetes en línea (llamados 'medios') descargados directamente desde los servidores oficiales de Mageia, y cada vez te mostrará las últimas aplicaciones y paquetes disponibles para tu equipo. Un sistema de filtro le permite mostrar sólo ciertos tipos de paquetes: usted puede mostrar sólo las aplicaciones instaladas (por defecto), o sólo las actualizaciones disponibles. También puede ver los paquetes sólo no instaladas. También puedes buscar por el nombre de un paquete, o en los resúmenes de las descripciones o en las descripciones completas de los paquetes o en el archivo de nombres incluidos en los paquetes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:35 msgid "" -"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend=" -"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." -msgstr "" -"Para que funcione, rpmdrake necesita que los repositorios sean configurados " -"con <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>." +"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend" +"=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." +msgstr "Para que funcione, rpmdrake necesita que los repositorios sean configurados con <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:43 msgid "rpmdrake8.png" msgstr "rpmdrake8.png" @@ -9144,37 +7812,28 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake8.png" #: en/rpmdrake.xml:38 msgid "" "During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for " -"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake " -"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up " +"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake" +" will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up " "window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message " "annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict " "download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online " "repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." -msgstr "" -"Durante la instalación, el repositorio configurado es el medio utilizado " -"para la instalación, en general, el DVD o CD. Si se mantiene este medio, " -"rpmdrake le preguntará cada vez que se desea instalar un paquete, con esta " -"ventana emergente: <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Si el " -"mensaje anterior te molesta y tienes una buena conexión a Internet sin " -"límite de descarga demasiado estricto, es aconsejable eliminar ese medio y " -"reemplazarlo por repositorios en línea gracias a <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-" -"edit-media\"/>." +msgstr "Durante la instalación, el repositorio configurado es el medio utilizado para la instalación, en general, el DVD o CD. Si se mantiene este medio, rpmdrake le preguntará cada vez que se desea instalar un paquete, con esta ventana emergente: <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Si el mensaje anterior te molesta y tienes una buena conexión a Internet sin límite de descarga demasiado estricto, es aconsejable eliminar ese medio y reemplazarlo por repositorios en línea gracias a <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:49 msgid "" "Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more " "packages, and allow to update your installed packages." -msgstr "" -"Por otra parte, los repositorios en línea están siempre al día, contienen " -"mucho más paquetes, y permiten actualizar los paquetes instalados." +msgstr "Por otra parte, los repositorios en línea están siempre al día, contienen mucho más paquetes, y permiten actualizar los paquetes instalados." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:55 msgid "The main parts of the screen" msgstr "Las partes principales de la pantalla" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:60 msgid "rpmdrake1.png" msgstr "rpmdrake1.png" @@ -9190,37 +7849,25 @@ msgid "" "This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first " "time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical " "interface. You can display either all the packages and all their " -"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, " -"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia." -msgstr "" -"Este filtro le permite mostrar sólo ciertos tipos de paquetes. La primera " -"vez que inicie el gestor, que sólo muestra las aplicaciones con una interfaz " -"gráfica. Puede visualizar todos los paquetes y todas sus dependencias y " -"bibliotecas o sólo grupos de paquetes, tales como aplicaciones únicas, " -"actualizaciones o sólo backports paquetes de nuevas versiones de Mageia." +"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only," +" updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia." +msgstr "Este filtro le permite mostrar sólo ciertos tipos de paquetes. La primera vez que inicie el gestor, que sólo muestra las aplicaciones con una interfaz gráfica. Puede visualizar todos los paquetes y todas sus dependencias y bibliotecas o sólo grupos de paquetes, tales como aplicaciones únicas, actualizaciones o sólo backports paquetes de nuevas versiones de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:77 msgid "" "The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who " -"probably do not want command line or specialist tools. Since you're reading " -"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge " -"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"." -msgstr "" -"El filtro por omisión es para los nuevos participantes en Linux o Mageia, " -"que probablemente no quieren la línea de comandos o herramientas " -"especializadas. Puesto que usted está leyendo esta documentación, obviamente " -"estás interesado en mejorar su conocimiento de Mageia, así que lo mejor es " -"configurar este filtro para \"todos\"." +"probably do not want command line or specialist tools. Since you're reading" +" this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge" +" of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"." +msgstr "El filtro por omisión es para los nuevos participantes en Linux o Mageia, que probablemente no quieren la línea de comandos o herramientas especializadas. Puesto que usted está leyendo esta documentación, obviamente estás interesado en mejorar su conocimiento de Mageia, así que lo mejor es configurar este filtro para \"todos\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:86 msgid "" -"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </" -"firstterm>" -msgstr "" -"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Filtro de estado del paquete:</emphasis> " +"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> " "</firstterm>" +msgstr "<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Filtro de estado del paquete:</emphasis> </firstterm>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:89 @@ -9228,10 +7875,7 @@ msgid "" "This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the " "packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and " "not installed." -msgstr "" -"Este filtro le permite ver sólo los paquetes instalados, sólo los paquetes " -"que no están instalados o todos los paquetes, tanto instaladas y no " -"instaladas." +msgstr "Este filtro le permite ver sólo los paquetes instalados, sólo los paquetes que no están instalados o todos los paquetes, tanto instaladas y no instaladas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:95 @@ -9244,10 +7888,7 @@ msgid "" "Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their " "summaries, through their complete description or through the files included " "in the packages." -msgstr "" -"Haga clic en este icono para buscar a través de los nombres de los paquetes, " -"a través de sus resúmenes, a través de su descripción completa o a través de " -"los archivos incluidos en los paquetes." +msgstr "Haga clic en este icono para buscar a través de los nombres de los paquetes, a través de sus resúmenes, a través de su descripción completa o a través de los archivos incluidos en los paquetes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:103 @@ -9260,11 +7901,7 @@ msgid "" "Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword " "for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and " "\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'." -msgstr "" -"Escriba aquí una o más palabras clave. Si quieres utilizar más de una " -"palabra clave para buscar emplea \"|\" entre las palabras clave, por " -"ejemplo, Para buscar \"mplayer\" y \"xine\" al mismo tipo de tiempo 'mplayer " -"| xine'." +msgstr "Escriba aquí una o más palabras clave. Si quieres utilizar más de una palabra clave para buscar emplea \"|\" entre las palabras clave, por ejemplo, Para buscar \"mplayer\" y \"xine\" al mismo tipo de tiempo 'mplayer | xine'." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:111 @@ -9276,9 +7913,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Borrar todo:</emphasis>" msgid "" "This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" " "box ." -msgstr "" -"Este icono puede borrar en un clic todas las palabras clave introducidas en " -"el cuadro \"Buscar\"." +msgstr "Este icono puede borrar en un clic todas las palabras clave introducidas en el cuadro \"Buscar\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:118 @@ -9288,11 +7923,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Lista de categorias:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:120 msgid "" -"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and " -"sub categories." -msgstr "" -"Esta barra lateral agrupa todas las aplicaciones y paquetes en categorías y " -"subcategorías claras." +"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and" +" sub categories." +msgstr "Esta barra lateral agrupa todas las aplicaciones y paquetes en categorías y subcategorías claras." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:125 @@ -9303,15 +7936,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Descripción del panel:</emphasis>" #: en/rpmdrake.xml:127 msgid "" "This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete " -"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It " -"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the " +"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It" +" can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the " "package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer." -msgstr "" -"Este panel muestra el nombre del paquete, su resumen y descripción completa. " -"Muestra muchos elementos útiles sobre el paquete seleccionado. También puede " -"mostrar detalles precisos sobre el paquete, los archivos incluidos en el " -"paquete, así como una lista de los últimos cambios realizados por el " -"mantenedor." +msgstr "Este panel muestra el nombre del paquete, su resumen y descripción completa. Muestra muchos elementos útiles sobre el paquete seleccionado. También puede mostrar detalles precisos sobre el paquete, los archivos incluidos en el paquete, así como una lista de los últimos cambios realizados por el mantenedor." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:137 @@ -9326,79 +7954,78 @@ msgid "" "list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium " "is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is " "installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or " -"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</" -"guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Una vez ajustados correctamente los filtros, usted puede encontrar el " -"software ya sea por categoría (arriba, en el área 6) o por nombre/resumen/" -"descripción usando el área 4. Una lista de los paquetes que cumplen su " -"consulta y, no se olvide, el medio elegido se muestra con diferentes " -"marcadores de estado en función de que cada paquete esté instalado/no " -"instalado/una actualización... para cambiar este estado, simplemente marque " -"o desmarque la casilla antes del nombre del paquete y haga clic en " -"<guibutton>Aplicar</guibutton>." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> +"uncheck the box before the package name and click on " +"<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." +msgstr "Una vez ajustados correctamente los filtros, usted puede encontrar el software ya sea por categoría (arriba, en el área 6) o por nombre/resumen/descripción usando el área 4. Una lista de los paquetes que cumplen su consulta y, no se olvide, el medio elegido se muestra con diferentes marcadores de estado en función de que cada paquete esté instalado/no instalado/una actualización... para cambiar este estado, simplemente marque o desmarque la casilla antes del nombre del paquete y haga clic en <guibutton>Aplicar</guibutton>." + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:155 msgid "Icon" msgstr "Icono" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:157 msgid "Legend" msgstr "Leyenda" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:165 -#, fuzzy msgid "../rpmdrake2.png" -msgstr "rpmdrake2.png" +msgstr "../rpmdrake2.png" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:169 msgid "This package is already installed" msgstr "El paquete ya está instalado" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:175 -#, fuzzy msgid "../rpmdrake3.png" -msgstr "rpmdrake3.png" +msgstr "../rpmdrake3.png" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:179 msgid "This package will be installed" msgstr "Este paquete se instalará" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:185 -#, fuzzy msgid "../rpmdrake4.png" -msgstr "rpmdrake4.png" +msgstr "../rpmdrake4.png" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:189 msgid "This package cannot be modified" msgstr "Este paquete no se puede modificar" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:195 -#, fuzzy msgid "../rpmdrake5.png" -msgstr "rpmdrake5.png" +msgstr "../rpmdrake5.png" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:199 msgid "This package is an update" msgstr "Este paquete es una actualización." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:205 -#, fuzzy msgid "../rpmdrake6.png" -msgstr "rpmdrake6.png" +msgstr "../rpmdrake6.png" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:209 msgid "This package will be uninstalled" msgstr "Este paquete se desinstalará" @@ -9419,10 +8046,7 @@ msgid "" "If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status " "icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking " "on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Si yo desmarco digikam (la flecha verde nos dice que está instalado), el " -"icono de estado irá rojo con una flecha hacia arriba y se desinstalara al " -"hacer clic en <guibutton>Aplicar</guibutton>." +msgstr "Si yo desmarco digikam (la flecha verde nos dice que está instalado), el icono de estado irá rojo con una flecha hacia arriba y se desinstalara al hacer clic en <guibutton>Aplicar</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:227 @@ -9430,17 +8054,15 @@ msgid "" "If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange " "with a down arrow status icon will appear and and it will be installed when " "clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Si selecciono qdigidoc (que no está instalado, vea el estado), el icono de " -"estado color naranja con una flecha hacia abajo aparecerá y será instalado " -"al hacer clic en <guibutton> Aplicar </guibutton> ." +msgstr "Si selecciono qdigidoc (que no está instalado, vea el estado), el icono de estado color naranja con una flecha hacia abajo aparecerá y será instalado al hacer clic en <guibutton> Aplicar </guibutton> ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:235 msgid "The dependencies" msgstr "Las dependencias" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:240 msgid "rpmdrake7.png" msgstr "rpmdrake7.png" @@ -9448,23 +8070,15 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:245 msgid "" -"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They " -"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an " +"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They" +" are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an " "information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected " "dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It " "may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed " "library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a " -"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to " -"install." -msgstr "" -"Algunos paquetes necesitan otros paquetes llamados dependencias con el fin " -"de trabajar. Son, por ejemplo, las bibliotecas o las herramientas. En este " -"caso, Rpmdrake muestra una ventana de información que le permite elegir si " -"acepta las dependencias seleccionadas, cancelar la operación u obtener más " -"información (ver arriba). También puede ocurrir que varios paquetes pueden " -"proporcionar la biblioteca necesaria, en cuyo caso rpmdrake muestra la lista " -"de alternativas con un botón para obtener más información y otro botón para " -"elegir qué paquetes instalar." +"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to" +" install." +msgstr "Algunos paquetes necesitan otros paquetes llamados dependencias con el fin de trabajar. Son, por ejemplo, las bibliotecas o las herramientas. En este caso, Rpmdrake muestra una ventana de información que le permite elegir si acepta las dependencias seleccionadas, cancelar la operación u obtener más información (ver arriba). También puede ocurrir que varios paquetes pueden proporcionar la biblioteca necesaria, en cuyo caso rpmdrake muestra la lista de alternativas con un botón para obtener más información y otro botón para elegir qué paquetes instalar." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:10 @@ -9486,9 +8100,7 @@ msgstr "Instalación" msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing " "<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">scannerdrake</emphasis>." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">scannerdrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:21 @@ -9497,28 +8109,20 @@ msgid "" "a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. " "It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a " "remote computer or to access remote scanners." -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite " -"configurar un único dispositivo, el escáner o un dispositivo multifunción " -"que incluye el escaneo. También te permite compartir dispositivos locales " -"conectadas a este equipo con un equipo remoto o acceder a escáneres remotos." +msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite configurar un único dispositivo, el escáner o un dispositivo multifunción que incluye el escaneo. También te permite compartir dispositivos locales conectadas a este equipo con un equipo remoto o acceder a escáneres remotos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:29 msgid "" "When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following " "message:" -msgstr "" -"Cuando usted inicia esta herramiente por primera vez, puede obtener el " -"siguiente mensaje:" +msgstr "Cuando usted inicia esta herramiente por primera vez, puede obtener el siguiente mensaje:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:32 msgid "" "<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>\"Se necesita instalar los paquetes SANE para utilizar los " -"escáneres</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>\"Se necesita instalar los paquetes SANE para utilizar los escáneres</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:35 @@ -9530,11 +8134,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>¿Desea instalar los paquetes SANE?\"</emphasis>" msgid "" "Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-" "gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed." -msgstr "" -"Elija <emphasis>Sí</emphasis> para continuar. Se instalará <code>scanner-" -"gui</code> y <code>task-scanning</code> si aún no están instaladas." +msgstr "Elija <emphasis>Sí</emphasis> para continuar. Se instalará <code>scanner-gui</code> y <code>task-scanning</code> si aún no están instaladas." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:44 msgid "scannerdrake.png" msgstr "scannerdrake.png" @@ -9545,22 +8148,15 @@ msgid "" "If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see " "the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, " "<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Si el escáner está correctamente identificado, por lo que si en la pantalla " -"de arriba se ve el nombre de su escáner, el escáner está listo para su uso " -"con, por ejemplo, <emphasis>XSane</emphasis> o <emphasis>Simple Scan</" -"emphasis> ." +msgstr "Si el escáner está correctamente identificado, por lo que si en la pantalla de arriba se ve el nombre de su escáner, el escáner está listo para su uso con, por ejemplo, <emphasis>XSane</emphasis> o <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis> ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:55 msgid "" "In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner " -"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend=" -"\"scannersharing\"/>." -msgstr "" -"En ese caso, es posible que ahora desee configurar la opción " -"<emphasis>compartir Scanner</emphasis>. Usted puede leer sobre él en <xref " +"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref " "linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>." +msgstr "En ese caso, es posible que ahora desee configurar la opción <emphasis>compartir Scanner</emphasis>. Usted puede leer sobre él en <xref linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:59 @@ -9569,22 +8165,17 @@ msgid "" "cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new " "scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a " "scanner manually</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Sin embargo, si el escáner no se ha identificado correctamente, y comprueba " -"su cable(s) e interruptor de encendido y luego presionando " -"<emphasis>Búsqueda de nuevos escáneres</emphasis> no ayuda, tendrás que " -"pulsar <emphasis>Añadir un escáner manualmente</emphasis>." +msgstr "Sin embargo, si el escáner no se ha identificado correctamente, y comprueba su cable(s) e interruptor de encendido y luego presionando <emphasis>Búsqueda de nuevos escáneres</emphasis> no ayuda, tendrás que pulsar <emphasis>Añadir un escáner manualmente</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:64 msgid "" -"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the " -"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Elija la marca de su escáner en la lista que aparece, entonces su tipo en la " -"lista de esa marca y haga clic en <emphasis>Aceptar</emphasis>" +"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the" +" list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>" +msgstr "Elija la marca de su escáner en la lista que aparece, entonces su tipo en la lista de esa marca y haga clic en <emphasis>Aceptar</emphasis>" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:69 msgid "scannerdrake2.png" msgstr "scannerdrake2.png" @@ -9592,74 +8183,59 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:76 msgid "" -"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Si usted no puede encontrar su escáner en la lista, a continuación, haga " -"clic en <emphasis>Cancelar</emphasis>" +"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click " +"<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis>" +msgstr "Si usted no puede encontrar su escáner en la lista, a continuación, haga clic en <emphasis>Cancelar</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:79 msgid "" -"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href=" -"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported " -"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums." -"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." -msgstr "" -"Por favor, compruebe si se admite su escáner en el <link xlink:href=\"http://" -"www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Dispositivos " -"compatibles</link> página y pedir ayuda en los<link xlink:href=\"http://" -"forums.mageia.org/en/\">foros</link>." +"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link " +"xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: " +"Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link " +"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." +msgstr "Por favor, compruebe si se admite su escáner en el <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Dispositivos compatibles</link> página y pedir ayuda en los<link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">foros</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:87 msgid "Choose port" msgstr "Escoja el puerto" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:91 msgid "scannerdrake3.png" msgstr "scannerdrake3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:86 -msgid "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" -"\"1\"/>" -msgstr "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" -"\"1\"/>" +msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:97 msgid "" -"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</" -"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, " -"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one." -msgstr "" -"Puede dejar este valor para <emphasis>Auto-detectar puertos disponibles</" -"emphasis> a menos que la interfaz de su escáner sea un puerto paralelo. En " -"ese caso, seleccione <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> si sólo tiene uno." +"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available " +"ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that" +" case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one." +msgstr "Puede dejar este valor para <emphasis>Auto-detectar puertos disponibles</emphasis> a menos que la interfaz de su escáner sea un puerto paralelo. En ese caso, seleccione <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> si sólo tiene uno." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:102 msgid "" "After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen " "similar to the one below." -msgstr "" -"Tras hacer clic en <emphasis>Aceptar</emphasis>, en la mayoría de los casos " -"podrá ver una pantalla similar a la de abajo." +msgstr "Tras hacer clic en <emphasis>Aceptar</emphasis>, en la mayoría de los casos podrá ver una pantalla similar a la de abajo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:104 msgid "" -"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend=" -"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Si usted no recibe esa pantalla, por favor, lea las <xref linkend=" -"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." +"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref " +"linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." +msgstr "Si usted no recibe esa pantalla, por favor, lea las <xref linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:108 msgid "scannerdrake4.png" msgstr "scannerdrake4.png" @@ -9669,7 +8245,8 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake4.png" msgid "Scannersharing" msgstr "Scannersharing" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:122 msgid "scannerdrake5.png" msgstr "scannerdrake5.png" @@ -9677,15 +8254,11 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:128 msgid "" -"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be " -"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also " +"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be" +" accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also " "decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on " "this machine." -msgstr "" -"Aquí puede elegir si los escáneres conectados a esta máquina deberían poder " -"accederse desde máquinas remotas y desde qué máquinas remotas. También puede " -"decidir cuáles escáneres conectados a ordenadores remotos deben estar " -"accesibles desde esta computadora." +msgstr "Aquí puede elegir si los escáneres conectados a esta máquina deberían poder accederse desde máquinas remotas y desde qué máquinas remotas. También puede decidir cuáles escáneres conectados a ordenadores remotos deben estar accesibles desde esta computadora." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:133 @@ -9693,21 +8266,17 @@ msgid "" "Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or " "deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on " "this computer." -msgstr "" -"Compartir el escáner a los hosts: nombre o dirección IP de los hosts puede " -"ser añadido o eliminado de la lista de hosts permitidos a acceder al " -"dispositivo(s) local en este equipo." +msgstr "Compartir el escáner a los hosts: nombre o dirección IP de los hosts puede ser añadido o eliminado de la lista de hosts permitidos a acceder al dispositivo(s) local en este equipo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:137 msgid "" "Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted " "from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner." -msgstr "" -"Uso de escáneres remotos: nombre o dirección IP de hosts que puede agregar o " -"eliminar de la lista de los hosts que dan acceso a un escáner remoto." +msgstr "Uso de escáneres remotos: nombre o dirección IP de hosts que puede agregar o eliminar de la lista de los hosts que dan acceso a un escáner remoto." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:143 msgid "scannerdrake6.png" msgstr "scannerdrake6.png" @@ -9717,7 +8286,8 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake6.png" msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host." msgstr "Scanner compartir con los hosts: puede agregar host." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:153 msgid "scannerdrake7.png" msgstr "scannerdrake7.png" @@ -9727,11 +8297,10 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake7.png" msgid "" "Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote " "machines." -msgstr "" -"Compartir el escáner a los hosts: especificar el/los host(s) a agregar, o " -"permitir todas las máquinas remotas." +msgstr "Compartir el escáner a los hosts: especificar el/los host(s) a agregar, o permitir todas las máquinas remotas." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:164 msgid "scannerdrake8.png" msgstr "scannerdrake8.png" @@ -9741,7 +8310,8 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake8.png" msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner." msgstr "\"Todas las máquinas remotas\" tienen acceso al escáner local" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:175 msgid "scannerdrake9.png" msgstr "scannerdrake9.png" @@ -9751,9 +8321,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake9.png" msgid "" "If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool " "offers to do it." -msgstr "" -"Si el paquete <emphasis>saned</emphasis> aún no está instalado, la " -"herramienta ofrece a hacerlo." +msgstr "Si el paquete <emphasis>saned</emphasis> aún no está instalado, la herramienta ofrece a hacerlo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:184 @@ -9775,18 +8343,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>" msgid "" "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive " "\"net\"" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf</emphasis> para añadir o comentar la " -"directiva \"red\"" +msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf</emphasis> para añadir o comentar la directiva \"red\"" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:193 msgid "" -"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</" -"emphasis> to be started on boot." -msgstr "" -"También configurará <emphasis>saned</emphasis> y <emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> " -"para iniciarse en el arranque." +"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and " +"<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot." +msgstr "También configurará <emphasis>saned</emphasis> y <emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> para iniciarse en el arranque." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278 @@ -9803,13 +8367,9 @@ msgstr "Hewlett-Packard" msgid "" "Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> " "(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow " -"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</" -"emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"La mayoría de los escáneres HP se gestionan desde <emphasis>HP Device " -"Manager</emphasis> (HPLIP), que también gestiona las impresoras. En este " -"caso, esta herramienta no permite configurar y le invita a utilizar " -"<emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>." +"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device " +"Manager</emphasis>." +msgstr "La mayoría de los escáneres HP se gestionan desde <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> (HPLIP), que también gestiona las impresoras. En este caso, esta herramienta no permite configurar y le invita a utilizar <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:214 @@ -9819,21 +8379,14 @@ msgstr "Epson" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:216 msgid "" -"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/" -"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must " -"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then " -"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the " -"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict " -"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be " -"ignored." -msgstr "" -"Drivers están disponibles en <link xlink:href = \"http://download.ebz.epson." -"net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">esta página</link>. Cuando esté indicado, " -"debe instalar el paquete <emphasis>iScan-data</emphasis> en primer lugar, a " -"continuación, <emphasis>iScan</emphasis> (en este orden). Es posible que el " -"paquete <emphasis>iScan</emphasis> genere una advertencia sobre un conflicto " -"con <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Los usuarios han informado que esta " -"advertencia puede ser ignorada." +"Drivers are available from <link " +"xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this" +" page</link>. When indicated, you must install the <emphasis>iscan-" +"data</emphasis> package first, then <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this " +"order). It is possible that the <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will " +"generate a warning about a conflict with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users " +"have reported that this warning can be ignored." +msgstr "Drivers están disponibles en <link xlink:href = \"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">esta página</link>. Cuando esté indicado, debe instalar el paquete <emphasis>iScan-data</emphasis> en primer lugar, a continuación, <emphasis>iScan</emphasis> (en este orden). Es posible que el paquete <emphasis>iScan</emphasis> genere una advertencia sobre un conflicto con <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Los usuarios han informado que esta advertencia puede ser ignorada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:231 @@ -9846,10 +8399,7 @@ msgid "" "It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref " "linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra " "steps to correctly configure your scanner." -msgstr "" -"Es posible que después de seleccionar un puerto para su escáner en la <xref " -"linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> pantalla, usted necesita tomar uno o más " -"pasos extras para configurar correctamente el escáner." +msgstr "Es posible que después de seleccionar un puerto para su escáner en la <xref linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> pantalla, usted necesita tomar uno o más pasos extras para configurar correctamente el escáner." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:239 @@ -9859,49 +8409,37 @@ msgid "" "after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the " "firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you " "downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor." -msgstr "" -"En algunos casos, se le dice que el escáner necesita su firmware para cargar " -"cada vez que se inicia. Esta herramienta le permite cargar en el " -"dispositivo, después de que ha instalado en su sistema. En esta pantalla se " -"puede instalar el firmware desde un CD o una instalación de Windows, o " -"instalar el que usted ha descargado de un sitio de Internet del proveedor." +msgstr "En algunos casos, se le dice que el escáner necesita su firmware para cargar cada vez que se inicia. Esta herramienta le permite cargar en el dispositivo, después de que ha instalado en su sistema. En esta pantalla se puede instalar el firmware desde un CD o una instalación de Windows, o instalar el que usted ha descargado de un sitio de Internet del proveedor." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:241 msgid "" "When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at " "each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient." -msgstr "" -"Cuando el firmware de su dispositivo necesita ser cargado, puede tardar " -"mucho tiempo en cada primer uso, posiblemente más de un minuto. Así que se " -"paciente." +msgstr "Cuando el firmware de su dispositivo necesita ser cargado, puede tardar mucho tiempo en cada primer uso, posiblemente más de un minuto. Así que se paciente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:246 msgid "" -"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/" -"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Además, es posible que aparezca una pantalla que le indique para ajustar el " -"archivo <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/ \"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf.</emphasis>" +"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the " +"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>" +msgstr "Además, es posible que aparezca una pantalla que le indique para ajustar el archivo <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/ \"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:250 msgid "" "Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know " -"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://" -"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." -msgstr "" -"Leer con cuidado unas u otras instrucciones que te dan y si usted no sabe " -"qué hacer, no dude en pedir ayuda en los <link xlink:href=\"http://forums." -"mageia.org/en/\">foros</link>." +"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link " +"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." +msgstr "Leer con cuidado unas u otras instrucciones que te dan y si usted no sabe qué hacer, no dude en pedir ayuda en los <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">foros</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15 msgid "Software Management" msgstr "Gestión de software" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/software-management.xml:10 msgid "software-management.png" msgstr "software-management.png" @@ -9909,11 +8447,9 @@ msgstr "software-management.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/software-management.xml:14 msgid "" -"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. " -"Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "" -"En esta pantalla se puede elegir entre varias herramientas para la gestión " -"de software. Haga clic en el enlace de abajo para obtener más información." +"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management." +" Click on a link below to learn more." +msgstr "En esta pantalla se puede elegir entre varias herramientas para la gestión de software. Haga clic en el enlace de abajo para obtener más información." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:17 @@ -9923,11 +8459,9 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:20 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Actualiza tu sistema</" -"emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your " +"system</emphasis>" +msgstr "<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Actualiza tu sistema</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:23 @@ -9939,9 +8473,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>" msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media " "sources for install and update</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configurar las " -"fuentes de medios para instalar y actualizar</emphasis>" +msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configurar las fuentes de medios para instalar y actualizar</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:8 @@ -9953,7 +8485,8 @@ msgstr "Instalar y configurar una impresora" msgid "system-config-printer" msgstr "system-config-printer" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:16 msgid "system-config-printer.png" msgstr "system-config-printer.png" @@ -9967,46 +8500,30 @@ msgid "" "offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer " "which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu " "and openSUSE." -msgstr "" -"La impresión se gestiona en Mageia por un servidor denominado CUPS. Tiene su " -"propio <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">interfaz " -"de configuración</link> que es accesible a través de un navegador de " -"Internet, pero Mageia ofrece su propia herramienta para la instalación de " -"impresoras llamada system-config-printer que se comparte con otras " -"distribuciones como Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu y openSUSE." +msgstr "La impresión se gestiona en Mageia por un servidor denominado CUPS. Tiene su propio <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">interfaz de configuración</link> que es accesible a través de un navegador de Internet, pero Mageia ofrece su propia herramienta para la instalación de impresoras llamada system-config-printer que se comparte con otras distribuciones como Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu y openSUSE." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:30 msgid "" "You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the " "installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way." -msgstr "" -"sted debe habilitar el repositorio non-free antes de proceder con la " -"instalación, debido a que algunos controladores sólo pueden estar " -"disponibles en este modo." +msgstr "sted debe habilitar el repositorio non-free antes de proceder con la instalación, debido a que algunos controladores sólo pueden estar disponibles en este modo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:37 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-" "config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escribiendo " -"<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. Se le pedirá la contraseña de " -"root para." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escribiendo <emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. Se le pedirá la contraseña de root para." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:34 msgid "" "Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> " "section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure " -"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/" -">." -msgstr "" -"Instalación de la impresora se lleva a cabo en la sección " -"<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> del Centro de Control de Mageia. Seleccione la " -"herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> <guilabel>Configurar " -"impresión y escaneado</guilabel>." +"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" " +"id=\"0\"/>." +msgstr "Instalación de la impresora se lleva a cabo en la sección <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> del Centro de Control de Mageia. Seleccione la herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> <guilabel>Configurar impresión y escaneado</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:42 @@ -10028,9 +8545,7 @@ msgstr "task-printing-hp" msgid "" "It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of " "dependencies are needed." -msgstr "" -"Es necesario aceptar esta instalación para continuar. Hasta 230MB de " -"dependencias son necesarios." +msgstr "Es necesario aceptar esta instalación para continuar. Hasta 230MB de dependencias son necesarios." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:53 @@ -10040,13 +8555,7 @@ msgid "" "printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a " "printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line. The window " "will also attempt to configure a network printer." -msgstr "" -"Para agregar una impresora, seleccione el botón de \"Agregar\" la impresora. " -"El sistema intentará detectar las impresoras y los puertos disponibles. La " -"captura de pantalla muestra una impresora conectada a un puerto paralelo. Si " -"se detecta una impresora, tal como una impresora en un puerto USB, que se " -"mostrará en la primera línea. La ventana también intentará configurar una " -"impresora de red." +msgstr "Para agregar una impresora, seleccione el botón de \"Agregar\" la impresora. El sistema intentará detectar las impresoras y los puertos disponibles. La captura de pantalla muestra una impresora conectada a un puerto paralelo. Si se detecta una impresora, tal como una impresora en un puerto USB, que se mostrará en la primera línea. La ventana también intentará configurar una impresora de red." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:61 @@ -10057,26 +8566,20 @@ msgstr "Impresora detectada automáticamente" #: en/system-config-printer.xml:63 msgid "" "This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the " -"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next" -"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be " +"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click " +"\"Next\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be " "automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known " -"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the " -"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Esto por lo general se refiere a impresoras USB. La utilidad busca " -"automáticamente el nombre de la impresora y lo muestra. Seleccione la " -"impresora y haga clic en \"Siguiente\". Si hay un controlador conocido " -"asociado para la impresora, se instalará automáticamente. Si hay más de un " -"controlador o controladores no conocidos, una ventana le pedirá que " -"seleccione o proporcione uno, como se explica en el párrafo siguiente. " -"Continuar con <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" +"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the" +" next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" +msgstr "Esto por lo general se refiere a impresoras USB. La utilidad busca automáticamente el nombre de la impresora y lo muestra. Seleccione la impresora y haga clic en \"Siguiente\". Si hay un controlador conocido asociado para la impresora, se instalará automáticamente. Si hay más de un controlador o controladores no conocidos, una ventana le pedirá que seleccione o proporcione uno, como se explica en el párrafo siguiente. Continuar con <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:72 msgid "No automatically detected printer" msgstr "No detectó automáticamente la impresora" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:76 msgid "printer3.png" msgstr "printer3.png" @@ -10084,13 +8587,10 @@ msgstr "printer3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:80 msgid "" -"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window " -"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following " +"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window" +" to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following " "options." -msgstr "" -"Cuando se selecciona un puerto, el sistema carga una lista de controladores " -"y muestra una ventana para seleccionar un driver. La elección puede hacerse " -"a través de una de las siguientes opciones." +msgstr "Cuando se selecciona un puerto, el sistema carga una lista de controladores y muestra una ventana para seleccionar un driver. La elección puede hacerse a través de una de las siguientes opciones." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:86 @@ -10115,12 +8615,7 @@ msgid "" "driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have " "encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one " "which know to work." -msgstr "" -"Al seleccionar a partir de la base de datos, la ventana sugiere un " -"fabricante de la impresora primero, y luego un dispositivo y un controlador " -"asociado con él. Si se sugiere más de un controlador, seleccionar uno que se " -"recomienda, a menos que se haya encontrado con algunos problemas antes, en " -"este caso, seleccionar el que sabe que funciona." +msgstr "Al seleccionar a partir de la base de datos, la ventana sugiere un fabricante de la impresora primero, y luego un dispositivo y un controlador asociado con él. Si se sugiere más de un controlador, seleccionar uno que se recomienda, a menos que se haya encontrado con algunos problemas antes, en este caso, seleccionar el que sabe que funciona." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:110 @@ -10136,14 +8631,7 @@ msgid "" "available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After " "this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available " "printers." -msgstr "" -"Después de la selección del controlador, una ventana solicitara alguna " -"información que le permitirá al sistema designar y descubrir la impresora. " -"La primera línea es el nombre con el que aparecerá el dispositivo en las " -"aplicaciones en la lista de impresoras disponibles. El programa de " -"instalación sugiere entonces la impresión de una página de prueba. Después " -"de este paso, se agrega la impresora y aparece en la lista de impresoras " -"disponibles." +msgstr "Después de la selección del controlador, una ventana solicitara alguna información que le permitirá al sistema designar y descubrir la impresora. La primera línea es el nombre con el que aparecerá el dispositivo en las aplicaciones en la lista de impresoras disponibles. El programa de instalación sugiere entonces la impresión de una página de prueba. Después de este paso, se agrega la impresora y aparece en la lista de impresoras disponibles." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:121 @@ -10154,63 +8642,41 @@ msgstr "Impresora en red" #: en/system-config-printer.xml:123 msgid "" "Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or " -"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to " -"another workstation that serves as printserver." -msgstr "" -"Las impresoras de red son impresoras que están conectadas directamente a una " -"red cableada o inalámbrica, que están conectadas a un servidor de impresión " -"o que están unidas a otra estación de trabajo que sirve como servidor de " -"impresión." +"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to" +" another workstation that serves as printserver." +msgstr "Las impresoras de red son impresoras que están conectadas directamente a una red cableada o inalámbrica, que están conectadas a un servidor de impresión o que están unidas a otra estación de trabajo que sirve como servidor de impresión." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:128 msgid "" -"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed " -"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same " -"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed " -"one." -msgstr "" -"A menudo, es mejor configurar el servidor DHCP para que siempre asocie una " -"dirección IP fija a la dirección MAC de la impresora. Por supuesto que debe " -"ser la misma dirección IP de la impresora del servidor de impresión, si " -"tiene uno fijo." +"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed" +" IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the " +"same as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a " +"fixed one." +msgstr "A menudo, es mejor configurar el servidor DHCP para que siempre asocie una dirección IP fija a la dirección MAC de la impresora. Por supuesto que debe ser la misma dirección IP de la impresora del servidor de impresión, si tiene uno fijo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:134 msgid "" "The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or " "printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a " -"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label " -"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a " +"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label" +" on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a " "Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it " "as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters " "after \"HWaddr\"." -msgstr "" -"La dirección Mac de la impresora es un número de serie dado a la impresora o " -"servidor de impresión o del ordenador al que está conectado, que se puede " -"obtener a partir de una página de configuración impresa por la impresora o " -"que se puede escribir en una etiqueta en la impresora o el servidor de " -"impresión. Si su impresora compartida está unido a un sistema de Mageia, " -"puede ejecutar <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> en él como root " -"para encontrar la dirección MAC. Es la secuencia de números y letras después " -"de \"HWaddr\"." +msgstr "La dirección Mac de la impresora es un número de serie dado a la impresora o servidor de impresión o del ordenador al que está conectado, que se puede obtener a partir de una página de configuración impresa por la impresora o que se puede escribir en una etiqueta en la impresora o el servidor de impresión. Si su impresora compartida está unido a un sistema de Mageia, puede ejecutar <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> en él como root para encontrar la dirección MAC. Es la secuencia de números y letras después de \"HWaddr\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:142 msgid "" -"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to " -"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, " -"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find " +"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to" +" your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose," +" you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find " "Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu " "and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it " "says \"host\"." -msgstr "" -"Usted puede agregar la impresora de red mediante la elección del protocolo " -"que utiliza para hablar con su equipo a través de la red. Si usted no sabe " -"cuál es el protocolo a elegir, usted puede intentar <guilabel>Impresora de " -"red</guilabel> - <guilabel>Buscar Impresora de red</guilabel> en el menú " -"<guilabel>Dispositivos</guilabel> y dar la dirección IP de la impresora en " -"el cuadro de la derecha, donde dice \"host\"." +msgstr "Usted puede agregar la impresora de red mediante la elección del protocolo que utiliza para hablar con su equipo a través de la red. Si usted no sabe cuál es el protocolo a elegir, usted puede intentar <guilabel>Impresora de red</guilabel> - <guilabel>Buscar Impresora de red</guilabel> en el menú <guilabel>Dispositivos</guilabel> y dar la dirección IP de la impresora en el cuadro de la derecha, donde dice \"host\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:149 @@ -10218,21 +8684,14 @@ msgid "" "If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a " "protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the " "list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list." -msgstr "" -"Si la herramienta reconoce la impresora o el servidor de impresión, " -"propondrá un protocolo y una cola, pero usted puede elegir uno más apropiado " -"de la lista siguiente o darle el nombre de la cola correcta si no está en la " -"lista." +msgstr "Si la herramienta reconoce la impresora o el servidor de impresión, propondrá un protocolo y una cola, pero usted puede elegir uno más apropiado de la lista siguiente o darle el nombre de la cola correcta si no está en la lista." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:154 msgid "" -"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find " -"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names." -msgstr "" -"Busque en la documentación que acompaña a la impresora o servidor de " -"impresión para encontrar protocolo(s) que apoya y los posibles nombres de " -"cola específicos." +"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find" +" which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names." +msgstr "Busque en la documentación que acompaña a la impresora o servidor de impresión para encontrar protocolo(s) que apoya y los posibles nombres de cola específicos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:160 @@ -10248,20 +8707,10 @@ msgid "" "known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers " "which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-" "address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can " -"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/" -"net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is " -"not required." -msgstr "" -"Una técnica actual es un desarrollo de Hewlett-Packard y conocido como " -"JetDirect. Se permite el acceso a una impresora conectada directamente a la " -"red a través de un puerto Ethernet. Usted debe conocer la dirección IP a la " -"que la impresora se conoce en la red. Esta técnica también se utiliza en el " -"interior de algunos de routers ADSL que contienen un puerto USB para " -"conectar la impresora. En este caso, la dirección IP es la del router. Tenga " -"en cuenta que la función \"HP Device Manager\" puede gestionar una " -"dirección IP configurada dinámicamente, el establecimiento de un URI como " -"<emphasis>hp:/net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis>. En este caso, no se " -"requiere dirección IP fija." +"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like " +"<emphasis>hp:/net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed " +"IP-adress is not required." +msgstr "Una técnica actual es un desarrollo de Hewlett-Packard y conocido como JetDirect. Se permite el acceso a una impresora conectada directamente a la red a través de un puerto Ethernet. Usted debe conocer la dirección IP a la que la impresora se conoce en la red. Esta técnica también se utiliza en el interior de algunos de routers ADSL que contienen un puerto USB para conectar la impresora. En este caso, la dirección IP es la del router. Tenga en cuenta que la función \"HP Device Manager\" puede gestionar una dirección IP configurada dinámicamente, el establecimiento de un URI como <emphasis>hp:/net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis>. En este caso, no se requiere dirección IP fija." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:172 @@ -10269,16 +8718,12 @@ msgid "" "Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the " "protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change " "the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be " -"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is " -"the same as above." -msgstr "" -"Elija la opción <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> como el " -"protocolo y establecer la dirección de <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, no cambie " -"el <guilabel>Número de Puerto</guilabel>, a menos que sepa que necesita ser " -"cambiado. Después de la selección del protocolo, la selección del " -"controlador es el mismo que el anterior." +"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is" +" the same as above." +msgstr "Elija la opción <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> como el protocolo y establecer la dirección de <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, no cambie el <guilabel>Número de Puerto</guilabel>, a menos que sepa que necesita ser cambiado. Después de la selección del protocolo, la selección del controlador es el mismo que el anterior." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:180 msgid "printer5.png" msgstr "printer5.png" @@ -10295,11 +8740,7 @@ msgid "" "be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer " "connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by " "some ADSL-routers." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)</emphasis>: impresora, que se " -"puede acceder a través de la red TCP/IP por el protocolo IPP. Por ejemplo, " -"la impresora está conectada a una estación de trabajo que utiliza CUPS. Este " -"protocolo también puede ser utilizado por algunos ADSL-routers." +msgstr "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)</emphasis>: impresora, que se puede acceder a través de la red TCP/IP por el protocolo IPP. Por ejemplo, la impresora está conectada a una estación de trabajo que utiliza CUPS. Este protocolo también puede ser utilizado por algunos ADSL-routers." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:197 @@ -10307,19 +8748,14 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, " "but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol. The port has to be " "defined. By default, the port 631 is used." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Protocolo de impresión de Internet (https)</emphasis>: igual que " -"el IPP, pero el uso de la protección de datos HTTP con TLS. Es necesario " -"especificar el puerto. El puerto predeterminado es 631." +msgstr "<emphasis>Protocolo de impresión de Internet (https)</emphasis>: igual que el IPP, pero el uso de la protección de datos HTTP con TLS. Es necesario especificar el puerto. El puerto predeterminado es 631." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:205 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but " -"with TLS secured protocol." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis> Internet Printing Protocol (IPP):</emphasis> el mismo que ipp, " -"pero con protocolo seguro TLS." +"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but" +" with TLS secured protocol." +msgstr "<emphasis> Internet Printing Protocol (IPP):</emphasis> el mismo que ipp, pero con protocolo seguro TLS." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:212 @@ -10327,28 +8763,21 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be " "accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer " "connected to a station using LPD." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Host o impresora LPD/LPR</emphasis>: impresora, que se puede " -"acceder a traves del protocolo de red TCP/IP LPD, por ejemplo una impresora " -"conectada a una estación de trabajo, que se utiliza LPD." +msgstr "<emphasis>Host o impresora LPD/LPR</emphasis>: impresora, que se puede acceder a traves del protocolo de red TCP/IP LPD, por ejemplo una impresora conectada a una estación de trabajo, que se utiliza LPD." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:220 msgid "" "<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a " "station running Windows or a SMB server and shared." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Impresora de Windows vía SAMBA</emphasis>: una impresora conectada " -"a una estación con Windows o un servidor SMB y compartido." +msgstr "<emphasis>Impresora de Windows vía SAMBA</emphasis>: una impresora conectada a una estación con Windows o un servidor SMB y compartido." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:226 msgid "" "The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form " "the URI:" -msgstr "" -"El URI también se puede añadir directamente. Estos son algunos ejemplos de " -"cómo formar el URI:" +msgstr "El URI también se puede añadir directamente. Estos son algunos ejemplos de cómo formar el URI:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:231 @@ -10388,12 +8817,10 @@ msgstr "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:251 msgid "" -"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups." -"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>" -msgstr "" -"Información adicional se puede encontrar en el <link ns2:href=\"http://www." -"cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">Documentación de CUPS.</" -"link>" +"Additional information can be found in the <link " +"ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS" +" documentation.</link>" +msgstr "Información adicional se puede encontrar en el <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">Documentación de CUPS.</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:256 @@ -10404,19 +8831,13 @@ msgstr "Propiedades del dispositivo" #: en/system-config-printer.xml:258 msgid "" "You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to " -"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your " -"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</" -"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which " -"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, " -"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>" -msgstr "" -"Puede acceder a las propiedades del dispositivo. El menú permite acceder a " -"los parámetros para el servidor CUPS. Por defecto, un servidor CUPS se " -"inicia en el sistema, pero puede especificar uno diferente con el menú " -"<guimenu>Servidor</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Conectar...</guimenuitem>, otra " -"ventana que da acceso a la puesta a punto de otros parámetros específicos " -"del servidor, después <guimenu>Servidor</guimenu> | " -"<guimenuitem>Configuración</guimenuitem>." +"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your" +" system, but you can specify a different one with the " +"<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, " +"another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters" +" of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | " +"<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>" +msgstr "Puede acceder a las propiedades del dispositivo. El menú permite acceder a los parámetros para el servidor CUPS. Por defecto, un servidor CUPS se inicia en el sistema, pero puede especificar uno diferente con el menú <guimenu>Servidor</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Conectar...</guimenuitem>, otra ventana que da acceso a la puesta a punto de otros parámetros específicos del servidor, después <guimenu>Servidor</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Configuración</guimenuitem>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:268 @@ -10428,46 +8849,29 @@ msgstr "Solución de problemas" msgid "" "You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by " "inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>" -msgstr "" -"Puede encontrar información sobre el acontecer errores durante la impresión " -"mediante la inspección de <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>" +msgstr "Puede encontrar información sobre el acontecer errores durante la impresión mediante la inspección de <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:273 msgid "" -"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</" -"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu." -msgstr "" -"También puede acceder a una herramienta para diagnosticar problemas " -"utilizando el menú <guimenu>Ayuda</guimenu> | <guilabel>Solución de " -"problemas</guilabel> ." +"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the " +"<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu." +msgstr "También puede acceder a una herramienta para diagnosticar problemas utilizando el menú <guimenu>Ayuda</guimenu> | <guilabel>Solución de problemas</guilabel> ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:280 msgid "" "It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in " -"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:" -"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check " -"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is " -"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo " -"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the " -"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool " -"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works " -"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date " -"drivers or for more recent devices." -msgstr "" -"Es posible que algunos controladores para impresoras específicas no están " -"disponibles en Mageia o no sean funcionales. En este caso, echar un vistazo " -"al sitio <link ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">OpenPrinting</" -"link> para comprobar si está disponible un controlador para su dispositivo. " -"En caso afirmativo, comprobar si el paquete ya está presente en Mageia y en " -"este caso instalarlo manualmente. A continuación, vuelva a realizar el " -"proceso de instalación para configurar la impresora. En todos los casos, " -"informe del problema en Bugzilla o en el foro si usted se siente cómodo con " -"esta herramienta y proporcionar la información del modelo y el conductor y " -"si funciona la impresora o no después de la instalación. Estas son algunas " -"de las fuentes para encontrar otros conductores en marcha hasta la fecha o " -"para los dispositivos más recientes." +"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link " +"ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to " +"check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package" +" is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, " +"redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report" +" the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this " +"tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer " +"works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-" +"date drivers or for more recent devices." +msgstr "Es posible que algunos controladores para impresoras específicas no están disponibles en Mageia o no sean funcionales. En este caso, echar un vistazo al sitio <link ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">OpenPrinting</link> para comprobar si está disponible un controlador para su dispositivo. En caso afirmativo, comprobar si el paquete ya está presente en Mageia y en este caso instalarlo manualmente. A continuación, vuelva a realizar el proceso de instalación para configurar la impresora. En todos los casos, informe del problema en Bugzilla o en el foro si usted se siente cómodo con esta herramienta y proporcionar la información del modelo y el conductor y si funciona la impresora o no después de la instalación. Estas son algunas de las fuentes para encontrar otros conductores en marcha hasta la fecha o para los dispositivos más recientes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:292 @@ -10477,50 +8881,37 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Impresoras Brother</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:294 msgid "" -"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/" -"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by " -"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install." -msgstr "" -"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/" -"en/download_prn.html\">Esta página</link> da una lista de los controladores " -"de Brother. Buscar el controlador para su dispositivo, descargar rpm(s) e " -"instalar." +"<link " +"ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">This" +" page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver " +"for your device, download the rpm(s) and install." +msgstr "<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">Esta página</link> da una lista de los controladores de Brother. Buscar el controlador para su dispositivo, descargar rpm(s) e instalar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:298 msgid "" "You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility." -msgstr "" -"Deberá instalar controladores de Brother antes de ejecutar la utilidad de " -"configuración." +msgstr "Deberá instalar controladores de Brother antes de ejecutar la utilidad de configuración." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:301 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Impresoras Hewlett-Packard y dispositivos todo en " -"uno</emphasis>" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one " +"devices</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Impresoras Hewlett-Packard y dispositivos todo en uno</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:304 msgid "" "These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the " "detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</" -"link>. The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</" -"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" +"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" +"web/index.html\">here</link>. The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available " +"in the <guilabel>System</guilabel> menu. Also view <link " +"ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" "web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management " "of the printer." -msgstr "" -"Estos dispositivos utilizan la herramienta hplip. Se instala automáticamente " -"después de la detección o la selección de la impresora. Puede encontrar más " -"información <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html" -"\">aquí</link>. La herramienta \"Administrador de dispositivos HP\" está " -"disponible en el menú <guilabel>Sistema</guilabel>. Mira también <link ns2:" -"href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html" -"\">configuración</link> para la gestión de la impresora." +msgstr "Estos dispositivos utilizan la herramienta hplip. Se instala automáticamente después de la detección o la selección de la impresora. Puede encontrar más información <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">aquí</link>. La herramienta \"Administrador de dispositivos HP\" está disponible en el menú <guilabel>Sistema</guilabel>. Mira también <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuración</link> para la gestión de la impresora." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:311 @@ -10532,15 +8923,7 @@ msgid "" "picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device. Afterwards, " "open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory " "card which is appeared in the /media folder." -msgstr "" -"Un dispositivo HP TAll in one solo debe ser instalado como una impresora y " -"se añadirán las funciones del escáner. Tenga en cuenta que, a veces, la " -"interfaz Xsane no permite escanear películas o diapositivas (la iluminación " -"deslizante puede no funcionar). En este caso, es posible escanear, " -"utilizando el modo independiente, y guarde la imagen en una tarjeta de " -"memoria o memoria USB insertada en el dispositivo. Después, abra el software " -"de imágenes favorito y cargue su fotografía de la tarjeta de memoria en la " -"carpeta /media." +msgstr "Un dispositivo HP TAll in one solo debe ser instalado como una impresora y se añadirán las funciones del escáner. Tenga en cuenta que, a veces, la interfaz Xsane no permite escanear películas o diapositivas (la iluminación deslizante puede no funcionar). En este caso, es posible escanear, utilizando el modo independiente, y guarde la imagen en una tarjeta de memoria o memoria USB insertada en el dispositivo. Después, abra el software de imágenes favorito y cargue su fotografía de la tarjeta de memoria en la carpeta /media." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:319 @@ -10550,13 +8933,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">impresoara a color Samsung</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:321 msgid "" -"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://" -"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL " -"protocol." -msgstr "" -"Para las impresoras específicas Samsung y Xerox color, <link ns2:href=" -"\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">Este sitio proporciona drivers</link> para el " -"protocolo QPDL." +"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link " +"ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> " +"for the QPDL protocol." +msgstr "Para las impresoras específicas Samsung y Xerox color, <link ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">Este sitio proporciona drivers</link> para el protocolo QPDL." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:324 @@ -10566,28 +8946,20 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">impresoras y scaners Epson</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:326 msgid "" -"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://" -"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</" -"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package " -"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be " -"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages " -"according to your architecture." -msgstr "" -"Los controladores para las impresoras Epson están disponibles en <link ns2:" -"href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">esta " -"página de búsqueda</link>. Para la parte del escáner, deberá instalar el " -"paquete \"iScan-data\" primero, luego \"iScan\" (en este orden). Un paquete " -"iScan-plugin también puede estar disponible y es para instalar. Elija los " -"paquetes <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> de acuerdo a su arquitectura." +"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link " +"ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this" +" search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-" +"data\" package first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package" +" can also be available and is to install. Choose the " +"<emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages according to your architecture." +msgstr "Los controladores para las impresoras Epson están disponibles en <link ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">esta página de búsqueda</link>. Para la parte del escáner, deberá instalar el paquete \"iScan-data\" primero, luego \"iScan\" (en este orden). Un paquete iScan-plugin también puede estar disponible y es para instalar. Elija los paquetes <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> de acuerdo a su arquitectura." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:332 msgid "" "It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a " "conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored." -msgstr "" -"Es posible que el paquete iScan generaré una advertencia sobre un conflicto " -"con sane. Los usuarios han informado que esta advertencia puede ser ignorada." +msgstr "Es posible que el paquete iScan generaré una advertencia sobre un conflicto con sane. Los usuarios han informado que esta advertencia puede ser ignorada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:336 @@ -10599,10 +8971,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">impresoras Canon</emphasis>" msgid "" "For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint " "<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>." -msgstr "" -"Para impresoras Canon, puede ser aconsejable instalar una herramienta " -"llamada TurboPrint <link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">disponible " -"aquí</link>." +msgstr "Para impresoras Canon, puede ser aconsejable instalar una herramienta llamada TurboPrint <link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">disponible aquí</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:9 @@ -10614,7 +8983,8 @@ msgstr "Importar documentos y configuración de Windows™" msgid "transfugdrake" msgstr "transfugdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:17 msgid "transfugdrake.png" msgstr "transfugdrake.png" @@ -10622,11 +8992,9 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis>transfugdrake</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis>transfugdrake</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:21 @@ -10634,45 +9002,31 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center " "labelled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>" -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra bajo " -"la pestaña <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistema</emphasis> en el Centro de " -"Control de Mageia etiquetado <guilabel>Importación de documentos y ajustes " -"de Windows (TM)</guilabel>" +msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra bajo la pestaña <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistema</emphasis> en el Centro de Control de Mageia etiquetado <guilabel>Importación de documentos y ajustes de Windows (TM)</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:27 msgid "" "The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings " "from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered" -"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same " -"computer as the Mageia installation." -msgstr "" -"La herramienta permite a un administrador importar los documentos y " -"configuraciones de usuario desde una instalación de <trademark class=" -"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000 <trademark class=\"registered" -"\">Windows</trademark> XP o <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" -"trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> en el mismo equipo que la " -"instalación de Mageia." +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark " +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> " +"installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation." +msgstr "La herramienta permite a un administrador importar los documentos y configuraciones de usuario desde una instalación de <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000 <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP o <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> en el mismo equipo que la instalación de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake " "immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Tenga en cuenta que todos los cambios se aplicarán por transfugdrake " -"inmediatamente después de pulsar <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +msgstr "Tenga en cuenta que todos los cambios se aplicarán por transfugdrake inmediatamente después de pulsar <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:37 msgid "" "After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some " "explanation about the tool and import options." -msgstr "" -"Después de iniciar transfugdrake verá la primera página del asistente con " -"una explicación acerca de las opciones de la herramienta y de importación." +msgstr "Después de iniciar transfugdrake verá la primera página del asistente con una explicación acerca de las opciones de la herramienta y de importación." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:40 @@ -10680,25 +9034,19 @@ msgid "" "As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of " "<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation." -msgstr "" -"Tan pronto como leer y comprender las instrucciones, pulse el botón " -"<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>. Esto debe ejecutar una detección de la " -"instalación de <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> ." +msgstr "Tan pronto como leer y comprender las instrucciones, pulse el botón <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>. Esto debe ejecutar una detección de la instalación de <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> ." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:44 msgid "" "When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to " "choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and " -"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account " -"than yours own." -msgstr "" -"Cuando la etapa de detección se ha completado, verá una página que le " -"permite elegir las cuentas en <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" -"trademark > y Mageia para el procedimiento de importación. Es posible " -"seleccionar otra cuenta de usuario de la tuya propia." +"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account" +" than yours own." +msgstr "Cuando la etapa de detección se ha completado, verá una página que le permite elegir las cuentas en <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark > y Mageia para el procedimiento de importación. Es posible seleccionar otra cuenta de usuario de la tuya propia." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:51 msgid "transfugdrake1.png" msgstr "transfugdrake1.png" @@ -10707,51 +9055,38 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake1.png" #: en/transfugdrake.xml:56 msgid "" "Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of " -"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" -"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed " -"incorrectly." -msgstr "" -"Por favor, tenga en cuenta que debido a las limitaciones del asistente-" -"migrador (el backend de transfugdrake) de <trademark class=\"registered" -"\">Windows</trademark> los nombres de cuenta de usuario con símbolos " -"especiales se puede visualizar de forma incorrecta." +"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark " +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> user account names with special " +"symbols can be displayed incorrectly." +msgstr "Por favor, tenga en cuenta que debido a las limitaciones del asistente-migrador (el backend de transfugdrake) de <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> los nombres de cuenta de usuario con símbolos especiales se puede visualizar de forma incorrecta." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:62 msgid "" "Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders." -msgstr "" -"La migración puede llevar algún tiempo, dependiendo del tamaño de las " -"carpetas de documentos." +msgstr "La migración puede llevar algún tiempo, dependiendo del tamaño de las carpetas de documentos." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:67 msgid "" "Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications " "(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For " -"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" -"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not " -"use such accounts for the import purposes." -msgstr "" -"Algunas aplicaciones de <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> " -"(especialmente los controladores) pueden crear cuentas de usuario para " -"diferentes propósitos. Por ejemplo, los controladoresde NVidia en <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> se actualizan utilizando " -"<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Por favor, no usar dichas cuentas para los " -"fines de importación." +"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark " +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>are updated using " +"<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the " +"import purposes." +msgstr "Algunas aplicaciones de <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> (especialmente los controladores) pueden crear cuentas de usuario para diferentes propósitos. Por ejemplo, los controladoresde NVidia en <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> se actualizan utilizando <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Por favor, no usar dichas cuentas para los fines de importación." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:74 msgid "" -"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import " -"documents:" -msgstr "" -"Cuando termine de seleccionar formas de importar las cuentas de usuario, " -"haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>. La siguiente ventana se " -"utiliza para seleccionar el método de importación de documentos:" +"When you finished with the accounts selection press " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method" +" to import documents:" +msgstr "Cuando termine de seleccionar formas de importar las cuentas de usuario, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>. La siguiente ventana se utiliza para seleccionar el método de importación de documentos:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:80 msgid "transfugdrake2.png" msgstr "transfugdrake2.png" @@ -10759,29 +9094,23 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:84 msgid "" -"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" -"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</" -"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to " -"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window." -msgstr "" -"Transfugdrake está diseñado para importar de <trademark class=\"registered" -"\">Windows</trademark> datos de las carpetas <emphasis>Mis Documentos</" -"emphasis>, <emphasis>Mi música</emphasis> y <emphasis>Mis imágenes</" -"emphasis>. Es posible saltar la importación seleccionando la opción adecuada " -"en esta ventana." +"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark " +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My " +"Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My " +"Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the " +"appropriate item in this window." +msgstr "Transfugdrake está diseñado para importar de <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> datos de las carpetas <emphasis>Mis Documentos</emphasis>, <emphasis>Mi música</emphasis> y <emphasis>Mis imágenes</emphasis>. Es posible saltar la importación seleccionando la opción adecuada en esta ventana." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:89 msgid "" "When you finished with the document import method choosing press " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method " -"to import bookmarks:" -msgstr "" -"Después de completar el método de selección de los documentos de " -"importación, pulse <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>. La siguiente ventana se " -"utiliza para seleccionar el método de importar los marcadores:" +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method" +" to import bookmarks:" +msgstr "Después de completar el método de selección de los documentos de importación, pulse <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>. La siguiente ventana se utiliza para seleccionar el método de importar los marcadores:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:95 msgid "transfugdrake3.png" msgstr "transfugdrake3.png" @@ -10792,26 +9121,22 @@ msgid "" "Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and " "<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia " "<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance." -msgstr "" -"Transfugdrake puede importar marcadores de <emphasis>Internet Explorer</" -"emphasis> y <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> a los marcadores de la " -"instancia de Mageia de <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis>." +msgstr "Transfugdrake puede importar marcadores de <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> y <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> a los marcadores de la instancia de Mageia de <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:103 msgid "" -"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> " -"button." -msgstr "" -"Elija la opción de importación preferido y pulse el botón " -"<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>" +" button." +msgstr "Elija la opción de importación preferido y pulse el botón <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:112 msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:" msgstr "La página siguiente le permite importar el fondo del escritorio:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:116 msgid "transfugdrake4.png" msgstr "transfugdrake4.png" @@ -10819,21 +9144,19 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:120 msgid "" -"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button." -msgstr "" -"Elija la opción que prefiera y pulse el botón <guibutton>Siguiente</" -"guibutton>." +"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> " +"button." +msgstr "Elija la opción que prefiera y pulse el botón <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:123 msgid "" "The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the " "<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button." -msgstr "" -"La última página del asistente muestra algún mensaje de felicitación. Sólo " -"tiene que pulsar el botón <guibutton>Finalizar</guibutton>." +msgstr "La última página del asistente muestra algún mensaje de felicitación. Sólo tiene que pulsar el botón <guibutton>Finalizar</guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:128 msgid "transfugdrake5.png" msgstr "transfugdrake5.png" @@ -10848,7 +9171,8 @@ msgstr "Usuarios y Grupos" msgid "userdrake" msgstr "userdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:18 msgid "userdrake.png" msgstr "userdrake.png" @@ -10856,11 +9180,9 @@ msgstr "userdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis>userdrake</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis>userdrake</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:22 @@ -10868,33 +9190,23 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center " "labelled \"Manage users on system\"" -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en la " -"pestaña <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistema</emphasis> en el Centro de Control " -"de Mageia bajo la etiqueta \"Administrar usuarios en el sistema\"" +msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en la pestaña <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistema</emphasis> en el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la etiqueta \"Administrar usuarios en el sistema\"" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:27 msgid "" "The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this " -"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings " -"(ID, shell, ...)" -msgstr "" -"La herramienta permite a un administrador gestionar los usuarios y los " -"grupos, esto significa añadir o eliminar un usuario o grupo y modificar la " -"configuración de usuario y de grupo (ID, shell, ...)" +"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings" +" (ID, shell, ...)" +msgstr "La herramienta permite a un administrador gestionar los usuarios y los grupos, esto significa añadir o eliminar un usuario o grupo y modificar la configuración de usuario y de grupo (ID, shell, ...)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:31 msgid "" -"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in " -"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the " +"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in" +" the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the " "<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way." -msgstr "" -"Cuando userdrake se abre, todos los usuarios existentes en el sistema se " -"enumeran en las fichas de <guibutton>Usuarios</guibutton>, y todos los " -"grupos en la ficha <guibutton>Grupos</guibutton>. Ambas pestañas funcionan " -"de la misma manera." +msgstr "Cuando userdrake se abre, todos los usuarios existentes en el sistema se enumeran en las fichas de <guibutton>Usuarios</guibutton>, y todos los grupos en la ficha <guibutton>Grupos</guibutton>. Ambas pestañas funcionan de la misma manera." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:35 @@ -10906,7 +9218,8 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>1 Añadir Usuario</guibutton>" msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:" msgstr "Este botón abre una ventana nueva con todos los campos vacíos:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:41 msgid "userdrake1.png" msgstr "userdrake1.png" @@ -10917,41 +9230,29 @@ msgid "" "The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the " "entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything " "or nothing as well!" -msgstr "" -"El campo <emphasis role=\"bold\">Nombre Completo</emphasis> se destina a la " -"entrada de un nombre y apellido, pero es posible escribir cualquier cosa o " -"nada, así!" +msgstr "El campo <emphasis role=\"bold\">Nombre Completo</emphasis> se destina a la entrada de un nombre y apellido, pero es posible escribir cualquier cosa o nada, así!" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:49 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role = \"bold\">Login</emphasis> es el único campo obligatorio." +msgstr "<emphasis role = \"bold\">Login</emphasis> es el único campo obligatorio." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:52 msgid "" -"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. " -"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, " -"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower " -"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn " +"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended." +" There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, " +"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower" +" and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn " "orange and then green as the password strength improves." -msgstr "" -"El establecimiento de una <emphasis role=\"bold\">Contraseña</emphasis> es " -"muy recomendable. Hay un escudo a la derecha, si es rojo, la contraseña es " -"débil, demasiado corto o demasiado similar al nombre de inicio de sesión. " -"Debe utilizar figuras, caracteres mayúsculas y minúsculas, signos de " -"puntuación, etc. El escudo se volverá naranja y verde cuando la fortaleza de " -"la contraseña mejora." +msgstr "El establecimiento de una <emphasis role=\"bold\">Contraseña</emphasis> es muy recomendable. Hay un escudo a la derecha, si es rojo, la contraseña es débil, demasiado corto o demasiado similar al nombre de inicio de sesión. Debe utilizar figuras, caracteres mayúsculas y minúsculas, signos de puntuación, etc. El escudo se volverá naranja y verde cuando la fortaleza de la contraseña mejora." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:59 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure " -"you entered what you intended to." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirmar contraseña</emphasis> campo está ahí para " -"asegurarse de que ha introducido lo que querías." +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure" +" you entered what you intended to." +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirmar contraseña</emphasis> campo está ahí para asegurarse de que ha introducido lo que querías." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:62 @@ -10959,10 +9260,7 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that " "allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options " "are Bash, Dash and Sh." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell</emphasis> es una lista desplegable que " -"le permite cambiar el shell utilizado por el usuario que está agregando, las " -"opciones son Bash, Dash y Sh." +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell</emphasis> es una lista desplegable que le permite cambiar el shell utilizado por el usuario que está agregando, las opciones son Bash, Dash y Sh." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:66 @@ -10970,20 +9268,14 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if " "checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new " "user as the only member (this may be edited)." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Crear un grupo privado para el usuario</emphasis>, " -"si esta marcado creará automáticamente un grupo con el mismo nombre y el " -"nuevo usuario como el único miembro (esto puede ser editado)." +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Crear un grupo privado para el usuario</emphasis>, si esta marcado creará automáticamente un grupo con el mismo nombre y el nuevo usuario como el único miembro (esto puede ser editado)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:70 msgid "" "The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately " "after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Las otras opciones deberían ser obvias. El nuevo usuario se crea " -"inmediatamente después de hacer clic en el botón <guibutton>Aceptar</" -"guibutton>." +msgstr "Las otras opciones deberían ser obvias. El nuevo usuario se crea inmediatamente después de hacer clic en el botón <guibutton>Aceptar</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:73 @@ -10995,31 +9287,27 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Añadir Grupo</emphasis>" msgid "" "You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific " "group ID." -msgstr "" -"Usted sólo tendrá que introducir el nombre del grupo y, si es necesario, el " -"ID de grupo específico." +msgstr "Usted sólo tendrá que introducir el nombre del grupo y, si es necesario, el ID de grupo específico." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:78 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Editar</emphasis> (con un usuario seleccionado)" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Editar</emphasis> (con un usuario seleccionado)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:80 msgid "" "<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given " "for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)." -msgstr "" -"<guibutton>Datos de usuario</guibutton>: Permite modificar todos los datos " -"facilitados por el usuario en la creación (el ID no se puede cambiar)." +msgstr "<guibutton>Datos de usuario</guibutton>: Permite modificar todos los datos facilitados por el usuario en la creación (el ID no se puede cambiar)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:83 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Información de Cuenta</emphasis>:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:87 msgid "userdrake2.png" msgstr "userdrake2.png" @@ -11030,19 +9318,14 @@ msgid "" "The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account. " "Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary " "accounts." -msgstr "" -"La primera opción es para establecer una fecha de caducidad de la cuenta. La " -"conexión es imposible después de esta fecha. Esto es útil para cuentas " -"temporales." +msgstr "La primera opción es para establecer una fecha de caducidad de la cuenta. La conexión es imposible después de esta fecha. Esto es útil para cuentas temporales." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:95 msgid "" "The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long " "as the account is locked." -msgstr "" -"La segunda opción es bloquear la cuenta, la conexión es imposible mientras " -"la cuenta está bloqueada." +msgstr "La segunda opción es bloquear la cuenta, la conexión es imposible mientras la cuenta está bloqueada." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:98 @@ -11055,12 +9338,10 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an " "expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his " "password periodically." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Información de la contraseña</emphasis>: Permite " -"establecer una fecha de caducidad para la contraseña, esto obliga al usuario " -"a cambiar periódicamente su contraseña." +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Información de la contraseña</emphasis>: Permite establecer una fecha de caducidad para la contraseña, esto obliga al usuario a cambiar periódicamente su contraseña." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:106 msgid "userdrake3.png" msgstr "userdrake3.png" @@ -11070,42 +9351,33 @@ msgstr "userdrake3.png" msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups " "that the user is a member of." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupo</emphasis>: Aquí puede seleccionar los grupos " -"del que el usuario es miembro." +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupo</emphasis>: Aquí puede seleccionar los grupos del que el usuario es miembro." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:114 msgid "" "If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be " "effective until his/her next login." -msgstr "" -"Si está modificando una cuenta de usuario conectado, las modificaciones no " -"serán efectivos hasta su próximo inicio de sesión." +msgstr "Si está modificando una cuenta de usuario conectado, las modificaciones no serán efectivos hasta su próximo inicio de sesión." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:118 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Editar</emphasis> (con un grupo seleccionado)" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Editar</emphasis> (con un grupo seleccionado)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:120 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the " "group name." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Datos de Grupo</emphasis>: Permite modificar el " -"nombre del grupo." +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Datos de Grupo</emphasis>: Permite modificar el nombre del grupo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:123 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the " "users who are members of the group" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Usuarios de grupo</emphasis> : Aquí puede " -"seleccionar los usuarios que son miembros del grupo" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Usuarios de grupo</emphasis> : Aquí puede seleccionar los usuarios que son miembros del grupo" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:126 @@ -11115,15 +9387,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Eliminar</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:128 msgid "" -"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</" -"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home " -"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been " -"created for the user, it will be deleted as well." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione un usuario o grupo y haga clic en <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Eliminar</emphasis> para eliminarlo. Aparece una ventana en la que el " -"usuario debe indicar si algún directorio o buzón de correo debe eliminarse " -"también. Si el usuario ha creado algún grupo privado, se elimininará. " +"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears " +"to ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private " +"group has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well." +msgstr "Seleccione un usuario o grupo y haga clic en <emphasis role=\"bold\">Eliminar</emphasis> para eliminarlo. Aparece una ventana en la que el usuario debe indicar si algún directorio o buzón de correo debe eliminarse también. Si el usuario ha creado algún grupo privado, se elimininará. " #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:133 @@ -11138,11 +9406,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Refrescar</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:138 msgid "" -"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to " -"refresh the display." -msgstr "" -"La base de datos del usuario se puede cambiar fuera de UserDrake. Haga clic " -"en este icono para actualizar la pantalla." +"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to" +" refresh the display." +msgstr "La base de datos del usuario se puede cambiar fuera de UserDrake. Haga clic en este icono para actualizar la pantalla." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:141 @@ -11155,18 +9421,11 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is " "intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total " "security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to " -"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories " -"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, " +"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories" +" are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, " "to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest " "account</guimenu>." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">invitado</emphasis> es una cuenta especial. Su " -"objetivo es dar a alguien acceso temporal al sistema con total seguridad. " -"Inicio de sesión es xguest, no hay ninguna contraseña, y es imposible de " -"realizar modificaciones en el sistema desde esta cuenta. Los directorios " -"personales se eliminan al final de la sesión. Esta cuenta está activada por " -"defecto, para desactivarla, haga clic en el menú <guimenu>Acciones -> cuenta " -"de invitado Desinstalar</guimenu>." +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">invitado</emphasis> es una cuenta especial. Su objetivo es dar a alguien acceso temporal al sistema con total seguridad. Inicio de sesión es xguest, no hay ninguna contraseña, y es imposible de realizar modificaciones en el sistema desde esta cuenta. Los directorios personales se eliminan al final de la sesión. Esta cuenta está activada por defecto, para desactivarla, haga clic en el menú <guimenu>Acciones -> cuenta de invitado Desinstalar</guimenu>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/XFdrake.xml:3 @@ -11178,7 +9437,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar el servidor gráfico" msgid "XFdrake" msgstr "XFdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/XFdrake.xml:10 msgid "XFdrake.png" msgstr "XFdrake.png" @@ -11186,26 +9446,19 @@ msgstr "XFdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</" -"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the " -"capital letters." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> como usuario normal o " -"<emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> como root. Cuidado con las letras mayúsculas." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing " +"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> " +"as root. Mind the capital letters." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> como usuario normal o <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> como root. Cuidado con las letras mayúsculas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the " -"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" -"\"0\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta está presente en el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la " -"etiqueta <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Seleccione " -"<guilabel>Configurar el servidor gráfico</guilabel>. <placeholder type=" -"\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" +"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" " +"id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "Esta herramienta está presente en el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la etiqueta <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Seleccione <guilabel>Configurar el servidor gráfico</guilabel>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:23 @@ -11223,10 +9476,7 @@ msgid "" "The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server " "configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example " "one with a proprietary driver." -msgstr "" -"La tarjeta gráfica detectada actualmente se visualiza y el servidor gráfico " -"correspondiente está configurado. Haga clic en este botón para cambiar el " -"controlador, por ejemplo, por un controlador propietario." +msgstr "La tarjeta gráfica detectada actualmente se visualiza y el servidor gráfico correspondiente está configurado. Haga clic en este botón para cambiar el controlador, por ejemplo, por un controlador propietario." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:31 @@ -11235,11 +9485,7 @@ msgid "" "manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical " "order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> " "Xorg</guilabel>." -msgstr "" -"Los servidores disponibles se ordenan en <guilabel>Vendedor</guilabel> por " -"fabricante en orden alfabético y luego por modelo también en orden " -"alfabético. Los drivers libres se ordenan por orden alfabético en " -"<guilabel>Xorg</guilabel>." +msgstr "Los servidores disponibles se ordenan en <guilabel>Vendedor</guilabel> por fabricante en orden alfabético y luego por modelo también en orden alfabético. Los drivers libres se ordenan por orden alfabético en <guilabel>Xorg</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:37 @@ -11247,10 +9493,7 @@ msgid "" "In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most " "graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while " "in your Desktop Environment." -msgstr "" -"En caso de problemas, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> funcionará con la " -"mayoría de las tarjetas gráficas y le dará tiempo para encontrar e instalar " -"el controlador adecuado, mientras esta en su Entorno de Escritorio." +msgstr "En caso de problemas, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> funcionará con la mayoría de las tarjetas gráficas y le dará tiempo para encontrar e instalar el controlador adecuado, mientras esta en su Entorno de Escritorio." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:38 @@ -11258,21 +9501,15 @@ msgid "" "If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - " "<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing " "Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates." -msgstr "" -"Si aún Vesa no funciona, seleccione <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - " -"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, que se utiliza durante la instalación " -"de Mageia, pero no le permite cambiar la resolución o frecuencias de " -"actualización." +msgstr "Si aún Vesa no funciona, seleccione <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - <guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, que se utiliza durante la instalación de Mageia, pero no le permite cambiar la resolución o frecuencias de actualización." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:39 msgid "" "If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to " -"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)." -msgstr "" -"Si usted hizo su opción para un controlador libre, es posible que se le " -"pregunte si desea utilizar un driver propietario con más funciones (efectos " -"3D, por ejemplo)." +"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for " +"example)." +msgstr "Si usted hizo su opción para un controlador libre, es posible que se le pregunte si desea utilizar un driver propietario con más funciones (efectos 3D, por ejemplo)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:45 @@ -11283,15 +9520,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>" #: en/XFdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and " -"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor " -"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the " +"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor" +" isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the " "<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features." -msgstr "" -"De la misma manera que el anterior, se muestra el monitor actualmente " -"detectado y puede hacer clic en el botón para cambiar a otro. Si el monitor " -"deseado no está en la lista <guilabel>Vendedor</guilabel>, seleccione en la " -"lista <guilabel>Genérico</guilabel> un monitor con las mismas " -"características." +msgstr "De la misma manera que el anterior, se muestra el monitor actualmente detectado y puede hacer clic en el botón para cambiar a otro. Si el monitor deseado no está en la lista <guilabel>Vendedor</guilabel>, seleccione en la lista <guilabel>Genérico</guilabel> un monitor con las mismas características." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:54 @@ -11303,11 +9535,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolución:</emphasis>" msgid "" "This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the " "colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:" -msgstr "" -"Este botón permite la elección de la resolución (número de píxeles) y la " -"profundidad de color (número de colores). Se muestra la siguiente pantalla:" +msgstr "Este botón permite la elección de la resolución (número de píxeles) y la profundidad de color (número de colores). Se muestra la siguiente pantalla:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/XFdrake.xml:61 msgid "XFdrake1.png" msgstr "XFdrake1.png" @@ -11317,42 +9548,31 @@ msgstr "XFdrake1.png" msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in the " "middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration." -msgstr "" -"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>La imagen del monitor en el " -"medio da una vista previa de la configuración elegida." +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>La imagen del monitor en el medio da una vista previa de la configuración elegida." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:66 msgid "" -"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another " -"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " +"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another" +" one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " "and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to " "set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or " "select an uncomfortable setting." -msgstr "" -"El primer botón muestra la resolución actual, haga clic para cambiarlo por " -"otro. La lista contiene todas las posibles opciones de acuerdo a la tarjeta " -"gráfica y el monitor, es posible hacer clic en <guilabel>Otros</guilabel> " -"para establecer otras resoluciones, pero ten en cuenta que puede dañar el " -"monitor o seleccionar un ajuste incómodo ." +msgstr "El primer botón muestra la resolución actual, haga clic para cambiarlo por otro. La lista contiene todas las posibles opciones de acuerdo a la tarjeta gráfica y el monitor, es posible hacer clic en <guilabel>Otros</guilabel> para establecer otras resoluciones, pero ten en cuenta que puede dañar el monitor o seleccionar un ajuste incómodo ." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:72 msgid "" -"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for " -"another one." -msgstr "" -"El segundo botón muestra la profundidad actual de color, haga clic para " -"cambiarlo por otro." +"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for" +" another one." +msgstr "El segundo botón muestra la profundidad actual de color, haga clic para cambiarlo por otro." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:76 msgid "" "Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and " "restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect." -msgstr "" -"Dependiendo de la resolución elegida, puede ser necesario cerrar la sesión y " -"reiniciar el entorno gráfico para que los cambios surtan efecto." +msgstr "Dependiendo de la resolución elegida, puede ser necesario cerrar la sesión y reiniciar el entorno gráfico para que los cambios surtan efecto." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:83 @@ -11365,21 +9585,15 @@ msgid "" "Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking " "on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the " "graphical environment doesn't work." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que la configuración del hecho, se recomienda hacer una prueba antes " -"de hacer clic en Aceptar, ya que es más fácil modificar los ajustes ahora " -"que más tarde si el entorno gráfico no funciona." +msgstr "Una vez que la configuración del hecho, se recomienda hacer una prueba antes de hacer clic en Aceptar, ya que es más fácil modificar los ajustes ahora que más tarde si el entorno gráfico no funciona." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:90 msgid "" "In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a " -"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use " -"XFdrake's text version." -msgstr "" -"En caso de que el entorno gráfico no funcione, presione Alt + Ctrl + F2 para " -"abrir un entorno de texto, se conectan como root y tipean XFdrake (con las " -"tapas) para utilizar la versión de texto de XFdrake." +"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use" +" XFdrake's text version." +msgstr "En caso de que el entorno gráfico no funcione, presione Alt + Ctrl + F2 para abrir un entorno de texto, se conectan como root y tipean XFdrake (con las tapas) para utilizar la versión de texto de XFdrake." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:93 @@ -11387,11 +9601,7 @@ msgid "" "If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want " "to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is " "right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Si la prueba falla, sólo tiene que esperar hasta el final, si funciona, pero " -"usted no quiere cambiar, después de todo, haga clic en <guibutton>No</" -"guibutton>, si todo es correcto, haga clic en <guibutton role=\"bold" -"\">Aceptar</guibutton>." +msgstr "Si la prueba falla, sólo tiene que esperar hasta el final, si funciona, pero usted no quiere cambiar, después de todo, haga clic en <guibutton>No</guibutton>, si todo es correcto, haga clic en <guibutton role=\"bold\">Aceptar</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/XFdrake.xml:97 @@ -11404,42 +9614,29 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-" "Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X " "server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Opciones globales</guilabel>: Si <emphasis>Desactivar Ctrl-Alt-" -"Retroceso</emphasis> esta marcado, ya no será posible reiniciar el servidor " -"X utilizando teclas Ctrl + Alt + Retroceso." +msgstr "<guilabel>Opciones globales</guilabel>: Si <emphasis>Desactivar Ctrl-Alt-Retroceso</emphasis> esta marcado, ya no será posible reiniciar el servidor X utilizando teclas Ctrl + Alt + Retroceso." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:103 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable " "three specific features depending on the graphic card." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Opciones de la tarjeta gráfica</guilabel>: le permite activar o " -"desactivar tres rasgos específicos en función de la tarjeta gráfica." +msgstr "<guilabel>Opciones de la tarjeta gráfica</guilabel>: le permite activar o desactivar tres rasgos específicos en función de la tarjeta gráfica." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:107 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, " -"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</" -"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be " -"unchecked for a server." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Interfaz gráfica en el arranque</guilabel>: La mayoría de las " -"veces, <emphasis>Iniciar automáticamente la interfaz gráfica (Xorg) al " -"arrancar</emphasis> se comprueba para hacer el cambio de arranque para el " -"modo gráfico, puede ser desactivada para un servidor." +"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon " +"booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it " +"may be unchecked for a server." +msgstr "<guilabel>Interfaz gráfica en el arranque</guilabel>: La mayoría de las veces, <emphasis>Iniciar automáticamente la interfaz gráfica (Xorg) al arrancar</emphasis> se comprueba para hacer el cambio de arranque para el modo gráfico, puede ser desactivada para un servidor." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:112 msgid "" -"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask " -"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " +"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask" +" you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " "previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect " "and reconnect to activate the new configuration." -msgstr "" -"Después de un clic en el botón <guibutton>Salir</guibutton>, el sistema le " -"pedirá que confirme. Todavía hay tiempo para cancelar todo y mantener la " -"configuración anterior, o de aceptar. En este caso, hay que desconectar y " -"volver a conectar para activar la nueva configuración." +msgstr "Después de un clic en el botón <guibutton>Salir</guibutton>, el sistema le pedirá que confirme. Todavía hay tiempo para cancelar todo y mantener la configuración anterior, o de aceptar. En este caso, hay que desconectar y volver a conectar para activar la nueva configuración." diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/diskdrake--fileshare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/diskdrake--fileshare.xml index fa986f4c..d5b61433 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/es/diskdrake--fileshare.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/diskdrake--fileshare.xml @@ -11,8 +11,7 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>Esta sencilla herramienta <footnote><para>Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo -<emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> como root.</para></footnote> permite al + <para>Esta sencilla herramienta <Placeholder type="footnote" id="0"/> permite al administrador, compartir con otros usuarios partes de sus subdirectorios / home con otros usuarios de una misma red local que pueden tener equipos en los que el sistema operativo sea Linux o Windows.</para> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-networkservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-networkservices.xml index a5e2c751..20db5087 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-networkservices.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-networkservices.xml @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ <para>Esta pantalla y el de <emphasis>Compartir</emphasis> sólo son visibles si el paquete <emphasis>drakwizard </emphasis> está instalado. Se puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar diferentes servidores. Haga clic -en el enlace de abajo o en <xref linkend="mcc-sharing"/>para obtener más +en el enlace de abajo o en <xref linkend="reparto de MCC"/>para obtener más información.</para> <orderedlist><title>Servicios de red</title> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-sharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-sharing.xml index c4aedbec..f53b2d9c 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-sharing.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/es/mcc-sharing.xml @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ visibles si el paquete <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> está instalado. Se puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar diferentes servidores. Haga clic en el enlace de abajo o en <xref -linkend="mcc-networkservices"/> para obtener más información.</para> +linkend="MCC-NetworkServices"/> para obtener más información.</para> <orderedlist><title>Compartir</title> <listitem> |